ref: 6081ce685cd2a789e0a516825b185dd15004da15
parent: 516fc276f112baf0bd4508596598aed49929bde9
author: Marc-Alexandre Espiaut <marc-alexandre.espiaut@etu.u-bordeaux.fr>
date: Thu Jul 26 17:44:23 EDT 2018
Removing unused files.
--- a/src/audiolib/_al_midi.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-#ifndef ___AL_MIDI_H
-#define ___AL_MIDI_H
-
-#define NO_ADLIB_DETECTION "NOAL"
-
-#define STEREO_DETUNE 5
-
-#define lobyte( num ) ( ( unsigned )*( ( char * )&( num ) ) )
-#define hibyte( num ) ( ( unsigned )*( ( ( char * )&( num ) ) + 1 ) )
-
-#define AL_VoiceNotFound -1
-
-#define alFreqH 0xb0
-#define alEffects 0xbd
-
-/* Number of slots for the voices on the chip */
-#define NumChipSlots 18
-
-#define NUM_VOICES 9
-#define NUM_CHANNELS 16
-
-#define NOTE_ON 0x2000 /* Used to turn note on or toggle note */
-#define NOTE_OFF 0x0000
-
-#define MAX_VELOCITY 0x7f
-#define MAX_OCTAVE 7
-#define MAX_NOTE ( MAX_OCTAVE * 12 + 11 )
-#define FINETUNE_MAX 31
-#define FINETUNE_RANGE ( FINETUNE_MAX + 1 )
-
-#define PITCHBEND_CENTER 1638400
-
-#define note_off 0x80
-#define note_on 0x90
-#define poly_aftertouch 0xa0
-#define control_change 0xb0
-#define program_chng 0xc0
-#define channel_aftertouch 0xd0
-#define pitch_wheel 0xe0
-
-#define MIDI_VOLUME 7
-#define MIDI_PAN 10
-#define MIDI_DETUNE 94
-#define MIDI_ALL_NOTES_OFF 0x7B
-#define MIDI_RESET_ALL_CONTROLLERS 0x79
-#define MIDI_RPN_MSB 100
-#define MIDI_RPN_LSB 101
-#define MIDI_DATAENTRY_MSB 6
-#define MIDI_DATAENTRY_LSB 38
-#define MIDI_PITCHBEND_RPN 0
-
-enum cromatic_scale
- {- C = 0x157,
- C_SHARP = 0x16B,
- D_FLAT = 0x16B,
- D = 0x181,
- D_SHARP = 0x198,
- E_FLAT = 0x198,
- E = 0x1B0,
- F_FLAT = 0x1B0,
- E_SHARP = 0x1CA,
- F = 0x1CA,
- F_SHARP = 0x1E5,
- G_FLAT = 0x1E5,
- G = 0x202,
- G_SHARP = 0x220,
- A_FLAT = 0x220,
- A = 0x241,
- A_SHARP = 0x263,
- B_FLAT = 0x263,
- B = 0x287,
- C_FLAT = 0x287,
- B_SHARP = 0x2AE,
- };
-
-/* Definition of octave information to be ORed onto F-Number */
-
-enum octaves
- {- OCTAVE_0 = 0x0000,
- OCTAVE_1 = 0x0400,
- OCTAVE_2 = 0x0800,
- OCTAVE_3 = 0x0C00,
- OCTAVE_4 = 0x1000,
- OCTAVE_5 = 0x1400,
- OCTAVE_6 = 0x1800,
- OCTAVE_7 = 0x1C00
- };
-
-typedef struct VOICE
- {- struct VOICE *next;
- struct VOICE *prev;
-
- unsigned num;
- unsigned key;
- unsigned velocity;
- unsigned channel;
- unsigned pitchleft;
- unsigned pitchright;
- int timbre;
- int port;
- unsigned status;
- } VOICE;
-
-typedef struct
- {- VOICE *start;
- VOICE *end;
- } VOICELIST;
-
-typedef struct
- {- VOICELIST Voices;
- int Timbre;
- int Pitchbend;
- int KeyOffset;
- unsigned KeyDetune;
- unsigned Volume;
- unsigned EffectiveVolume;
- int Pan;
- int Detune;
- unsigned RPN;
- short PitchBendRange;
- short PitchBendSemiTones;
- short PitchBendHundreds;
- } CHANNEL;
-
-typedef struct
- {- unsigned char SAVEK[ 2 ];
- unsigned char Level[ 2 ];
- unsigned char Env1[ 2 ];
- unsigned char Env2[ 2 ];
- unsigned char Wave[ 2 ];
- unsigned char Feedback;
- signed char Transpose;
- signed char Velocity;
- } TIMBRE;
-
-extern TIMBRE ADLIB_TimbreBank[ 256 ];
-
-static void AL_ResetVoices( void );
-static void AL_CalcPitchInfo( void );
-static void AL_SetVoiceTimbre( int voice );
-static void AL_SetVoiceVolume( int voice );
-static int AL_AllocVoice( void );
-static int AL_GetVoice( int channel, int key );
-static void AL_SetVoicePitch( int voice );
-static void AL_SetChannelVolume( int channel, int volume );
-static void AL_SetChannelPan( int channel, int pan );
-static void AL_SetChannelDetune( int channel, int detune );
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/_blaster.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: _BLASTER.H
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: February 4, 1994
-
- Private header for for BLASTER.C
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef ___BLASTER_H
-#define ___BLASTER_H
-
-#define VALID ( 1 == 1 )
-#define INVALID ( !VALID )
-
-#define TRUE ( 1 == 1 )
-#define FALSE ( !TRUE )
-
-#define YES ( 1 == 1 )
-#define NO ( !YES )
-
-#define lobyte( num ) ( ( int )*( ( char * )&( num ) ) )
-#define hibyte( num ) ( ( int )*( ( ( char * )&( num ) ) + 1 ) )
-
-#define BLASTER_MixerAddressPort 0x04
-#define BLASTER_MixerDataPort 0x05
-#define BLASTER_ResetPort 0x06
-#define BLASTER_ReadPort 0x0A
-#define BLASTER_WritePort 0x0C
-#define BLASTER_DataAvailablePort 0x0E
-#define BLASTER_Ready 0xAA
-#define BLASTER_16BitDMAAck 0x0F
-
-#define MIXER_DSP4xxISR_Ack 0x82
-#define MIXER_DSP4xxISR_Enable 0x83
-#define MIXER_MPU401_INT 0x4
-#define MIXER_16BITDMA_INT 0x2
-#define MIXER_8BITDMA_INT 0x1
-#define MIXER_DisableMPU401Interrupts 0xB
-#define MIXER_SBProOutputSetting 0x0E
-#define MIXER_SBProStereoFlag 0x02
-#define MIXER_SBProVoice 0x04
-#define MIXER_SBProMidi 0x26
-#define MIXER_SB16VoiceLeft 0x32
-#define MIXER_SB16VoiceRight 0x33
-#define MIXER_SB16MidiLeft 0x34
-#define MIXER_SB16MidiRight 0x35
-
-#define DSP_Version1xx 0x0100
-#define DSP_Version2xx 0x0200
-#define DSP_Version201 0x0201
-#define DSP_Version3xx 0x0300
-#define DSP_Version4xx 0x0400
-#define DSP_SB16Version DSP_Version4xx
-
-#define DSP_MaxNormalRate 22000
-#define DSP_MaxHighSpeedRate 44000
-
-#define DSP_8BitAutoInitRecord 0x2c
-#define DSP_8BitHighSpeedAutoInitRecord 0x98
-#define DSP_Old8BitADC 0x24
-#define DSP_8BitAutoInitMode 0x1c
-#define DSP_8BitHighSpeedAutoInitMode 0x90
-#define DSP_SetBlockLength 0x48
-#define DSP_Old8BitDAC 0x14
-#define DSP_16BitDAC 0xB6
-#define DSP_8BitDAC 0xC6
-#define DSP_8BitADC 0xCe
-#define DSP_SetTimeConstant 0x40
-#define DSP_Set_DA_Rate 0x41
-#define DSP_Set_AD_Rate 0x42
-#define DSP_Halt8bitTransfer 0xd0
-#define DSP_Continue8bitTransfer 0xd4
-#define DSP_Halt16bitTransfer 0xd5
-#define DSP_Continue16bitTransfer 0xd6
-#define DSP_SpeakerOn 0xd1
-#define DSP_SpeakerOff 0xd3
-#define DSP_GetVersion 0xE1
-#define DSP_Reset 0xFFFF
-
-#define DSP_SignedBit 0x10
-#define DSP_StereoBit 0x20
-
-#define DSP_UnsignedMonoData 0x00
-#define DSP_SignedMonoData ( DSP_SignedBit )
-#define DSP_UnsignedStereoData ( DSP_StereoBit )
-#define DSP_SignedStereoData ( DSP_SignedBit | DSP_StereoBit )
-
-#define BlasterEnv_Address 'A'
-#define BlasterEnv_Interrupt 'I'
-#define BlasterEnv_8bitDma 'D'
-#define BlasterEnv_16bitDma 'H'
-#define BlasterEnv_Type 'T'
-#define BlasterEnv_Midi 'P'
-#define BlasterEnv_EmuAddress 'E'
-
-#define CalcTimeConstant( rate, samplesize ) \
- ( ( 65536L - ( 256000000L / ( ( samplesize ) * ( rate ) ) ) ) >> 8 )
-
-#define CalcSamplingRate( tc ) \
- ( 256000000L / ( 65536L - ( tc << 8 ) ) )
-
-typedef struct
- {- int IsSupported;
- int HasMixer;
- int MaxMixMode;
- int MinSamplingRate;
- int MaxSamplingRate;
- } CARD_CAPABILITY;
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/_guswave.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,162 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- file: _GUSWAVE.H
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: March 23, 1994
-
- Private header for GUSWAVE.C
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef ___GUSWAVE_H
-#define ___GUSWAVE_H
-
-#define TRUE ( 1 == 1 )
-#define FALSE ( !TRUE )
-
-#define LOADDS _loadds
-
-#define VOC_8BIT 0x0
-#define VOC_CT4_ADPCM 0x1
-#define VOC_CT3_ADPCM 0x2
-#define VOC_CT2_ADPCM 0x3
-#define VOC_16BIT 0x4
-#define VOC_ALAW 0x6
-#define VOC_MULAW 0x7
-#define VOC_CREATIVE_ADPCM 0x200
-
-#define MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH 0x8000
-
-#define GF1BSIZE 896L /* size of buffer per wav on GUS */
-//#define GF1BSIZE 512L /* size of buffer per wav on GUS */
-
-//#define VOICES 8 /* maximum amount of concurrent wav files */
-#define VOICES 2 /* maximum amount of concurrent wav files */
-#define MAX_VOICES 32 /* This should always be 32 */
-#define MAX_VOLUME 4095
-#define BUFFER 2048U /* size of DMA buffer for patch loading */
-
-typedef enum
- {- Raw,
- VOC,
- DemandFeed,
- WAV
- } wavedata;
-
-typedef enum
- {- NoMoreData,
- KeepPlaying,
- SoundDone
- } playbackstatus;
-
-
-typedef volatile struct VoiceNode
- {- struct VoiceNode *next;
- struct VoiceNode *prev;
-
- wavedata wavetype;
- int bits;
- playbackstatus ( *GetSound )( struct VoiceNode *voice );
-
- int num;
-
- unsigned long mem; /* location in ultrasound memory */
- int Active; /* this instance in use */
- int GF1voice; /* handle to active voice */
-
- char *NextBlock;
- char *LoopStart;
- char *LoopEnd;
- unsigned LoopCount;
- unsigned long LoopSize;
- unsigned long BlockLength;
-
- unsigned long PitchScale;
-
- unsigned char *sound;
- unsigned long length;
- unsigned long SamplingRate;
- unsigned long RateScale;
- int Playing;
-
- int handle;
- int priority;
-
- void ( *DemandFeed )( char **ptr, unsigned long *length );
-
- unsigned long callbackval;
-
- int Volume;
- int Pan;
- }
-VoiceNode;
-
-typedef struct
- {- VoiceNode *start;
- VoiceNode *end;
- }
-voicelist;
-
-typedef volatile struct voicestatus
- {- VoiceNode *Voice;
- int playing;
- }
-voicestatus;
-
-typedef struct
- {- char RIFF[ 4 ];
- unsigned long file_size;
- char WAVE[ 4 ];
- char fmt[ 4 ];
- unsigned long format_size;
- } riff_header;
-
-typedef struct
- {- unsigned short wFormatTag;
- unsigned short nChannels;
- unsigned long nSamplesPerSec;
- unsigned long nAvgBytesPerSec;
- unsigned short nBlockAlign;
- unsigned short nBitsPerSample;
- } format_header;
-
-typedef struct
- {- unsigned char DATA[ 4 ];
- unsigned long size;
- } data_header;
-
-playbackstatus GUSWAVE_GetNextVOCBlock( VoiceNode *voice );
-VoiceNode *GUSWAVE_GetVoice( int handle );
-
-int GUSWAVE_Play( VoiceNode *voice, int angle, int volume, int channels );
-
-VoiceNode *GUSWAVE_AllocVoice( int priority );
-static int GUSWAVE_InitVoices( void );
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/_midi.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,288 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: _MIDI.H
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: May 25, 1994
-
- Private header for MIDI.C. Midi song file playback routines.
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef ___MIDI_H
-#define ___MIDI_H
-
-#define RELATIVE_BEAT( measure, beat, tick ) \
- ( ( tick ) + ( ( beat ) << 9 ) + ( ( measure ) << 16 ) )
-
-//Bobby Prince thinks this may be 100
-//#define GENMIDI_DefaultVolume 100
-#define GENMIDI_DefaultVolume 90
-
-#define MAX_FORMAT 1
-
-#define NUM_MIDI_CHANNELS 16
-
-#define TIME_PRECISION 16
-
-#define MIDI_HEADER_SIGNATURE 0x6468544d // "MThd"
-#define MIDI_TRACK_SIGNATURE 0x6b72544d // "MTrk"
-
-#define MIDI_VOLUME 7
-#define MIDI_PAN 10
-#define MIDI_DETUNE 94
-#define MIDI_RHYTHM_CHANNEL 9
-#define MIDI_RPN_MSB 100
-#define MIDI_RPN_LSB 101
-#define MIDI_DATAENTRY_MSB 6
-#define MIDI_DATAENTRY_LSB 38
-#define MIDI_PITCHBEND_MSB 0
-#define MIDI_PITCHBEND_LSB 0
-#define MIDI_RUNNING_STATUS 0x80
-#define MIDI_NOTE_OFF 0x8
-#define MIDI_NOTE_ON 0x9
-#define MIDI_POLY_AFTER_TCH 0xA
-#define MIDI_CONTROL_CHANGE 0xB
-#define MIDI_PROGRAM_CHANGE 0xC
-#define MIDI_AFTER_TOUCH 0xD
-#define MIDI_PITCH_BEND 0xE
-#define MIDI_SPECIAL 0xF
-#define MIDI_SYSEX 0xF0
-#define MIDI_SYSEX_CONTINUE 0xF7
-#define MIDI_META_EVENT 0xFF
-#define MIDI_END_OF_TRACK 0x2F
-#define MIDI_TEMPO_CHANGE 0x51
-#define MIDI_TIME_SIGNATURE 0x58
-#define MIDI_RESET_ALL_CONTROLLERS 0x79
-#define MIDI_ALL_NOTES_OFF 0x7b
-#define MIDI_MONO_MODE_ON 0x7E
-#define MIDI_SYSTEM_RESET 0xFF
-
-#define GET_NEXT_EVENT( track, data ) \
- ( data ) = *( track )->pos; \
- ( track )->pos += 1
-
-#define GET_MIDI_CHANNEL( event ) ( ( event ) & 0xf )
-#define GET_MIDI_COMMAND( event ) ( ( event ) >> 4 )
-
-#define EMIDI_INFINITE -1
-#define EMIDI_END_LOOP_VALUE 127
-#define EMIDI_ALL_CARDS 127
-#define EMIDI_INCLUDE_TRACK 110
-#define EMIDI_EXCLUDE_TRACK 111
-#define EMIDI_PROGRAM_CHANGE 112
-#define EMIDI_VOLUME_CHANGE 113
-#define EMIDI_CONTEXT_START 114
-#define EMIDI_CONTEXT_END 115
-#define EMIDI_LOOP_START 116
-#define EMIDI_LOOP_END 117
-#define EMIDI_SONG_LOOP_START 118
-#define EMIDI_SONG_LOOP_END 119
-
-#define EMIDI_GeneralMIDI 0
-#define EMIDI_SoundCanvas 1
-#define EMIDI_AWE32 2
-#define EMIDI_WaveBlaster 3
-#define EMIDI_SoundBlaster 4
-#define EMIDI_ProAudio 5
-#define EMIDI_SoundMan16 6
-#define EMIDI_Adlib 7
-#define EMIDI_Soundscape 8
-#define EMIDI_Ultrasound 9
-
-#define EMIDI_AffectsCurrentCard( c, type ) \
- ( ( ( c ) == EMIDI_ALL_CARDS ) || ( ( c ) == ( type ) ) )
-
-
-#define EMIDI_NUM_CONTEXTS 7
-typedef struct
- {- unsigned char *pos;
- unsigned char *loopstart;
- short loopcount;
- short RunningStatus;
- unsigned time;
- long FPSecondsPerTick;
- short tick;
- short beat;
- short measure;
- short BeatsPerMeasure;
- short TicksPerBeat;
- short TimeBase;
- long delay;
- short active;
- } songcontext;
-
-typedef struct
- {- unsigned char *start;
- unsigned char *pos;
-
- long delay;
- short active;
- short RunningStatus;
-
- short currentcontext;
- songcontext context[ EMIDI_NUM_CONTEXTS ];
-
- char EMIDI_IncludeTrack;
- char EMIDI_ProgramChange;
- char EMIDI_VolumeChange;
- } track;
-
-static long _MIDI_ReadNumber( void *from, size_t size );
-static long _MIDI_ReadDelta( track *ptr );
-static void _MIDI_ResetTracks( void );
-static void _MIDI_AdvanceTick( void );
-static void _MIDI_MetaEvent( track *Track );
-static void _MIDI_SysEx( track *Track );
-static int _MIDI_InterpretControllerInfo( track *Track, int TimeSet,
- int channel, int c1, int c2 );
-//static
- void _MIDI_ServiceRoutine( task *Task );
-static int _MIDI_SendControlChange( int channel, int c1, int c2 );
-static void _MIDI_SetChannelVolume( int channel, int volume );
-static void _MIDI_SendChannelVolumes( void );
-static int _MIDI_ProcessNextTick( void );
-static void _MIDI_InitEMIDI( void );
-
-/*
- if ( c1 == EMIDI_LOOP_START )
- {- if ( c2 == 0 )
- {- Track->context[ 0 ].loopcount = EMIDI_INFINITE;
- }
- else
- {- Track->context[ 0 ].loopcount = c2;
- }
-
- Track->context[ 0 ].pos = Track->pos;
- Track->context[ 0 ].loopstart = Track->pos;
- Track->context[ 0 ].RunningStatus = Track->RunningStatus;
- Track->context[ 0 ].time = _MIDI_Time;
- Track->context[ 0 ].FPSecondsPerTick = _MIDI_FPSecondsPerTick;
- Track->context[ 0 ].tick = _MIDI_Tick;
- Track->context[ 0 ].beat = _MIDI_Beat;
- Track->context[ 0 ].measure = _MIDI_Measure;
- Track->context[ 0 ].BeatsPerMeasure = _MIDI_BeatsPerMeasure;
- Track->context[ 0 ].TicksPerBeat = _MIDI_TicksPerBeat;
- Track->context[ 0 ].TimeBase = _MIDI_TimeBase;
- break;
- }
-
- if ( ( c1 == EMIDI_LOOP_END ) &&
- ( c2 == EMIDI_END_LOOP_VALUE ) )
- {- if ( ( Track->context[ 0 ].loopstart != NULL ) &&
- ( Track->context[ 0 ].loopcount != 0 ) )
- {- if ( Track->context[ 0 ].loopcount != EMIDI_INFINITE )
- {- Track->context[ 0 ].loopcount--;
- }
-
- Track->pos = Track->context[ 0 ].loopstart;
- Track->RunningStatus = Track->context[ 0 ].RunningStatus;
-
- if ( !TimeSet )
- {- _MIDI_Time = Track->context[ 0 ].time;
- _MIDI_FPSecondsPerTick = Track->context[ 0 ].FPSecondsPerTick;
- _MIDI_Tick = Track->context[ 0 ].tick;
- _MIDI_Beat = Track->context[ 0 ].beat;
- _MIDI_Measure = Track->context[ 0 ].measure;
- _MIDI_BeatsPerMeasure = Track->context[ 0 ].BeatsPerMeasure;
- _MIDI_TicksPerBeat = Track->context[ 0 ].TicksPerBeat;
- _MIDI_TimeBase = Track->context[ 0 ].TimeBase;
- TimeSet = TRUE;
- }
- }
- break;
- }
-
- if ( c1 == MIDI_MONO_MODE_ON )
- {- Track->pos++;
- }
-
- if ( ( c1 == MIDI_VOLUME ) && ( !Track->EMIDI_VolumeChange ) )
- {- _MIDI_SetChannelVolume( channel, c2 );
- break;
- }
- else if ( ( c1 == EMIDI_VOLUME_CHANGE ) &&
- ( Track->EMIDI_VolumeChange ) )
- {- _MIDI_SetChannelVolume( channel, c2 );
- break;
- }
-
- if ( ( c1 == EMIDI_PROGRAM_CHANGE ) &&
- ( Track->EMIDI_ProgramChange ) )
- {- _MIDI_Funcs->ProgramChange( channel, MIDI_PatchMap[ c2 & 0x7f ] );
- break;
- }
-
- if ( c1 == EMIDI_CONTEXT_START )
- {- break;
- }
-
- if ( c1 == EMIDI_CONTEXT_END )
- {- if ( ( Track->currentcontext != _MIDI_Context ) ||
- ( Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].pos == NULL )
- {- break;
- }
-
- Track->currentcontext = _MIDI_Context;
- Track->context[ 0 ].loopstart = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].loopstart;
- Track->context[ 0 ].loopcount = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].loopcount;
- Track->pos = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].pos;
- Track->RunningStatus = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].RunningStatus;
-
- if ( TimeSet )
- {- break;
- }
-
- _MIDI_Time = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].time;
- _MIDI_FPSecondsPerTick = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].FPSecondsPerTick;
- _MIDI_Tick = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].tick;
- _MIDI_Beat = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].beat;
- _MIDI_Measure = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].measure;
- _MIDI_BeatsPerMeasure = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].BeatsPerMeasure;
- _MIDI_TicksPerBeat = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].TicksPerBeat;
- _MIDI_TimeBase = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].TimeBase;
- TimeSet = TRUE;
- break;
- }
-
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs->ControlChange )
- {- _MIDI_Funcs->ControlChange( channel, c1, c2 );
- }
- */
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/_pas16.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,248 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: _PAS16.H
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: March 27, 1994
-
- Private header for for PAS16.C
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef ___PAS16_H
-#define ___PAS16_H
-
-#define TRUE ( 1 == 1 )
-#define FALSE ( !TRUE )
-
-#define VALID ( 1 == 1 )
-#define INVALID ( !VALID )
-
-#define lobyte( num ) ( ( int )*( ( char * )&( num ) ) )
-#define hibyte( num ) ( ( int )*( ( ( char * )&( num ) ) + 1 ) )
-
-#define STEREO 1
-#define SIXTEEN_BIT 2
-
-#define MONO_8BIT 0
-#define STEREO_8BIT ( STEREO )
-#define MONO_16BIT ( SIXTEEN_BIT )
-#define STEREO_16BIT ( STEREO | SIXTEEN_BIT )
-
-#define PAS_MaxMixMode STEREO_16BIT
-
-#define MONO_8BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE 1
-#define MONO_16BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE 2
-#define STEREO_8BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE ( 2 * MONO_8BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE )
-#define STEREO_16BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE ( 2 * MONO_16BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE )
-
-#define PAS_RevisionBits 0xe0
-
-#define AudioFilterControl 0xb8a
-#define InterruptControl 0xb8b
-#define InterruptStatus 0xb89
-#define PCMDataRegister 0xf88
-#define CrossChannelControl 0xf8a
-#define SampleRateTimer 0x1388
-#define SampleBufferCount 0x1389
-#define LocalSpeakerTimerCount 0x138a
-#define LocalTimerControl 0x138b
-#define SampleSizeConfiguration 0x8389
-
-#define AudioMuteFlag 0x20
-#define SampleRateTimerGateFlag 0x40
-#define SampleBufferCountGateFlag 0x80
-
-#define SampleRateInterruptFlag 0x04
-#define SampleBufferInterruptFlag 0x08
-
-#define PAS_SampleSizeMask 0xf3
-#define PAS_SignedSampleMask 0xe3
-#define PAS_16BitSampleFlag 0x04
-#define PAS_UnsignedSampleFlag 0x10
-//bSC2msbinv equ 00010000b ;; invert MSB from standard method
-
-#define PAS_OverSamplingMask 0xfc
-
-#define PAS_1xOverSampling 0x00
-#define PAS_2xOverSampling 0x01
-#define PAS_4xOverSampling 0x03
-
-#define PAS_StereoFlag 0x20
-
-#define PAS_AudioMuteFlag 0x20
-
-#define DEFAULT_BASE ( 0x0388 ^ 0x388 ) /* default base I/O address */
-#define ALT_BASE_1 ( 0x0384 ^ 0x388 ) /* first alternate address */
-#define ALT_BASE_2 ( 0x038C ^ 0x388 ) /* second alternate address */
-#define ALT_BASE_3 ( 0x0288 ^ 0x388 ) /* third alternate address */
-
-#define PAS_DMAEnable 0x80
-#define PAS_ChannelConnectMask 0x0f
-#define PAS_PCMStartDAC 0xD0
-#define PAS_PCMStartADC 0xC0
-#define PAS_PCMStopMask 0x3f
-
-#define RECORD 0
-#define PLAYBACK 1
-
-#define SelectSampleRateTimer 0x36 // 00110110b
-#define SelectSampleBufferCount 0x74 // 01110100b
-
-#define CalcTimeInterval( rate ) \
- ( 1193180UL / ( rate ) )
-
-#define CalcSamplingRate( interval ) \
- ( 1193180UL / ( interval ) )
-
-#define MV_Signature 0x4d56
-#define MV_SoundInt 0x2f
-#define MV_CheckForDriver 0xbc00
-#define MV_GetVersion 0xbc01
-#define MV_GetPointerToStateTable 0xbc02
-#define MV_GetPointerToFunctionTable 0xbc03
-#define MV_GetDmaIrqInt 0xbc04
-#define MV_SendCommandStructure 0xbc05
-#define MV_GetDriverMessage 0xbc06
-#define MV_SetHotkeyScanCodes 0xbc0a
-#define MV_GetPathToDriver 0xbc0b
-
-#define OUTPUTMIXER 0x00 /* output mixer H/W select */
-#define INPUTMIXER 0x40 /* input mixer select */
-#define DEFMIXER -1 /* use last mixer selected */
-
-/* left channel values */
-
-#define L_FM 0x01
-#define L_IMIXER 0x02
-#define L_EXT 0x03
-#define L_INT 0x04
-#define L_MIC 0x05
-#define L_PCM 0x06
-#define L_SPEAKER 0x07
-#define L_FREE 0x00
-#define L_SBDAC 0x00
-
-/* right channel values */
-
-#define R_FM 0x08
-#define R_IMIXER 0x09
-#define R_EXT 0x0A
-#define R_INT 0x0B
-#define R_MIC 0x0C
-#define R_PCM 0x0D
-#define R_SPEAKER 0x0E
-#define R_FREE 0x0F
-#define R_SBDAC 0x0F
-
-typedef struct
- {- unsigned char sysspkrtmr; /* 42 System Speaker Timer Address */
- unsigned char systmrctlr; /* 43 System Timer Control */
- unsigned char sysspkrreg; /* 61 System Speaker Register */
- unsigned char joystick; /* 201 Joystick Register */
- unsigned char lfmaddr; /* 388 Left FM Synth Address */
- unsigned char lfmdata; /* 389 Left FM Synth Data */
- unsigned char rfmaddr; /* 38A Right FM Synth Address */
- unsigned char rfmdata; /* 38B Right FM Synth Data */
- unsigned char dfmaddr; /* 788 Dual FM Synth Address */
- unsigned char dfmdata; /* 789 Dual FM Synth Data */
- unsigned char RESRVD1[1]; /* reserved */
- unsigned char paudiomixr; /* 78B Paralllel Audio Mixer Control*/
- unsigned char audiomixr; /* B88 Audio Mixer Control */
- unsigned char intrctlrst; /* B89 Interrupt Status */
- unsigned char audiofilt; /* B8A Audio Filter Control */
- unsigned char intrctlr; /* B8B Interrupt Control */
- unsigned char pcmdata; /* F88 PCM Data I/O Register */
- unsigned char RESRVD2; /* reserved */
- unsigned char crosschannel; /* F8A Cross Channel */
- unsigned char RESRVD3; /* reserved */
- unsigned short samplerate; /* 1388 Sample Rate Timer */
- unsigned short samplecnt; /* 1389 Sample Count Register */
- unsigned short spkrtmr; /* 138A Shadow Speaker Timer Count */
- unsigned char tmrctlr; /* 138B Shadow Speaker Timer Control */
- unsigned char mdirqvect; /* 1788 MIDI IRQ Vector Register */
- unsigned char mdsysctlr; /* 1789 MIDI System Control Register */
- unsigned char mdsysstat; /* 178A MIDI IRQ Status Register */
- unsigned char mdirqclr; /* 178B MIDI IRQ Clear Register */
- unsigned char mdgroup1; /* 1B88 MIDI Group #1 Register */
- unsigned char mdgroup2; /* 1B89 MIDI Group #2 Register */
- unsigned char mdgroup3; /* 1B8A MIDI Group #3 Register */
- unsigned char mdgroup4; /* 1B8B MIDI Group #4 Register */
- } MVState;
-
-typedef struct
- {- unsigned long SetMixer;
- unsigned long SetVolume;
- unsigned long SetFilter;
- unsigned long SetCrossChannel;
- unsigned long GetMixer;
- unsigned long GetVolume;
- unsigned long GetFilter;
- unsigned long GetCrossChannel;
- unsigned long ReadSound;
- unsigned long FMSplit;
- } MVFunc;
-
-int PAS_CheckForDriver( void );
-MVState *PAS_GetStateTable( void );
-MVFunc *PAS_GetFunctionTable( void );
-int PAS_GetCardSettings( void );
-void PAS_EnableInterrupt( void );
-void PAS_DisableInterrupt( void );
-void interrupt far PAS_ServiceInterrupt( void );
-//void interrupt PAS_ServiceInterrupt( void );
-void PAS_Write( int Register, int Data );
-int PAS_Read( int Register );
-void PAS_SetSampleRateTimer( void );
-void PAS_SetSampleBufferCount( void );
-int PAS_SetupDMABuffer( char *BufferPtr, int BufferSize, int mode );
-int PAS_GetFilterSetting( int rate );
-void PAS_BeginTransfer( int mode );
-int PAS_TestAddress( int address );
-int PAS_FindCard( void );
-int PAS_CallMVFunction( unsigned long function, int ebx, int ecx, int edx );
-void PAS_SaveState( void );
-void PAS_RestoreState( void );
-
-
-#pragma aux PAS_TestAddress = \
- "mov dx, 0b8bh", \
- "xor dx, ax", \
- "in al, dx", \
- "cmp al, 0ffh", \
- "je TestExit", \
- "mov ah, al", \
- "xor al, 0e0h", \
- "out dx, al", \
- "jmp TestDelay1", \
- "TestDelay1:", \
- "jmp TestDelay2", \
- "TestDelay2:", \
- "in al, dx", \
- "xchg al, ah", \
- "out dx, al", \
- "sub al, ah", \
- "TestExit:", \
- "and eax, 0ffh" \
- parm [ eax ] modify exact [ eax dx ];
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/_sndscap.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,134 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: _SNDSCAP.H
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: October 26, 1994
-
- Private header for SNDSCAPE.C
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef ___SNDSCAP_H
-#define ___SNDSCAP_H
-
-#define VALID ( 1 == 1 )
-#define INVALID ( !VALID )
-
-#define TRUE ( 1 == 1 )
-#define FALSE ( !TRUE )
-
-#define lobyte( num ) ( ( int )*( ( char * )&( num ) ) )
-#define hibyte( num ) ( ( int )*( ( ( char * )&( num ) ) + 1 ) )
-
-#define STEREO 1
-#define SIXTEEN_BIT 2
-
-#define MONO_8BIT 0
-#define STEREO_8BIT ( STEREO )
-#define MONO_16BIT ( SIXTEEN_BIT )
-#define STEREO_16BIT ( STEREO | SIXTEEN_BIT )
-
-#define SOUNDSCAPE_MaxMixMode STEREO_16BIT
-
-#define MONO_8BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE 1
-#define MONO_16BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE 2
-#define STEREO_8BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE ( 2 * MONO_8BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE )
-#define STEREO_16BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE ( 2 * MONO_16BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE )
-
-#define SOUNDSCAPE_DefaultSampleRate 11000
-#define SOUNDSCAPE_DefaultMixMode MONO_8BIT
-#define SOUNDSCAPE_MaxIrq 15
-
-/* Ensoniq gate-array chip defines ... */
-#define ODIE 0 /* ODIE gate array */
-#define OPUS 1 /* OPUS gate array */
-#define MMIC 2 /* MiMIC gate array */
-
-/* relevant direct register defines - offsets from base address */
-#define GA_HOSTCSTAT 2 /* host port ctrl/stat reg */
-#define GA_HOSTDATA 3 /* host port data reg */
-#define GA_REGADDR 4 /* indirect address reg */
-#define GA_REGDATA 5 /* indirect data reg */
-#define SB_IACK 0x22e /* SoundBlaster IACK register */
-
-/* relevant indirect register defines */
-#define GA_DMACHB 3 /* DMA chan B assign reg */
-#define GA_INTCFG 4 /* interrupt configuration reg */
-#define GA_DMACFG 5 /* DMA config reg */
-#define GA_CDCFG 6 /* CD-ROM (AD-1848) config reg */
-#define GA_HMCTL 9 /* host master control reg */
-#define GA_CHIPSEL 10 /* programmable external chip select */
-
-/* AD-1848 chip defines ... */
-/* relevant direct register defines */
-#define AD_REGADDR 0 /* indirect address reg */
-#define AD_REGDATA 1 /* indirect data reg */
-#define AD_STATUS 2 /* status register */
-#define AD_OFFSET 8 /* for some boards, a fixed BasePort offset */
-
-/* relevant indirect register defines */
-#define AD_LEFTOUT 6 /* left DAC output control reg */
-#define AD_RIGHTOUT 7 /* right DAC output control reg */
-#define AD_FORMAT 8 /* clock and data format reg */
-#define AD_CONFIG 9 /* interface config register */
-#define AD_PINCTRL 10 /* external pin control reg */
-#define AD_UCOUNT 14 /* upper count reg */
-#define AD_LCOUNT 15 /* lower count reg */
-
-/* some firmware command and communication defines */
-#define SET_CTL 0x88 /* set a control value */
-#define GET_CTL 0x89 /* get a control value */
-#define SET_REV 0xb0 /* set synth reverb */
-#define SYNTH_VOL 0x04 /* Synth Vol control number */
-#define RXRDY 0x01 /* Receive-Ready bit mask */
-#define TXRDY 0x02 /* Transmit-Ready bit mask */
-
-/* some miscellaneous defines ... soundscape reg values, sytem int regs, ... */
-#define INTCONT1 0x20 /* Interrupt Controller 1 control register */
-#define INTCONT2 0xa0 /* Interrupt Controller 2 control register */
-#define INTMASK1 0x21 /* Interrupt Controller 1 mask register */
-#define INTMASK2 0xa1 /* Interrupt Controller 2 mask register */
-#define VECTBASE1 0x08 /* vector base for XT interrupts */
-#define VECTBASE2 0x70 /* vector base for AT extended interrupts */
-#define EOI 0x20 /* End Of Interrupt command */
-#define AUTO_OUT 0x58 /* DMA controller mode */
-
-static void SOUNDSCAPE_EnableInterrupt( void );
-static void SOUNDSCAPE_DisableInterrupt( void );
-static void __interrupt __far SOUNDSCAPE_ServiceInterrupt( void );
-static int ga_read( int rnum );
-static void ga_write( int rnum, int value );
-static int ad_read( int rnum );
-static void ad_write( int rnum, int value );
-static void tdelay( void );
-static void pcm_format( void );
-static int SOUNDSCAPE_SetupDMABuffer( char *BufferPtr, int BufferSize, int mode );
-static int SOUNDSCAPE_BeginPlayback( int length );
-static void SOUNDSCAPE_LockEnd( void );
-static void SOUNDSCAPE_UnlockMemory( void );
-static int SOUNDSCAPE_LockMemory( void );
-static unsigned short allocateTimerStack( unsigned short size );
-static void deallocateTimerStack( unsigned short selector );
-static int parse( char *val, char *str, FILE *p1 );
-static int SOUNDSCAPE_FindCard( void );
-static int SOUNDSCAPE_Setup( void );
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/adlibfx.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,550 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: ADLIBFX.C
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: April 1, 1994
-
- Low level routines to support Adlib sound effects created by Muse.
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include <dos.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <conio.h>
-#include "dpmi.h"
-#include "task_man.h"
-#include "interrup.h"
-#include "al_midi.h"
-#include "adlibfx.h"
-
-#define TRUE ( 1 == 1 )
-#define FALSE ( !TRUE )
-
-static void ADLIBFX_SendOutput( int reg, int data );
-static void ADLIBFX_Service( task *Task );
-
-static long ADLIBFX_LengthLeft;
-static int ADLIBFX_Block;
-static ALSound *ADLIBFX_Sound = NULL;
-static char *ADLIBFX_SoundPtr = NULL;
-static int ADLIBFX_Priority;
-static unsigned long ADLIBFX_CallBackVal;
-static void ( *ADLIBFX_CallBackFunc )( unsigned long ) = NULL;
-static int ADLIBFX_SoundVolume;
-static int ADLIBFX_TotalVolume = ADLIBFX_MaxVolume;
-static task *ADLIBFX_ServiceTask = NULL;
-static int ADLIBFX_VoiceHandle = ADLIBFX_MinVoiceHandle;
-
-int ADLIBFX_Installed = FALSE;
-
-int ADLIBFX_ErrorCode = ADLIBFX_Ok;
-
-#define ADLIBFX_SetErrorCode( status ) \
- ADLIBFX_ErrorCode = ( status );
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: ADLIBFX_ErrorString
-
- Returns a pointer to the error message associated with an error
- number. A -1 returns a pointer the current error.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-char *ADLIBFX_ErrorString
- (
- int ErrorNumber
- )
-
- {- char *ErrorString;
-
- switch( ErrorNumber )
- {- case ADLIBFX_Warning :
- case ADLIBFX_Error :
- ErrorString = ADLIBFX_ErrorString( ADLIBFX_ErrorCode );
- break;
-
- case ADLIBFX_Ok :
- ErrorString = "Adlib FX ok.";
- break;
-
- case ADLIBFX_NoVoices :
- ErrorString = "No free voices available in Adlib FX.";
- break;
-
- case ADLIBFX_VoiceNotFound :
- ErrorString = "No voice with matching handle found.";
- break;
-
- case ADLIBFX_DPMI_Error :
- ErrorString = "DPMI Error in AdlibFX.";
- break;
-
- default :
- ErrorString = "Unknown Adlib FX error code.";
- break;
- }
-
- return( ErrorString );
- }
-
-
-/**********************************************************************
-
- Memory locked functions:
-
-**********************************************************************/
-
-
-#define ADLIBFX_LockStart ADLIBFX_SendOutput
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: ADLIBFX_SendOutput
-
- Writes a byte of data to the specified register on the Adlib card.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void ADLIBFX_SendOutput
- (
- int reg,
- int data
- )
-
- {- int i;
- int adlib_port = 0x388;
- unsigned flags;
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- outp( adlib_port, reg );
-
- for( i = 6; i ; i-- )
- {- inp( adlib_port );
- }
-
- outp( adlib_port + 1, data );
-
- for( i = 35; i ; i-- )
- {- inp( adlib_port );
- }
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: ADLIBFX_Stop
-
- Halts playback of the currently playing sound effect.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int ADLIBFX_Stop
- (
- int handle
- )
-
- {- unsigned flags;
-
- if ( ( handle != ADLIBFX_VoiceHandle ) || ( ADLIBFX_Sound == NULL ) )
- {- ADLIBFX_SetErrorCode( ADLIBFX_VoiceNotFound );
- return( ADLIBFX_Warning );
- }
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- ADLIBFX_SendOutput( 0xb0, 0 );
-
- ADLIBFX_Sound = NULL;
- ADLIBFX_SoundPtr = NULL;
- ADLIBFX_LengthLeft = 0;
- ADLIBFX_Priority = 0;
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
-
- if ( ADLIBFX_CallBackFunc )
- {- ADLIBFX_CallBackFunc( ADLIBFX_CallBackVal );
- }
-
- return( ADLIBFX_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: ADLIBFX_Service
-
- Task Manager routine to perform the playback of a sound effect.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void ADLIBFX_Service
- (
- task *Task
- )
-
- {- int value;
-
- if ( ADLIBFX_SoundPtr )
- {- value = *ADLIBFX_SoundPtr++;
- if ( value != 0 )
- {- ADLIBFX_SendOutput( 0xa0, value );
- ADLIBFX_SendOutput( 0xb0, ADLIBFX_Block );
- }
- else
- {- ADLIBFX_SendOutput( 0xb0, 0 );
- }
-
- ADLIBFX_LengthLeft--;
- if ( ADLIBFX_LengthLeft <= 0 )
- {- ADLIBFX_Stop( ADLIBFX_VoiceHandle );
- }
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: ADLIBFX_SetVolume
-
- Sets the volume of the currently playing sound effect.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int ADLIBFX_SetVolume
- (
- int handle,
- int volume
- )
-
- {- unsigned flags;
- int carrierlevel;
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
- if ( ( handle != ADLIBFX_VoiceHandle ) || ( ADLIBFX_Sound == NULL ) )
- {- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
- ADLIBFX_SetErrorCode( ADLIBFX_VoiceNotFound );
- return( ADLIBFX_Warning );
- }
-
- volume = min( volume, ADLIBFX_MaxVolume );
- volume = max( volume, 0 );
- ADLIBFX_SoundVolume = volume;
-
- volume *= ADLIBFX_TotalVolume;
- volume /= ADLIBFX_MaxVolume;
-
- carrierlevel = ADLIBFX_Sound->cScale & 0x3f;
- carrierlevel ^= 0x3f;
- carrierlevel *= ( volume / 2 ) + 0x80;
- carrierlevel /= ADLIBFX_MaxVolume;
- carrierlevel ^= 0x3f;
- carrierlevel |= ADLIBFX_Sound->cScale & 0xc0;
-
- ADLIBFX_SendOutput( 0x43, carrierlevel );
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
- return( ADLIBFX_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: ADLIBFX_SetTotalVolume
-
- Sets the total volume of the sound effect.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int ADLIBFX_SetTotalVolume
- (
- int volume
- )
-
- {- volume = max( volume, 0 );
- volume = min( volume, ADLIBFX_MaxVolume );
-
- ADLIBFX_TotalVolume = volume;
- ADLIBFX_SetVolume( ADLIBFX_VoiceHandle, ADLIBFX_SoundVolume );
-
- return( ADLIBFX_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: ADLIBFX_GetTotalVolume
-
- Returns the total volume of the sound effect.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int ADLIBFX_GetTotalVolume
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- return( ADLIBFX_TotalVolume );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: ADLIBFX_VoiceAvailable
-
- Checks if a voice can be play at the specified priority.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int ADLIBFX_VoiceAvailable
- (
- int priority
- )
-
- {- if ( priority < ADLIBFX_Priority )
- {- return( FALSE );
- }
-
- return( TRUE );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: ADLIBFX_Play
-
- Starts playback of a Muse sound effect.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int ADLIBFX_Play
- (
- ALSound *sound,
- int volume,
- int priority,
- unsigned long callbackval
- )
-
- {- unsigned flags;
- int carrierlevel;
-
- if ( priority < ADLIBFX_Priority )
- {- ADLIBFX_SetErrorCode( ADLIBFX_NoVoices );
- return( ADLIBFX_Warning );
- }
-
- ADLIBFX_Stop( ADLIBFX_VoiceHandle );
-
- ADLIBFX_VoiceHandle++;
- if ( ADLIBFX_VoiceHandle < ADLIBFX_MinVoiceHandle )
- {- ADLIBFX_VoiceHandle = ADLIBFX_MinVoiceHandle;
- }
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- ADLIBFX_LengthLeft = sound->length;
- ADLIBFX_Priority = priority;
- ADLIBFX_Sound = sound;
- ADLIBFX_SoundPtr = &sound->data;
- ADLIBFX_CallBackVal = callbackval;
-
- ADLIBFX_Block = ( ( sound->block & 7 ) << 2 ) | 0x20;
-
- volume = min( volume, ADLIBFX_MaxVolume );
- volume = max( volume, 0 );
- ADLIBFX_SoundVolume = volume;
-
- volume *= ADLIBFX_TotalVolume;
- volume /= ADLIBFX_MaxVolume;
-
- carrierlevel = sound->cScale & 0x3f;
- carrierlevel ^= 0x3f;
- carrierlevel *= ( volume / 2 ) + 0x80;
- carrierlevel /= ADLIBFX_MaxVolume;
- carrierlevel ^= 0x3f;
- carrierlevel |= sound->cScale & 0xc0;
-
- ADLIBFX_SendOutput( 0x20, sound->mChar );
- ADLIBFX_SendOutput( 0x40, sound->mScale );
- ADLIBFX_SendOutput( 0x60, sound->mAttack );
- ADLIBFX_SendOutput( 0x80, sound->mSus );
- ADLIBFX_SendOutput( 0xe0, sound->mWave );
-
- ADLIBFX_SendOutput( 0x23, sound->cChar );
- ADLIBFX_SendOutput( 0x43, carrierlevel );
- ADLIBFX_SendOutput( 0x63, sound->cAttack );
- ADLIBFX_SendOutput( 0x83, sound->cSus );
- ADLIBFX_SendOutput( 0xe3, sound->cWave );
-
- ADLIBFX_SendOutput( 0xc0, 0 );
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
-
- return( ADLIBFX_VoiceHandle );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: ADLIBFX_SoundPlaying
-
- Checks if a sound effect is currently playing.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int ADLIBFX_SoundPlaying
- (
- int handle
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- status = FALSE;
- if ( ( handle == ADLIBFX_VoiceHandle ) && ( ADLIBFX_LengthLeft > 0 ) )
- {- status = TRUE;
- }
-
- return( status );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: ADLIBFX_LockEnd
-
- Used for determining the length of the functions to lock in memory.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void ADLIBFX_LockEnd
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: ADLIBFX_SetCallBack
-
- Set the function to call when a voice stops.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void ADLIBFX_SetCallBack
- (
- void ( *function )( unsigned long )
- )
-
- {- ADLIBFX_CallBackFunc = function;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: ADLIBFX_Init
-
- Initializes the sound effect engine.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int ADLIBFX_Init
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- if ( ADLIBFX_Installed )
- {- ADLIBFX_Shutdown();
- }
-
- status = DPMI_LockMemoryRegion( ADLIBFX_LockStart, ADLIBFX_LockEnd );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( ADLIBFX_VoiceHandle );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( ADLIBFX_Sound );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( ADLIBFX_ErrorCode );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( ADLIBFX_SoundPtr );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( ADLIBFX_LengthLeft );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( ADLIBFX_Priority );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( ADLIBFX_CallBackFunc );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( ADLIBFX_Block );
-
- if ( status != DPMI_Ok )
- {- ADLIBFX_SetErrorCode( ADLIBFX_DPMI_Error );
- return( ADLIBFX_Error );
- }
-
-//JIM
-// AL_ReserveVoice( 0 );
- ADLIBFX_Stop( ADLIBFX_VoiceHandle );
- ADLIBFX_ServiceTask = TS_ScheduleTask( &ADLIBFX_Service, 140, 2, NULL );
- TS_Dispatch();
- ADLIBFX_Installed = TRUE;
- ADLIBFX_CallBackFunc = NULL;
-
- ADLIBFX_SetErrorCode( ADLIBFX_Ok );
- return( ADLIBFX_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: ADLIBFX_Shutdown
-
- Ends the use of the sound effect engine.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int ADLIBFX_Shutdown
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- if ( ADLIBFX_Installed )
- {- ADLIBFX_Stop( ADLIBFX_VoiceHandle );
- TS_Terminate( ADLIBFX_ServiceTask );
- ADLIBFX_ServiceTask = NULL;
-//JIM
-// AL_ReleaseVoice( 0 );
- ADLIBFX_Installed = FALSE;
-
- DPMI_UnlockMemoryRegion( ADLIBFX_LockStart, ADLIBFX_LockEnd );
- DPMI_Unlock( ADLIBFX_VoiceHandle );
- DPMI_Unlock( ADLIBFX_Sound );
- DPMI_Unlock( ADLIBFX_ErrorCode );
- DPMI_Unlock( ADLIBFX_SoundPtr );
- DPMI_Unlock( ADLIBFX_LengthLeft );
- DPMI_Unlock( ADLIBFX_Priority );
- DPMI_Unlock( ADLIBFX_CallBackFunc );
- DPMI_Unlock( ADLIBFX_Block );
- }
-
- ADLIBFX_SetErrorCode( ADLIBFX_Ok );
- return( ADLIBFX_Ok );
- }
--- a/src/audiolib/adlibfx.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: ADLIBFX.H
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: April 1, 1994
-
- Public header for ADLIBFX.C
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __ADLIBFX_H
-#define __ADLIBFX_H
-
-enum ADLIBFX_Errors
- {- ADLIBFX_Warning = -2,
- ADLIBFX_Error = -1,
- ADLIBFX_Ok = 0,
- ADLIBFX_NoVoices,
- ADLIBFX_VoiceNotFound,
- ADLIBFX_DPMI_Error
- };
-
-typedef struct
- {- unsigned long length;
- short int priority;
- char mChar, cChar;
- char mScale, cScale;
- char mAttack, cAttack;
- char mSus, cSus;
- char mWave, cWave;
- char nConn;
- char voice;
- char mode;
- char unused[ 3 ];
- char block;
- char data[];
- } ALSound;
-
-#define ADLIBFX_MaxVolume 255
-#define ADLIBFX_MinVoiceHandle 1
-
-char *ADLIBFX_ErrorString( int ErrorNumber );
-int ADLIBFX_Stop( int handle );
-int ADLIBFX_SetVolume( int handle, int volume );
-int ADLIBFX_SetTotalVolume( int volume );
-int ADLIBFX_GetTotalVolume( void );
-int ADLIBFX_VoiceAvailable( int priority );
-int ADLIBFX_Play( ALSound *sound, int volume, int priority, unsigned long callbackval );
-int ADLIBFX_SoundPlaying( int handle );
-void ADLIBFX_SetCallBack( void ( *function )( unsigned long ) );
-int ADLIBFX_Init( void );
-int ADLIBFX_Shutdown( void );
- #pragma aux ADLIBFX_Shutdown frame;
-void PCFX_UnlockMemory( void );
- #pragma aux ADLIBFX_UnlockMemory frame;
-int PCFX_LockMemory( void );
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/al_midi.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1508 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: AL_MIDI.C
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: April 1, 1994
-
- Low level routines to support General MIDI music on Adlib compatible
- cards.
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include <conio.h>
-#include <dos.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-//#include <math.h>
-#include "dpmi.h"
-#include "interrup.h"
-#include "sndcards.h"
-#include "blaster.h"
-#include "user.h"
-#include "al_midi.h"
-#include "_al_midi.h"
-#include "ll_man.h"
-
-#define TRUE ( 1 == 1 )
-#define FALSE ( !TRUE )
-
-static unsigned OctavePitch[ MAX_OCTAVE + 1 ] =
- {- OCTAVE_0, OCTAVE_1, OCTAVE_2, OCTAVE_3,
- OCTAVE_4, OCTAVE_5, OCTAVE_6, OCTAVE_7,
- };
-
-static unsigned NoteMod12[ MAX_NOTE + 1 ];
-static unsigned NoteDiv12[ MAX_NOTE + 1 ];
-
-// Pitch table
-
-//static unsigned NotePitch[ FINETUNE_MAX + 1 ][ 12 ] =
-// {-// { C, C_SHARP, D, D_SHARP, E, F, F_SHARP, G, G_SHARP, A, A_SHARP, B },-// };
-
-static unsigned NotePitch[ FINETUNE_MAX + 1 ][ 12 ] =
- {- { 0x157, 0x16b, 0x181, 0x198, 0x1b0, 0x1ca, 0x1e5, 0x202, 0x220, 0x241, 0x263, 0x287 },- { 0x157, 0x16b, 0x181, 0x198, 0x1b0, 0x1ca, 0x1e5, 0x202, 0x220, 0x242, 0x264, 0x288 },- { 0x158, 0x16c, 0x182, 0x199, 0x1b1, 0x1cb, 0x1e6, 0x203, 0x221, 0x243, 0x265, 0x289 },- { 0x158, 0x16c, 0x183, 0x19a, 0x1b2, 0x1cc, 0x1e7, 0x204, 0x222, 0x244, 0x266, 0x28a },- { 0x159, 0x16d, 0x183, 0x19a, 0x1b3, 0x1cd, 0x1e8, 0x205, 0x223, 0x245, 0x267, 0x28b },- { 0x15a, 0x16e, 0x184, 0x19b, 0x1b3, 0x1ce, 0x1e9, 0x206, 0x224, 0x246, 0x268, 0x28c },- { 0x15a, 0x16e, 0x185, 0x19c, 0x1b4, 0x1ce, 0x1ea, 0x207, 0x225, 0x247, 0x269, 0x28e },- { 0x15b, 0x16f, 0x185, 0x19d, 0x1b5, 0x1cf, 0x1eb, 0x208, 0x226, 0x248, 0x26a, 0x28f },- { 0x15b, 0x170, 0x186, 0x19d, 0x1b6, 0x1d0, 0x1ec, 0x209, 0x227, 0x249, 0x26b, 0x290 },- { 0x15c, 0x170, 0x187, 0x19e, 0x1b7, 0x1d1, 0x1ec, 0x20a, 0x228, 0x24a, 0x26d, 0x291 },- { 0x15d, 0x171, 0x188, 0x19f, 0x1b7, 0x1d2, 0x1ed, 0x20b, 0x229, 0x24b, 0x26e, 0x292 },- { 0x15d, 0x172, 0x188, 0x1a0, 0x1b8, 0x1d3, 0x1ee, 0x20c, 0x22a, 0x24c, 0x26f, 0x293 },- { 0x15e, 0x172, 0x189, 0x1a0, 0x1b9, 0x1d4, 0x1ef, 0x20d, 0x22b, 0x24d, 0x270, 0x295 },- { 0x15f, 0x173, 0x18a, 0x1a1, 0x1ba, 0x1d4, 0x1f0, 0x20e, 0x22c, 0x24e, 0x271, 0x296 },- { 0x15f, 0x174, 0x18a, 0x1a2, 0x1bb, 0x1d5, 0x1f1, 0x20f, 0x22d, 0x24f, 0x272, 0x297 },- { 0x160, 0x174, 0x18b, 0x1a3, 0x1bb, 0x1d6, 0x1f2, 0x210, 0x22e, 0x250, 0x273, 0x298 },- { 0x161, 0x175, 0x18c, 0x1a3, 0x1bc, 0x1d7, 0x1f3, 0x211, 0x22f, 0x251, 0x274, 0x299 },- { 0x161, 0x176, 0x18c, 0x1a4, 0x1bd, 0x1d8, 0x1f4, 0x212, 0x230, 0x252, 0x276, 0x29b },- { 0x162, 0x176, 0x18d, 0x1a5, 0x1be, 0x1d9, 0x1f5, 0x212, 0x231, 0x254, 0x277, 0x29c },- { 0x162, 0x177, 0x18e, 0x1a6, 0x1bf, 0x1d9, 0x1f5, 0x213, 0x232, 0x255, 0x278, 0x29d },- { 0x163, 0x178, 0x18f, 0x1a6, 0x1bf, 0x1da, 0x1f6, 0x214, 0x233, 0x256, 0x279, 0x29e },- { 0x164, 0x179, 0x18f, 0x1a7, 0x1c0, 0x1db, 0x1f7, 0x215, 0x235, 0x257, 0x27a, 0x29f },- { 0x164, 0x179, 0x190, 0x1a8, 0x1c1, 0x1dc, 0x1f8, 0x216, 0x236, 0x258, 0x27b, 0x2a1 },- { 0x165, 0x17a, 0x191, 0x1a9, 0x1c2, 0x1dd, 0x1f9, 0x217, 0x237, 0x259, 0x27c, 0x2a2 },- { 0x166, 0x17b, 0x192, 0x1aa, 0x1c3, 0x1de, 0x1fa, 0x218, 0x238, 0x25a, 0x27e, 0x2a3 },- { 0x166, 0x17b, 0x192, 0x1aa, 0x1c3, 0x1df, 0x1fb, 0x219, 0x239, 0x25b, 0x27f, 0x2a4 },- { 0x167, 0x17c, 0x193, 0x1ab, 0x1c4, 0x1e0, 0x1fc, 0x21a, 0x23a, 0x25c, 0x280, 0x2a6 },- { 0x168, 0x17d, 0x194, 0x1ac, 0x1c5, 0x1e0, 0x1fd, 0x21b, 0x23b, 0x25d, 0x281, 0x2a7 },- { 0x168, 0x17d, 0x194, 0x1ad, 0x1c6, 0x1e1, 0x1fe, 0x21c, 0x23c, 0x25e, 0x282, 0x2a8 },- { 0x169, 0x17e, 0x195, 0x1ad, 0x1c7, 0x1e2, 0x1ff, 0x21d, 0x23d, 0x260, 0x283, 0x2a9 },- { 0x16a, 0x17f, 0x196, 0x1ae, 0x1c8, 0x1e3, 0x1ff, 0x21e, 0x23e, 0x261, 0x284, 0x2ab },- { 0x16a, 0x17f, 0x197, 0x1af, 0x1c8, 0x1e4, 0x200, 0x21f, 0x23f, 0x262, 0x286, 0x2ac }- };
-
-// Slot numbers as a function of the voice and the operator.
-// ( melodic only)
-
-static int slotVoice[ NUM_VOICES ][ 2 ] =
- {- { 0, 3 }, // voice 0- { 1, 4 }, // 1- { 2, 5 }, // 2- { 6, 9 }, // 3- { 7, 10 }, // 4- { 8, 11 }, // 5- { 12, 15 }, // 6- { 13, 16 }, // 7- { 14, 17 }, // 8- };
-
-static int VoiceLevel[ NumChipSlots ][ 2 ];
-static int VoiceKsl[ NumChipSlots ][ 2 ];
-
-// This table gives the offset of each slot within the chip.
-// offset = fn( slot)
-
-static char offsetSlot[ NumChipSlots ] =
- {- 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
- 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,
- 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21
- };
-
-static int VoiceReserved[ NUM_VOICES * 2 ] =
- {- FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE,
- FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE
- };
-
-static VOICE Voice[ NUM_VOICES * 2 ];
-static VOICELIST Voice_Pool;
-
-static CHANNEL Channel[ NUM_CHANNELS ];
-
-static int AL_LeftPort = 0x388;
-static int AL_RightPort = 0x388;
-static int AL_Stereo = FALSE;
-static int AL_SendStereo = FALSE;
-static int AL_OPL3 = FALSE;
-static int AL_MaxMidiChannel = 16;
-
-
-/**********************************************************************
-
- Memory locked functions:
-
-**********************************************************************/
-
-
-#define AL_LockStart AL_SendOutputToPort
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_SendOutputToPort
-
- Sends data to the Adlib using a specified port.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void AL_SendOutputToPort
- (
- int port,
- int reg,
- int data
- )
-
- {- int delay;
-
- outp( port, reg );
-
- for( delay = 6; delay > 0 ; delay-- )
-// for( delay = 2; delay > 0 ; delay-- )
- {- inp( port );
- }
-
- outp( port + 1, data );
-
-// for( delay = 35; delay > 0 ; delay-- )
- for( delay = 27; delay > 0 ; delay-- )
-// for( delay = 2; delay > 0 ; delay-- )
- {- inp( port );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_SendOutput
-
- Sends data to the Adlib.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void AL_SendOutput
- (
- int voice,
- int reg,
- int data
- )
-
- {- int port;
-
- if ( AL_SendStereo )
- {- AL_SendOutputToPort( AL_LeftPort, reg, data );
- AL_SendOutputToPort( AL_RightPort, reg, data );
- }
- else
- {- port = ( voice == 0 ) ? AL_RightPort : AL_LeftPort;
- AL_SendOutputToPort( port, reg, data );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_SetVoiceTimbre
-
- Programs the specified voice's timbre.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void AL_SetVoiceTimbre
- (
- int voice
- )
-
- {- int off;
- int slot;
- int port;
- int voc;
- int patch;
- int channel;
- TIMBRE *timbre;
-
- channel = Voice[ voice ].channel;
-
- if ( channel == 9 )
- {- patch = Voice[ voice ].key + 128;
- }
- else
- {- patch = Channel[ channel ].Timbre;
- }
-
- if ( Voice[ voice ].timbre == patch )
- {- return;
- }
-
- Voice[ voice ].timbre = patch;
- timbre = &ADLIB_TimbreBank[ patch ];
-
- port = Voice[ voice ].port;
- voc = ( voice >= NUM_VOICES ) ? voice - NUM_VOICES : voice;
- slot = slotVoice[ voc ][ 0 ];
- off = offsetSlot[ slot ];
-
- VoiceLevel[ slot ][ port ] = 63 - ( timbre->Level[ 0 ] & 0x3f );
- VoiceKsl[ slot ][ port ] = timbre->Level[ 0 ] & 0xc0;
-
- AL_SendOutput( port, 0xA0 + voc, 0 );
- AL_SendOutput( port, 0xB0 + voc, 0 );
-
- // Let voice clear the release
- AL_SendOutput( port, 0x80 + off, 0xff );
-
- AL_SendOutput( port, 0x60 + off, timbre->Env1[ 0 ] );
- AL_SendOutput( port, 0x80 + off, timbre->Env2[ 0 ] );
- AL_SendOutput( port, 0x20 + off, timbre->SAVEK[ 0 ] );
- AL_SendOutput( port, 0xE0 + off, timbre->Wave[ 0 ] );
-
- AL_SendOutput( port, 0x40 + off, timbre->Level[ 0 ] );
- slot = slotVoice[ voc ][ 1 ];
-
- if ( AL_SendStereo )
- {- AL_SendOutputToPort( AL_LeftPort, 0xC0 + voice,
- ( timbre->Feedback & 0x0f ) | 0x20 );
- AL_SendOutputToPort( AL_RightPort, 0xC0 + voice,
- ( timbre->Feedback & 0x0f ) | 0x10 );
- }
- else
- {- if ( AL_OPL3 )
- {- AL_SendOutput( port, 0xC0 + voc, ( timbre->Feedback & 0x0f ) |
- 0x30 );
- }
- else
- {- AL_SendOutputToPort( ADLIB_PORT, 0xC0 + voice, timbre->Feedback );
- }
- }
-
- off = offsetSlot[ slot ];
-
- VoiceLevel[ slot ][ port ] = 63 - ( timbre->Level[ 1 ] & 0x3f );
- VoiceKsl[ slot ][ port ] = timbre->Level[ 1 ] & 0xc0;
- AL_SendOutput( port, 0x40 + off, 63 );
-
- // Let voice clear the release
- AL_SendOutput( port, 0x80 + off, 0xff );
-
- AL_SendOutput( port, 0x60 + off, timbre->Env1[ 1 ] );
- AL_SendOutput( port, 0x80 + off, timbre->Env2[ 1 ] );
- AL_SendOutput( port, 0x20 + off, timbre->SAVEK[ 1 ] );
- AL_SendOutput( port, 0xE0 + off, timbre->Wave[ 1 ] );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_SetVoiceVolume
-
- Sets the volume of the specified voice.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void AL_SetVoiceVolume
- (
- int voice
- )
-
- {- int channel;
- int velocity;
- int slot;
- int port;
- int voc;
- unsigned long t1;
- unsigned long t2;
- unsigned long volume;
- TIMBRE *timbre;
-
- channel = Voice[ voice ].channel;
-
- timbre = &ADLIB_TimbreBank[ Voice[ voice ].timbre ];
-
- velocity = Voice[ voice ].velocity + timbre->Velocity;
- velocity = min( velocity, MAX_VELOCITY );
-
- voc = ( voice >= NUM_VOICES ) ? voice - NUM_VOICES : voice;
- slot = slotVoice[ voc ][ 1 ];
- port = Voice[ voice ].port;
-
- // amplitude
- t1 = ( unsigned )VoiceLevel[ slot ][ port ];
- t1 *= ( velocity + 0x80 );
- t1 = ( Channel[ channel ].Volume * t1 ) >> 15;
-
- if ( !AL_SendStereo )
- {- volume = t1 ^ 63;
- volume |= ( unsigned )VoiceKsl[ slot ][ port ];
-
- AL_SendOutput( port, 0x40 + offsetSlot[ slot ], volume );
-
- // Check if this timbre is Additive
- if ( timbre->Feedback & 0x01 )
- {- slot = slotVoice[ voc ][ 0 ];
-
- // amplitude
- t2 = ( unsigned )VoiceLevel[ slot ][ port ];
- t2 *= ( velocity + 0x80 );
- t2 = ( Channel[ channel ].Volume * t1 ) >> 15;
-
- volume = t2 ^ 63;
- volume |= ( unsigned )VoiceKsl[ slot ][ port ];
-
- AL_SendOutput( port, 0x40 + offsetSlot[ slot ], volume );
- }
- }
- else
- {- // Set left channel volume
- volume = t1;
- if ( Channel[ channel ].Pan < 64 )
- {- volume *= Channel[ channel ].Pan;
- volume >>= 6;
- }
-
- volume ^= 63;
- volume |= ( unsigned )VoiceKsl[ slot ][ port ];
-
- AL_SendOutputToPort( AL_LeftPort, 0x40 + offsetSlot[ slot ], volume );
-
- // Set right channel volume
- volume = t1;
- if ( Channel[ channel ].Pan > 64 )
- {- volume *= 127 - Channel[ channel ].Pan;
- volume >>= 6;
- }
-
- volume ^= 63;
- volume |= ( unsigned )VoiceKsl[ slot ][ port ];
-
- AL_SendOutputToPort( AL_RightPort, 0x40 + offsetSlot[ slot ], volume );
-
- // Check if this timbre is Additive
- if ( timbre->Feedback & 0x01 )
- {- // amplitude
- t2 = ( unsigned )VoiceLevel[ slot ][ port ];
- t2 *= ( velocity + 0x80 );
- t2 = ( Channel[ channel ].Volume * t1 ) >> 15;
-
- slot = slotVoice[ voc ][ 0 ];
-
- // Set left channel volume
- volume = t2;
- if ( Channel[ channel ].Pan < 64 )
- {- volume *= Channel[ channel ].Pan;
- volume >>= 6;
- }
-
- volume ^= 63;
- volume |= ( unsigned )VoiceKsl[ slot ][ port ];
-
- AL_SendOutputToPort( AL_LeftPort, 0x40 + offsetSlot[ slot ], volume );
-
- // Set right channel volume
- volume = t2;
- if ( Channel[ channel ].Pan > 64 )
- {- volume *= 127 - Channel[ channel ].Pan;
- volume >>= 6;
- }
-
- volume ^= 63;
- volume |= ( unsigned )VoiceKsl[ slot ][ port ];
-
- AL_SendOutputToPort( AL_RightPort, 0x40 + offsetSlot[ slot ], volume );
- }
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_AllocVoice
-
- Retrieves a free voice from the voice pool.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static int AL_AllocVoice
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int voice;
-
- if ( Voice_Pool.start )
- {- voice = Voice_Pool.start->num;
- LL_Remove( VOICE, &Voice_Pool, &Voice[ voice ] );
- return( voice );
- }
-
- return( AL_VoiceNotFound );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_GetVoice
-
- Determines which voice is associated with a specified note and
- MIDI channel.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static int AL_GetVoice
- (
- int channel,
- int key
- )
-
- {- VOICE *voice;
-
- voice = Channel[ channel ].Voices.start;
-
- while( voice != NULL )
- {- if ( voice->key == key )
- {- return( voice->num );
- }
- voice = voice->next;
- }
-
- return( AL_VoiceNotFound );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_SetVoicePitch
-
- Programs the pitch of the specified voice.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void AL_SetVoicePitch
- (
- int voice
- )
-
- {- int note;
- int channel;
- int patch;
- int detune;
- int ScaleNote;
- int Octave;
- int pitch;
- int port;
- int voc;
-
- port = Voice[ voice ].port;
- voc = ( voice >= NUM_VOICES ) ? voice - NUM_VOICES : voice;
- channel = Voice[ voice ].channel;
-
- if ( channel == 9 )
- {- patch = Voice[ voice ].key + 128;
- note = ADLIB_TimbreBank[ patch ].Transpose;
- }
- else
- {- patch = Channel[ channel ].Timbre;
- note = Voice[ voice ].key + ADLIB_TimbreBank[ patch ].Transpose;
- }
-
- note += Channel[ channel ].KeyOffset - 12;
- if ( note > MAX_NOTE )
- {- note = MAX_NOTE;
- }
- if ( note < 0 )
- {- note = 0;
- }
-
- detune = Channel[ channel ].KeyDetune;
-
- ScaleNote = NoteMod12[ note ];
- Octave = NoteDiv12[ note ];
-
- pitch = OctavePitch[ Octave ] | NotePitch[ detune ][ ScaleNote ];
-
- Voice[ voice ].pitchleft = pitch;
-
- pitch |= Voice[ voice ].status;
-
- if ( !AL_SendStereo )
- {- AL_SendOutput( port, 0xA0 + voc, pitch );
- AL_SendOutput( port, 0xB0 + voc, pitch >> 8 );
- }
- else
- {- AL_SendOutputToPort( AL_LeftPort, 0xA0 + voice, pitch );
- AL_SendOutputToPort( AL_LeftPort, 0xB0 + voice, pitch >> 8 );
-
- if ( channel != 9 )
- {- detune += STEREO_DETUNE;
- }
-
- if ( detune > FINETUNE_MAX )
- {- detune -= FINETUNE_RANGE;
- if ( note < MAX_NOTE )
- {- note++;
- ScaleNote = NoteMod12[ note ];
- Octave = NoteDiv12[ note ];
- }
- }
-
- pitch = OctavePitch[ Octave ] | NotePitch[ detune ][ ScaleNote ];
-
- Voice[ voice ].pitchright = pitch;
-
- pitch |= Voice[ voice ].status;
-
- AL_SendOutputToPort( AL_RightPort, 0xA0 + voice, pitch );
- AL_SendOutputToPort( AL_RightPort, 0xB0 + voice, pitch >> 8 );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_SetChannelVolume
-
- Sets the volume of the specified MIDI channel.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void AL_SetChannelVolume
- (
- int channel,
- int volume
- )
-
- {- VOICE *voice;
-
- volume = max( 0, volume );
- volume = min( volume, AL_MaxVolume );
- Channel[ channel ].Volume = volume;
-
- voice = Channel[ channel ].Voices.start;
- while( voice != NULL )
- {- AL_SetVoiceVolume( voice->num );
- voice = voice->next;
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_SetChannelPan
-
- Sets the pan position of the specified MIDI channel.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void AL_SetChannelPan
- (
- int channel,
- int pan
- )
-
- {- // Don't pan drum sounds
- if ( channel != 9 )
- {- Channel[ channel ].Pan = pan;
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_SetChannelDetune
-
- Sets the stereo voice detune of the specified MIDI channel.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void AL_SetChannelDetune
- (
- int channel,
- int detune
- )
-
- {- Channel[ channel ].Detune = detune;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_ResetVoices
-
- Sets all voice info to the default state.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void AL_ResetVoices
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int index;
- int numvoices;
-
- Voice_Pool.start = NULL;
- Voice_Pool.end = NULL;
-
- numvoices = NUM_VOICES;
- if ( ( AL_OPL3 ) && ( !AL_Stereo ) )
- {- numvoices = NUM_VOICES * 2;
- }
- for( index = 0; index < numvoices; index++ )
- {- if ( VoiceReserved[ index ] == FALSE )
- {- Voice[ index ].num = index;
- Voice[ index ].key = 0;
- Voice[ index ].velocity = 0;
- Voice[ index ].channel = -1;
- Voice[ index ].timbre = -1;
- Voice[ index ].port = ( index < NUM_VOICES ) ? 0 : 1;
- Voice[ index ].status = NOTE_OFF;
- LL_AddToTail( VOICE, &Voice_Pool, &Voice[ index ] );
- }
- }
-
- for( index = 0; index < NUM_CHANNELS; index++ )
- {- Channel[ index ].Voices.start = NULL;
- Channel[ index ].Voices.end = NULL;
- Channel[ index ].Timbre = 0;
- Channel[ index ].Pitchbend = 0;
- Channel[ index ].KeyOffset = 0;
- Channel[ index ].KeyDetune = 0;
- Channel[ index ].Volume = AL_DefaultChannelVolume;
- Channel[ index ].Pan = 64;
- Channel[ index ].RPN = 0;
- Channel[ index ].PitchBendRange = AL_DefaultPitchBendRange;
- Channel[ index ].PitchBendSemiTones = AL_DefaultPitchBendRange / 100;
- Channel[ index ].PitchBendHundreds = AL_DefaultPitchBendRange % 100;
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_CalcPitchInfo
-
- Calculates the pitch table.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void AL_CalcPitchInfo
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int note;
-// int finetune;
-// double detune;
-
- for( note = 0; note <= MAX_NOTE; note++ )
- {- NoteMod12[ note ] = note % 12;
- NoteDiv12[ note ] = note / 12;
- }
-
-// for( finetune = 1; finetune <= FINETUNE_MAX; finetune++ )
-// {-// detune = pow( 2, ( double )finetune / ( 12.0 * FINETUNE_RANGE ) );
-// for( note = 0; note < 12; note++ )
-// {-// NotePitch[ finetune ][ note ] = ( ( double )NotePitch[ 0 ][ note ] * detune );
-// }
-// }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_FlushCard
-
- Sets all voices to a known (quiet) state.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void AL_FlushCard
- (
- int port
- )
-
- {- int i;
- unsigned slot1;
- unsigned slot2;
-
- for( i = 0 ; i < NUM_VOICES; i++ )
- {- if ( VoiceReserved[ i ] == FALSE )
- {- slot1 = offsetSlot[ slotVoice[ i ][ 0 ] ];
- slot2 = offsetSlot[ slotVoice[ i ][ 1 ] ];
-
- AL_SendOutputToPort( port, 0xA0 + i, 0 );
- AL_SendOutputToPort( port, 0xB0 + i, 0 );
-
- AL_SendOutputToPort( port, 0xE0 + slot1, 0 );
- AL_SendOutputToPort( port, 0xE0 + slot2, 0 );
-
- // Set the envelope to be fast and quiet
- AL_SendOutputToPort( port, 0x60 + slot1, 0xff );
- AL_SendOutputToPort( port, 0x60 + slot2, 0xff );
- AL_SendOutputToPort( port, 0x80 + slot1, 0xff );
- AL_SendOutputToPort( port, 0x80 + slot2, 0xff );
-
- // Maximum attenuation
- AL_SendOutputToPort( port, 0x40 + slot1, 0xff );
- AL_SendOutputToPort( port, 0x40 + slot2, 0xff );
- }
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_StereoOn
-
- Sets the card send info in stereo.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void AL_StereoOn
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- if ( ( AL_Stereo ) && ( !AL_SendStereo ) )
- {- AL_SendStereo = TRUE;
- if ( AL_OPL3 )
- {- // Set card to OPL3 operation
- AL_SendOutputToPort( AL_RightPort, 0x5, 1 );
- }
- }
- else if ( AL_OPL3 )
- {- // Set card to OPL3 operation
- AL_SendOutputToPort( AL_RightPort, 0x5, 1 );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_StereoOff
-
- Sets the card send info in mono.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void AL_StereoOff
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- if ( ( AL_Stereo ) && ( AL_SendStereo ) )
- {- AL_SendStereo = FALSE;
- if ( AL_OPL3 )
- {- // Set card back to OPL2 operation
- AL_SendOutputToPort( AL_RightPort, 0x5, 0 );
- }
- }
- else if ( AL_OPL3 )
- {- // Set card back to OPL2 operation
- AL_SendOutputToPort( AL_RightPort, 0x5, 0 );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_Reset
-
- Sets the card to a known (quiet) state.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void AL_Reset
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- AL_SendOutputToPort( ADLIB_PORT, 1, 0x20 );
- AL_SendOutputToPort( ADLIB_PORT, 0x08, 0 );
-
- // Set the values: AM Depth, VIB depth & Rhythm
- AL_SendOutputToPort( ADLIB_PORT, 0xBD, 0 );
-
- AL_StereoOn();
-
- if ( ( AL_SendStereo ) || ( AL_OPL3 ) )
- {- AL_FlushCard( AL_LeftPort );
- AL_FlushCard( AL_RightPort );
- }
- else
- {- AL_FlushCard( ADLIB_PORT );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_ReserveVoice
-
- Marks a voice as being not available for use. This allows the
- driver to use the rest of the card while another driver uses the
- reserved voice.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int AL_ReserveVoice
- (
- int voice
- )
-
- {- unsigned flags;
-
- if ( ( voice < 0 ) || ( voice >= NUM_VOICES ) )
- {- return( AL_Error );
- }
-
- if ( VoiceReserved[ voice ] )
- {- return( AL_Warning );
- }
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- if ( Voice[ voice ].status == NOTE_ON )
- {- AL_NoteOff( Voice[ voice ].channel, Voice[ voice ].key, 0 );
- }
-
- VoiceReserved[ voice ] = TRUE;
- LL_Remove( VOICE, &Voice_Pool, &Voice[ voice ] );
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
- return( AL_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_ReleaseVoice
-
- Marks a previously reserved voice as being free to use.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int AL_ReleaseVoice
- (
- int voice
- )
-
- {- unsigned flags;
-
- if ( ( voice < 0 ) || ( voice >= NUM_VOICES ) )
- {- return( AL_Error );
- }
-
- if ( !VoiceReserved[ voice ] )
- {- return( AL_Warning );
- }
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- VoiceReserved[ voice ] = FALSE;
- LL_AddToTail( VOICE, &Voice_Pool, &Voice[ voice ] );
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
- return( AL_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_NoteOff
-
- Turns off a note on the specified MIDI channel.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void AL_NoteOff
- (
- int channel,
- int key,
- int velocity
- )
-
- {- int voice;
- int port;
- int voc;
-
- // We only play channels 1 through 10
- if ( channel > AL_MaxMidiChannel )
- {- return;
- }
-
- voice = AL_GetVoice( channel, key );
-
- if ( voice == AL_VoiceNotFound )
- {- return;
- }
-
- Voice[ voice ].status = NOTE_OFF;
-
- port = Voice[ voice ].port;
- voc = ( voice >= NUM_VOICES ) ? voice - NUM_VOICES : voice;
-
- if ( AL_SendStereo )
- {- AL_SendOutputToPort( AL_LeftPort, 0xB0 + voice,
- hibyte( Voice[ voice ].pitchleft ) );
- AL_SendOutputToPort( AL_RightPort, 0xB0 + voice,
- hibyte( Voice[ voice ].pitchright ) );
- }
- else
- {- AL_SendOutput( port, 0xB0 + voc, hibyte( Voice[ voice ].pitchleft ) );
- }
-
- LL_Remove( VOICE, &Channel[ channel ].Voices, &Voice[ voice ] );
- LL_AddToTail( VOICE, &Voice_Pool, &Voice[ voice ] );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_NoteOn
-
- Plays a note on the specified MIDI channel.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void AL_NoteOn
- (
- int channel,
- int key,
- int velocity
- )
-
- {- int voice;
-
- // We only play channels 1 through 10
- if ( channel > AL_MaxMidiChannel )
- {- return;
- }
-
- if ( velocity == 0 )
- {- AL_NoteOff( channel, key, velocity );
- return;
- }
-
- voice = AL_AllocVoice();
-
- if ( voice == AL_VoiceNotFound )
- {- if ( Channel[ 9 ].Voices.start )
- {- AL_NoteOff( 9, Channel[ 9 ].Voices.start->key, 0 );
- voice = AL_AllocVoice();
- }
- if ( voice == AL_VoiceNotFound )
- {- return;
- }
- }
-
- Voice[ voice ].key = key;
- Voice[ voice ].channel = channel;
- Voice[ voice ].velocity = velocity;
- Voice[ voice ].status = NOTE_ON;
-
- LL_AddToTail( VOICE, &Channel[ channel ].Voices, &Voice[ voice ] );
-
- AL_SetVoiceTimbre( voice );
- AL_SetVoiceVolume( voice );
- AL_SetVoicePitch( voice );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_AllNotesOff
-
- Turns off all currently playing voices.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void AL_AllNotesOff
- (
- int channel
- )
-
- {- while( Channel[ channel ].Voices.start != NULL )
- {- AL_NoteOff( channel, Channel[ channel ].Voices.start->key, 0 );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_ControlChange
-
- Sets the value of a controller on the specified MIDI channel.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void AL_ControlChange
- (
- int channel,
- int type,
- int data
- )
-
- {- // We only play channels 1 through 10
- if ( channel > AL_MaxMidiChannel )
- {- return;
- }
-
- switch( type )
- {- case MIDI_VOLUME :
- AL_SetChannelVolume( channel, data );
- break;
-
- case MIDI_PAN :
- AL_SetChannelPan( channel, data );
- break;
-
- case MIDI_DETUNE :
- AL_SetChannelDetune( channel, data );
- break;
-
- case MIDI_ALL_NOTES_OFF :
- AL_AllNotesOff( channel );
- break;
-
- case MIDI_RESET_ALL_CONTROLLERS :
- AL_ResetVoices();
- AL_SetChannelVolume( channel, AL_DefaultChannelVolume );
- AL_SetChannelPan( channel, 64 );
- AL_SetChannelDetune( channel, 0 );
- break;
-
- case MIDI_RPN_MSB :
- Channel[ channel ].RPN &= 0x00FF;
- Channel[ channel ].RPN |= ( data & 0xFF ) << 8;
- break;
-
- case MIDI_RPN_LSB :
- Channel[ channel ].RPN &= 0xFF00;
- Channel[ channel ].RPN |= data & 0xFF;
- break;
-
- case MIDI_DATAENTRY_MSB :
- if ( Channel[ channel ].RPN == MIDI_PITCHBEND_RPN )
- {- Channel[ channel ].PitchBendSemiTones = data;
- Channel[ channel ].PitchBendRange =
- Channel[ channel ].PitchBendSemiTones * 100 +
- Channel[ channel ].PitchBendHundreds;
- }
- break;
-
- case MIDI_DATAENTRY_LSB :
- if ( Channel[ channel ].RPN == MIDI_PITCHBEND_RPN )
- {- Channel[ channel ].PitchBendHundreds = data;
- Channel[ channel ].PitchBendRange =
- Channel[ channel ].PitchBendSemiTones * 100 +
- Channel[ channel ].PitchBendHundreds;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_ProgramChange
-
- Selects the instrument to use on the specified MIDI channel.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void AL_ProgramChange
- (
- int channel,
- int patch
- )
-
- {- // We only play channels 1 through 10
- if ( channel > AL_MaxMidiChannel )
- {- return;
- }
-
- Channel[ channel ].Timbre = patch;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_SetPitchBend
-
- Sets the pitch bend amount on the specified MIDI channel.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void AL_SetPitchBend
- (
- int channel,
- int lsb,
- int msb
- )
-
- {- int pitchbend;
- unsigned long TotalBend;
- VOICE *voice;
-
- // We only play channels 1 through 10
- if ( channel > AL_MaxMidiChannel )
- {- return;
- }
-
- pitchbend = lsb + ( msb << 8 );
- Channel[ channel ].Pitchbend = pitchbend;
-
- TotalBend = pitchbend * Channel[ channel ].PitchBendRange;
- TotalBend /= ( PITCHBEND_CENTER / FINETUNE_RANGE );
-
- Channel[ channel ].KeyOffset = ( int )( TotalBend / FINETUNE_RANGE );
- Channel[ channel ].KeyOffset -= Channel[ channel ].PitchBendSemiTones;
-
- Channel[ channel ].KeyDetune = ( unsigned )( TotalBend % FINETUNE_RANGE );
-
- voice = Channel[ channel ].Voices.start;
- while( voice != NULL )
- {- AL_SetVoicePitch( voice->num );
- voice = voice->next;
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_DetectFM
-
- Determines if an Adlib compatible card is installed in the machine.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int AL_DetectFM
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int status1;
- int status2;
- int i;
-
- if ( USER_CheckParameter( NO_ADLIB_DETECTION ) )
- {- return( FALSE );
- }
-
- AL_SendOutputToPort( ADLIB_PORT, 4, 0x60 ); // Reset T1 & T2
- AL_SendOutputToPort( ADLIB_PORT, 4, 0x80 ); // Reset IRQ
-
- status1 = inp( ADLIB_PORT );
-
- AL_SendOutputToPort( ADLIB_PORT, 2, 0xff ); // Set timer 1
- AL_SendOutputToPort( ADLIB_PORT, 4, 0x21 ); // Start timer 1
-
- for( i = 100; i > 0; i-- )
- {- inp( ADLIB_PORT );
- }
-
- status2 = inp( ADLIB_PORT );
-
- AL_SendOutputToPort( ADLIB_PORT, 4, 0x60 );
- AL_SendOutputToPort( ADLIB_PORT, 4, 0x80 );
-
- return( ( ( status1 & 0xe0 ) == 0x00 ) && ( ( status2 & 0xe0 ) == 0xc0 ) );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_LockEnd
-
- Used for determining the length of the functions to lock in memory.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void AL_LockEnd
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_Shutdown
-
- Ends use of the sound card and resets it to a quiet state.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void AL_Shutdown
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- AL_StereoOff();
-
- AL_OPL3 = FALSE;
- AL_ResetVoices();
- AL_Reset();
-
- DPMI_UnlockMemoryRegion( AL_LockStart, AL_LockEnd );
- DPMI_Unlock( slotVoice );
- DPMI_Unlock( VoiceLevel );
- DPMI_Unlock( VoiceKsl );
- DPMI_Unlock( offsetSlot );
- DPMI_Unlock( NotePitch );
- DPMI_Unlock( OctavePitch );
- DPMI_Unlock( NoteMod12 );
- DPMI_Unlock( NoteDiv12 );
- DPMI_Unlock( VoiceReserved );
- DPMI_Unlock( Voice );
- DPMI_Unlock( Voice_Pool );
- DPMI_Unlock( Channel );
- DPMI_Unlock( AL_LeftPort );
- DPMI_Unlock( AL_RightPort );
- DPMI_Unlock( AL_Stereo );
- DPMI_Unlock( AL_SendStereo );
- DPMI_Unlock( AL_OPL3 );
- DPMI_Unlock( AL_MaxMidiChannel );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_SetMaxMidiChannel
-
- Sets the maximum MIDI channel that FM cards respond to.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void AL_SetMaxMidiChannel
- (
- int channel
- )
-
- {- AL_MaxMidiChannel = channel - 1;
- }
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_Init
-
- Begins use of the sound card.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int AL_Init
- (
- int soundcard
- )
-
- {- BLASTER_CONFIG Blaster;
- int status;
-
- status = DPMI_LockMemoryRegion( AL_LockStart, AL_LockEnd );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( slotVoice );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( VoiceLevel );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( VoiceKsl );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( offsetSlot );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( NotePitch );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( OctavePitch );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( NoteMod12 );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( NoteDiv12 );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( VoiceReserved );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( Voice );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( Voice_Pool );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( Channel );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( AL_LeftPort );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( AL_RightPort );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( AL_Stereo );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( AL_SendStereo );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( AL_OPL3 );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( AL_MaxMidiChannel );
-
- if ( status != DPMI_Ok )
- {- return( AL_Error );
- }
-
- AL_Stereo = FALSE;
- AL_OPL3 = FALSE;
- AL_LeftPort = 0x388;
- AL_RightPort = 0x388;
-
- switch( soundcard )
- {- case ProAudioSpectrum :
- case SoundMan16 :
- AL_OPL3 = TRUE;
- AL_LeftPort = 0x388;
- AL_RightPort = 0x38A;
- break;
-
- case SoundBlaster :
- status = BLASTER_GetCardSettings( &Blaster );
- if ( status != BLASTER_Ok )
- {- status = BLASTER_GetEnv( &Blaster );
- if ( status != BLASTER_Ok )
- {- break;
- }
- }
-
- switch( Blaster.Type )
- {- case SBPro2 :
- case SB16 :
- AL_OPL3 = TRUE;
- AL_LeftPort = Blaster.Address;
- AL_RightPort = Blaster.Address + 2;
- break;
- }
- break;
- }
-// Temporarally commented out for ROTT.
-// Stereo FM seems to take too long on some computers and
-// causes the mouse driver to miss interrupts.
-
-/*
- switch( soundcard )
- {- case ProAudioSpectrum :
- case SoundMan16 :
- AL_OPL3 = TRUE;
- AL_Stereo = TRUE;
- AL_LeftPort = 0x388;
- AL_RightPort = 0x38A;
- break;
-
- case SoundBlaster :
- status = BLASTER_GetCardSettings( &Blaster );
- if ( status != BLASTER_Ok )
- {- status = BLASTER_GetEnv( &Blaster );
- if ( status != BLASTER_Ok )
- {- break;
- }
- }
-
- switch( Blaster.Type )
- {- case SBPro2 :
- case SB16 :
- AL_OPL3 = TRUE;
- AL_Stereo = TRUE;
- AL_LeftPort = Blaster.Address;
- AL_RightPort = Blaster.Address + 2;
- break;
-
- case SBPro :
- AL_Stereo = TRUE;
- AL_LeftPort = Blaster.Address;
- AL_RightPort = Blaster.Address + 2;
- break;
- }
- break;
- }
-*/
-
- AL_CalcPitchInfo();
- AL_Reset();
- AL_ResetVoices();
-
- return( AL_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AL_RegisterTimbreBank
-
- Copies user supplied timbres over the default timbre bank.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void AL_RegisterTimbreBank
- (
- unsigned char *timbres
- )
-
- {- int i;
-
- for( i = 0; i < 256; i++ )
- {- ADLIB_TimbreBank[ i ].SAVEK[ 0 ] = *( timbres++ );
- ADLIB_TimbreBank[ i ].SAVEK[ 1 ] = *( timbres++ );
- ADLIB_TimbreBank[ i ].Level[ 0 ] = *( timbres++ );
- ADLIB_TimbreBank[ i ].Level[ 1 ] = *( timbres++ );
- ADLIB_TimbreBank[ i ].Env1[ 0 ] = *( timbres++ );
- ADLIB_TimbreBank[ i ].Env1[ 1 ] = *( timbres++ );
- ADLIB_TimbreBank[ i ].Env2[ 0 ] = *( timbres++ );
- ADLIB_TimbreBank[ i ].Env2[ 1 ] = *( timbres++ );
- ADLIB_TimbreBank[ i ].Wave[ 0 ] = *( timbres++ );
- ADLIB_TimbreBank[ i ].Wave[ 1 ] = *( timbres++ );
- ADLIB_TimbreBank[ i ].Feedback = *( timbres++ );
- ADLIB_TimbreBank[ i ].Transpose = *( signed char * )( timbres++ );
- ADLIB_TimbreBank[ i ].Velocity = *( signed char * )( timbres++ );
- }
- }
--- a/src/audiolib/al_midi.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-#ifndef __AL_MIDI_H
-#define __AL_MIDI_H
-
-enum AL_Errors
- {- AL_Warning = -2,
- AL_Error = -1,
- AL_Ok = 0,
- };
-
-#define AL_MaxVolume 127
-#define AL_DefaultChannelVolume 90
-//#define AL_DefaultPitchBendRange 2
-#define AL_DefaultPitchBendRange 200
-
-#define ADLIB_PORT 0x388
-
-void AL_SendOutputToPort( int port, int reg, int data );
-void AL_SendOutput( int voice, int reg, int data );
-void AL_StereoOn( void );
-void AL_StereoOff( void );
-int AL_ReserveVoice( int voice );
-int AL_ReleaseVoice( int voice );
-void AL_Shutdown( void );
-int AL_Init( int soundcard );
-void AL_SetMaxMidiChannel( int channel );
-void AL_Reset( void );
-void AL_NoteOff( int channel, int key, int velocity );
-void AL_NoteOn( int channel, int key, int vel );
-//Turned off to test if it works with Watcom 10a
-// #pragma aux AL_NoteOn frame;
-void AL_AllNotesOff( int channel );
-void AL_ControlChange( int channel, int type, int data );
-void AL_ProgramChange( int channel, int patch );
-void AL_SetPitchBend( int channel, int lsb, int msb );
-int AL_DetectFM( void );
-void AL_RegisterTimbreBank( unsigned char *timbres );
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/assert.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-#ifndef __ASSERT_H
-
- #define __ASSERT_H
-
- #ifdef NDEBUG
-
- #define ASSERT(f)
-
- #else
-
- #pragma aux _Assert aborts; /* _Assert will not return */
- extern void _Assert( char *strFile, unsigned uLine ); /*prototype */
-
- #define ASSERT(f) \
- if (f) \
- ; \
- else \
- _Assert( __FILE__, __LINE__ )
-
- #endif
-
-#else
-
- #error Multiple definition of ASSERT()
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/awe32.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,538 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: AWE32.C
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: August 23, 1994
-
- Cover functions for calling the AWE32 low-level library.
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include <conio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "dpmi.h"
-#include "blaster.h"
-#include "ctaweapi.h"
-#include "awe32.h"
-
-#define _inp inp
-#define _outp outp
-
-/* DSP defines */
-#define MPU_ACK_OK 0xfe
-#define MPU_RESET_CMD 0xff
-#define MPU_ENTER_UART 0x3f
-
-static WORD wSBCBaseAddx; /* Sound Blaster base address */
-static WORD wEMUBaseAddx; /* EMU8000 subsystem base address */
-static WORD wMpuBaseAddx; /* MPU401 base address */
-
-static unsigned short NoteFlags[ 128 ];
-
-/* macros */
-#define SBCPort( x ) ( ( x ) + wSBCBaseAddx )
-#define MPUPort( x ) ( ( x ) + wMpuBaseAddx )
-
-static SOUND_PACKET spSound =
- {- 0
- };
-
-static LONG lBankSizes[ MAXBANKS ] =
- {- 0
- };
-
-unsigned SetES( void );
-#pragma aux SetES = \
- "xor eax, eax" \
- "mov ax, es" \
- "mov bx, ds" \
- "mov es, bx" \
- modify [ eax ebx ];
-
-void RestoreES( unsigned num );
-#pragma aux RestoreES = \
- "mov es, ax" \
- parm [ eax ];
-
-int AWE32_ErrorCode = AWE32_Ok;
-
-#define AWE32_SetErrorCode( status ) \
- AWE32_ErrorCode = ( status );
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AWE32_ErrorString
-
- Returns a pointer to the error message associated with an error
- number. A -1 returns a pointer the current error.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-char *AWE32_ErrorString
- (
- int ErrorNumber
- )
-
- {- char *ErrorString;
-
- switch( ErrorNumber )
- {- case AWE32_Warning :
- case AWE32_Error :
- ErrorString = AWE32_ErrorString( AWE32_ErrorCode );
- break;
-
- case AWE32_Ok :
- ErrorString = "AWE32 ok.";
- break;
-
- case AWE32_SoundBlasterError :
- ErrorString = BLASTER_ErrorString( BLASTER_Error );
- break;
-
- case AWE32_NotDetected :
- ErrorString = "Could not detect AWE32.";
- break;
-
- case AWE32_UnableToInitialize :
- ErrorString = "Unable to initialize AWE32.";
-
- case AWE32_MPU401Error :
- ErrorString = "MPU-401 initialization failed in AWE32.";
- break;
-
- case AWE32_DPMI_Error :
- ErrorString = "DPMI Error in AWE32.";
- break;
-
- default :
- ErrorString = "Unknown AWE32 error code.";
- break;
- }
-
- return( ErrorString );
- }
-
-
-/**********************************************************************
-
- Memory locked functions:
-
-**********************************************************************/
-
-
-#define AWE32_LockStart AWE32_NoteOff
-
-
-void AWE32_NoteOff
- (
- int channel,
- int key,
- int velocity
- )
-
- {- unsigned temp;
-
- temp = SetES();
- awe32NoteOff( channel, key, velocity );
- RestoreES( temp );
- NoteFlags[ key ] ^= ( 1 << channel );
- }
-
-void AWE32_NoteOn
- (
- int channel,
- int key,
- int velocity
- )
-
- {- unsigned temp;
-
- temp = SetES();
- awe32NoteOn( channel, key, velocity );
- RestoreES( temp );
- NoteFlags[ key ] |= ( 1 << channel );
- }
-
-void AWE32_PolyAftertouch
- (
- int channel,
- int key,
- int pressure
- )
-
- {- unsigned temp;
-
- temp = SetES();
- awe32PolyKeyPressure( channel, key, pressure );
- RestoreES( temp );
- }
-
-void AWE32_ChannelAftertouch
- (
- int channel,
- int pressure
- )
-
- {- unsigned temp;
-
- temp = SetES();
- awe32ChannelPressure( channel, pressure );
- RestoreES( temp );
- }
-
-void AWE32_ControlChange
- (
- int channel,
- int number,
- int value
- )
-
- {- unsigned temp;
- int i;
- unsigned channelmask;
-
- temp = SetES();
-
- if ( number == 0x7b )
- {- channelmask = 1 << channel;
- for( i = 0; i < 128; i++ )
- {- if ( NoteFlags[ i ] & channelmask )
- {- awe32NoteOff( channel, i, 0 );
- NoteFlags[ i ] ^= channelmask;
- }
- }
- }
- else
- {- awe32Controller( channel, number, value );
- }
- RestoreES( temp );
- }
-
-void AWE32_ProgramChange
- (
- int channel,
- int program
- )
-
- {- unsigned temp;
-
- temp = SetES();
- awe32ProgramChange( channel, program );
- RestoreES( temp );
- }
-
-void AWE32_PitchBend
- (
- int channel,
- int lsb,
- int msb
- )
-
- {- unsigned temp;
-
- temp = SetES();
- awe32PitchBend( channel, lsb, msb );
- RestoreES( temp );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: AWE32_LockEnd
-
- Used for determining the length of the functions to lock in memory.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void AWE32_LockEnd
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- }
-
-
-/*
-static int InitMPU
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- volatile DWORD dwCount;
-
- for (dwCount=0; dwCount<0x2000; dwCount++) ;
- dwCount = 0x2000;
- while (dwCount && _inp(MPUPort(1)) & 0x40) --dwCount;
- _outp(MPUPort(1), MPU_RESET_CMD);
-
- for (dwCount=0; dwCount<0x2000; dwCount++) ;
- dwCount = 0x2000;
- while (dwCount && _inp(MPUPort(1)) & 0x80) --dwCount;
- _inp(MPUPort(0));
-
- for (dwCount=0; dwCount<0x2000; dwCount++) ;
- dwCount = 0x2000;
- while (dwCount && _inp(MPUPort(1)) & 0x40) --dwCount;
- _outp(MPUPort(1), MPU_RESET_CMD);
-
- for (dwCount=0; dwCount<0x2000; dwCount++) ;
- dwCount = 0x2000;
- while (dwCount && _inp(MPUPort(1)) & 0x80) --dwCount;
- _inp(MPUPort(0));
-
- for (dwCount=0; dwCount<0x2000; dwCount++) ;
- dwCount = 0x2000;
- while (dwCount && _inp(MPUPort(1)) & 0x40) --dwCount;
- _outp(MPUPort(1), MPU_ENTER_UART);
-
- for (dwCount=0; dwCount<0x2000; dwCount++) ;
- dwCount = 0x2000;
- while (dwCount && _inp(MPUPort(1)) & 0x80) --dwCount;
- if (!dwCount) return TRUE;
- if (_inp(MPUPort(0)) != MPU_ACK_OK) return TRUE;
-
- // mask MPU-401 interrupt
- _outp(SBCPort(0x4), 0x83);
- _outp(SBCPort(0x5), _inp(SBCPort(0x5)) & ~0x04);
-
- return FALSE;
- }
-*/
-
-/*������������������������������������������������������������������������*/
-/*� ShutdownMPU �*/
-/*� Cleans up Sound Blaster to normal state. �*/
-/*������������������������������������������������������������������������;*/
-
-static void ShutdownMPU
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- volatile DWORD dwCount;
-
- for (dwCount=0; dwCount<0x2000; dwCount++) ;
- dwCount = 0x2000;
- while (dwCount && _inp(MPUPort(1)) & 0x40) --dwCount;
- _outp(MPUPort(1), MPU_RESET_CMD);
- for (dwCount=0; dwCount<0x2000; dwCount++) ;
- _inp(MPUPort(0));
-
- for (dwCount=0; dwCount<0x2000; dwCount++) ;
- dwCount = 0x2000;
- while (dwCount && _inp(MPUPort(1)) & 0x40) --dwCount;
- _outp(MPUPort(1), MPU_RESET_CMD);
- for (dwCount=0; dwCount<0x2000; dwCount++) ;
- _inp(MPUPort(0));
- }
-
-
-/*������������������������������������������������������������������������*/
-/*� LoadSBK �*/
-/*������������������������������������������������������������������������;*/
-
-static void LoadSBK
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- /* use embeded preset objects */
- spSound.bank_no = 0; /* load as Bank 0 */
- spSound.total_banks = 1; /* use 1 bank first */
- lBankSizes[ 0 ] = 0; /* ram is not needed */
-
- spSound.banksizes = lBankSizes;
- awe32DefineBankSizes( &spSound );
- awe32SoundPad.SPad1 = awe32SPad1Obj;
- awe32SoundPad.SPad2 = awe32SPad2Obj;
- awe32SoundPad.SPad3 = awe32SPad3Obj;
- awe32SoundPad.SPad4 = awe32SPad4Obj;
- awe32SoundPad.SPad5 = awe32SPad5Obj;
- awe32SoundPad.SPad6 = awe32SPad6Obj;
- awe32SoundPad.SPad7 = awe32SPad7Obj;
- }
-
-
-int AWE32_Init
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int status;
- BLASTER_CONFIG Blaster;
-
- wSBCBaseAddx = 0x220;
- wEMUBaseAddx = 0x620;
- wMpuBaseAddx = 0x330;
-
- status = BLASTER_GetCardSettings( &Blaster );
- if ( status != BLASTER_Ok )
- {- status = BLASTER_GetEnv( &Blaster );
- if ( status != BLASTER_Ok )
- {- AWE32_SetErrorCode( AWE32_SoundBlasterError );
- return( AWE32_Error );
- }
- }
-
- wSBCBaseAddx = Blaster.Address;
- if ( wSBCBaseAddx == UNDEFINED )
- {- wSBCBaseAddx = 0x220;
- }
-
- wMpuBaseAddx = Blaster.Midi;
- if ( wMpuBaseAddx == UNDEFINED )
- {- wMpuBaseAddx = 0x330;
- }
-
- wEMUBaseAddx = Blaster.Emu;
- if ( wEMUBaseAddx <= 0 )
- {- wEMUBaseAddx = wSBCBaseAddx + 0x400;
- }
-
- status = awe32Detect( wEMUBaseAddx );
- if ( status )
- {- AWE32_SetErrorCode( AWE32_NotDetected );
- return( AWE32_Error );
- }
-
- status = awe32InitHardware();
- if ( status )
- {- AWE32_SetErrorCode( AWE32_UnableToInitialize );
- return( AWE32_Error );
- }
-
-
- status = awe32InitMIDI();
- if ( status )
- {- AWE32_Shutdown();
- AWE32_SetErrorCode( AWE32_MPU401Error )
- return( AWE32_Error );
- }
-
-/*
- status = InitMPU();
- if ( status )
- {- ShutdownMPU();
- status = InitMPU();
- if ( status )
- {- ShutdownMPU();
- status = InitMPU();
- if ( status )
- {- AWE32_Shutdown();
- AWE32_SetErrorCode( AWE32_MPU401Error )
- return( AWE32_Error );
- }
- }
- }
-*/
- status = DPMI_LockMemoryRegion( AWE32_LockStart, AWE32_LockEnd );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( wSBCBaseAddx );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( wEMUBaseAddx );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( wMpuBaseAddx );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( spSound );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( lBankSizes );
- status |= DPMI_LockMemory( NoteFlags, sizeof( NoteFlags ) );
-
- // Lock awe32 library
- status = DPMI_LockMemoryRegion( __midieng_code, __midieng_ecode );
- status = DPMI_LockMemoryRegion( __midieng_code(), __midieng_ecode() );
- status = DPMI_LockMemoryRegion( __nrpn_code, __nrpn_ecode );
- status = DPMI_LockMemoryRegion( __nrpn_code(), __nrpn_ecode() );
- status = DPMI_LockMemoryRegion( &__midivar_data, &__midivar_edata );
- status = DPMI_LockMemoryRegion( &__nrpnvar_data, &__nrpnvar_edata );
- status = DPMI_LockMemoryRegion( &__embed_data, &__embed_edata );
-
- if ( status != DPMI_Ok )
- {- ShutdownMPU();
- awe32Terminate();
- AWE32_SetErrorCode( AWE32_DPMI_Error );
- return( AWE32_Error );
- }
-
- // Set the number of voices to use to 32
- awe32NumG = 32;
-
- awe32TotalPatchRam(&spSound);
-
- LoadSBK();
- awe32InitMIDI();
- awe32InitNRPN();
-
- memset( NoteFlags, 0, sizeof( NoteFlags ) );
-
- return( AWE32_Ok );
- }
-
-void AWE32_Shutdown
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- ShutdownMPU();
- awe32Terminate();
-
- DPMI_UnlockMemoryRegion( AWE32_LockStart, AWE32_LockEnd );
- DPMI_Unlock( wSBCBaseAddx );
- DPMI_Unlock( wEMUBaseAddx );
- DPMI_Unlock( wMpuBaseAddx );
- DPMI_Unlock( spSound );
- DPMI_Unlock( lBankSizes );
- DPMI_UnlockMemory( NoteFlags, sizeof( NoteFlags ) );
-
- // Unlock awe32 library
- DPMI_UnlockMemoryRegion( __midieng_code, __midieng_ecode );
- DPMI_UnlockMemoryRegion( __midieng_code(), __midieng_ecode() );
- DPMI_UnlockMemoryRegion( __nrpn_code, __nrpn_ecode );
- DPMI_UnlockMemoryRegion( __nrpn_code(), __nrpn_ecode() );
- DPMI_UnlockMemoryRegion( &__midivar_data, &__midivar_edata );
- DPMI_UnlockMemoryRegion( &__nrpnvar_data, &__nrpnvar_edata );
- DPMI_UnlockMemoryRegion( &__embed_data, &__embed_edata );
- }
--- a/src/audiolib/awe32.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: AWE32.H
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: August 23, 1994
-
- Public header for AWE32.C Cover functions for calling the
- AWE32 low-level library.
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __AWE32_H
-#define __AWE32_H
-
-enum AWE32_ERRORS
- {- AWE32_Warning = -2,
- AWE32_Error = -1,
- AWE32_Ok = 0,
- AWE32_SoundBlasterError,
- AWE32_NotDetected,
- AWE32_UnableToInitialize,
- AWE32_MPU401Error,
- AWE32_DPMI_Error
- };
-
-char *AWE32_ErrorString( int ErrorNumber );
-int AWE32_Init( void );
-void AWE32_Shutdown( void );
-void AWE32_NoteOff( int channel, int key, int velocity );
-void AWE32_NoteOn( int channel, int key, int velocity );
-void AWE32_PolyAftertouch( int channel, int key, int pressure );
-void AWE32_ChannelAftertouch( int channel, int pressure );
-void AWE32_ControlChange( int channel, int number, int value );
-void AWE32_ProgramChange( int channel, int program );
-void AWE32_PitchBend( int channel, int lsb, int msb );
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/blaster.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2328 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: BLASTER.C
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: February 4, 1994
-
- Low level routines to support Sound Blaster, Sound Blaster Pro,
- Sound Blaster 16, and compatible sound cards.
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include <dos.h>
-#include <conio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include "dpmi.h"
-#include "dma.h"
-#include "irq.h"
-#include "blaster.h"
-#include "_blaster.h"
-
-#define USESTACK
-
-const int BLASTER_Interrupts[ BLASTER_MaxIrq + 1 ] =
- {- INVALID, INVALID, 0xa, 0xb,
- INVALID, 0xd, INVALID, 0xf,
- INVALID, INVALID, 0x72, 0x73,
- 0x74, INVALID, INVALID, 0x77
- };
-
-const int BLASTER_SampleSize[ BLASTER_MaxMixMode + 1 ] =
- {- MONO_8BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE, STEREO_8BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE,
- MONO_16BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE, STEREO_16BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE
- };
-
-const CARD_CAPABILITY BLASTER_CardConfig[ BLASTER_MaxCardType + 1 ] =
- {- { FALSE, INVALID, INVALID, INVALID, INVALID }, // Unsupported- { TRUE, NO, MONO_8BIT, 4000, 23000 }, // SB 1.0- { TRUE, YES, STEREO_8BIT, 4000, 44100 }, // SBPro- { TRUE, NO, MONO_8BIT, 4000, 23000 }, // SB 2.xx- { TRUE, YES, STEREO_8BIT, 4000, 44100 }, // SBPro 2- { FALSE, INVALID, INVALID, INVALID, INVALID }, // Unsupported- { TRUE, YES, STEREO_16BIT, 5000, 44100 }, // SB16- };
-
-CARD_CAPABILITY BLASTER_Card;
-
-static void ( __interrupt __far *BLASTER_OldInt )( void );
-
-BLASTER_CONFIG BLASTER_Config =
- {- UNDEFINED, UNDEFINED, UNDEFINED, UNDEFINED, UNDEFINED, UNDEFINED
- };
-
-static int BLASTER_Installed = FALSE;
-
-int BLASTER_Version;
-
-static char *BLASTER_DMABuffer;
-static char *BLASTER_DMABufferEnd;
-static char *BLASTER_CurrentDMABuffer;
-static int BLASTER_TotalDMABufferSize;
-
-static int BLASTER_TransferLength = 0;
-static int BLASTER_MixMode = BLASTER_DefaultMixMode;
-static int BLASTER_SamplePacketSize = MONO_16BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE;
-static unsigned BLASTER_SampleRate = BLASTER_DefaultSampleRate;
-
-static unsigned BLASTER_HaltTransferCommand = DSP_Halt8bitTransfer;
-
-volatile int BLASTER_SoundPlaying;
-volatile int BLASTER_SoundRecording;
-
-void ( *BLASTER_CallBack )( void );
-
-static int BLASTER_IntController1Mask;
-static int BLASTER_IntController2Mask;
-
-static int BLASTER_MixerAddress = UNDEFINED;
-static int BLASTER_MixerType = 0;
-static int BLASTER_OriginalMidiVolumeLeft = 255;
-static int BLASTER_OriginalMidiVolumeRight = 255;
-static int BLASTER_OriginalVoiceVolumeLeft = 255;
-static int BLASTER_OriginalVoiceVolumeRight = 255;
-
-static int BLASTER_WaveBlasterState = 0x0F;
-
-// adequate stack size
-#define kStackSize 2048
-
-static unsigned short StackSelector = NULL;
-static unsigned long StackPointer;
-
-static unsigned short oldStackSelector;
-static unsigned long oldStackPointer;
-
-// This is defined because we can't create local variables in a
-// function that switches stacks.
-static int GlobalStatus;
-
-// These declarations are necessary to use the inline assembly pragmas.
-
-extern void GetStack(unsigned short *selptr,unsigned long *stackptr);
-extern void SetStack(unsigned short selector,unsigned long stackptr);
-
-// This function will get the current stack selector and pointer and save
-// them off.
-#pragma aux GetStack = \
- "mov [edi],esp" \
- "mov ax,ss" \
- "mov [esi],ax" \
- parm [esi] [edi] \
- modify [eax esi edi];
-
-// This function will set the stack selector and pointer to the specified
-// values.
-#pragma aux SetStack = \
- "mov ss,ax" \
- "mov esp,edx" \
- parm [ax] [edx] \
- modify [eax edx];
-
-int BLASTER_DMAChannel;
-
-int BLASTER_ErrorCode = BLASTER_Ok;
-
-#define BLASTER_SetErrorCode( status ) \
- BLASTER_ErrorCode = ( status );
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_ErrorString
-
- Returns a pointer to the error message associated with an error
- number. A -1 returns a pointer the current error.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-char *BLASTER_ErrorString
- (
- int ErrorNumber
- )
-
- {- char *ErrorString;
-
- switch( ErrorNumber )
- {- case BLASTER_Warning :
- case BLASTER_Error :
- ErrorString = BLASTER_ErrorString( BLASTER_ErrorCode );
- break;
-
- case BLASTER_Ok :
- ErrorString = "Sound Blaster ok.";
- break;
-
- case BLASTER_EnvNotFound :
- ErrorString = "BLASTER environment variable not set.";
- break;
-
- case BLASTER_AddrNotSet :
- ErrorString = "Sound Blaster address not set.";
- break;
-
- case BLASTER_DMANotSet :
- ErrorString = "Sound Blaster 8-bit DMA channel not set.";
- break;
-
- case BLASTER_DMA16NotSet :
- ErrorString = "Sound Blaster 16-bit DMA channel not set.";
- break;
-
- case BLASTER_InvalidParameter :
- ErrorString = "Invalid parameter in BLASTER environment variable.";
- break;
-
- case BLASTER_CardNotReady :
- ErrorString = "Sound Blaster not responding on selected port.";
- break;
-
- case BLASTER_NoSoundPlaying :
- ErrorString = "No sound playing on Sound Blaster.";
- break;
-
- case BLASTER_InvalidIrq :
- ErrorString = "Invalid Sound Blaster Irq.";
- break;
-
- case BLASTER_UnableToSetIrq :
- ErrorString = "Unable to set Sound Blaster IRQ. Try selecting an IRQ of 7 or below.";
- break;
-
- case BLASTER_DmaError :
- ErrorString = DMA_ErrorString( DMA_Error );
- break;
-
- case BLASTER_NoMixer :
- ErrorString = "Mixer not available on selected Sound Blaster card.";
- break;
-
- case BLASTER_DPMI_Error :
- ErrorString = "DPMI Error in Blaster.";
- break;
-
- case BLASTER_OutOfMemory :
- ErrorString = "Out of conventional memory in Blaster.";
- break;
-
- default :
- ErrorString = "Unknown Sound Blaster error code.";
- break;
- }
-
- return( ErrorString );
- }
-
-
-/**********************************************************************
-
- Memory locked functions:
-
-**********************************************************************/
-
-
-#define BLASTER_LockStart BLASTER_EnableInterrupt
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_EnableInterrupt
-
- Enables the triggering of the sound card interrupt.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void BLASTER_EnableInterrupt
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int Irq;
- int mask;
-
- // Unmask system interrupt
- Irq = BLASTER_Config.Interrupt;
- if ( Irq < 8 )
- {- mask = inp( 0x21 ) & ~( 1 << Irq );
- outp( 0x21, mask );
- }
- else
- {- mask = inp( 0xA1 ) & ~( 1 << ( Irq - 8 ) );
- outp( 0xA1, mask );
-
- mask = inp( 0x21 ) & ~( 1 << 2 );
- outp( 0x21, mask );
- }
-
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_DisableInterrupt
-
- Disables the triggering of the sound card interrupt.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void BLASTER_DisableInterrupt
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int Irq;
- int mask;
-
- // Restore interrupt mask
- Irq = BLASTER_Config.Interrupt;
- if ( Irq < 8 )
- {- mask = inp( 0x21 ) & ~( 1 << Irq );
- mask |= BLASTER_IntController1Mask & ( 1 << Irq );
- outp( 0x21, mask );
- }
- else
- {- mask = inp( 0x21 ) & ~( 1 << 2 );
- mask |= BLASTER_IntController1Mask & ( 1 << 2 );
- outp( 0x21, mask );
-
- mask = inp( 0xA1 ) & ~( 1 << ( Irq - 8 ) );
- mask |= BLASTER_IntController2Mask & ( 1 << ( Irq - 8 ) );
- outp( 0xA1, mask );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_ServiceInterrupt
-
- Handles interrupt generated by sound card at the end of a voice
- transfer. Calls the user supplied callback function.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void __interrupt __far BLASTER_ServiceInterrupt
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- #ifdef USESTACK
- // save stack
- GetStack( &oldStackSelector, &oldStackPointer );
-
- // set our stack
- SetStack( StackSelector, StackPointer );
- #endif
-
- // Acknowledge interrupt
- // Check if this is this an SB16 or newer
- if ( BLASTER_Version >= DSP_Version4xx )
- {- outp( BLASTER_Config.Address + BLASTER_MixerAddressPort,
- MIXER_DSP4xxISR_Ack );
-
- GlobalStatus = inp( BLASTER_Config.Address + BLASTER_MixerDataPort );
-
- // Check if a 16-bit DMA interrupt occurred
- if ( GlobalStatus & MIXER_16BITDMA_INT )
- {- // Acknowledge 16-bit transfer interrupt
- inp( BLASTER_Config.Address + BLASTER_16BitDMAAck );
- }
- else if ( GlobalStatus & MIXER_8BITDMA_INT )
- {- inp( BLASTER_Config.Address + BLASTER_DataAvailablePort );
- }
- else
- {- #ifdef USESTACK
- // restore stack
- SetStack( oldStackSelector, oldStackPointer );
- #endif
-
- // Wasn't our interrupt. Call the old one.
- _chain_intr( BLASTER_OldInt );
- }
- }
- else
- {- // Older card - can't detect if an interrupt occurred.
- inp( BLASTER_Config.Address + BLASTER_DataAvailablePort );
- }
-
- // Keep track of current buffer
- BLASTER_CurrentDMABuffer += BLASTER_TransferLength;
-
- if ( BLASTER_CurrentDMABuffer >= BLASTER_DMABufferEnd )
- {- BLASTER_CurrentDMABuffer = BLASTER_DMABuffer;
- }
-
- // Continue playback on cards without autoinit mode
- if ( BLASTER_Version < DSP_Version2xx )
- {- if ( BLASTER_SoundPlaying )
- {- BLASTER_DSP1xx_BeginPlayback( BLASTER_TransferLength );
- }
-
- if ( BLASTER_SoundRecording )
- {- BLASTER_DSP1xx_BeginRecord( BLASTER_TransferLength );
- }
- }
-
- // Call the caller's callback function
- if ( BLASTER_CallBack != NULL )
- {- BLASTER_CallBack();
- }
-
- #ifdef USESTACK
- // restore stack
- SetStack( oldStackSelector, oldStackPointer );
- #endif
-
- // send EOI to Interrupt Controller
- if ( BLASTER_Config.Interrupt > 7 )
- {- outp( 0xA0, 0x20 );
- }
-
- outp( 0x20, 0x20 );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_WriteDSP
-
- Writes a byte of data to the sound card's DSP.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_WriteDSP
- (
- unsigned data
- )
-
- {- int port;
- unsigned count;
- int status;
-
- port = BLASTER_Config.Address + BLASTER_WritePort;
-
- status = BLASTER_Error;
-
- count = 0xFFFF;
-
- do
- {- if ( ( inp( port ) & 0x80 ) == 0 )
- {- outp( port, data );
- status = BLASTER_Ok;
- break;
- }
-
- count--;
- }
- while( count > 0 );
-
- if ( status != BLASTER_Ok )
- {- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( BLASTER_CardNotReady );
- }
-
- return( status );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_ReadDSP
-
- Reads a byte of data from the sound card's DSP.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_ReadDSP
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int port;
- unsigned count;
- int status;
-
- port = BLASTER_Config.Address + BLASTER_DataAvailablePort;
-
- status = BLASTER_Error;
-
- count = 0xFFFF;
-
- do
- {- if ( inp( port ) & 0x80 )
- {- status = inp( BLASTER_Config.Address + BLASTER_ReadPort );
- break;
- }
-
- count--;
- }
- while( count > 0 );
-
- if ( status == BLASTER_Error )
- {- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( BLASTER_CardNotReady );
- }
-
- return( status );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_ResetDSP
-
- Sends a reset command to the sound card's Digital Signal Processor
- (DSP), causing it to perform an initialization.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_ResetDSP
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- volatile int count;
- int port;
- int status;
-
- port = BLASTER_Config.Address + BLASTER_ResetPort;
-
- status = BLASTER_CardNotReady;
-
- outp( port, 1 );
-
-/* What the hell am I doing here?
- count = 100;
-
- do
- {- if ( inp( port ) == 255 )
- {- break;
- }
-
- count--;
- }
- while( count > 0 );
-*/
-
- count = 0x100;
- do
- {- count--;
- }
- while( count > 0 );
-
- outp( port, 0 );
-
- count = 100;
-
- do
- {- if ( BLASTER_ReadDSP() == BLASTER_Ready )
- {- status = BLASTER_Ok;
- break;
- }
-
- count--;
- }
- while( count > 0 );
-
- return( status );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_GetDSPVersion
-
- Returns the version number of the sound card's DSP.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_GetDSPVersion
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int MajorVersion;
- int MinorVersion;
- int version;
-
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( DSP_GetVersion );
-
- MajorVersion = BLASTER_ReadDSP();
- MinorVersion = BLASTER_ReadDSP();
-
- if ( ( MajorVersion == BLASTER_Error ) ||
- ( MinorVersion == BLASTER_Error ) )
- {- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( BLASTER_CardNotReady );
- return( BLASTER_Error );
- }
-
- version = ( MajorVersion << 8 ) + MinorVersion;
-
- if ( version >= DSP_Version4xx )
- {- BLASTER_Card.IsSupported = TRUE;
- BLASTER_Card.HasMixer = YES;
- BLASTER_Card.MaxMixMode = STEREO_16BIT;
- BLASTER_Card.MinSamplingRate = 5000;
- BLASTER_Card.MaxSamplingRate = 44100;
- BLASTER_MixerType = SB16;
- }
- else if ( version >= DSP_Version3xx )
- {- BLASTER_Card.IsSupported = TRUE;
- BLASTER_Card.HasMixer = YES;
- BLASTER_Card.MaxMixMode = STEREO_8BIT;
- BLASTER_Card.MinSamplingRate = 4000;
- BLASTER_Card.MaxSamplingRate = 44100;
- BLASTER_MixerType = SBPro;
- }
- else if ( version >= DSP_Version2xx )
- {- BLASTER_Card.IsSupported = TRUE;
- BLASTER_Card.HasMixer = NO;
- BLASTER_Card.MaxMixMode = MONO_8BIT;
- BLASTER_Card.MinSamplingRate = 4000;
- BLASTER_Card.MaxSamplingRate = 23000;
- BLASTER_MixerType = 0;
- }
- else
- {- // DSP_Version1xx
- BLASTER_Card.IsSupported = TRUE;
- BLASTER_Card.HasMixer = NO;
- BLASTER_Card.MaxMixMode = MONO_8BIT;
- BLASTER_Card.MinSamplingRate = 4000;
- BLASTER_Card.MaxSamplingRate = 23000;
- BLASTER_MixerType = 0;
- }
-
- return( version );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_SpeakerOn
-
- Enables output from the DAC.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void BLASTER_SpeakerOn
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- BLASTER_WriteDSP( DSP_SpeakerOn );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_SpeakerOff
-
- Disables output from the DAC.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void BLASTER_SpeakerOff
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- BLASTER_WriteDSP( DSP_SpeakerOff );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_SetPlaybackRate
-
- Sets the rate at which the digitized sound will be played in
- hertz.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void BLASTER_SetPlaybackRate
- (
- unsigned rate
- )
-
- {- int LoByte;
- int HiByte;
-
- if ( BLASTER_Version < DSP_Version4xx )
- {- int timeconstant;
- long ActualRate;
-
- // Send sampling rate as time constant for older Sound
- // Blaster compatible cards.
-
- ActualRate = rate * BLASTER_SamplePacketSize;
- if ( ActualRate < BLASTER_Card.MinSamplingRate )
- {- rate = BLASTER_Card.MinSamplingRate / BLASTER_SamplePacketSize;
- }
-
- if ( ActualRate > BLASTER_Card.MaxSamplingRate )
- {- rate = BLASTER_Card.MaxSamplingRate / BLASTER_SamplePacketSize;
- }
-
- timeconstant = ( int )CalcTimeConstant( rate, BLASTER_SamplePacketSize );
-
- // Keep track of what the actual rate is
- BLASTER_SampleRate = ( unsigned )CalcSamplingRate( timeconstant );
- BLASTER_SampleRate /= BLASTER_SamplePacketSize;
-
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( DSP_SetTimeConstant );
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( timeconstant );
- }
- else
- {- // Send literal sampling rate for cards with DSP version
- // 4.xx (Sound Blaster 16)
-
- BLASTER_SampleRate = rate;
-
- if ( BLASTER_SampleRate < BLASTER_Card.MinSamplingRate )
- {- BLASTER_SampleRate = BLASTER_Card.MinSamplingRate;
- }
-
- if ( BLASTER_SampleRate > BLASTER_Card.MaxSamplingRate )
- {- BLASTER_SampleRate = BLASTER_Card.MaxSamplingRate;
- }
-
- HiByte = hibyte( BLASTER_SampleRate );
- LoByte = lobyte( BLASTER_SampleRate );
-
- // Set playback rate
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( DSP_Set_DA_Rate );
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( HiByte );
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( LoByte );
-
- // Set recording rate
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( DSP_Set_AD_Rate );
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( HiByte );
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( LoByte );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_GetPlaybackRate
-
- Returns the rate at which the digitized sound will be played in
- hertz.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-unsigned BLASTER_GetPlaybackRate
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- return( BLASTER_SampleRate );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_SetMixMode
-
- Sets the sound card to play samples in mono or stereo.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_SetMixMode
- (
- int mode
- )
-
- {- int port;
- int data;
- int CardType;
-
- CardType = BLASTER_Config.Type;
-
- mode &= BLASTER_MaxMixMode;
-
- if ( !( BLASTER_Card.MaxMixMode & STEREO ) )
- {- mode &= ~STEREO;
- }
-
- if ( !( BLASTER_Card.MaxMixMode & SIXTEEN_BIT ) )
- {- mode &= ~SIXTEEN_BIT;
- }
-
- BLASTER_MixMode = mode;
- BLASTER_SamplePacketSize = BLASTER_SampleSize[ mode ];
-
- // For the Sound Blaster Pro, we have to set the mixer chip
- // to play mono or stereo samples.
-
- if ( ( CardType == SBPro ) || ( CardType == SBPro2 ) )
- {- port = BLASTER_Config.Address + BLASTER_MixerAddressPort;
- outp( port, MIXER_SBProOutputSetting );
-
- port = BLASTER_Config.Address + BLASTER_MixerDataPort;
-
- // Get current mode
- data = inp( port );
-
- // set stereo mode bit
- if ( mode & STEREO )
- {- data |= MIXER_SBProStereoFlag;
- }
- else
- {- data &= ~MIXER_SBProStereoFlag;
- }
-
- // set the mode
- outp( port, data );
-
- BLASTER_SetPlaybackRate( BLASTER_SampleRate );
- }
-
- return( mode );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_StopPlayback
-
- Ends the DMA transfer of digitized sound to the sound card.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void BLASTER_StopPlayback
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int DmaChannel;
-
- // Don't allow anymore interrupts
- BLASTER_DisableInterrupt();
-
- if ( BLASTER_HaltTransferCommand == DSP_Reset )
- {- BLASTER_ResetDSP();
- }
- else
- {- BLASTER_WriteDSP( BLASTER_HaltTransferCommand );
- }
-
- // Disable the DMA channel
- if ( BLASTER_MixMode & SIXTEEN_BIT )
- {- DmaChannel = BLASTER_Config.Dma16;
- }
- else
- {- DmaChannel = BLASTER_Config.Dma8;
- }
- DMA_EndTransfer( DmaChannel );
-
- // Turn off speaker
- BLASTER_SpeakerOff();
-
- BLASTER_SoundPlaying = FALSE;
- BLASTER_SoundRecording = FALSE;
-
- BLASTER_DMABuffer = NULL;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_SetupDMABuffer
-
- Programs the DMAC for sound transfer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_SetupDMABuffer
- (
- char *BufferPtr,
- int BufferSize,
- int mode
- )
-
- {- int DmaChannel;
- int DmaStatus;
- int errorcode;
-
- if ( BLASTER_MixMode & SIXTEEN_BIT )
- {- DmaChannel = BLASTER_Config.Dma16;
- errorcode = BLASTER_DMA16NotSet;
- }
- else
- {- DmaChannel = BLASTER_Config.Dma8;
- errorcode = BLASTER_DMANotSet;
- }
-
- if ( DmaChannel == UNDEFINED )
- {- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( errorcode );
- return( BLASTER_Error );
- }
-
- DmaStatus = DMA_SetupTransfer( DmaChannel, BufferPtr, BufferSize, mode );
- if ( DmaStatus == DMA_Error )
- {- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( BLASTER_DmaError );
- return( BLASTER_Error );
- }
-
- BLASTER_DMAChannel = DmaChannel;
-
- BLASTER_DMABuffer = BufferPtr;
- BLASTER_CurrentDMABuffer = BufferPtr;
- BLASTER_TotalDMABufferSize = BufferSize;
- BLASTER_DMABufferEnd = BufferPtr + BufferSize;
-
- return( BLASTER_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_GetCurrentPos
-
- Returns the offset within the current sound being played.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_GetCurrentPos
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- char *CurrentAddr;
- int DmaChannel;
- int offset;
-
- if ( !BLASTER_SoundPlaying )
- {- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( BLASTER_NoSoundPlaying );
- return( BLASTER_Error );
- }
-
- if ( BLASTER_MixMode & SIXTEEN_BIT )
- {- DmaChannel = BLASTER_Config.Dma16;
- }
- else
- {- DmaChannel = BLASTER_Config.Dma8;
- }
-
- if ( DmaChannel == UNDEFINED )
- {- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( BLASTER_DMANotSet );
- return( BLASTER_Error );
- }
-
- CurrentAddr = DMA_GetCurrentPos( DmaChannel );
-
- offset = ( int )( ( ( unsigned long )CurrentAddr ) -
- ( ( unsigned long )BLASTER_CurrentDMABuffer ) );
-
- if ( BLASTER_MixMode & SIXTEEN_BIT )
- {- offset >>= 1;
- }
-
- if ( BLASTER_MixMode & STEREO )
- {- offset >>= 1;
- }
-
- return( offset );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_DSP1xx_BeginPlayback
-
- Starts playback of digitized sound on cards compatible with DSP
- version 1.xx.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_DSP1xx_BeginPlayback
- (
- int length
- )
-
- {- int SampleLength;
- int LoByte;
- int HiByte;
-
- SampleLength = length - 1;
- HiByte = hibyte( SampleLength );
- LoByte = lobyte( SampleLength );
-
- // Program DSP to play sound
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( DSP_Old8BitDAC );
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( LoByte );
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( HiByte );
-
- BLASTER_HaltTransferCommand = DSP_Halt8bitTransfer;
-
- BLASTER_SoundPlaying = TRUE;
-
- return( BLASTER_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_DSP2xx_BeginPlayback
-
- Starts playback of digitized sound on cards compatible with DSP
- version 2.xx.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_DSP2xx_BeginPlayback
- (
- int length
- )
-
- {- int SampleLength;
- int LoByte;
- int HiByte;
-
- SampleLength = length - 1;
- HiByte = hibyte( SampleLength );
- LoByte = lobyte( SampleLength );
-
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( DSP_SetBlockLength );
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( LoByte );
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( HiByte );
-
- if ( ( BLASTER_Version >= DSP_Version201 ) && ( DSP_MaxNormalRate <
- ( BLASTER_SampleRate * BLASTER_SamplePacketSize ) ) )
- {- BLASTER_WriteDSP( DSP_8BitHighSpeedAutoInitMode );
- BLASTER_HaltTransferCommand = DSP_Reset;
- }
- else
- {- BLASTER_WriteDSP( DSP_8BitAutoInitMode );
- BLASTER_HaltTransferCommand = DSP_Halt8bitTransfer;
- }
-
- BLASTER_SoundPlaying = TRUE;
-
- return( BLASTER_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_DSP4xx_BeginPlayback
-
- Starts playback of digitized sound on cards compatible with DSP
- version 4.xx, such as the Sound Blaster 16.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_DSP4xx_BeginPlayback
- (
- int length
- )
-
- {- int TransferCommand;
- int TransferMode;
- int SampleLength;
- int LoByte;
- int HiByte;
-
- if ( BLASTER_MixMode & SIXTEEN_BIT )
- {- TransferCommand = DSP_16BitDAC;
- SampleLength = ( length / 2 ) - 1;
- BLASTER_HaltTransferCommand = DSP_Halt16bitTransfer;
- if ( BLASTER_MixMode & STEREO )
- {- TransferMode = DSP_SignedStereoData;
- }
- else
- {- TransferMode = DSP_SignedMonoData;
- }
- }
- else
- {- TransferCommand = DSP_8BitDAC;
- SampleLength = length - 1;
- BLASTER_HaltTransferCommand = DSP_Halt8bitTransfer;
- if ( BLASTER_MixMode & STEREO )
- {- TransferMode = DSP_UnsignedStereoData;
- }
- else
- {- TransferMode = DSP_UnsignedMonoData;
- }
- }
-
- HiByte = hibyte( SampleLength );
- LoByte = lobyte( SampleLength );
-
- // Program DSP to play sound
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( TransferCommand );
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( TransferMode );
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( LoByte );
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( HiByte );
-
- BLASTER_SoundPlaying = TRUE;
-
- return( BLASTER_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_BeginBufferedPlayback
-
- Begins multibuffered playback of digitized sound on the sound card.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_BeginBufferedPlayback
- (
- char *BufferStart,
- int BufferSize,
- int NumDivisions,
- unsigned SampleRate,
- int MixMode,
- void ( *CallBackFunc )( void )
- )
-
- {- int DmaStatus;
- int TransferLength;
-
-//JIM
-// if ( BLASTER_SoundPlaying || BLASTER_SoundRecording )
- {- BLASTER_StopPlayback();
- }
-
- BLASTER_SetMixMode( MixMode );
-
- DmaStatus = BLASTER_SetupDMABuffer( BufferStart, BufferSize, DMA_AutoInitRead );
- if ( DmaStatus == BLASTER_Error )
- {- return( BLASTER_Error );
- }
-
- BLASTER_SetPlaybackRate( SampleRate );
-
- BLASTER_SetCallBack( CallBackFunc );
-
- BLASTER_EnableInterrupt();
-
- // Turn on speaker
- BLASTER_SpeakerOn();
-
- TransferLength = BufferSize / NumDivisions;
- BLASTER_TransferLength = TransferLength;
-
- // Program the sound card to start the transfer.
- if ( BLASTER_Version < DSP_Version2xx )
- {- BLASTER_DSP1xx_BeginPlayback( TransferLength );
- }
- else if ( BLASTER_Version < DSP_Version4xx )
- {- BLASTER_DSP2xx_BeginPlayback( TransferLength );
- }
- else
- {- BLASTER_DSP4xx_BeginPlayback( TransferLength );
- }
-
- return( BLASTER_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_DSP4xx_BeginRecord
-
- Starts recording of digitized sound on cards compatible with DSP
- version 4.xx, such as the Sound Blaster 16.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_DSP4xx_BeginRecord
- (
- int length
- )
-
- {- int TransferCommand;
- int TransferMode;
- int SampleLength;
- int LoByte;
- int HiByte;
-
- TransferCommand = DSP_8BitADC;
- SampleLength = length - 1;
- BLASTER_HaltTransferCommand = DSP_Halt8bitTransfer;
-
- TransferMode = DSP_UnsignedMonoData;
-
- HiByte = hibyte( SampleLength );
- LoByte = lobyte( SampleLength );
-
- // Program DSP to play sound
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( TransferCommand );
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( TransferMode );
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( LoByte );
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( HiByte );
-
- BLASTER_SoundRecording = TRUE;
-
- return( BLASTER_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_DSP2xx_BeginRecord
-
- Starts recording of digitized sound on cards compatible with DSP
- version 2.xx.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_DSP2xx_BeginRecord
- (
- int length
- )
-
- {- int SampleLength;
- int LoByte;
- int HiByte;
-
- SampleLength = length - 1;
- HiByte = hibyte( SampleLength );
- LoByte = lobyte( SampleLength );
-
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( DSP_SetBlockLength );
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( LoByte );
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( HiByte );
-
- if ( ( BLASTER_Version >= DSP_Version201 ) && ( DSP_MaxNormalRate <
- ( BLASTER_SampleRate * BLASTER_SamplePacketSize ) ) )
- {- BLASTER_WriteDSP( DSP_8BitHighSpeedAutoInitRecord );
- BLASTER_HaltTransferCommand = DSP_Reset;
- }
- else
- {- BLASTER_WriteDSP( DSP_8BitAutoInitRecord );
- BLASTER_HaltTransferCommand = DSP_Halt8bitTransfer;
- }
-
- BLASTER_SoundRecording = TRUE;
-
- return( BLASTER_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_DSP1xx_BeginRecord
-
- Starts recording of digitized sound on cards compatible with DSP
- version 1.xx.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_DSP1xx_BeginRecord
- (
- int length
- )
-
- {- int SampleLength;
- int LoByte;
- int HiByte;
-
- SampleLength = length - 1;
- HiByte = hibyte( SampleLength );
- LoByte = lobyte( SampleLength );
-
- // Program DSP to play sound
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( DSP_Old8BitADC );
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( LoByte );
- BLASTER_WriteDSP( HiByte );
-
- BLASTER_HaltTransferCommand = DSP_Halt8bitTransfer;
-
- BLASTER_SoundRecording = TRUE;
-
- return( BLASTER_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_BeginBufferedRecord
-
- Begins multibuffered recording of digitized sound on the sound card.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_BeginBufferedRecord
- (
- char *BufferStart,
- int BufferSize,
- int NumDivisions,
- unsigned SampleRate,
- int MixMode,
- void ( *CallBackFunc )( void )
- )
-
- {- int DmaStatus;
- int TransferLength;
-
-//JIM
-// if ( BLASTER_SoundPlaying || BLASTER_SoundRecording )
- {- BLASTER_StopPlayback();
- }
-
- BLASTER_SetMixMode( MixMode );
-
- DmaStatus = BLASTER_SetupDMABuffer( BufferStart, BufferSize, DMA_AutoInitWrite );
- if ( DmaStatus == BLASTER_Error )
- {- return( BLASTER_Error );
- }
-
- BLASTER_SetPlaybackRate( SampleRate );
-
- BLASTER_SetCallBack( CallBackFunc );
-
- BLASTER_EnableInterrupt();
-
- // Turn off speaker
- BLASTER_SpeakerOff();
-
- TransferLength = BufferSize / NumDivisions;
- BLASTER_TransferLength = TransferLength;
-
- // Program the sound card to start the transfer.
- if ( BLASTER_Version < DSP_Version2xx )
- {- BLASTER_DSP1xx_BeginRecord( TransferLength );
- }
- else if ( BLASTER_Version < DSP_Version4xx )
- {- BLASTER_DSP2xx_BeginRecord( TransferLength );
- }
- else
- {- BLASTER_DSP4xx_BeginRecord( TransferLength );
- }
-
- return( BLASTER_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_WriteMixer
-
- Writes a byte of data to the Sound Blaster's mixer chip.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void BLASTER_WriteMixer
- (
- int reg,
- int data
- )
-
- {- outp( BLASTER_MixerAddress + BLASTER_MixerAddressPort, reg );
- outp( BLASTER_MixerAddress + BLASTER_MixerDataPort, data );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_ReadMixer
-
- Reads a byte of data from the Sound Blaster's mixer chip.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_ReadMixer
- (
- int reg
- )
-
- {- int data;
-
- outp( BLASTER_MixerAddress + BLASTER_MixerAddressPort, reg );
- data = inp( BLASTER_MixerAddress + BLASTER_MixerDataPort );
- return( data );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_GetVoiceVolume
-
- Reads the average volume of the digitized sound channel from the
- Sound Blaster's mixer chip.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_GetVoiceVolume
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int volume;
- int left;
- int right;
-
- switch( BLASTER_MixerType )
- {- case SBPro :
- case SBPro2 :
- left = BLASTER_ReadMixer( MIXER_SBProVoice );
- right = ( left & 0x0f ) << 4;
- left &= 0xf0;
- volume = ( left + right ) / 2;
- break;
-
- case SB16 :
- left = BLASTER_ReadMixer( MIXER_SB16VoiceLeft );
- right = BLASTER_ReadMixer( MIXER_SB16VoiceRight );
- volume = ( left + right ) / 2;
- break;
-
- default :
- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( BLASTER_NoMixer );
- volume = BLASTER_Error;
- }
-
- return( volume );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_SetVoiceVolume
-
- Sets the volume of the digitized sound channel on the Sound
- Blaster's mixer chip.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_SetVoiceVolume
- (
- int volume
- )
-
- {- int data;
- int status;
-
- volume = min( 255, volume );
- volume = max( 0, volume );
-
- status = BLASTER_Ok;
- switch( BLASTER_MixerType )
- {- case SBPro :
- case SBPro2 :
- data = ( volume & 0xf0 ) + ( volume >> 4 );
- BLASTER_WriteMixer( MIXER_SBProVoice, data );
- break;
-
- case SB16 :
- BLASTER_WriteMixer( MIXER_SB16VoiceLeft, volume & 0xf8 );
- BLASTER_WriteMixer( MIXER_SB16VoiceRight, volume & 0xf8 );
- break;
-
- default :
- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( BLASTER_NoMixer );
- status = BLASTER_Error;
- }
-
- return( status );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_GetMidiVolume
-
- Reads the average volume of the Midi sound channel from the
- Sound Blaster's mixer chip.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_GetMidiVolume
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int volume;
- int left;
- int right;
-
- switch( BLASTER_MixerType )
- {- case SBPro :
- case SBPro2 :
- left = BLASTER_ReadMixer( MIXER_SBProMidi );
- right = ( left & 0x0f ) << 4;
- left &= 0xf0;
- volume = ( left + right ) / 2;
- break;
-
- case SB16 :
- left = BLASTER_ReadMixer( MIXER_SB16MidiLeft );
- right = BLASTER_ReadMixer( MIXER_SB16MidiRight );
- volume = ( left + right ) / 2;
- break;
-
- default :
- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( BLASTER_NoMixer );
- volume = BLASTER_Error;
- }
-
- return( volume );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_SetMidiVolume
-
- Sets the volume of the Midi sound channel on the Sound
- Blaster's mixer chip.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_SetMidiVolume
- (
- int volume
- )
-
- {- int data;
- int status;
-
- volume = min( 255, volume );
- volume = max( 0, volume );
-
- status = BLASTER_Ok;
- switch( BLASTER_MixerType )
- {- case SBPro :
- case SBPro2 :
- data = ( volume & 0xf0 ) + ( volume >> 4 );
- BLASTER_WriteMixer( MIXER_SBProMidi, data );
- break;
-
- case SB16 :
- BLASTER_WriteMixer( MIXER_SB16MidiLeft, volume & 0xf8 );
- BLASTER_WriteMixer( MIXER_SB16MidiRight, volume & 0xf8 );
- break;
-
- default :
- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( BLASTER_NoMixer );
- status = BLASTER_Error;
- }
-
- return( status );
- }
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_CardHasMixer
-
- Checks if the selected Sound Blaster card has a mixer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_CardHasMixer
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- return( BLASTER_Card.HasMixer );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_SaveVoiceVolume
-
- Saves the user's voice mixer settings.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void BLASTER_SaveVoiceVolume
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- switch( BLASTER_MixerType )
- {- case SBPro :
- case SBPro2 :
- BLASTER_OriginalVoiceVolumeLeft =
- BLASTER_ReadMixer( MIXER_SBProVoice );
- break;
-
- case SB16 :
- BLASTER_OriginalVoiceVolumeLeft =
- BLASTER_ReadMixer( MIXER_SB16VoiceLeft );
- BLASTER_OriginalVoiceVolumeRight =
- BLASTER_ReadMixer( MIXER_SB16VoiceRight );
- break;
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_RestoreVoiceVolume
-
- Restores the user's voice mixer settings.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void BLASTER_RestoreVoiceVolume
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- switch( BLASTER_MixerType )
- {- case SBPro :
- case SBPro2 :
- BLASTER_WriteMixer( MIXER_SBProVoice,
- BLASTER_OriginalVoiceVolumeLeft );
- break;
-
- case SB16 :
- BLASTER_WriteMixer( MIXER_SB16VoiceLeft,
- BLASTER_OriginalVoiceVolumeLeft );
- BLASTER_WriteMixer( MIXER_SB16VoiceRight,
- BLASTER_OriginalVoiceVolumeRight );
- break;
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_SaveMidiVolume
-
- Saves the user's FM mixer settings.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void BLASTER_SaveMidiVolume
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- switch( BLASTER_MixerType )
- {- case SBPro :
- case SBPro2 :
- BLASTER_OriginalMidiVolumeLeft =
- BLASTER_ReadMixer( MIXER_SBProMidi );
- break;
-
- case SB16 :
- BLASTER_OriginalMidiVolumeLeft =
- BLASTER_ReadMixer( MIXER_SB16MidiLeft );
- BLASTER_OriginalMidiVolumeRight =
- BLASTER_ReadMixer( MIXER_SB16MidiRight );
- break;
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_RestoreMidiVolume
-
- Restores the user's FM mixer settings.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void BLASTER_RestoreMidiVolume
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- switch( BLASTER_MixerType )
- {- case SBPro :
- case SBPro2 :
- BLASTER_WriteMixer( MIXER_SBProMidi,
- BLASTER_OriginalMidiVolumeLeft );
- break;
-
- case SB16 :
- BLASTER_WriteMixer( MIXER_SB16MidiLeft,
- BLASTER_OriginalMidiVolumeLeft );
- BLASTER_WriteMixer( MIXER_SB16MidiRight,
- BLASTER_OriginalMidiVolumeRight );
- break;
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_GetEnv
-
- Retrieves the BLASTER environment settings and returns them to
- the caller.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_GetEnv
- (
- BLASTER_CONFIG *Config
- )
-
- {- char *Blaster;
- char parameter;
-
- Config->Address = UNDEFINED;
- Config->Type = UNDEFINED;
- Config->Interrupt = UNDEFINED;
- Config->Dma8 = UNDEFINED;
- Config->Dma16 = UNDEFINED;
- Config->Midi = UNDEFINED;
- Config->Emu = UNDEFINED;
-
- Blaster = getenv( "BLASTER" );
- if ( Blaster == NULL )
- {- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( BLASTER_EnvNotFound );
- return( BLASTER_Error );
- }
-
- while( *Blaster != 0 )
- {- if ( *Blaster == ' ' )
- {- Blaster++;
- continue;
- }
-
- parameter = toupper( *Blaster );
- Blaster++;
-
- if ( !isxdigit( *Blaster ) )
- {- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( BLASTER_InvalidParameter );
- return( BLASTER_Error );
- }
-
- switch( parameter )
- {- case BlasterEnv_Address :
- sscanf( Blaster, "%x", &Config->Address );
- break;
- case BlasterEnv_Interrupt :
- sscanf( Blaster, "%d", &Config->Interrupt );
- break;
- case BlasterEnv_8bitDma :
- sscanf( Blaster, "%d", &Config->Dma8 );
- break;
- case BlasterEnv_Type :
- sscanf( Blaster, "%d", &Config->Type );
- break;
- case BlasterEnv_16bitDma :
- sscanf( Blaster, "%d", &Config->Dma16 );
- break;
- case BlasterEnv_Midi :
- sscanf( Blaster, "%x", &Config->Midi );
- break;
- case BlasterEnv_EmuAddress :
- sscanf( Blaster, "%x", &Config->Emu );
- break;
- default :
- // Skip the offending data
- // sscanf( Blaster, "%*s" );
- break;
- }
-
- while( isxdigit( *Blaster ) )
- {- Blaster++;
- }
- }
-
- return( BLASTER_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_SetCardSettings
-
- Sets up the sound card's parameters.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_SetCardSettings
- (
- BLASTER_CONFIG Config
- )
-
- {- if ( BLASTER_Installed )
- {- BLASTER_Shutdown();
- }
-
- BLASTER_Config.Address = Config.Address;
- BLASTER_Config.Type = Config.Type;
- BLASTER_Config.Interrupt = Config.Interrupt;
- BLASTER_Config.Dma8 = Config.Dma8;
- BLASTER_Config.Dma16 = Config.Dma16;
- BLASTER_Config.Midi = Config.Midi;
- BLASTER_Config.Emu = Config.Emu;
- BLASTER_MixerAddress = Config.Address;
- BLASTER_MixerType = Config.Type;
-
- if ( BLASTER_Config.Emu == UNDEFINED )
- {- BLASTER_Config.Emu = BLASTER_Config.Address + 0x400;
- }
-
- return( BLASTER_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_GetCardSettings
-
- Sets up the sound card's parameters.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_GetCardSettings
- (
- BLASTER_CONFIG *Config
- )
-
- {- if ( BLASTER_Config.Address == UNDEFINED )
- {- return( BLASTER_Warning );
- }
- else
- {- Config->Address = BLASTER_Config.Address;
- Config->Type = BLASTER_Config.Type;
- Config->Interrupt = BLASTER_Config.Interrupt;
- Config->Dma8 = BLASTER_Config.Dma8;
- Config->Dma16 = BLASTER_Config.Dma16;
- Config->Midi = BLASTER_Config.Midi;
- Config->Emu = BLASTER_Config.Emu;
- }
-
- return( BLASTER_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_GetCardInfo
-
- Returns the maximum number of bits that can represent a sample
- (8 or 16) and the number of channels (1 for mono, 2 for stereo).
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_GetCardInfo
- (
- int *MaxSampleBits,
- int *MaxChannels
- )
-
- {- if ( BLASTER_Card.MaxMixMode & STEREO )
- {- *MaxChannels = 2;
- }
- else
- {- *MaxChannels = 1;
- }
-
- if ( BLASTER_Card.MaxMixMode & SIXTEEN_BIT )
- {- *MaxSampleBits = 16;
- }
- else
- {- *MaxSampleBits = 8;
- }
-
- return( BLASTER_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_SetCallBack
-
- Specifies the user function to call at the end of a sound transfer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void BLASTER_SetCallBack
- (
- void ( *func )( void )
- )
-
- {- BLASTER_CallBack = func;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_LockEnd
-
- Used for determining the length of the functions to lock in memory.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void BLASTER_LockEnd
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_UnlockMemory
-
- Unlocks all neccessary data.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void BLASTER_UnlockMemory
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- DPMI_UnlockMemoryRegion( BLASTER_LockStart, BLASTER_LockEnd );
- DPMI_UnlockMemory( ( void * )&BLASTER_Interrupts[ 0 ],
- sizeof( BLASTER_Interrupts ) );
- DPMI_UnlockMemory( ( void * )&BLASTER_SampleSize[ 0 ],
- sizeof( BLASTER_SampleSize ) );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_Card );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_OldInt );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_Config );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_Installed );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_Version );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_DMABuffer );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_DMABufferEnd );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_CurrentDMABuffer );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_TotalDMABufferSize );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_TransferLength );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_MixMode );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_SamplePacketSize );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_SampleRate );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_HaltTransferCommand );
- DPMI_Unlock( ( int )BLASTER_SoundPlaying );
- DPMI_Unlock( ( int )BLASTER_SoundRecording );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_CallBack );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_IntController1Mask );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_IntController2Mask );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_MixerAddress );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_MixerType );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_OriginalMidiVolumeLeft );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_OriginalMidiVolumeRight );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_OriginalVoiceVolumeLeft );
- DPMI_Unlock( BLASTER_OriginalVoiceVolumeRight );
- DPMI_Unlock( GlobalStatus );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_LockMemory
-
- Locks all neccessary data.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_LockMemory
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- status = DPMI_LockMemoryRegion( BLASTER_LockStart, BLASTER_LockEnd );
- status |= DPMI_LockMemory( ( void * )&BLASTER_Interrupts[ 0 ],
- sizeof( BLASTER_Interrupts ) );
- status |= DPMI_LockMemory( ( void * )&BLASTER_SampleSize[ 0 ],
- sizeof( BLASTER_SampleSize ) );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_Card );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_OldInt );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_Config );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_Installed );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_Version );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_DMABuffer );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_DMABufferEnd );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_CurrentDMABuffer );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_TotalDMABufferSize );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_TransferLength );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_MixMode );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_SamplePacketSize );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_SampleRate );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_HaltTransferCommand );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( ( ( int )BLASTER_SoundPlaying ) );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( ( ( int )BLASTER_SoundRecording ) );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_CallBack );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_IntController1Mask );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_IntController2Mask );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_MixerAddress );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_MixerType );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_OriginalMidiVolumeLeft );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_OriginalMidiVolumeRight );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_OriginalVoiceVolumeLeft );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( BLASTER_OriginalVoiceVolumeRight );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( GlobalStatus );
-
- if ( status != DPMI_Ok )
- {- BLASTER_UnlockMemory();
- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( BLASTER_DPMI_Error );
- return( BLASTER_Error );
- }
-
- return( BLASTER_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: allocateTimerStack
-
- Allocate a block of memory from conventional (low) memory and return
- the selector (which can go directly into a segment register) of the
- memory block or 0 if an error occured.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static unsigned short allocateTimerStack
- (
- unsigned short size
- )
-
- {- union REGS regs;
-
- // clear all registers
- memset( ®s, 0, sizeof( regs ) );
-
- // DPMI allocate conventional memory
- regs.w.ax = 0x100;
-
- // size in paragraphs
- regs.w.bx = ( size + 15 ) / 16;
-
- int386( 0x31, ®s, ®s );
- if (!regs.w.cflag)
- {- // DPMI call returns selector in dx
- // (ax contains real mode segment
- // which is ignored here)
-
- return( regs.w.dx );
- }
-
- // Couldn't allocate memory.
- return( NULL );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: deallocateTimerStack
-
- Deallocate a block of conventional (low) memory given a selector to
- it. Assumes the block was allocated with DPMI function 0x100.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void deallocateTimerStack
- (
- unsigned short selector
- )
-
- {- union REGS regs;
-
- if ( selector != NULL )
- {- // clear all registers
- memset( ®s, 0, sizeof( regs ) );
-
- regs.w.ax = 0x101;
- regs.w.dx = selector;
- int386( 0x31, ®s, ®s );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_SetupWaveBlaster
-
- Allows the WaveBlaster to play music while the Sound Blaster 16
- plays digital sound.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void BLASTER_SetupWaveBlaster
- (
- void
- )
-
- {-
- if ( BLASTER_MixerType == SB16 )
- {- // Disable MPU401 interrupts. If they are not disabled,
- // the SB16 will not produce sound or music.
- BLASTER_WaveBlasterState = BLASTER_ReadMixer( MIXER_DSP4xxISR_Enable );
- BLASTER_WriteMixer( MIXER_DSP4xxISR_Enable, MIXER_DisableMPU401Interrupts );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_ShutdownWaveBlaster
-
- Restores WaveBlaster mixer to original state.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void BLASTER_ShutdownWaveBlaster
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- if ( BLASTER_MixerType == SB16 )
- {- // Restore the state of MPU401 interrupts. If they are not disabled,
- // the SB16 will not produce sound or music.
- BLASTER_WriteMixer( MIXER_DSP4xxISR_Enable, BLASTER_WaveBlasterState );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_Init
-
- Initializes the sound card and prepares the module to play
- digitized sounds.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int BLASTER_Init
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int Irq;
- int Interrupt;
- int status;
-
- if ( BLASTER_Installed )
- {- BLASTER_Shutdown();
- }
-
- if ( BLASTER_Config.Address == UNDEFINED )
- {- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( BLASTER_AddrNotSet );
- return( BLASTER_Error );
- }
-
- // Save the interrupt masks
- BLASTER_IntController1Mask = inp( 0x21 );
- BLASTER_IntController2Mask = inp( 0xA1 );
-
- status = BLASTER_ResetDSP();
- if ( status == BLASTER_Ok )
- {- BLASTER_SaveVoiceVolume();
-
- BLASTER_SoundPlaying = FALSE;
-
- BLASTER_SetCallBack( NULL );
-
- BLASTER_DMABuffer = NULL;
-
- BLASTER_Version = BLASTER_GetDSPVersion();
-
- BLASTER_SetPlaybackRate( BLASTER_DefaultSampleRate );
- BLASTER_SetMixMode( BLASTER_DefaultMixMode );
-
- if ( BLASTER_Config.Dma16 != UNDEFINED )
- {- status = DMA_VerifyChannel( BLASTER_Config.Dma16 );
- if ( status == DMA_Error )
- {- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( BLASTER_DmaError );
- return( BLASTER_Error );
- }
- }
-
- if ( BLASTER_Config.Dma8 != UNDEFINED )
- {- status = DMA_VerifyChannel( BLASTER_Config.Dma8 );
- if ( status == DMA_Error )
- {- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( BLASTER_DmaError );
- return( BLASTER_Error );
- }
- }
-
- // Install our interrupt handler
- Irq = BLASTER_Config.Interrupt;
- if ( !VALID_IRQ( Irq ) )
- {- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( BLASTER_InvalidIrq );
- return( BLASTER_Error );
- }
-
- Interrupt = BLASTER_Interrupts[ Irq ];
- if ( Interrupt == INVALID )
- {- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( BLASTER_InvalidIrq );
- return( BLASTER_Error );
- }
-
- status = BLASTER_LockMemory();
- if ( status != BLASTER_Ok )
- {- BLASTER_UnlockMemory();
- return( status );
- }
-
- StackSelector = allocateTimerStack( kStackSize );
- if ( StackSelector == NULL )
- {- BLASTER_UnlockMemory();
- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( BLASTER_OutOfMemory );
- return( BLASTER_Error );
- }
-
- // Leave a little room at top of stack just for the hell of it...
- StackPointer = kStackSize - sizeof( long );
-
- BLASTER_OldInt = _dos_getvect( Interrupt );
- if ( Irq < 8 )
- {- _dos_setvect( Interrupt, BLASTER_ServiceInterrupt );
- }
- else
- {- status = IRQ_SetVector( Interrupt, BLASTER_ServiceInterrupt );
- if ( status != IRQ_Ok )
- {- BLASTER_UnlockMemory();
- deallocateTimerStack( StackSelector );
- StackSelector = NULL;
- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( BLASTER_UnableToSetIrq );
- return( BLASTER_Error );
- }
- }
-
- BLASTER_Installed = TRUE;
- status = BLASTER_Ok;
- }
-
- BLASTER_SetErrorCode( status );
- return( status );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: BLASTER_Shutdown
-
- Ends transfer of sound data to the sound card and restores the
- system resources used by the card.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void BLASTER_Shutdown
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int Irq;
- int Interrupt;
-
- // Halt the DMA transfer
- BLASTER_StopPlayback();
-
- BLASTER_RestoreVoiceVolume();
-
- // Reset the DSP
- BLASTER_ResetDSP();
-
- // Restore the original interrupt
- Irq = BLASTER_Config.Interrupt;
- Interrupt = BLASTER_Interrupts[ Irq ];
- if ( Irq >= 8 )
- {- IRQ_RestoreVector( Interrupt );
- }
- _dos_setvect( Interrupt, BLASTER_OldInt );
-
- BLASTER_SoundPlaying = FALSE;
-
- BLASTER_DMABuffer = NULL;
-
- BLASTER_SetCallBack( NULL );
-
- BLASTER_UnlockMemory();
-
- deallocateTimerStack( StackSelector );
- StackSelector = NULL;
-
- BLASTER_Installed = FALSE;
- }
--- a/src/audiolib/blaster.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,146 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: BLASTER.H
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: February 4, 1994
-
- Public header for BLASTER.C
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __BLASTER_H
-#define __BLASTER_H
-
-typedef struct
- {- unsigned Address;
- unsigned Type;
- unsigned Interrupt;
- unsigned Dma8;
- unsigned Dma16;
- unsigned Midi;
- unsigned Emu;
- } BLASTER_CONFIG;
-
-extern BLASTER_CONFIG BLASTER_Config;
-extern int BLASTER_DMAChannel;
-
-#define UNDEFINED -1
-
-enum BLASTER_ERRORS
- {- BLASTER_Warning = -2,
- BLASTER_Error = -1,
- BLASTER_Ok = 0,
- BLASTER_EnvNotFound,
- BLASTER_AddrNotSet,
- BLASTER_DMANotSet,
- BLASTER_DMA16NotSet,
- BLASTER_InvalidParameter,
- BLASTER_CardNotReady,
- BLASTER_NoSoundPlaying,
- BLASTER_InvalidIrq,
- BLASTER_UnableToSetIrq,
- BLASTER_DmaError,
- BLASTER_NoMixer,
- BLASTER_DPMI_Error,
- BLASTER_OutOfMemory
- };
-
-enum BLASTER_Types
- {- SB = 1,
- SBPro = 2,
- SB20 = 3,
- SBPro2 = 4,
- SB16 = 6
- };
-
-#define BLASTER_MinCardType SB
-#define BLASTER_MaxCardType SB16
-
-#define STEREO 1
-#define SIXTEEN_BIT 2
-
-#define MONO_8BIT 0
-#define STEREO_8BIT ( STEREO )
-#define MONO_16BIT ( SIXTEEN_BIT )
-#define STEREO_16BIT ( STEREO | SIXTEEN_BIT )
-
-#define BLASTER_MaxMixMode STEREO_16BIT
-
-#define MONO_8BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE 1
-#define MONO_16BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE 2
-#define STEREO_8BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE ( 2 * MONO_8BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE )
-#define STEREO_16BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE ( 2 * MONO_16BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE )
-
-#define BLASTER_DefaultSampleRate 11000
-#define BLASTER_DefaultMixMode MONO_8BIT
-#define BLASTER_MaxIrq 15
-
-char *BLASTER_ErrorString( int ErrorNumber );
-void BLASTER_EnableInterrupt( void );
-void BLASTER_DisableInterrupt( void );
-int BLASTER_WriteDSP( unsigned data );
-int BLASTER_ReadDSP( void );
-int BLASTER_ResetDSP( void );
-int BLASTER_GetDSPVersion( void );
-void BLASTER_SpeakerOn( void );
-void BLASTER_SpeakerOff( void );
-void BLASTER_SetPlaybackRate( unsigned rate );
-unsigned BLASTER_GetPlaybackRate( void );
-int BLASTER_SetMixMode( int mode );
-void BLASTER_StopPlayback( void );
-int BLASTER_SetupDMABuffer( char *BufferPtr, int BufferSize, int mode );
-int BLASTER_GetCurrentPos( void );
-int BLASTER_DSP1xx_BeginPlayback( int length );
-int BLASTER_DSP2xx_BeginPlayback( int length );
-int BLASTER_DSP4xx_BeginPlayback( int length );
-int BLASTER_BeginBufferedRecord( char *BufferStart, int BufferSize,
- int NumDivisions, unsigned SampleRate, int MixMode,
- void ( *CallBackFunc )( void ) );
-int BLASTER_BeginBufferedPlayback( char *BufferStart,
- int BufferSize, int NumDivisions, unsigned SampleRate,
- int MixMode, void ( *CallBackFunc )( void ) );
-void BLASTER_WriteMixer( int reg, int data );
-int BLASTER_ReadMixer( int reg );
-int BLASTER_GetVoiceVolume( void );
-int BLASTER_SetVoiceVolume( int volume );
-int BLASTER_GetMidiVolume( void );
-int BLASTER_SetMidiVolume( int volume );
-int BLASTER_CardHasMixer( void );
-void BLASTER_SaveVoiceVolume( void );
-void BLASTER_RestoreVoiceVolume( void );
-void BLASTER_SaveMidiVolume( void );
-void BLASTER_RestoreMidiVolume( void );
-int BLASTER_GetEnv( BLASTER_CONFIG *Config );
-int BLASTER_SetCardSettings( BLASTER_CONFIG Config );
-int BLASTER_GetCardSettings( BLASTER_CONFIG *Config );
-int BLASTER_GetCardInfo( int *MaxSampleBits, int *MaxChannels );
-void BLASTER_SetCallBack( void ( *func )( void ) );
-void BLASTER_SetupWaveBlaster( void );
-void BLASTER_ShutdownWaveBlaster( void );
-int BLASTER_Init( void );
-void BLASTER_Shutdown( void );
-void BLASTER_UnlockMemory( void );
-int BLASTER_LockMemory( void );
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/ctaweapi.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,350 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/****************************************************************************\
-* *
-* CTAWEAPI.H SB AWE32 DOS API header *
-* *
-* (C) Copyright Creative Technology Ltd. 1992-94. All rights reserved *
-* worldwide. *
-* *
-* THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY *
-* KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE *
-* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR *
-* PURPOSE. *
-* *
-* You have a royalty-free right to use, modify, reproduce and *
-* distribute the Sample Files (and/or any modified version) in *
-* any way you find useful, provided that you agree to *
-* the Creative's Software Licensing Aggreement and you also agree that *
-* Creative has no warranty obligations or liability for any Sample Files. *
-* *
-\****************************************************************************/
-
-/****************************************************************************\
-* File name : CTAWEAPI.H *
-* *
-* Programmer : Creative SB AWE32 Team *
-* Creative Technology Ltd, 1994. All rights reserved. *
-* *
-* Version : 2.0b *
-* *
-\****************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef _CTAWEAPI
-#define _CTAWEAPI
-
-
-#define MAXBANKS 64 /* maximum number of banks */
-#define MAXNRPN 32 /* maximum number of NRPN */
-
-
-#if defined(__FLAT__) || defined(__HIGHC__) || defined(DOS386)
-#define PACKETSIZE 8192 /* packet size for 32bit libraries */
-#else
-#define PACKETSIZE 512 /* packet size for real mode libraries */
-#endif
-
-
-#if defined(__FLAT__)
- #define NEAR
- #define FAR
-#endif
-
-
-#if defined(__SC__)
- #pragma pack(1)
- #if defined(DOS386)
- #define NEAR
- #define FAR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-
-#if defined(__WATCOMC__)
- #pragma pack(1)
-#endif
-
-
-#if defined(__HIGHC__)
- #define NEAR
- #define FAR
- #define PASCAL _DCC((_DEFAULT_CALLING_CONVENTION|_CALLEE_POPS_STACK) & \
- ~ (_REVERSE_PARMS|_OVERLOADED))
- #pragma Push_align_members(1)
- #pragma Global_aliasing_convention("_%r")-#endif
-
-
-typedef int BOOL;
-#define FALSE 0
-#define TRUE 1
-
-typedef unsigned char BYTE;
-typedef unsigned short WORD;
-typedef unsigned long DWORD;
-
-typedef short int SHORT;
-typedef unsigned int UINT;
-typedef signed long LONG;
-
-#ifndef FAR
-#define FAR __far
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HUGE
-#define HUGE __huge
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PASCAL
-#define PASCAL __pascal
-#endif
-
-typedef void FAR* LPVOID;
-typedef BYTE FAR* LPBYTE;
-typedef WORD FAR* LPWORD;
-typedef DWORD FAR* LPDWORD;
-
-#define LOBYTE(w) ((BYTE)(w))
-#define HIBYTE(w) ((BYTE)(((UINT)(w) >> 8) & 0xFF))
-
-#define LOWORD(l) ((WORD)(DWORD)(l))
-#define HIWORD(l) ((WORD)((((DWORD)(l)) >> 16) & 0xFFFF))
-
-
-#if defined(__cplusplus)
-extern "C" {-#endif
-
-
-/* Start of modules */
-extern int* __midieng_code(void);
-extern int* __hardware_code(void);
-extern int* __sbkload_code(void);
-extern int* __nrpn_code(void);
-extern int __midivar_data;
-extern int __nrpnvar_data;
-extern int __embed_data;
-
-
-typedef char SCRATCH[702];
-typedef char SOUNDFONT[124];
-typedef char GCHANNEL[20];
-typedef char MIDICHANNEL[32];
-typedef char NRPNCHANNEL[96];
-
-typedef struct {- SHORT bank_no; /* Slot number being used */
- SHORT total_banks; /* Total number of banks */
- LONG FAR* banksizes; /* Pointer to a list of bank sizes */
- LONG file_size; /* exact size of the sound font file */
- char FAR* data; /* Address of buffer of size >= PACKETSIZE */
- char FAR* presets; /* Allocated memory for preset data */
-
- LONG total_patch_ram; /* Total patch ram available */
- SHORT no_sample_packets;/* Number of packets of sound sample to stream */
- LONG sample_seek; /* Start file location of sound sample */
- LONG preset_seek; /* Address of preset_seek location */
- LONG preset_read_size; /* Number of bytes from preset_seek to allocate and read */
- LONG preset_size; /* Preset actual size */
-} SOUND_PACKET;
-
-typedef struct {- SHORT tag; /* Must be 0x100 or 0x101 */
- SHORT preset_size; /* Preset table of this size is required */
- SHORT no_wave_packets; /* Number of packets of Wave sample to stream. */
- LONG reserved;
-
- SHORT bank_no; /* bank number */
- char FAR* data; /* Address of packet of size PACKETSIZE */
- char FAR* presets; /* Allocated memory for preset data */
- LONG sample_size; /* Sample size, i.e. number of samples */
- LONG samples_per_sec; /* Samples per second */
- SHORT bits_per_sample; /* Bits per sample, 8 or 16 */
- SHORT no_channels; /* Number of channels, 1=mono, 2=stereo */
- SHORT looping; /* Looping? 0=no, 1=yes */
- LONG startloop; /* if looping, then these are the addresses */
- LONG endloop;
- SHORT release; /* release time, 0=24ms, 8191=23.78s */
-} WAVE_PACKET;
-
-typedef struct {- LPBYTE SPad1;
- LPBYTE SPad2;
- LPBYTE SPad3;
- LPBYTE SPad4;
- LPBYTE SPad5;
- LPBYTE SPad6;
- LPBYTE SPad7;
-} SOUNDPAD;
-
-/* AWE32 variables */
-extern WORD awe32NumG;
-extern WORD awe32BaseAddx;
-extern DWORD awe32DramSize;
-
-/* MIDI variables */
-extern SCRATCH awe32Scratch;
-extern SOUNDFONT awe32SFont[4];
-extern GCHANNEL awe32GChannel[32];
-extern MIDICHANNEL awe32MIDIChannel[16];
-extern SOUNDPAD awe32SoundPad;
-
-/* NRPN variables */
-extern NRPNCHANNEL awe32NRPNChannel[16];
-
-/* SoundFont objects */
-extern BYTE awe32SPad1Obj[];
-extern BYTE awe32SPad2Obj[];
-extern BYTE awe32SPad3Obj[];
-extern BYTE awe32SPad4Obj[];
-extern BYTE awe32SPad5Obj[];
-extern BYTE awe32SPad6Obj[];
-extern BYTE awe32SPad7Obj[];
-
-/* AWE register functions */
-extern void PASCAL awe32RegW(WORD, WORD);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32RegRW(WORD);
-extern void PASCAL awe32RegDW(WORD, DWORD);
-extern DWORD PASCAL awe32RegRDW(WORD);
-
-/* MIDI support functions */
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32InitMIDI(void);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32NoteOn(WORD, WORD, WORD);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32NoteOff(WORD, WORD, WORD);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32ProgramChange(WORD, WORD);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32Controller(WORD, WORD, WORD);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32PolyKeyPressure(WORD, WORD, WORD);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32ChannelPressure(WORD, WORD);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32PitchBend(WORD, WORD, WORD);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32Sysex(WORD, LPBYTE, WORD);
-extern WORD PASCAL __awe32NoteOff(WORD, WORD, WORD, WORD);
-extern WORD PASCAL __awe32IsPlaying(WORD, WORD, WORD, WORD);
-
-/* NRPN support functions */
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32InitNRPN(void);
-
-/* Hardware support functions */
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32Detect(WORD);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32InitHardware(void);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32Terminate(void);
-
-/* SoundFont support functions */
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32TotalPatchRam(SOUND_PACKET FAR*);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32DefineBankSizes(SOUND_PACKET FAR*);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32SFontLoadRequest(SOUND_PACKET FAR*);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32StreamSample(SOUND_PACKET FAR*);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32SetPresets(SOUND_PACKET FAR*);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32ReleaseBank(SOUND_PACKET FAR*);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32ReleaseAllBanks(SOUND_PACKET FAR*);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32WPLoadRequest(WAVE_PACKET FAR*);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32WPLoadWave(WAVE_PACKET FAR*);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32WPStreamWave(WAVE_PACKET FAR*);
-extern WORD PASCAL awe32WPBuildSFont(WAVE_PACKET FAR*);
-
-/* End of modules */
-extern int* __midieng_ecode(void);
-extern int* __hardware_ecode(void);
-extern int* __sbkload_ecode(void);
-extern int* __nrpn_ecode(void);
-extern int __midivar_edata;
-extern int __nrpnvar_edata;
-extern int __embed_edata;
-
-
-#if defined(__cplusplus)
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#if defined(__SC__)
- #pragma pack()
-#endif
-
-
-#if defined(__HIGHC__)
- #pragma Pop_align_members
- #pragma Global_aliasing_convention()
- #pragma Alias(awe32RegW,"AWE32REGW")
- #pragma Alias(awe32RegRW,"AWE32REGRW")
- #pragma Alias(awe32RegDW,"AWE32REGDW")
- #pragma Alias(awe32RegRDW,"AWE32REGRDW")
- #pragma Alias(awe32InitMIDI,"AWE32INITMIDI")
- #pragma Alias(awe32NoteOn,"AWE32NOTEON")
- #pragma Alias(awe32NoteOff,"AWE32NOTEOFF")
- #pragma Alias(awe32ProgramChange,"AWE32PROGRAMCHANGE")
- #pragma Alias(awe32Controller,"AWE32CONTROLLER")
- #pragma Alias(awe32PolyKeyPressure,"AWE32POLYKEYPRESSURE")
- #pragma Alias(awe32ChannelPressure,"AWE32CHANNELPRESSURE")
- #pragma Alias(awe32PitchBend,"AWE32PITCHBEND")
- #pragma Alias(awe32Sysex,"AWE32SYSEX")
- #pragma Alias(__awe32NoteOff,"__AWE32NOTEOFF")
- #pragma Alias(__awe32IsPlaying,"__AWE32ISPLAYING")
- #pragma Alias(awe32InitNRPN,"AWE32INITNRPN")
- #pragma Alias(awe32Detect,"AWE32DETECT")
- #pragma Alias(awe32InitHardware,"AWE32INITHARDWARE")
- #pragma Alias(awe32Terminate,"AWE32TERMINATE")
- #pragma Alias(awe32TotalPatchRam,"AWE32TOTALPATCHRAM")
- #pragma Alias(awe32DefineBankSizes,"AWE32DEFINEBANKSIZES")
- #pragma Alias(awe32SFontLoadRequest,"AWE32SFONTLOADREQUEST")
- #pragma Alias(awe32StreamSample,"AWE32STREAMSAMPLE")
- #pragma Alias(awe32SetPresets,"AWE32SETPRESETS")
- #pragma Alias(awe32ReleaseBank,"AWE32RELEASEBANK")
- #pragma Alias(awe32ReleaseAllBanks,"AWE32RELEASEALLBANKS")
- #pragma Alias(awe32WPLoadRequest,"AWE32WPLOADREQUEST")
- #pragma Alias(awe32WPLoadWave,"AWE32WPLOADWAVE")
- #pragma Alias(awe32WPStreamWave,"AWE32WPSTREAMWAVE")
- #pragma Alias(awe32WPBuildSFont,"AWE32WPBUILDSFONT")
-#endif
-
-
-#if defined(__WATCOMC__)
- #pragma pack()
- #pragma aux awe32NumG "_*"
- #pragma aux awe32BaseAddx "_*"
- #pragma aux awe32DramSize "_*"
- #pragma aux awe32Scratch "_*"
- #pragma aux awe32SFont "_*"
- #pragma aux awe32GChannel "_*"
- #pragma aux awe32MIDIChannel "_*"
- #pragma aux awe32SoundPad "_*"
- #pragma aux awe32NRPNChannel "_*"
- #pragma aux awe32SPad1Obj "_*"
- #pragma aux awe32SPad2Obj "_*"
- #pragma aux awe32SPad3Obj "_*"
- #pragma aux awe32SPad4Obj "_*"
- #pragma aux awe32SPad5Obj "_*"
- #pragma aux awe32SPad6Obj "_*"
- #pragma aux awe32SPad7Obj "_*"
- #pragma aux __midieng_code "_*"
- #pragma aux __midieng_ecode "_*"
- #pragma aux __hardware_code "_*"
- #pragma aux __hardware_ecode "_*"
- #pragma aux __sbkload_code "_*"
- #pragma aux __sbkload_ecode "_*"
- #pragma aux __nrpn_code "_*"
- #pragma aux __nrpn_ecode "_*"
- #pragma aux __midivar_data "_*"
- #pragma aux __midivar_edata "_*"
- #pragma aux __nrpnvar_data "_*"
- #pragma aux __nrpnvar_edata "_*"
- #pragma aux __embed_data "_*"
- #pragma aux __embed_edata "_*"
-#endif
-
-
-#endif /* _CTAWEAPI */
--- a/src/audiolib/debugio.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,249 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "debugio.h"
-
-static unsigned short disp_offset = 160 * 24;
-static void myutoa( unsigned num, char *string, int radix );
-static void myitoa( int num, char *string, int radix );
-
-void DB_SetXY
- (
- int x,
- int y
- )
-
- {- disp_offset = ( x * 2 ) + ( y * 160 );
- }
-
-void DB_PutChar
- (
- char ch
- )
-
- {- int j;
- char *disp_start = (char *)( 0xb0000 );
-
- if ( disp_offset >= 160 * 24 )
- {- for ( j = 160; j < 160 * 24; j += 2 )
- {- *( disp_start + j - 160 ) = *( disp_start + j );
- }
-
- disp_offset = 160 * 23;
-
- for ( j = disp_offset; j < ( 160 * 24 ); j += 2 )
- {- *( disp_start + j ) = ' ';
- }
- }
-
- if ( ch >= 32 )
- {- *( disp_start + disp_offset ) = ch;
- disp_offset = disp_offset + 2;
- }
-
- if ( ch == '\r' )
- {- disp_offset = disp_offset / 160;
- disp_offset = disp_offset * 160;
- }
-
- if ( ch == '\n' )
- {- disp_offset = disp_offset + 160;
- if ( disp_offset < 160 * 24 )
- {- for ( j = disp_offset; j < ( ( ( disp_offset / 160 ) + 1 ) *
- 160 ); j += 2 )
- {- *( disp_start + j ) = ' ';
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
-int DB_PrintString
- (
- char *string
- )
-
- {- int count;
- char *ptr;
-
- ptr = string;
- count = 0;
-
- while ( *ptr )
- {- DB_PutChar( *ptr );
- count++;
- ptr++;
- }
-
- return( count );
- }
-
-static void myutoa
- (
- unsigned num,
- char *string,
- int radix
- )
-
- {- int val;
- int length;
- int pos;
- char temp[ 100 ];
-
- length = 0;
- do
- {- val = num % radix;
- if ( val < 10 )
- {- temp[ length ] = '0' + val;
- }
- else
- {- temp[ length ] = 'A' + val - 10;
- }
- num /= radix;
- length++;
- }
- while( num > 0 );
-
- pos = 0;
- while( length > 0 )
- {- length--;
- string[ length ] = temp[ pos ];
- pos++;
- }
- string[ pos ] = 0;
- }
-
-static void myitoa
- (
- int num,
- char *string,
- int radix
- )
-
- {- if ( num < 0 )
- {- *string++ = '-';
- num = -num;
- }
-
- myutoa( num, string, radix );
- }
-
-int DB_PrintNum
- (
- int number
- )
-
- {- char string[ 100 ];
- int count;
-
- myitoa( number, &string[ 0 ], 10 );
- count = DB_PrintString( &string[ 0 ] );
-
- return( count );
- }
-
-int DB_PrintUnsigned
- (
- unsigned long number,
- int radix
- )
-
- {- char string[ 100 ];
- int count;
-
- myutoa( number, &string[ 0 ], radix );
- count = DB_PrintString( &string[ 0 ] );
-
- return( count );
- }
-
-int DB_printf
- (
- char *fmt,
- ...
- )
-
- {- va_list argptr;
- int count;
- char *ptr;
-
- va_start( argptr, fmt );
- ptr = fmt;
- count = 0;
-
- while( *ptr != 0 )
- {- if ( *ptr == '%' )
- {- ptr++;
- switch( *ptr )
- {- case 0 :
- return( EOF );
- break;
- case 'd' :
- count += DB_PrintNum( va_arg( argptr, int ) );
- break;
- case 's' :
- count += DB_PrintString( va_arg( argptr, char * ) );
- break;
- case 'u' :
- count += DB_PrintUnsigned( va_arg( argptr, int ), 10 );
- break;
- case 'x' :
- case 'X' :
- count += DB_PrintUnsigned( va_arg( argptr, int ), 16 );
- break;
- }
- ptr++;
- }
- else
- {- DB_PutChar( *ptr );
- count++;
- ptr++;
- }
- }
-
- va_end( argptr );
-
- return( count );
- }
--- a/src/audiolib/dma.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,377 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: DMA.C
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: February 4, 1994
-
- Low level routines to for programming the DMA controller for 8 bit
- and 16 bit transfers.
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include <dos.h>
-#include <conio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "dma.h"
-
-#define DMA_MaxChannel 7
-
-#define VALID ( 1 == 1 )
-#define INVALID ( !VALID )
-
-#define BYTE 0
-#define WORD 1
-
-typedef struct
- {- int Valid;
- int Width;
- int Mask;
- int Mode;
- int Clear;
- int Page;
- int Address;
- int Length;
- } DMA_PORT;
-
-static const DMA_PORT DMA_PortInfo[ DMA_MaxChannel + 1 ] =
- {- { VALID, BYTE, 0xA, 0xB, 0xC, 0x87, 0x0, 0x1 },- { VALID, BYTE, 0xA, 0xB, 0xC, 0x83, 0x2, 0x3 },- { INVALID, BYTE, 0xA, 0xB, 0xC, 0x81, 0x4, 0x5 },- { VALID, BYTE, 0xA, 0xB, 0xC, 0x82, 0x6, 0x7 },- { INVALID, WORD, 0xD4, 0xD6, 0xD8, 0x8F, 0xC0, 0xC2 },- { VALID, WORD, 0xD4, 0xD6, 0xD8, 0x8B, 0xC4, 0xC6 },- { VALID, WORD, 0xD4, 0xD6, 0xD8, 0x89, 0xC8, 0xCA },- { VALID, WORD, 0xD4, 0xD6, 0xD8, 0x8A, 0xCC, 0xCE },- };
-
-int DMA_ErrorCode = DMA_Ok;
-
-#define DMA_SetErrorCode( status ) \
- DMA_ErrorCode = ( status );
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: DMA_ErrorString
-
- Returns a pointer to the error message associated with an error
- number. A -1 returns a pointer the current error.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-char *DMA_ErrorString
- (
- int ErrorNumber
- )
-
- {- char *ErrorString;
-
- switch( ErrorNumber )
- {- case DMA_Error :
- ErrorString = DMA_ErrorString( DMA_ErrorCode );
- break;
-
- case DMA_Ok :
- ErrorString = "DMA channel ok.";
- break;
-
- case DMA_ChannelOutOfRange :
- ErrorString = "DMA channel out of valid range.";
- break;
-
- case DMA_InvalidChannel :
- ErrorString = "Unsupported DMA channel.";
- break;
-
- default :
- ErrorString = "Unknown DMA error code.";
- break;
- }
-
- return( ErrorString );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: DMA_VerifyChannel
-
- Verifies whether a DMA channel is available to transfer data.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int DMA_VerifyChannel
- (
- int channel
- )
-
- {- int status;
- int Error;
-
- status = DMA_Ok;
- Error = DMA_Ok;
-
- if ( ( channel < 0 ) || ( DMA_MaxChannel < channel ) )
- {- Error = DMA_ChannelOutOfRange;
- status = DMA_Error;
- }
- else if ( DMA_PortInfo[ channel ].Valid == INVALID )
- {- Error = DMA_InvalidChannel;
- status = DMA_Error;
- }
-
- DMA_SetErrorCode( Error );
- return( status );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: DMA_SetupTransfer
-
- Programs the specified DMA channel to transfer data.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int DMA_SetupTransfer
- (
- int channel,
- char *address,
- int length,
- int mode
- )
-
- {- DMA_PORT *Port;
- int addr;
- int ChannelSelect;
- int Page;
- int HiByte;
- int LoByte;
- int TransferLength;
- int status;
-
- status = DMA_VerifyChannel( channel );
-
- if ( status == DMA_Ok )
- {- Port = &DMA_PortInfo[ channel ];
- ChannelSelect = channel & 0x3;
-
- addr = ( int )address;
-
- if ( Port->Width == WORD )
- {- Page = ( addr >> 16 ) & 255;
- HiByte = ( addr >> 9 ) & 255;
- LoByte = ( addr >> 1 ) & 255;
-
- // Convert the length in bytes to the length in words
- TransferLength = ( length + 1 ) >> 1;
-
- // The length is always one less the number of bytes or words
- // that we're going to send
- TransferLength--;
- }
- else
- {- Page = ( addr >> 16 ) & 255;
- HiByte = ( addr >> 8 ) & 255;
- LoByte = addr & 255;
-
- // The length is always one less the number of bytes or words
- // that we're going to send
- TransferLength = length - 1;
- }
-
- // Mask off DMA channel
- outp( Port->Mask, 4 | ChannelSelect );
-
- // Clear flip-flop to lower byte with any data
- outp( Port->Clear, 0 );
-
- // Set DMA mode
- switch( mode )
- {- case DMA_SingleShotRead :
- outp( Port->Mode, 0x48 | ChannelSelect );
- break;
-
- case DMA_SingleShotWrite :
- outp( Port->Mode, 0x44 | ChannelSelect );
- break;
-
- case DMA_AutoInitRead :
- outp( Port->Mode, 0x58 | ChannelSelect );
- break;
-
- case DMA_AutoInitWrite :
- outp( Port->Mode, 0x54 | ChannelSelect );
- break;
- }
-
- // Send address
- outp( Port->Address, LoByte );
- outp( Port->Address, HiByte );
-
- // Send page
- outp( Port->Page, Page );
-
- // Send length
- outp( Port->Length, TransferLength );
- outp( Port->Length, TransferLength >> 8 );
-
- // enable DMA channel
- outp( Port->Mask, ChannelSelect );
- }
-
- return( status );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: DMA_EndTransfer
-
- Ends use of the specified DMA channel.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int DMA_EndTransfer
- (
- int channel
- )
-
- {- DMA_PORT *Port;
- int ChannelSelect;
- int status;
-
- status = DMA_VerifyChannel( channel );
- if ( status == DMA_Ok )
- {- Port = &DMA_PortInfo[ channel ];
- ChannelSelect = channel & 0x3;
-
- // Mask off DMA channel
- outp( Port->Mask, 4 | ChannelSelect );
-
- // Clear flip-flop to lower byte with any data
- outp( Port->Clear, 0 );
- }
-
- return( status );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: DMA_GetCurrentPos
-
- Returns the position of the specified DMA transfer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-char *DMA_GetCurrentPos
- (
- int channel
- )
-
- {- DMA_PORT *Port;
- unsigned long addr;
- int status;
-
- addr = NULL;
- status = DMA_VerifyChannel( channel );
-
- if ( status == DMA_Ok )
- {- Port = &DMA_PortInfo[ channel ];
-
- if ( Port->Width == WORD )
- {- // Get address
- addr = inp( Port->Address ) << 1;
- addr |= inp( Port->Address ) << 9;
-
- // Get page
- addr |= inp( Port->Page ) << 16;
- }
- else
- {- // Get address
- addr = inp( Port->Address );
- addr |= inp( Port->Address ) << 8;
-
- // Get page
- addr |= inp( Port->Page ) << 16;
- }
- }
-
- return( ( char * )addr );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: DMA_GetTransferCount
-
- Returns how many bytes are left in the DMA's transfer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int DMA_GetTransferCount
- (
- int channel
- )
-
- {- DMA_PORT *Port;
- int count;
- int status;
-
- status = DMA_Ok;
-
- count = 0;
-
- if ( ( channel < 0 ) || ( DMA_MaxChannel < channel ) )
- {- status = DMA_ChannelOutOfRange;
- }
- else if ( DMA_PortInfo[ channel ].Valid == INVALID )
- {- status = DMA_InvalidChannel;
- }
-
- if ( status == DMA_Ok )
- {- Port = &DMA_PortInfo[ channel ];
-
- outp( Port->Clear, 0 );
- count = inp( Port->Length );
- count += inp( Port->Length ) << 8;
-
- if ( Port->Width == WORD )
- {- count <<= 1;
- }
- }
-
- DMA_SetErrorCode( status );
-
- return( count );
- }
--- a/src/audiolib/dpmi.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,248 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: DPMI.C
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: April 8, 1994
-
- Functions for performing DPMI calls.
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include <dos.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "dpmi.h"
-
-#define TRUE ( 1 == 1 )
-#define FALSE ( !TRUE )
-
-static union REGS Regs;
-static struct SREGS SegRegs;
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: DPMI_GetRealModeVector
-
- Returns the vector of a real mode interrupt.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-unsigned long DPMI_GetRealModeVector
- (
- int num
- )
-
- {- unsigned long vector;
-
- Regs.x.eax = 0x0200;
- Regs.h.bl = num;
- int386( 0x31, &Regs, &Regs );
-
- vector = Regs.w.cx & 0xffff;
- vector <<= 16;
- vector |= Regs.w.dx & 0xffff;
-
- return( vector );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: DPMI_SetRealModeVector
-
- Sets the vector of a real mode interrupt.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void DPMI_SetRealModeVector
- (
- int num,
- unsigned long vector
- )
-
- {- Regs.x.eax = 0x0201;
- Regs.h.bl = num;
- Regs.w.dx = vector & 0xffff;
- Regs.w.cx = ( vector >> 16 ) & 0xffff;
-
- int386( 0x31, &Regs, &Regs );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: DPMI_CallRealModeFunction
-
- Performs a call to a real mode function.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int DPMI_CallRealModeFunction
- (
- dpmi_regs *callregs
- )
-
- {- // Setup our registers to call DPMI
- Regs.w.ax = 0x0301;
- Regs.h.bl = 0;
- Regs.h.bh = 0;
- Regs.w.cx = 0;
-
- SegRegs.es = FP_SEG( callregs );
- Regs.x.edi = FP_OFF( callregs );
-
- // Call Real-mode procedure with Far Return Frame
- int386x( 0x31, &Regs, &Regs, &SegRegs );
-
- if ( Regs.x.cflag )
- {- return( DPMI_Error );
- }
-
- return( DPMI_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: DPMI_LockMemory
-
- Locks a region of memory to keep the virtual memory manager from
- paging the region out.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int DPMI_LockMemory
- (
- void *address,
- unsigned length
- )
-
- {- unsigned linear;
-
- // Thanks to DOS/4GW's zero-based flat memory model, converting
- // a pointer of any type to a linear address is trivial.
-
- linear = (unsigned) address;
-
- // DPMI Lock Linear Region
- Regs.w.ax = 0x600;
-
- // Linear address in BX:CX
- Regs.w.bx = (linear >> 16);
- Regs.w.cx = (linear & 0xFFFF);
-
- // Length in SI:DI
- Regs.w.si = (length >> 16);
- Regs.w.di = (length & 0xFFFF);
-
- int386 (0x31, &Regs, &Regs);
-
- // Return 0 if can't lock
- if ( Regs.w.cflag )
- {- return( DPMI_Error );
- }
-
- return ( DPMI_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: DPMI_LockMemoryRegion
-
- Locks a region of memory to keep the virtual memory manager from
- paging the region out.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int DPMI_LockMemoryRegion
- (
- void *start,
- void *end
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- status = DPMI_LockMemory( start, ( char * )end - ( char * )start );
-
- return( status );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: DPMI_UnlockMemory
-
- Unlocks a region of memory that was previously locked.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int DPMI_UnlockMemory
- (
- void *address,
- unsigned length
- )
-
- {- unsigned linear;
-
- // Thanks to DOS/4GW's zero-based flat memory model, converting
- // a pointer of any type to a linear address is trivial.
-
- linear = (unsigned) address;
-
- // DPMI Unlock Linear Region
- Regs.w.ax = 0x601;
-
- // Linear address in BX:CX
- Regs.w.bx = (linear >> 16);
- Regs.w.cx = (linear & 0xFFFF);
-
- // Length in SI:DI
- Regs.w.si = (length >> 16);
- Regs.w.di = (length & 0xFFFF);
-
- int386 (0x31, &Regs, &Regs);
-
- // Return 0 if can't unlock
- if ( Regs.w.cflag )
- {- return( DPMI_Error );
- }
-
- return ( DPMI_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: DPMI_UnlockMemoryRegion
-
- Unlocks a region of memory that was previously locked.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int DPMI_UnlockMemoryRegion
- (
- void *start,
- void *end
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- status = DPMI_UnlockMemory( start, ( char * )end - ( char * )start );
-
- return( status );
- }
--- a/src/audiolib/gmtimbre.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,288 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-typedef struct
- {- unsigned char SAVEK[ 2 ];
- unsigned char Level[ 2 ];
- unsigned char Env1[ 2 ];
- unsigned char Env2[ 2 ];
- unsigned char Wave[ 2 ];
- unsigned char Feedback;
- signed char Transpose;
- signed char Velocity;
- } TIMBRE;
-
-TIMBRE ADLIB_TimbreBank[ 256 ] =
- {- { { 33, 33 }, { 143, 6 }, { 242, 242 }, { 69, 118 }, { 0, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 49, 33 }, { 75, 0 }, { 242, 242 }, { 84, 86 }, { 0, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 49, 33 }, { 73, 0 }, { 242, 242 }, { 85, 118 }, { 0, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 177, 97 }, { 14, 0 }, { 242, 243 }, { 59, 11 }, { 0, 0 }, 6, 0 },- { { 1, 33 }, { 87, 0 }, { 241, 241 }, { 56, 40 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 1, 33 }, { 147, 0 }, { 241, 241 }, { 56, 40 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 33, 54 }, { 128, 14 }, { 162, 241 }, { 1, 213 }, { 0, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 1, 1 }, { 146, 0 }, { 194, 194 }, { 168, 88 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 12, 129 }, { 92, 0 }, { 246, 243 }, { 84, 181 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 7, 17 }, { 151, 128 }, { 246, 245 }, { 50, 17 }, { 0, 0 }, 2, 0 },- { { 23, 1 }, { 33, 0 }, { 86, 246 }, { 4, 4 }, { 0, 0 }, 2, 0 },- { { 24, 129 }, { 98, 0 }, { 243, 242 }, { 230, 246 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 24, 33 }, { 35, 0 }, { 247, 229 }, { 85, 216 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 21, 1 }, { 145, 0 }, { 246, 246 }, { 166, 230 }, { 0, 0 }, 4, 0 },- { { 69, 129 }, { 89, 128 }, { 211, 163 }, { 130, 227 }, { 0, 0 }, 12, 0 },- { { 3, 129 }, { 73, 128 }, { 116, 179 }, { 85, 5 }, { 1, 0 }, 4, 0 },- { { 113, 49 }, { 146, 0 }, { 246, 241 }, { 20, 7 }, { 0, 0 }, 2, 0 },- { { 114, 48 }, { 20, 0 }, { 199, 199 }, { 88, 8 }, { 0, 0 }, 2, 0 },- { { 112, 177 }, { 68, 0 }, { 170, 138 }, { 24, 8 }, { 0, 0 }, 4, 0 },- { { 35, 177 }, { 147, 0 }, { 151, 85 }, { 35, 20 }, { 1, 0 }, 4, 0 },- { { 97, 177 }, { 19, 128 }, { 151, 85 }, { 4, 4 }, { 1, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 36, 177 }, { 72, 0 }, { 152, 70 }, { 42, 26 }, { 1, 0 }, 12, 0 },- { { 97, 33 }, { 19, 0 }, { 145, 97 }, { 6, 7 }, { 1, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 33, 161 }, { 19, 137 }, { 113, 97 }, { 6, 7 }, { 0, 0 }, 6, 0 },- { { 2, 65 }, { 156, 128 }, { 243, 243 }, { 148, 200 }, { 1, 0 }, 12, 0 },- { { 3, 17 }, { 84, 0 }, { 243, 241 }, { 154, 231 }, { 1, 0 }, 12, 0 },- { { 35, 33 }, { 95, 0 }, { 241, 242 }, { 58, 248 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 3, 33 }, { 135, 128 }, { 246, 243 }, { 34, 243 }, { 1, 0 }, 6, 0 },- { { 3, 33 }, { 71, 0 }, { 249, 246 }, { 84, 58 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 35, 33 }, { 72, 0 }, { 149, 132 }, { 25, 25 }, { 1, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 35, 33 }, { 74, 0 }, { 149, 148 }, { 25, 25 }, { 1, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 9, 132 }, { 161, 128 }, { 32, 209 }, { 79, 248 }, { 0, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 33, 162 }, { 30, 0 }, { 148, 195 }, { 6, 166 }, { 0, 0 }, 2, 0 },- { { 49, 49 }, { 18, 0 }, { 241, 241 }, { 40, 24 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 49, 49 }, { 141, 0 }, { 241, 241 }, { 232, 120 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 49, 50 }, { 91, 0 }, { 81, 113 }, { 40, 72 }, { 0, 0 }, 12, 0 },- { { 1, 33 }, { 139, 64 }, { 161, 242 }, { 154, 223 }, { 0, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 1, 33 }, { 137, 64 }, { 161, 242 }, { 154, 223 }, { 0, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 49, 49 }, { 139, 0 }, { 244, 241 }, { 232, 120 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 49, 49 }, { 18, 0 }, { 241, 241 }, { 40, 24 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 49, 33 }, { 21, 0 }, { 221, 86 }, { 19, 38 }, { 1, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 49, 33 }, { 22, 0 }, { 221, 102 }, { 19, 6 }, { 1, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 113, 49 }, { 73, 0 }, { 209, 97 }, { 28, 12 }, { 1, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 33, 35 }, { 77, 128 }, { 113, 114 }, { 18, 6 }, { 1, 0 }, 2, 0 },- { { 241, 225 }, { 64, 0 }, { 241, 111 }, { 33, 22 }, { 1, 0 }, 2, 0 },- { { 2, 1 }, { 26, 128 }, { 245, 133 }, { 117, 53 }, { 1, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 2, 1 }, { 29, 128 }, { 245, 243 }, { 117, 244 }, { 1, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 65, 0 }, { 245, 242 }, { 5, 195 }, { 1, 0 }, 2, 0 },- { { 33, 162 }, { 155, 1 }, { 177, 114 }, { 37, 8 }, { 1, 0 }, 14, 0 },- { { 161, 33 }, { 152, 0 }, { 127, 63 }, { 3, 7 }, { 1, 1 }, 0, 0 },- { { 161, 97 }, { 147, 0 }, { 193, 79 }, { 18, 5 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 33, 97 }, { 24, 0 }, { 193, 79 }, { 34, 5 }, { 0, 0 }, 12, 0 },- { { 49, 114 }, { 91, 131 }, { 244, 138 }, { 21, 5 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 161, 97 }, { 144, 0 }, { 116, 113 }, { 57, 103 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 113, 114 }, { 87, 0 }, { 84, 122 }, { 5, 5 }, { 0, 0 }, 12, 0 },- { { 144, 65 }, { 0, 0 }, { 84, 165 }, { 99, 69 }, { 0, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 33, 33 }, { 146, 1 }, { 133, 143 }, { 23, 9 }, { 0, 0 }, 12, 0 },- { { 33, 33 }, { 148, 5 }, { 117, 143 }, { 23, 9 }, { 0, 0 }, 12, 0 },- { { 33, 97 }, { 148, 0 }, { 118, 130 }, { 21, 55 }, { 0, 0 }, 12, 0 },- { { 49, 33 }, { 67, 0 }, { 158, 98 }, { 23, 44 }, { 1, 1 }, 2, 0 },- { { 33, 33 }, { 155, 0 }, { 97, 127 }, { 106, 10 }, { 0, 0 }, 2, 0 },- { { 97, 34 }, { 138, 6 }, { 117, 116 }, { 31, 15 }, { 0, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 161, 33 }, { 134, 13 }, { 114, 113 }, { 85, 24 }, { 1, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 33, 33 }, { 77, 0 }, { 84, 166 }, { 60, 28 }, { 0, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 49, 97 }, { 143, 0 }, { 147, 114 }, { 2, 11 }, { 1, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 49, 97 }, { 142, 0 }, { 147, 114 }, { 3, 9 }, { 1, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 49, 97 }, { 145, 0 }, { 147, 130 }, { 3, 9 }, { 1, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 49, 97 }, { 142, 0 }, { 147, 114 }, { 15, 15 }, { 1, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 33, 33 }, { 75, 0 }, { 170, 143 }, { 22, 10 }, { 1, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 49, 33 }, { 144, 0 }, { 126, 139 }, { 23, 12 }, { 1, 1 }, 6, 0 },- { { 49, 50 }, { 129, 0 }, { 117, 97 }, { 25, 25 }, { 1, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 50, 33 }, { 144, 0 }, { 155, 114 }, { 33, 23 }, { 0, 0 }, 4, 0 },- { { 225, 225 }, { 31, 0 }, { 133, 101 }, { 95, 26 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 225, 225 }, { 70, 0 }, { 136, 101 }, { 95, 26 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 161, 33 }, { 156, 0 }, { 117, 117 }, { 31, 10 }, { 0, 0 }, 2, 0 },- { { 49, 33 }, { 139, 0 }, { 132, 101 }, { 88, 26 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 225, 161 }, { 76, 0 }, { 102, 101 }, { 86, 38 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 98, 161 }, { 203, 0 }, { 118, 85 }, { 70, 54 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 98, 161 }, { 153, 0 }, { 87, 86 }, { 7, 7 }, { 0, 0 }, 11, 0 },- { { 98, 161 }, { 147, 0 }, { 119, 118 }, { 7, 7 }, { 0, 0 }, 11, 0 },- { { 34, 33 }, { 89, 0 }, { 255, 255 }, { 3, 15 }, { 2, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 33, 33 }, { 14, 0 }, { 255, 255 }, { 15, 15 }, { 1, 1 }, 0, 0 },- { { 34, 33 }, { 70, 128 }, { 134, 100 }, { 85, 24 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 33, 161 }, { 69, 0 }, { 102, 150 }, { 18, 10 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 33, 34 }, { 139, 0 }, { 146, 145 }, { 42, 42 }, { 1, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 162, 97 }, { 158, 64 }, { 223, 111 }, { 5, 7 }, { 0, 0 }, 2, 0 },- { { 32, 96 }, { 26, 0 }, { 239, 143 }, { 1, 6 }, { 0, 2 }, 0, 0 },- { { 33, 33 }, { 143, 128 }, { 241, 244 }, { 41, 9 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 119, 161 }, { 165, 0 }, { 83, 160 }, { 148, 5 }, { 0, 0 }, 2, 0 },- { { 97, 177 }, { 31, 128 }, { 168, 37 }, { 17, 3 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 97, 97 }, { 23, 0 }, { 145, 85 }, { 52, 22 }, { 0, 0 }, 12, 0 },- { { 113, 114 }, { 93, 0 }, { 84, 106 }, { 1, 3 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 33, 162 }, { 151, 0 }, { 33, 66 }, { 67, 53 }, { 0, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 161, 33 }, { 28, 0 }, { 161, 49 }, { 119, 71 }, { 1, 1 }, 0, 0 },- { { 33, 97 }, { 137, 3 }, { 17, 66 }, { 51, 37 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 161, 33 }, { 21, 0 }, { 17, 207 }, { 71, 7 }, { 1, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 58, 81 }, { 206, 0 }, { 248, 134 }, { 246, 2 }, { 0, 0 }, 2, 0 },- { { 33, 33 }, { 21, 0 }, { 33, 65 }, { 35, 19 }, { 1, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 6, 1 }, { 91, 0 }, { 116, 165 }, { 149, 114 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 34, 97 }, { 146, 131 }, { 177, 242 }, { 129, 38 }, { 0, 0 }, 12, 0 },- { { 65, 66 }, { 77, 0 }, { 241, 242 }, { 81, 245 }, { 1, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 97, 163 }, { 148, 128 }, { 17, 17 }, { 81, 19 }, { 1, 0 }, 6, 0 },- { { 97, 161 }, { 140, 128 }, { 17, 29 }, { 49, 3 }, { 0, 0 }, 6, 0 },- { { 164, 97 }, { 76, 0 }, { 243, 129 }, { 115, 35 }, { 1, 0 }, 4, 0 },- { { 2, 7 }, { 133, 3 }, { 210, 242 }, { 83, 246 }, { 0, 1 }, 0, 0 },- { { 17, 19 }, { 12, 128 }, { 163, 162 }, { 17, 229 }, { 1, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 17, 17 }, { 6, 0 }, { 246, 242 }, { 65, 230 }, { 1, 2 }, 4, 0 },- { { 147, 145 }, { 145, 0 }, { 212, 235 }, { 50, 17 }, { 0, 1 }, 8, 0 },- { { 4, 1 }, { 79, 0 }, { 250, 194 }, { 86, 5 }, { 0, 0 }, 12, 0 },- { { 33, 34 }, { 73, 0 }, { 124, 111 }, { 32, 12 }, { 0, 1 }, 6, 0 },- { { 49, 33 }, { 133, 0 }, { 221, 86 }, { 51, 22 }, { 1, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 32, 33 }, { 4, 129 }, { 218, 143 }, { 5, 11 }, { 2, 0 }, 6, 0 },- { { 5, 3 }, { 106, 128 }, { 241, 195 }, { 229, 229 }, { 0, 0 }, 6, 0 },- { { 7, 2 }, { 21, 0 }, { 236, 248 }, { 38, 22 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 5, 1 }, { 157, 0 }, { 103, 223 }, { 53, 5 }, { 0, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 24, 18 }, { 150, 0 }, { 250, 248 }, { 40, 229 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 16, 0 }, { 134, 3 }, { 168, 250 }, { 7, 3 }, { 0, 0 }, 6, 0 },- { { 17, 16 }, { 65, 3 }, { 248, 243 }, { 71, 3 }, { 2, 0 }, 4, 0 },- { { 1, 16 }, { 142, 0 }, { 241, 243 }, { 6, 2 }, { 2, 0 }, 14, 0 },- { { 14, 192 }, { 0, 0 }, { 31, 31 }, { 0, 255 }, { 0, 3 }, 14, 0 },- { { 6, 3 }, { 128, 136 }, { 248, 86 }, { 36, 132 }, { 0, 2 }, 14, 0 },- { { 14, 208 }, { 0, 5 }, { 248, 52 }, { 0, 4 }, { 0, 3 }, 14, 0 },- { { 14, 192 }, { 0, 0 }, { 246, 31 }, { 0, 2 }, { 0, 3 }, 14, 0 },- { { 213, 218 }, { 149, 64 }, { 55, 86 }, { 163, 55 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 53, 20 }, { 92, 8 }, { 178, 244 }, { 97, 21 }, { 2, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 14, 208 }, { 0, 0 }, { 246, 79 }, { 0, 245 }, { 0, 3 }, 14, 0 },- { { 38, 228 }, { 0, 0 }, { 255, 18 }, { 1, 22 }, { 0, 1 }, 14, 0 },- { { 0, 0 }, { 0, 0 }, { 243, 246 }, { 240, 201 }, { 0, 2 }, 14, 0 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 0, 0 }, { 0, 0 }, { 252, 250 }, { 5, 23 }, { 2, 0 }, 14, 52 },- { { 0, 1 }, { 2, 0 }, { 255, 255 }, { 7, 8 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 48 },- { { 0, 0 }, { 0, 0 }, { 252, 250 }, { 5, 23 }, { 2, 0 }, 14, 58 },- { { 0, 0 }, { 0, 0 }, { 246, 246 }, { 12, 6 }, { 0, 0 }, 4, 60 },- { { 12, 18 }, { 0, 0 }, { 246, 251 }, { 8, 71 }, { 0, 2 }, 10, 47 },- { { 0, 0 }, { 3, 0 }, { 248, 246 }, { 42, 69 }, { 0, 1 }, 4, 43 },- { { 12, 18 }, { 0, 0 }, { 246, 251 }, { 8, 71 }, { 0, 2 }, 10, 49 },- { { 0, 0 }, { 3, 0 }, { 248, 246 }, { 42, 69 }, { 0, 1 }, 4, 43 },- { { 12, 18 }, { 0, 0 }, { 246, 251 }, { 8, 71 }, { 0, 2 }, 10, 51 },- { { 0, 0 }, { 3, 0 }, { 248, 246 }, { 42, 69 }, { 0, 1 }, 4, 43 },- { { 12, 18 }, { 0, 0 }, { 246, 251 }, { 8, 71 }, { 0, 2 }, 10, 54 },- { { 12, 18 }, { 0, 0 }, { 246, 251 }, { 8, 71 }, { 0, 2 }, 10, 57 },- { { 0, 0 }, { 3, 0 }, { 248, 246 }, { 42, 69 }, { 0, 1 }, 4, 72 },- { { 12, 18 }, { 0, 0 }, { 246, 251 }, { 8, 71 }, { 0, 2 }, 10, 60 },- { { 14, 208 }, { 0, 10 }, { 245, 159 }, { 48, 2 }, { 0, 0 }, 14, 76 },- { { 14, 7 }, { 10, 93 }, { 228, 245 }, { 228, 229 }, { 3, 1 }, 6, 84 },- { { 2, 5 }, { 3, 10 }, { 180, 151 }, { 4, 247 }, { 0, 0 }, 14, 36 },- { { 78, 158 }, { 0, 0 }, { 246, 159 }, { 0, 2 }, { 0, 3 }, 14, 76 },- { { 17, 16 }, { 69, 8 }, { 248, 243 }, { 55, 5 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 84 },- { { 14, 208 }, { 0, 0 }, { 246, 159 }, { 0, 2 }, { 0, 3 }, 14, 83 },- { { 128, 16 }, { 0, 13 }, { 255, 255 }, { 3, 20 }, { 3, 0 }, 12, 84 },- { { 14, 7 }, { 8, 81 }, { 248, 244 }, { 66, 228 }, { 0, 3 }, 14, 24 },- { { 14, 208 }, { 0, 10 }, { 245, 159 }, { 48, 2 }, { 0, 0 }, 14, 77 },- { { 1, 2 }, { 0, 0 }, { 250, 200 }, { 191, 151 }, { 0, 0 }, 7, 60 },- { { 1, 1 }, { 81, 0 }, { 250, 250 }, { 135, 183 }, { 0, 0 }, 6, 65 },- { { 1, 2 }, { 84, 0 }, { 250, 248 }, { 141, 184 }, { 0, 0 }, 6, 59 },- { { 1, 2 }, { 89, 0 }, { 250, 248 }, { 136, 182 }, { 0, 0 }, 6, 51 },- { { 1, 0 }, { 0, 0 }, { 249, 250 }, { 10, 6 }, { 3, 0 }, 14, 45 },- { { 0, 0 }, { 128, 0 }, { 249, 246 }, { 137, 108 }, { 3, 0 }, 14, 71 },- { { 3, 12 }, { 128, 8 }, { 248, 246 }, { 136, 182 }, { 3, 0 }, 15, 60 },- { { 3, 12 }, { 133, 0 }, { 248, 246 }, { 136, 182 }, { 3, 0 }, 15, 58 },- { { 14, 0 }, { 64, 8 }, { 118, 119 }, { 79, 24 }, { 0, 2 }, 14, 53 },- { { 14, 3 }, { 64, 0 }, { 200, 155 }, { 73, 105 }, { 0, 2 }, 14, 64 },- { { 215, 199 }, { 220, 0 }, { 173, 141 }, { 5, 5 }, { 3, 0 }, 14, 71 },- { { 215, 199 }, { 220, 0 }, { 168, 136 }, { 4, 4 }, { 3, 0 }, 14, 61 },- { { 128, 17 }, { 0, 0 }, { 246, 103 }, { 6, 23 }, { 3, 3 }, 14, 61 },- { { 128, 17 }, { 0, 9 }, { 245, 70 }, { 5, 22 }, { 2, 3 }, 14, 48 },- { { 6, 21 }, { 63, 0 }, { 0, 247 }, { 244, 245 }, { 0, 0 }, 1, 48 },- { { 6, 18 }, { 63, 0 }, { 0, 247 }, { 244, 245 }, { 3, 0 }, 0, 69 },- { { 6, 18 }, { 63, 0 }, { 0, 247 }, { 244, 245 }, { 0, 0 }, 1, 68 },- { { 1, 2 }, { 88, 0 }, { 103, 117 }, { 231, 7 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 63 },- { { 65, 66 }, { 69, 8 }, { 248, 117 }, { 72, 5 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 74 },- { { 10, 30 }, { 64, 78 }, { 224, 255 }, { 240, 5 }, { 3, 0 }, 8, 60 },- { { 10, 30 }, { 124, 82 }, { 224, 255 }, { 240, 2 }, { 3, 0 }, 8, 80 },- { { 14, 0 }, { 64, 8 }, { 122, 123 }, { 74, 27 }, { 0, 2 }, 14, 64 },- { { 14, 7 }, { 10, 64 }, { 228, 85 }, { 228, 57 }, { 3, 1 }, 6, 69 },- { { 5, 4 }, { 5, 64 }, { 249, 214 }, { 50, 165 }, { 3, 0 }, 14, 73 },- { { 2, 21 }, { 63, 0 }, { 0, 247 }, { 243, 245 }, { 3, 0 }, 8, 75 },- { { 1, 2 }, { 79, 0 }, { 250, 248 }, { 141, 181 }, { 0, 0 }, 7, 68 },- { { 0, 0 }, { 0, 0 }, { 246, 246 }, { 12, 6 }, { 0, 0 }, 4, 48 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 53 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 35 }- };
--- a/src/audiolib/gus.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,281 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- file: GUS.C
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: September 7, 1994
-
- Gravis Ultrasound initialization routines.
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include <conio.h>
-#include <dos.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <io.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "usrhooks.h"
-#include "interrup.h"
-#include "newgf1.h"
-#include "gusmidi.h"
-#include "guswave.h"
-#include "_guswave.h"
-
-#define TRUE ( 1 == 1 )
-#define FALSE ( !TRUE )
-
-// size of DMA buffer for patch loading
-#define DMABUFFSIZE 2048U
-
-struct gf1_dma_buff GUS_HoldBuffer;
-static int HoldBufferAllocated = FALSE;
-
-static int GUS_Installed = 0;
-
-extern VoiceNode GUSWAVE_Voices[ VOICES ];
-extern int GUSWAVE_Installed;
-
-unsigned long GUS_TotalMemory;
-int GUS_MemConfig;
-
-int GUS_AuxError = 0;
-
-int GUS_ErrorCode = GUS_Ok;
-
-#define GUS_SetErrorCode( status ) \
- GUS_ErrorCode = ( status );
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUS_ErrorString
-
- Returns a pointer to the error message associated with an error
- number. A -1 returns a pointer the current error.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-char *GUS_ErrorString
- (
- int ErrorNumber
- )
-
- {- char *ErrorString;
-
- switch( ErrorNumber )
- {- case GUS_Warning :
- case GUS_Error :
- ErrorString = GUS_ErrorString( GUS_ErrorCode );
- break;
-
- case GUS_Ok :
- ErrorString = "Ultrasound music ok.";
- break;
-
- case GUS_OutOfMemory :
- ErrorString = "Out of memory in GusMidi.";
- break;
-
- case GUS_OutOfDosMemory :
- ErrorString = "Out of conventional (640K) memory in GusMidi.";
- break;
-
- case GUS_GF1Error :
- ErrorString = gf1_error_str( GUS_AuxError );
- break;
-
- case GUS_InvalidIrq :
- ErrorString = "Ultrasound IRQ must be 7 or less.";
- break;
-
- case GUS_ULTRADIRNotSet :
- ErrorString = "ULTRADIR environment variable not set.";
- break;
-
- case GUS_MissingConfig :
-// ErrorString = "Can't find GUSMIDI.INI file.";
- ErrorString = "Can't find ULTRAMID.INI file.";
- break;
-
- case GUS_FileError :
- ErrorString = strerror( GUS_AuxError );
- break;
-
- default :
- ErrorString = "Unknown Ultrasound error code.";
- break;
- }
-
- return( ErrorString );
- }
-
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: D32DosMemAlloc
-
- Allocate a block of Conventional memory.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void *D32DosMemAlloc
- (
- unsigned size
- )
-
- {- union REGS r;
-
- // DPMI allocate DOS memory
- r.x.eax = 0x0100;
-
- // Number of paragraphs requested
- r.x.ebx = ( size + 15 ) >> 4;
- int386( 0x31, &r, &r );
- if ( r.x.cflag )
- {- // Failed
- return( NULL );
- }
-
- return( ( void * )( ( r.x.eax & 0xFFFF ) << 4 ) );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUS_Init
-
- Initializes the Gravis Ultrasound for sound and music playback.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int GUS_Init
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- struct load_os os;
- int ret;
-
- if ( GUS_Installed > 0 )
- {- GUS_Installed++;
- return( GUS_Ok );
- }
-
- GUS_SetErrorCode( GUS_Ok );
-
- GUS_Installed = 0;
-
- GetUltraCfg( &os );
-
- if ( os.forced_gf1_irq > 7 )
- {- GUS_SetErrorCode( GUS_InvalidIrq );
- return( GUS_Error );
- }
-
- if ( !HoldBufferAllocated )
- {- GUS_HoldBuffer.vptr = D32DosMemAlloc( DMABUFFSIZE );
- if ( GUS_HoldBuffer.vptr == NULL )
- {- GUS_SetErrorCode( GUS_OutOfDosMemory );
- return( GUS_Error );
- }
- GUS_HoldBuffer.paddr = ( unsigned long )GUS_HoldBuffer.vptr;
-
- HoldBufferAllocated = TRUE;
- }
-
- os.voices = 24;
- ret = gf1_load_os( &os );
- if ( ret )
- {- GUS_AuxError = ret;
- GUS_SetErrorCode( GUS_GF1Error );
- return( GUS_Error );
- }
-
- GUS_TotalMemory = gf1_mem_avail();
- GUS_MemConfig = ( GUS_TotalMemory - 1 ) >> 18;
-
- GUS_Installed = 1;
- return( GUS_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUS_Shutdown
-
- Ends use of the Gravis Ultrasound. Must be called the same number
- of times as GUS_Init.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void GUS_Shutdown
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- if ( GUS_Installed > 0 )
- {- GUS_Installed--;
- if ( GUS_Installed == 0 )
- {- gf1_unload_os();
- }
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_Shutdown
-
- Terminates use of the Gravis Ultrasound for digitized sound playback.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void GUSWAVE_Shutdown
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int i;
-
- if ( GUSWAVE_Installed )
- {- GUSWAVE_KillAllVoices();
-
- // free memory
- for ( i = 0; i < VOICES; i++ )
- {- if ( GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ].mem != NULL )
- {- gf1_free( GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ].mem );
- GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ].mem = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- GUS_Shutdown();
- GUSWAVE_Installed = FALSE;
- }
- }
--- a/src/audiolib/gusmidi.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,559 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/*********** ***********************************************************
- file: GUSMIDI.C
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: March 23, 1994
-
- General MIDI playback functions for the Gravis Ultrasound
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-// Module MUST be compiled with structure allignment set to a maximum
-// of 1 byte ( zp1 ).
-
-#include <conio.h>
-#include <dos.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <io.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "usrhooks.h"
-#include "interrup.h"
-#include "newgf1.h"
-#include "gusmidi.h"
-
-#define TRUE ( 1 == 1 )
-#define FALSE ( !TRUE )
-
-// size of DMA buffer for patch loading
-#define DMABUFFSIZE 2048U
-
-#define MAX_MEM_CONFIG 3
-
-// size of patch array (128 perc, 128 melodic)
-#define NUM_PATCHES 256
-
-// size of largest patch name
-#define BIGGEST_NAME 9
-
-#define UNUSED_PATCH -1
-
-static struct patch Patch[ NUM_PATCHES ];
-static unsigned char *PatchWaves[ NUM_PATCHES ];
-
-static int PatchMap[ NUM_PATCHES ][ MAX_MEM_CONFIG + 1 ];
-static char ProgramName[ NUM_PATCHES ][ BIGGEST_NAME ];
-static char PatchLoaded[ NUM_PATCHES ];
-
-static char ConfigFileName[] = "ULTRAMID.INI";
-static char ConfigDirectory[ 80 ] = { '\0' };-
-// The name of the configuration directory
-static char InstrumentDirectory[ 80 ];
-
-extern struct gf1_dma_buff GUS_HoldBuffer;
-
-extern unsigned long GUS_TotalMemory;
-extern int GUS_MemConfig;
-
-static int GUSMIDI_Volume = 255;
-
-extern int GUS_AuxError;
-extern int GUS_ErrorCode;
-
-int GUSMIDI_Installed = FALSE;
-
-#define GUS_SetErrorCode( status ) \
- GUS_ErrorCode = ( status );
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUS_GetPatchMap
-
- Reads the patch map from disk.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int GUS_GetPatchMap
- (
- char *name
- )
-
- {- char text[ 80 ];
- char *ud;
- int index;
- int ignore;
- FILE *fp;
-
- for( index = 0; index < NUM_PATCHES; index++ )
- {- PatchMap[ index ][ 0 ] = UNUSED_PATCH;
- PatchMap[ index ][ 1 ] = UNUSED_PATCH;
- PatchMap[ index ][ 2 ] = UNUSED_PATCH;
- PatchMap[ index ][ 3 ] = UNUSED_PATCH;
- ProgramName[ index ][ 0 ] = 0;
- }
-
- ud = getenv( "ULTRADIR" );
- if ( ud == NULL )
- {- GUS_SetErrorCode( GUS_ULTRADIRNotSet );
- return( GUS_Error );
- }
-
- strcpy( InstrumentDirectory, ud );
- strcat( InstrumentDirectory, "\\midi\\" );
- strcpy( ConfigDirectory, ud );
- strcat( ConfigDirectory, "\\midi\\" );
- strcpy( text, name );
-
- fp = fopen( text, "r" );
- if ( fp == NULL )
- {- strcpy( text, InstrumentDirectory );
- strcat( text, name );
-
- fp = fopen( text, "r" );
- if ( fp == NULL )
- {- GUS_SetErrorCode( GUS_MissingConfig );
- return( GUS_Error );
- }
- }
-
- while( 1 )
- {- if ( fgets( text, 80, fp ) == NULL )
- {- break;
- }
-
- if ( text[ 0 ] == '#' )
- {- continue;
- }
-
- if ( sscanf( text, "%d", &index ) != 1 )
- {- continue;
- }
-
- sscanf( text, "%d, %d, %d, %d, %d, %s\n", &ignore,
- &PatchMap[ index ][ 0 ],
- &PatchMap[ index ][ 1 ],
- &PatchMap[ index ][ 2 ],
- &PatchMap[ index ][ 3 ],
- ProgramName[ index ] );
- }
-
- fclose( fp );
-
- return( GUS_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSMIDI_UnloadPatch
-
- Unloads a patch from the GUS's memory.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int GUSMIDI_UnloadPatch
- (
- int prognum
- )
-
- {- int prog;
- unsigned flags;
-
- prog = PatchMap[ prognum ][ GUS_MemConfig ];
-
- if ( PatchLoaded[ prog ] )
- {- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- gf1_unload_patch( &Patch[ prog ] );
- if ( PatchWaves[ prog ] != NULL )
- {- USRHOOKS_FreeMem( PatchWaves[ prog ] );
- PatchWaves[ prog ] = NULL;
- }
-
- // just in case sequence is still playing
- Patch[ prog ].nlayers = 0;
- PatchLoaded[ prog ] = FALSE;
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
- }
-
- return( GUS_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSMIDI_LoadPatch
-
- Loads a patch into the GUS's memory.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int GUSMIDI_LoadPatch
- (
- int prognum
- )
-
- {- int prog;
- char text[ 80 ];
- int ret;
- unsigned char *wave_buff;
- struct patchinfo patchi;
- int status;
-
- prog = PatchMap[ prognum ][ GUS_MemConfig ];
-
- if ( ( PatchLoaded[ prog ] ) || ( prog == UNUSED_PATCH ) )
- {- return( GUS_Ok );
- }
-
- if ( !ProgramName[ prog ][ 0 ] )
- {- return( GUS_Ok );
- }
-
- strcpy( text, InstrumentDirectory );
- strcat( text, ProgramName[ prog ] );
- strcat( text, ".pat" );
-
- ret = gf1_get_patch_info( text, &patchi );
- if ( ret != OK )
- {- GUS_AuxError = ret;
- GUS_SetErrorCode( GUS_GF1Error );
- return( GUS_Error );
- }
-
- status = USRHOOKS_GetMem( &wave_buff, patchi.header.wave_forms *
- sizeof( struct wave_struct ) );
- if ( status != USRHOOKS_Ok )
- {- GUS_SetErrorCode( GUS_OutOfMemory );
- return( GUS_Error );
- }
-
- ret = gf1_load_patch( text, &patchi, &Patch[ prog ], &GUS_HoldBuffer,
- DMABUFFSIZE, ( unsigned char * )wave_buff, PATCH_LOAD_8_BIT );
-
- if ( ret != OK )
- {- USRHOOKS_FreeMem( wave_buff );
- GUS_AuxError = ret;
- GUS_SetErrorCode( GUS_GF1Error );
- return( GUS_Error );
- }
-
- PatchWaves[ prog ] = wave_buff;
- PatchLoaded[ prog ] = TRUE;
-
- return( GUS_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSMIDI_ProgramChange
-
- Selects the instrument to use on the specified MIDI channel.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void GUSMIDI_ProgramChange
- (
- int channel,
- int prognum
- )
-
- {- int prog;
-
- prog = PatchMap[ prognum ][ GUS_MemConfig ];
-
- if ( PatchLoaded[ prog ] )
- {- gf1_midi_change_program( &Patch[ prog ], channel );
- }
- else
- {- gf1_midi_change_program( NULL, channel );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSMIDI_NoteOn
-
- Plays a note on the specified channel.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void GUSMIDI_NoteOn
- (
- int chan,
- int note,
- int velocity
- )
-
- {- int prog;
-
- if ( chan == 9 )
- {- prog = PatchMap[ note + 128 ][ GUS_MemConfig ];
-
- if ( PatchLoaded[ prog ] )
- {- gf1_midi_note_on( &Patch[ note + 128 ], 1,
- note, velocity, 9 );
- }
- }
- else
- {- gf1_midi_note_on( 0L, 1, note, velocity, chan );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSMIDI_NoteOff
-
- Turns off a note on the specified channel.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#pragma warn -par
-void GUSMIDI_NoteOff
- (
- int chan,
- int note,
- int velocity
- )
-
- {- gf1_midi_note_off( note, chan );
- }
-#pragma warn .par
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSMIDI_ControlChange
-
- Sets the value of a controller on the specified channel.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void GUSMIDI_ControlChange
- (
- int channel,
- int number,
- int value
- )
-
- {- gf1_midi_parameter( channel, number, value );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSMIDI_PitchBend
-
- Sets the pitch bend on the specified MIDI channel.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void GUSMIDI_PitchBend
- (
- int channel,
- int lsb,
- int msb
- )
-
- {- gf1_midi_pitch_bend( channel, lsb, msb );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSMIDI_ReleasePatches
-
- Removes all the instruments from the GUS's memory.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void GUSMIDI_ReleasePatches
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int i;
-
- for( i = 0; i < 256; i++ )
- {- GUSMIDI_UnloadPatch( i );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSMIDI_SetVolume
-
- Sets the total music volume.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void GUSMIDI_SetVolume
- (
- int volume
- )
-
- {- // Set the minimum to 2 because 0 has a tremolo problem
- volume = max( 2, volume );
- volume = min( volume, 255 );
-
- GUSMIDI_Volume = volume;
-
- // range = 0 to 127
- gf1_midi_synth_volume( 0, volume >> 1 );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSMIDI_GetVolume
-
- Returns the total music volume.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int GUSMIDI_GetVolume
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- return( GUSMIDI_Volume );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSMIDI_Init
-
- Initializes the Gravis Ultrasound for music playback.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int GUSMIDI_Init
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int ret;
- int i;
- int startmem;
-// unsigned long mem;
- extern int GUSWAVE_Installed;
-
- if ( GUSMIDI_Installed )
- {- GUSMIDI_Shutdown();
- }
-
- ret = GUS_Init();
- if ( ret != GUS_Ok )
- {- return( ret );
- }
-
- if ( GUS_MemConfig < 0 )
- {- GUS_MemConfig = 0;
- }
-
- if ( GUS_MemConfig > MAX_MEM_CONFIG )
- {- GUS_MemConfig = MAX_MEM_CONFIG;
- }
-
- for( i = 0; i < NUM_PATCHES; i++ )
- {- ProgramName[ i ][ 0 ] = '\0';
- PatchWaves[ i ] = NULL;
- PatchLoaded[ i ] = FALSE;
- }
-
- GUSMIDI_SetVolume( 255 );
-
- GUSMIDI_Installed = TRUE;
-
- ret = GUS_GetPatchMap( ConfigFileName );
- if ( ret != GUS_Ok )
- {- GUSMIDI_Shutdown();
- return( ret );
- }
-
-// if ( !GUSWAVE_Installed )
-// {-// mem = gf1_malloc( 8192 );
-// }
-
- startmem = gf1_mem_avail();
- for( i = 0; i < NUM_PATCHES; i++ )
- {- ret = GUSMIDI_LoadPatch( i );
- if ( ret != GUS_Ok )
- {- }
-// if ( ret != GUS_Ok )
-// {-// return( ret );
-// }
- }
-
-// if ( !GUSWAVE_Installed )
-// {-// gf1_free( mem );
-// }
-
- GUSMIDI_Installed = TRUE;
-
- return( GUS_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSMIDI_Shutdown
-
- Ends use of the Gravis Ultrasound for music playback.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void GUSMIDI_Shutdown
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- GUSMIDI_ReleasePatches();
- GUS_Shutdown();
- GUSMIDI_Installed = FALSE;
- }
--- a/src/audiolib/gusmidi.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-#ifndef __GUSMIDI_H
-#define __GUSMIDI_H
-
-extern struct gf1_dma_buff GUS_HoldBuffer;
-
-enum GUS_Errors
- {- GUS_Warning = -2,
- GUS_Error = -1,
- GUS_Ok = 0,
- GUS_OutOfMemory,
- GUS_OutOfDosMemory,
- GUS_OutOfDRAM,
- GUS_GF1Error,
- GUS_InvalidIrq,
- GUS_ULTRADIRNotSet,
- GUS_MissingConfig,
- GUS_FileError
- };
-
-char *GUS_ErrorString( int ErrorNumber );
-int GUS_GetPatchMap( char *name );
-int GUSMIDI_UnloadPatch( int prog );
-int GUSMIDI_LoadPatch( int prog );
-void GUSMIDI_ProgramChange( int channel, int prog );
-void GUSMIDI_NoteOn( int chan, int note, int velocity );
-void GUSMIDI_NoteOff( int chan, int note, int velocity );
-void GUSMIDI_ControlChange( int channel, int number, int value );
-void GUSMIDI_PitchBend( int channel, int lsb, int msb );
-void GUSMIDI_ReleasePatches( void );
-void GUSMIDI_SetVolume( int volume );
-int GUSMIDI_GetVolume( void );
-int GUS_Init( void );
-void GUS_Shutdown( void );
-#pragma aux GUS_Shutdown frame;
-int GUSMIDI_Init( void );
-void GUSMIDI_Shutdown( void );
-void *D32DosMemAlloc( unsigned size );
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/guswave.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1771 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- file: GUSWAVE.C
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: March 23, 1994
-
- Digitized sound playback routines for the Gravis Ultrasound.
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <conio.h>
-#include <dos.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <io.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "debugio.h"
-#include "interrup.h"
-#include "ll_man.h"
-#include "pitch.h"
-#include "user.h"
-#include "multivoc.h"
-#include "_guswave.h"
-#include "newgf1.h"
-#include "gusmidi.h"
-#include "guswave.h"
-
-#define ATR_INDEX 0x3c0
-#define STATUS_REGISTER_1 0x3da
-
-#define SetBorderColor(color) \
- { \- inp (STATUS_REGISTER_1); \
- outp (ATR_INDEX,0x31); \
- outp (ATR_INDEX,color); \
- }
-
-static const int GUSWAVE_PanTable[ 32 ] =
- {- 8, 9, 10, 11, 11, 12, 13, 14,
- 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8,
- 7, 6, 5, 4, 4, 3, 2, 1,
- 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
- };
-
-static voicelist VoiceList;
-static voicelist VoicePool;
-
-static voicestatus VoiceStatus[ MAX_VOICES ];
-//static
-VoiceNode GUSWAVE_Voices[ VOICES ];
-
-static int GUSWAVE_VoiceHandle = GUSWAVE_MinVoiceHandle;
-static int GUSWAVE_MaxVoices = VOICES;
-//static
-int GUSWAVE_Installed = FALSE;
-
-static void ( *GUSWAVE_CallBackFunc )( unsigned long ) = NULL;
-
-// current volume for dig audio - from 0 to 4095
-static int GUSWAVE_Volume = MAX_VOLUME;
-
-static int GUSWAVE_SwapLeftRight = FALSE;
-
-static int GUS_Debug = FALSE;
-
-extern int GUSMIDI_Installed;
-
-int GUSWAVE_ErrorCode = GUSWAVE_Ok;
-
-#define GUSWAVE_SetErrorCode( status ) \
- GUSWAVE_ErrorCode = ( status );
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_ErrorString
-
- Returns a pointer to the error message associated with an error
- number. A -1 returns a pointer the current error.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-char *GUSWAVE_ErrorString
- (
- int ErrorNumber
- )
-
- {- char *ErrorString;
-
- switch( ErrorNumber )
- {- case GUSWAVE_Warning :
- case GUSWAVE_Error :
- ErrorString = GUSWAVE_ErrorString( GUSWAVE_ErrorCode );
- break;
-
- case GUSWAVE_Ok :
- ErrorString = "GUSWAVE ok.";
- break;
-
- case GUSWAVE_GUSError :
- ErrorString = GUS_ErrorString( GUS_Error );
- break;
-
- case GUSWAVE_NotInstalled :
- ErrorString = "GUSWAVE not installed.";
- break;
-
- case GUSWAVE_NoVoices :
- ErrorString = "No free voices available to GUSWAVE.";
- break;
-
- case GUSWAVE_UltraNoMem :
- ErrorString = "Not enough Ultrasound memory available for GUSWAVE.";
- break;
-
- case GUSWAVE_UltraNoMemMIDI :
- ErrorString = "Not enough Ultrasound memory available for GUSWAVE. "
- "Try initializing Sound FX before Music.";
- break;
-
- case GUSWAVE_VoiceNotFound :
- ErrorString = "No voice with matching handle found.";
- break;
-
- case GUSWAVE_InvalidVOCFile :
- ErrorString = "Invalid VOC file passed in to GUSWAVE.";
- break;
-
- case GUSWAVE_InvalidWAVFile :
- ErrorString = "Invalid WAV file passed in to GUSWAVE.";
- break;
-
- default :
- ErrorString = "Unknown GUSWAVE error code.";
- break;
- }
-
- return( ErrorString );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_CallBack
-
- GF1 callback service routine.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-char GUS_Silence8[ 1024 ] = //256 ] =
- {- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
-
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80
-
-
- };
-
-//unsigned short GUS_Silence16[ 128 ] =
-unsigned short GUS_Silence16[ 512 ] =
- {- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
-
-
-
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00
- };
-
-static int LOADDS GUSWAVE_CallBack
- (
- int reason,
- int voice,
- unsigned char **buf,
- unsigned long *size
- )
-
- {- VoiceNode *Voice;
- playbackstatus status;
-
- // this function is called from an interrupt
- // remember not to make any DOS or BIOS calls from here
- // also don't call any C library functions unless you are sure that
- // they are reentrant
- // restore our DS register
-
- if ( VoiceStatus[ voice ].playing == FALSE )
- {- return( DIG_DONE );
- }
-
- if ( reason == DIG_MORE_DATA )
- {-// SetBorderColor(16);
- Voice = VoiceStatus[ voice ].Voice;
-
- if ( ( Voice != NULL ) && ( Voice->Playing ) )
-/*
- {- *buf = ( unsigned char * )GUS_Silence16;
- *size = 1024;
-
- SetBorderColor(0);
- return( DIG_MORE_DATA );
- }
- */
- {- status = Voice->GetSound( Voice );
- if ( status != SoundDone )
- {- if ( ( Voice->sound == NULL ) || ( status == NoMoreData ) )
- {- if ( Voice->bits == 8 )
- {- *buf = GUS_Silence8;
- }
- else
- {- *buf = ( unsigned char * )GUS_Silence16;
- }
- *size = 256;
- }
- else
- {- *buf = Voice->sound;
- *size = Voice->length;
- }
- return( DIG_MORE_DATA );
- }
- }
-// SetBorderColor(16);
- return( DIG_DONE );
- }
-
- if ( reason == DIG_DONE )
- {- Voice = VoiceStatus[ voice ].Voice;
- VoiceStatus[ voice ].playing = FALSE;
-
- if ( Voice != NULL )
- {- Voice->Active = FALSE;
- Voice->Playing = FALSE;
-
-// I'm commenting this out because a -1 could cause a crash if it
-// is sent to the GF1 code. This shouldn't be necessary since
-// Active should be false when GF1voice is -1, but this is just
-// a precaution. Adjust the pan on the wrong voice is a lot
-// more pleasant than a crash!
-// Voice->GF1voice = -1;
-
- LL_Remove( VoiceNode, &VoiceList, Voice );
- LL_AddToTail( VoiceNode, &VoicePool, Voice );
- }
-
- if ( GUSWAVE_CallBackFunc )
- {- GUSWAVE_CallBackFunc( Voice->callbackval );
- }
- }
-
- return( DIG_DONE );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_DebugCallBack
-
- GF1 callback service routine with debugging info.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static int LOADDS GUSWAVE_DebugCallBack
- (
- int reason,
- int voice,
- unsigned char **buf,
- unsigned long *size
- )
-
- {- VoiceNode *Voice;
-
- // this function is called from an interrupt
- // remember not to make any DOS or BIOS calls from here
- // also don't call any C library functions unless you are sure that
- // they are reentrant
- // restore our DS register
-
- if ( VoiceStatus[ voice ].playing == FALSE )
- {-// DB_printf( "GUS Voice %d not playing.\n", voice );
- DB_printf( "GUS Voice " );
- DB_PrintNum( voice );
- DB_printf( " not playing.\n" );
- return( DIG_DONE );
- }
-
- if ( reason == DIG_MORE_DATA )
- {- Voice = VoiceStatus[ voice ].Voice;
-
-// DB_printf( "Voice %d : More data -- ", Voice );
- DB_printf( "Voice " );
- DB_PrintNum( voice );
- DB_printf( " : More data -- " );
- if ( Voice != NULL )
- {- if ( Voice->Playing )
- {- GUSWAVE_GetNextVOCBlock( Voice );
- if ( Voice->Playing )
- {-// DB_printf( "More data -- size = %u blocklength = %u\n",
-// Voice->length, Voice->BlockLength );
- DB_printf( "More data -- size = " );
- DB_PrintNum( Voice->length );
- DB_printf( " blocklength = " );
- DB_PrintNum( Voice->BlockLength );
- DB_printf( "\n" );
- *buf = Voice->sound;
- *size = Voice->length;
- return( DIG_MORE_DATA );
- }
- else
- {- DB_printf( "Voice done.\n" );
- }
- }
- else
- {- DB_printf( "Voice not active.\n" );
- }
- }
- else
- {- DB_printf( " NULL Voice\n" );
- }
-
- return( DIG_DONE );
- }
-
- if ( reason == DIG_DONE )
- {- VoiceStatus[ voice ].playing = FALSE;
- Voice = VoiceStatus[ voice ].Voice;
-// DB_printf( "Voice %d : Done -- ", Voice );
- DB_printf( "Voice " );
- DB_PrintNum( voice );
- DB_printf( " : Done -- " );
-
- if ( Voice != NULL )
- {- DB_printf( "Ok\n" );
-
- Voice->Active = FALSE;
- Voice->Playing = FALSE;
-
-// I'm commenting this out because a -1 could cause a crash if it
-// is sent to the GF1 code. This shouldn't be necessary since
-// Active should be false when GF1voice is -1, but this is just
-// a precaution. Adjust the pan on the wrong voice is a lot
-// more pleasant than a crash!
-// Voice->GF1voice = -1;
-
- LL_Remove( VoiceNode, &VoiceList, Voice );
- LL_AddToTail( VoiceNode, &VoicePool, Voice );
- }
- else
- {- DB_printf( "Null voice\n" );
- }
-
- if ( GUSWAVE_CallBackFunc )
- {- GUSWAVE_CallBackFunc( Voice->callbackval );
- }
- }
-
- return( DIG_DONE );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_GetVoice
-
- Locates the voice with the specified handle.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static VoiceNode *GUSWAVE_GetVoice
- (
- int handle
- )
-
- {- VoiceNode *voice;
- unsigned flags;
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- voice = VoiceList.start;
-
- while( voice != NULL )
- {- if ( handle == voice->handle )
- {- break;
- }
-
- voice = voice->next;
- }
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
-
- if ( voice == NULL )
- {- GUSWAVE_SetErrorCode( GUSWAVE_VoiceNotFound );
- }
-
- return( voice );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_VoicePlaying
-
- Checks if the voice associated with the specified handle is
- playing.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int GUSWAVE_VoicePlaying
- (
- int handle
- )
-
- {- VoiceNode *voice;
-
- voice = GUSWAVE_GetVoice( handle );
- if ( voice != NULL )
- {- return( voice->Active );
- }
-
- return( FALSE );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_VoicesPlaying
-
- Determines the number of currently active voices.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int GUSWAVE_VoicesPlaying
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int index;
- int NumVoices = 0;
- unsigned flags;
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- for( index = 0; index < GUSWAVE_MaxVoices; index++ )
- {- if ( GUSWAVE_Voices[ index ].Active )
- {- NumVoices++;
- }
- }
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
-
- if ( GUS_Debug )
- {- DB_printf( "Number of voices = %d.\n", NumVoices );
- }
-
- return( NumVoices );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_Kill
-
- Stops output of the voice associated with the specified handle.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int GUSWAVE_Kill
- (
- int handle
- )
-
- {- VoiceNode *voice;
- unsigned flags;
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- voice = GUSWAVE_GetVoice( handle );
-
- if ( voice == NULL )
- {- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
- GUSWAVE_SetErrorCode( GUSWAVE_VoiceNotFound );
-
- if ( GUS_Debug )
- {- DB_printf( "Could not find voice to kill.\n" );
- }
-
- return( GUSWAVE_Warning );
- }
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
-
- if ( !GUS_Debug )
- {- if ( voice->Active )
- {- gf1_stop_digital( voice->GF1voice );
- }
- }
- else
- {- DB_printf( "Kill - GUS Voice %d ", voice->GF1voice );
- if ( voice->Active )
- {- DB_printf( "active\n" );
- gf1_stop_digital( voice->GF1voice );
- }
- else
- {- DB_printf( "inactive\n" );
- }
- }
-
-// RestoreInterrupts( flags );
-
- return( GUSWAVE_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_KillAllVoices
-
- Stops output of all currently active voices.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int GUSWAVE_KillAllVoices
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int i;
- unsigned flags;
-
- if ( !GUSWAVE_Installed )
- {- return( GUSWAVE_Ok );
- }
-
- if ( GUS_Debug )
- {- DB_printf( "Kill All Voices\n" );
- }
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- // Remove all the voices from the list
- for( i = 0; i < GUSWAVE_MaxVoices; i++ )
- {- if ( GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ].Active )
- {-// GUSWAVE_Kill( GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ].handle );
-
- gf1_stop_digital( GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ].GF1voice );
- }
- }
-
- for( i = 0; i < MAX_VOICES; i++ )
- {- VoiceStatus[ i ].playing = FALSE;
- VoiceStatus[ i ].Voice = NULL;
- }
-
- VoicePool.start = NULL;
- VoicePool.end = NULL;
- VoiceList.start = NULL;
- VoiceList.end = NULL;
-
- for( i = 0; i < GUSWAVE_MaxVoices; i++ )
- {- GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ].Active = FALSE;
- if ( GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ].mem != NULL )
- {- LL_AddToTail( VoiceNode, &VoicePool, &GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ] );
- }
- }
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
-
- return( GUSWAVE_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_SetPitch
-
- Sets the pitch for the voice associated with the specified handle.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int GUSWAVE_SetPitch
- (
- int handle,
- int pitchoffset
- )
-
- {- VoiceNode *voice;
- unsigned flags;
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- voice = GUSWAVE_GetVoice( handle );
-
- if ( voice == NULL )
- {- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
-
- GUSWAVE_SetErrorCode( GUSWAVE_VoiceNotFound );
- return( GUSWAVE_Warning );
- }
-
- if ( voice->Active )
- {- voice->PitchScale = PITCH_GetScale( pitchoffset );
- voice->RateScale = ( voice->SamplingRate * voice->PitchScale ) >> 16;
- gf1_dig_set_freq( voice->GF1voice, voice->RateScale );
- }
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
-
- return( GUSWAVE_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_SetPan3D
-
- Sets the pan position of the voice with the specified handle.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int GUSWAVE_SetPan3D
- (
- int handle,
- int angle,
- int distance
- )
-
- {- VoiceNode *voice;
- int pan;
- unsigned flags;
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- voice = GUSWAVE_GetVoice( handle );
-
- if ( voice == NULL )
- {- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
-
- GUSWAVE_SetErrorCode( GUSWAVE_VoiceNotFound );
- return( GUSWAVE_Warning );
- }
-
- if ( voice->Active )
- {- angle &= 31;
-
- pan = GUSWAVE_PanTable[ angle ];
- if ( GUSWAVE_SwapLeftRight )
- {- pan = 15 - pan;
- }
-
- distance = max( 0, distance );
- distance = min( 255, distance );
-
- voice->Volume = 255 - distance;
- voice->Pan = pan;
-
- gf1_dig_set_pan( voice->GF1voice, pan );
- gf1_dig_set_vol( voice->GF1voice, GUSWAVE_Volume - distance * 4 );
- }
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
-
- return( GUSWAVE_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_SetVolume
-
- Sets the total volume of the digitized sounds.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void GUSWAVE_SetVolume
- (
- int volume
- )
-
- {- int i;
-
- volume = max( 0, volume );
- volume = min( 255, volume );
- GUSWAVE_Volume = MAX_VOLUME - ( 255 - volume ) * 4;
-
- for( i = 0; i < GUSWAVE_MaxVoices; i++ )
- {- if ( GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ].Active )
- {- gf1_dig_set_vol( GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ].GF1voice,
- GUSWAVE_Volume - ( 255 - GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ].Volume ) * 4 );
- }
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_GetVolume
-
- Returns the total volume of the digitized sounds.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int GUSWAVE_GetVolume
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- return( 255 - ( ( MAX_VOLUME - GUSWAVE_Volume ) / 4 ) );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_AllocVoice
-
- Retrieve an inactive or lower priority voice for output.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static VoiceNode *GUSWAVE_AllocVoice
- (
- int priority
- )
-
- {- VoiceNode *voice;
- VoiceNode *node;
- unsigned flags;
-
- // If we don't have any free voices, check if we have a higher
- // priority than one that is playing.
- if ( GUSWAVE_VoicesPlaying() >= GUSWAVE_MaxVoices )
- {- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- node = VoiceList.start;
- voice = node;
- while( node != NULL )
- {- if ( node->priority < voice->priority )
- {- voice = node;
- }
-
- node = node->next;
- }
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
-
- if ( priority >= voice->priority )
- {- GUSWAVE_Kill( voice->handle );
- }
- }
-
- // Check if any voices are in the voice pool
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- voice = VoicePool.start;
- if ( voice != NULL )
- {- LL_Remove( VoiceNode, &VoicePool, voice );
- }
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
-
- if ( voice != NULL )
- {- do
- {- GUSWAVE_VoiceHandle++;
- if ( GUSWAVE_VoiceHandle < GUSWAVE_MinVoiceHandle )
- {- GUSWAVE_VoiceHandle = GUSWAVE_MinVoiceHandle;
- }
- }
- while( GUSWAVE_VoicePlaying( GUSWAVE_VoiceHandle ) );
-
- voice->handle = GUSWAVE_VoiceHandle;
- }
-
- return( voice );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_VoiceAvailable
-
- Checks if a voice can be play at the specified priority.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int GUSWAVE_VoiceAvailable
- (
- int priority
- )
-
- {- VoiceNode *voice;
- VoiceNode *node;
- unsigned flags;
-
- if ( GUSWAVE_VoicesPlaying() < GUSWAVE_MaxVoices )
- {- return( TRUE );
- }
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- node = VoiceList.start;
- voice = node;
- while( node != NULL )
- {- if ( node->priority < voice->priority )
- {- voice = node;
- }
-
- node = node->next;
- }
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
-
- if ( priority >= voice->priority )
- {- return( TRUE );
- }
-
- return( FALSE );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_GetNextVOCBlock
-
- Interperate the information of a VOC format sound file.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-playbackstatus GUSWAVE_GetNextVOCBlock
- (
- VoiceNode *voice
- )
-
- {- unsigned char *ptr;
- int blocktype;
- int lastblocktype;
- unsigned long blocklength;
- unsigned long samplespeed;
- unsigned int tc;
- int packtype;
- int voicemode;
- int done;
- unsigned BitsPerSample;
- unsigned Channels;
- unsigned Format;
-
- if ( voice->BlockLength > 0 )
- {- voice->sound += MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH;
- voice->length = min( voice->BlockLength, MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH );
- voice->BlockLength -= voice->length;
- return( KeepPlaying );
- }
-
- ptr = ( unsigned char * )voice->NextBlock;
-
- voice->Playing = TRUE;
-
- voicemode = 0;
- lastblocktype = 0;
- packtype = 0;
-
- done = FALSE;
- while( !done )
- {- // Stop playing if we get a NULL pointer
- if ( ptr == NULL )
- {- voice->Playing = FALSE;
- done = TRUE;
- break;
- }
-
- blocktype = ( int )*ptr;
- blocklength = ( *( unsigned long * )( ptr + 1 ) ) & 0x00ffffff;
- ptr += 4;
-
- switch( blocktype )
- {- case 0 :
- // End of data
- voice->Playing = FALSE;
- done = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 1 :
- // Sound data block
- voice->bits = 8;
- if ( lastblocktype != 8 )
- {- tc = ( unsigned int )*ptr << 8;
- packtype = *( ptr + 1 );
- }
-
- ptr += 2;
- blocklength -= 2;
-
- samplespeed = 256000000L / ( 65536 - tc );
-
- // Skip packed or stereo data
- if ( ( packtype != 0 ) || ( voicemode != 0 ) )
- {- ptr += blocklength;
- }
- else
- {- done = TRUE;
- }
- voicemode = 0;
- break;
-
- case 2 :
- // Sound continuation block
- samplespeed = voice->SamplingRate;
- done = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 3 :
- // Silence
- // Not implimented.
- ptr += blocklength;
- break;
-
- case 4 :
- // Marker
- // Not implimented.
- ptr += blocklength;
- break;
-
- case 5 :
- // ASCII string
- // Not implimented.
- ptr += blocklength;
- break;
-
- case 6 :
- // Repeat begin
- voice->LoopCount = *( unsigned short * )ptr;
- ptr += blocklength;
- voice->LoopStart = ptr;
- break;
-
- case 7 :
- // Repeat end
- ptr += blocklength;
- if ( lastblocktype == 6 )
- {- voice->LoopCount = 0;
- }
- else
- {- if ( ( voice->LoopCount > 0 ) && ( voice->LoopStart != NULL ) )
- {- ptr = voice->LoopStart;
- if ( voice->LoopCount < 0xffff )
- {- voice->LoopCount--;
- if ( voice->LoopCount == 0 )
- {- voice->LoopStart = NULL;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case 8 :
- // Extended block
- voice->bits = 8;
- tc = *( unsigned short * )ptr;
- packtype = *( ptr + 2 );
- voicemode = *( ptr + 3 );
- ptr += blocklength;
- break;
-
- case 9 :
- // New sound data block
- samplespeed = *( unsigned long * )ptr;
- BitsPerSample = ( unsigned )*( ptr + 4 );
- Channels = ( unsigned )*( ptr + 5 );
- Format = ( unsigned )*( unsigned short * )( ptr + 6 );
-
- if ( ( BitsPerSample == 8 ) && ( Channels == 1 ) &&
- ( Format == VOC_8BIT ) )
- {- ptr += 12;
- blocklength -= 12;
- voice->bits = 8;
- done = TRUE;
- }
- else if ( ( BitsPerSample == 16 ) && ( Channels == 1 ) &&
- ( Format == VOC_16BIT ) )
- {- ptr += 12;
- blocklength -= 12;
- voice->bits = 16;
- done = TRUE;
- }
- else
- {- ptr += blocklength;
- }
- break;
-
- default :
- // Unknown data. Probably not a VOC file.
- voice->Playing = FALSE;
- done = TRUE;
- break;
- }
-
- lastblocktype = blocktype;
- }
-
- if ( voice->Playing )
- {- voice->NextBlock = ptr + blocklength;
- voice->sound = ptr;
-
- voice->SamplingRate = samplespeed;
- voice->RateScale = ( voice->SamplingRate * voice->PitchScale ) >> 16;
-
- voice->length = min( blocklength, MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH );
- voice->BlockLength = blocklength - voice->length;
-
- return( KeepPlaying );
- }
-
- return( SoundDone );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_GetNextWAVBlock
-
- Controls playback of demand fed data.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-playbackstatus GUSWAVE_GetNextWAVBlock
- (
- VoiceNode *voice
- )
-
- {- if ( voice->BlockLength <= 0 )
- {- if ( voice->LoopStart == NULL )
- {- voice->Playing = FALSE;
- return( SoundDone );
- }
-
- voice->BlockLength = voice->LoopSize;
- voice->NextBlock = voice->LoopStart;
- voice->length = 0;
- }
-
- voice->sound = voice->NextBlock;
- voice->length = min( voice->BlockLength, 0x8000 );
- voice->NextBlock += voice->length;
- voice->BlockLength -= voice->length;
-
- return( KeepPlaying );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_GetNextDemandFeedBlock
-
- Controls playback of demand fed data.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-playbackstatus GUSWAVE_GetNextDemandFeedBlock
- (
- VoiceNode *voice
- )
-
- {- if ( voice->BlockLength > 0 )
- {- voice->sound += voice->length;
- voice->length = min( voice->BlockLength, 0x8000 );
- voice->BlockLength -= voice->length;
-
- return( KeepPlaying );
- }
-
- if ( voice->DemandFeed == NULL )
- {- return( SoundDone );
- }
-
- ( voice->DemandFeed )( &voice->sound, &voice->BlockLength );
-// voice->sound = GUS_Silence16;
-// voice->BlockLength = 256;
-
- voice->length = min( voice->BlockLength, 0x8000 );
- voice->BlockLength -= voice->length;
-
- if ( ( voice->length > 0 ) && ( voice->sound != NULL ) )
- {- return( KeepPlaying );
- }
- return( NoMoreData );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_Play
-
- Begins playback of digitized sound.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int GUSWAVE_Play
- (
- VoiceNode *voice,
- int angle,
- int volume,
- int channels
- )
-
- {- int VoiceNumber;
- int type;
- int pan;
- unsigned flags;
- int ( *servicefunction )( int reason, int voice, unsigned char **buf, unsigned long *size );
-
- type = 0;
- if ( channels != 1 )
- {- type |= TYPE_STEREO;
- }
-
- if ( voice->bits == 8 )
- {- type |= TYPE_8BIT;
- type |= TYPE_INVERT_MSB;
- }
-
- voice->GF1voice = -1;
-
- angle &= 31;
- pan = GUSWAVE_PanTable[ angle ];
- if ( GUSWAVE_SwapLeftRight )
- {- pan = 15 - pan;
- }
-
- voice->Pan = pan;
-
- volume = max( 0, volume );
- volume = min( 255, volume );
- voice->Volume = volume;
-
- if ( !GUS_Debug )
- {- servicefunction = GUSWAVE_CallBack;
- }
- else
- {- servicefunction = GUSWAVE_DebugCallBack;
- }
-
- VoiceNumber = gf1_play_digital( 0, voice->sound, voice->length,
- voice->mem, GUSWAVE_Volume - ( 255 - volume ) * 4, pan,
- voice->RateScale, type, &GUS_HoldBuffer, servicefunction );
-
- if ( VoiceNumber == NO_MORE_VOICES )
- {- if ( GUS_Debug )
- {- DB_printf( "Out of voices.\n" );
- }
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
- LL_AddToTail( VoiceNode, &VoicePool, voice );
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
-
- GUSWAVE_SetErrorCode( GUSWAVE_NoVoices );
- return( GUSWAVE_Warning );
- }
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
- voice->GF1voice = VoiceNumber;
- voice->Active = TRUE;
- LL_AddToTail( VoiceNode, &VoiceList, voice );
- VoiceStatus[ VoiceNumber ].playing = TRUE;
- VoiceStatus[ VoiceNumber ].Voice = voice;
-
- if ( GUS_Debug )
- {- DB_printf( "GUS voice %d playing\n", VoiceNumber );
- }
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
-
- return( voice->handle );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_PlayVOC
-
- Begins playback of digitized sound.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int GUSWAVE_PlayVOC
- (
- char *sample,
- int pitchoffset,
- int angle,
- int volume,
- int priority,
- unsigned long callbackval
- )
-
- {- int handle;
- int status;
- playbackstatus soundstatus;
- VoiceNode *voice;
- unsigned flags;
-
- // Make sure it's a valid VOC file.
- status = strncmp( sample, "Creative Voice File", 19 );
- if ( status != 0 )
- {- // Tell multivoc that we had a bad VOC file
- MV_ErrorCode = MV_InvalidVOCFile;
-
- GUSWAVE_SetErrorCode( GUSWAVE_InvalidVOCFile );
- return( GUSWAVE_Error );
- }
-
- // Request a voice from the voice pool
- voice = GUSWAVE_AllocVoice( priority );
- if ( voice == NULL )
- {- if ( GUS_Debug )
- {- DB_printf( "No more voices. Skipping sound.\n" );
- }
- GUSWAVE_SetErrorCode( GUSWAVE_NoVoices );
- return( GUSWAVE_Warning );
- }
-
- voice->NextBlock = sample + *( unsigned short int * )( sample + 0x14 );
- voice->LoopStart = NULL;
- voice->LoopCount = 0;
- voice->BlockLength = 0;
- voice->PitchScale = PITCH_GetScale( pitchoffset );
- voice->wavetype = VOC;
- voice->bits = 8;
- voice->GetSound = GUSWAVE_GetNextVOCBlock;
- voice->length = 0;
- voice->next = NULL;
- voice->prev = NULL;
- voice->priority = priority;
- voice->callbackval = callbackval;
-
- soundstatus = GUSWAVE_GetNextVOCBlock( voice );
- if ( soundstatus == SoundDone )
- {- flags = DisableInterrupts();
- LL_AddToTail( VoiceNode, &VoicePool, voice );
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
-
- if ( GUS_Debug )
- {- DB_printf( "Voice ended before playback.\n" );
- }
-
- // Tell multivoc that we had a bad VOC file
- MV_ErrorCode = MV_InvalidVOCFile;
-
- GUSWAVE_SetErrorCode( GUSWAVE_InvalidVOCFile );
- return( GUSWAVE_Error );
- }
-
- handle = GUSWAVE_Play( voice, angle, volume, 1 );
- return( handle );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_PlayWAV
-
- Begins playback of digitized sound.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int GUSWAVE_PlayWAV
- (
- char *sample,
- int pitchoffset,
- int angle,
- int volume,
- int priority,
- unsigned long callbackval
- )
-
- {- VoiceNode *voice;
- int handle;
- int channels;
- int bits;
- int length;
- riff_header *riff;
- format_header *format;
- data_header *data;
-
- riff = ( riff_header * )sample;
-
- if ( ( strncmp( riff->RIFF, "RIFF", 4 ) != 0 ) ||
- ( strncmp( riff->WAVE, "WAVE", 4 ) != 0 ) ||
- ( strncmp( riff->fmt, "fmt ", 4) != 0 ) )
- {- GUSWAVE_SetErrorCode( GUSWAVE_InvalidWAVFile );
- return( GUSWAVE_Error );
- }
-
- format = ( format_header * )( riff + 1 );
- data = ( data_header * )( ( ( char * )format ) + riff->format_size );
-
- if ( format->wFormatTag != 1 )
- {- GUSWAVE_SetErrorCode( GUSWAVE_InvalidWAVFile );
- return( GUSWAVE_Error );
- }
-
- channels = format->nChannels;
- if ( ( channels != 1 ) && ( channels != 2 ) )
- {- GUSWAVE_SetErrorCode( GUSWAVE_InvalidWAVFile );
- return( GUSWAVE_Error );
- }
-
- bits = format->nBitsPerSample;
- if ( ( bits != 8 ) && ( bits != 16 ) )
- {- GUSWAVE_SetErrorCode( GUSWAVE_InvalidWAVFile );
- return( GUSWAVE_Error );
- }
-
- if ( strncmp( data->DATA, "data", 4 ) != 0 )
- {- GUSWAVE_SetErrorCode( GUSWAVE_InvalidWAVFile );
- return( GUSWAVE_Error );
- }
-
- // Request a voice from the voice pool
- voice = GUSWAVE_AllocVoice( priority );
- if ( voice == NULL )
- {- if ( GUS_Debug )
- {- DB_printf( "No more voices. Skipping sound.\n" );
- }
- GUSWAVE_SetErrorCode( GUSWAVE_NoVoices );
- return( GUSWAVE_Warning );
- }
-
- voice->wavetype = WAV;
- voice->bits = bits;
- voice->GetSound = GUSWAVE_GetNextWAVBlock;
-
- length = data->size;
-
- voice->Playing = TRUE;
- voice->DemandFeed = NULL;
- voice->LoopStart = NULL;
- voice->LoopCount = 0;
- voice->length = min( length, 0x8000 );
- voice->BlockLength = length - voice->length;// min( loopend + 1, data->size );
- voice->sound = ( char * )( data + 1 );
- voice->NextBlock = voice->sound + voice->length;
- voice->next = NULL;
- voice->prev = NULL;
- voice->priority = priority;
- voice->callbackval = callbackval;
- voice->LoopStart = NULL;// voice->NextBlock + loopstart;
- voice->LoopEnd = NULL;//voice->NextBlock + min( loopend, data->size - 1 );
- voice->LoopSize = 0;//( voice->LoopEnd - voice->LoopStart ) + 1;
- voice->PitchScale = PITCH_GetScale( pitchoffset );
- voice->SamplingRate = format->nSamplesPerSec;
- voice->RateScale = ( voice->SamplingRate * voice->PitchScale ) >> 16;
-
- handle = GUSWAVE_Play( voice, angle, volume, channels );
-
- return( handle );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_StartDemandFeedPlayback
-
- Begins playback of digitized sound.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int GUSWAVE_StartDemandFeedPlayback
- (
- void ( *function )( char **ptr, unsigned long *length ),
- int channels,
- int bits,
- int rate,
- int pitchoffset,
- int angle,
- int volume,
- int priority,
- unsigned long callbackval
- )
-
- {- VoiceNode *voice;
- int handle;
-
- // Request a voice from the voice pool
- voice = GUSWAVE_AllocVoice( priority );
- if ( voice == NULL )
- {- if ( GUS_Debug )
- {- DB_printf( "No more voices. Skipping sound.\n" );
- }
- GUSWAVE_SetErrorCode( GUSWAVE_NoVoices );
- return( GUSWAVE_Warning );
- }
-
- voice->wavetype = DemandFeed;
- voice->bits = bits;
- voice->GetSound = GUSWAVE_GetNextDemandFeedBlock;
- voice->Playing = TRUE;
- voice->DemandFeed = function;
- voice->LoopStart = NULL;
- voice->LoopCount = 0;
- voice->BlockLength = 0;
- voice->length = 256;
- voice->sound = ( bits == 8 ) ? GUS_Silence8 : ( char * )GUS_Silence16;
- voice->NextBlock = NULL;
- voice->next = NULL;
- voice->prev = NULL;
- voice->priority = priority;
- voice->callbackval = callbackval;
- voice->PitchScale = PITCH_GetScale( pitchoffset );
- voice->SamplingRate = rate;
- voice->RateScale = ( voice->SamplingRate * voice->PitchScale ) >> 16;
-
- handle = GUSWAVE_Play( voice, angle, volume, channels );
-
- return( handle );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_SetReverseStereo
-
- Set the orientation of the left and right channels.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void GUSWAVE_SetReverseStereo
- (
- int setting
- )
-
- {- GUSWAVE_SwapLeftRight = setting;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_GetReverseStereo
-
- Returns the orientation of the left and right channels.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int GUSWAVE_GetReverseStereo
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- return( GUSWAVE_SwapLeftRight );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_InitVoices
-
- Begins playback of digitized sound.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static int GUSWAVE_InitVoices
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int i;
-
- for( i = 0; i < MAX_VOICES; i++ )
- {- VoiceStatus[ i ].playing = FALSE;
- VoiceStatus[ i ].Voice = NULL;
- }
-
- VoicePool.start = NULL;
- VoicePool.end = NULL;
- VoiceList.start = NULL;
- VoiceList.end = NULL;
-
- for( i = 0; i < VOICES; i++ )
- {- GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ].num = -1;
- GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ].Active = FALSE;
- GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ].GF1voice = -1;
- GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ].mem = NULL;
- }
-
- for( i = 0; i < VOICES; i++ )
- {- GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ].num = i;
- GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ].Active = FALSE;
- GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ].GF1voice = 0;
-
- GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ].mem = gf1_malloc( GF1BSIZE );
- if ( GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ].mem == NULL )
- {- GUSWAVE_MaxVoices = i;
- if ( i < 1 )
- {- if ( GUSMIDI_Installed )
- {- GUSWAVE_SetErrorCode( GUSWAVE_UltraNoMemMIDI );
- }
- else
- {- GUSWAVE_SetErrorCode( GUSWAVE_UltraNoMem );
- }
- return( GUSWAVE_Error );
- }
-
- break;
- }
-
- LL_AddToTail( VoiceNode, &VoicePool, &GUSWAVE_Voices[ i ] );
- }
-
- return( GUSWAVE_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_SetCallBack
-
- Set the function to call when a voice stops.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void GUSWAVE_SetCallBack
- (
- void ( *function )( unsigned long )
- )
-
- {- GUSWAVE_CallBackFunc = function;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: GUSWAVE_Init
-
- Initializes the Gravis Ultrasound for digitized sound playback.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int GUSWAVE_Init
- (
- int numvoices
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- if ( GUSWAVE_Installed )
- {- GUSWAVE_Shutdown();
- }
-
- GUSWAVE_SetErrorCode( GUSWAVE_Ok );
-
- status = GUS_Init();
- if ( status != GUS_Ok )
- {- GUSWAVE_SetErrorCode( GUSWAVE_GUSError );
- return( GUSWAVE_Error );
- }
-
- GUS_Debug = USER_CheckParameter( "DEBUGGUS" );
-
- GUSWAVE_MaxVoices = min( numvoices, VOICES );
- GUSWAVE_MaxVoices = max( GUSWAVE_MaxVoices, 0 );
-
- status = GUSWAVE_InitVoices();
- if ( status != GUSWAVE_Ok )
- {- GUS_Shutdown();
- return( status );
- }
-
- GUSWAVE_SetReverseStereo( FALSE );
-
- GUSWAVE_CallBackFunc = NULL;
- GUSWAVE_Installed = TRUE;
-
- return( GUSWAVE_Ok );
- }
--- a/src/audiolib/guswave.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: GUSWAVE.H
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: March 23, 1994
-
- Public header for for GUSWAVE.C
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __GUSWAVE_H
-#define __GUSWAVE_H
-
-#define GUSWAVE_MinVoiceHandle 1
-
-enum GUSWAVE_Errors
- {- GUSWAVE_Warning = -2,
- GUSWAVE_Error = -1,
- GUSWAVE_Ok = 0,
- GUSWAVE_GUSError,
- GUSWAVE_NotInstalled,
- GUSWAVE_NoVoices,
- GUSWAVE_UltraNoMem,
- GUSWAVE_UltraNoMemMIDI,
- GUSWAVE_VoiceNotFound,
- GUSWAVE_InvalidVOCFile,
- GUSWAVE_InvalidWAVFile
- };
-
-char *GUSWAVE_ErrorString( int ErrorNumber );
-int GUSWAVE_VoicePlaying( int handle );
-int GUSWAVE_VoicesPlaying( void );
-int GUSWAVE_Kill( int handle );
-int GUSWAVE_KillAllVoices( void );
-int GUSWAVE_SetPitch( int handle, int pitchoffset );
-int GUSWAVE_SetPan3D( int handle, int angle, int distance );
-void GUSWAVE_SetVolume( int volume );
-int GUSWAVE_GetVolume( void );
-int GUSWAVE_VoiceAvailable( int priority );
-int GUSWAVE_PlayVOC( char *sample, int pitchoffset, int angle, int volume,
- int priority, unsigned long callbackval );
-int GUSWAVE_PlayWAV( char *sample, int pitchoffset, int angle, int volume,
- int priority, unsigned long callbackval );
-int GUSWAVE_StartDemandFeedPlayback( void ( *function )( char **ptr, unsigned long *length ),
- int channels, int bits, int rate, int pitchoffset, int angle,
- int volume, int priority, unsigned long callbackval );
-void GUSWAVE_SetCallBack( void ( *function )( unsigned long ) );
-void GUSWAVE_SetReverseStereo( int setting );
-int GUSWAVE_GetReverseStereo( void );
-int GUSWAVE_Init( int numvoices );
-void GUSWAVE_Shutdown( void );
-#pragma aux GUSWAVE_Shutdown frame;
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/irq.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,323 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: IRQ.C
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: August 26, 1994
-
- Low level routines to set and restore IRQ's through DPMI.
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include <dos.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "irq.h"
-
-#define D32RealSeg(P) ( ( ( ( unsigned long )( P ) ) >> 4 ) & 0xFFFF )
-#define D32RealOff(P) ( ( ( unsigned long )( P ) ) & 0xF )
-
-typedef struct
- {- unsigned long drdi;
- unsigned long drsi;
- unsigned long drbp;
- unsigned long drxx;
- unsigned long drbx;
- unsigned long drdx;
- unsigned long drcx;
- unsigned long drax;
-
- unsigned short drflags;
- unsigned short dres;
- unsigned short drds;
- unsigned short drfs;
- unsigned short drgs;
- unsigned short drip;
- unsigned short drcs;
- unsigned short drsp;
- unsigned short drss;
- } DPMI_REGS;
-
-static DPMI_REGS rmregs = { 0 };-static void ( __interrupt __far *IRQ_Callback )( void ) = NULL;
-
-static char *IRQ_RealModeCode = NULL;
-
-static unsigned short IRQ_CallBackSegment;
-static unsigned short IRQ_CallBackOffset;
-static unsigned short IRQ_RealModeSegment;
-static unsigned short IRQ_RealModeOffset;
-static unsigned long IRQ_ProtectedModeOffset;
-static unsigned short IRQ_ProtectedModeSelector;
-
-static union REGS Regs;
-static struct SREGS SegRegs;
-
-static void *D32DosMemAlloc
- (
- unsigned long size
- )
-
- {- // DPMI allocate DOS memory
- Regs.x.eax = 0x0100;
-
- // Number of paragraphs requested
- Regs.x.ebx = ( size + 15 ) >> 4;
-
- int386( 0x31, &Regs, &Regs );
-
- if ( Regs.x.cflag != 0 )
- {- // Failed
- return ( ( unsigned long )0 );
- }
-
- return( ( void * )( ( Regs.x.eax & 0xFFFF ) << 4 ) );
- }
-
-// Intermediary function: DPMI calls this, making it
-// easier to write in C
-// handle 16-bit incoming stack
-
-void fixebp
- (
- void
- );
-
-#pragma aux fixebp = \
- "mov bx, ss" \
- "lar ebx, ebx" \
- "bt ebx, 22" \
- "jc bigstk" \
- "movzx esp, sp" \
- "mov ebp, esp" \
- "bigstk:" \
-modify exact [ ebx ];
-
-#pragma aux rmcallback parm [];
-
-void rmcallback
- (
- unsigned short _far *stkp
- )
-
- {- // "Pop" the real mode return frame so we
- // can resume where we left off
- rmregs.drip = *stkp++;
- rmregs.drcs = *stkp++;
-
- rmregs.drsp = FP_OFF(stkp);
-
- // Call protected-mode handler
- IRQ_Callback();
- }
-
-static void _interrupt _cdecl callback_x
- (
- // regs pushed in this order by prologue
-
- int rgs,
- int rfs,
- int res,
- int rds,
- int rdi,
- int rsi,
- int rbp,
- int rsp,
- int rbx,
- int rdx,
- int rcx,
- int rax
- )
-
- {-// unsigned short _far *stkp;
-// return;
-
- fixebp();
- rmcallback (MK_FP(rds, rsi));
- }
-
-/*
-static void _interrupt _cdecl callback_x
- (
- // regs pushed in this order by prologue
-
- int rgs,
- int rfs,
- int res,
- int rds,
- int rdi,
- int rsi,
- int rbp,
- int rsp,
- int rbx,
- int rdx,
- int rcx,
- int rax
- )
-
- {- unsigned short _far *stkp;
-
- fixebp();
- stkp = MK_FP(rds, rsi);
-
- // "Pop" the real mode return frame so we
- // can resume where we left off
- rmregs.drip = *stkp++;
- rmregs.drcs = *stkp++;
-
- rmregs.drsp = FP_OFF(stkp);
-
- // Call protected-mode handler
- IRQ_Callback();
- }
-*/
-
-
-int IRQ_SetVector
- (
- int vector,
- void ( __interrupt __far *function )( void )
- )
-
- {- void far *fp;
-
- IRQ_Callback = function;
-
- // Save the starting real-mode and protected-mode handler addresses
-
- // DPMI get protected mode vector */
- Regs.w.ax = 0x0204;
- Regs.w.bx = vector;
- int386( 0x31, &Regs, &Regs );
- IRQ_ProtectedModeSelector = Regs.w.cx;
- IRQ_ProtectedModeOffset = Regs.x.edx;
-
- // DPMI get real mode vector
- Regs.w.ax = 0x0200;
- Regs.w.bx = vector;
- int386( 0x31, &Regs, &Regs );
- IRQ_RealModeSegment = Regs.w.cx;
- IRQ_RealModeOffset = Regs.w.dx;
-
- // Set up callback
- // DPMI allocate real mode callback
- Regs.w.ax = 0x0303;
- fp = ( void far * )callback_x;
- SegRegs.ds = FP_SEG( fp );
- Regs.x.esi = FP_OFF( fp );
- fp = ( void _far * )&rmregs;
- SegRegs.es = FP_SEG( fp );
- Regs.x.edi = FP_OFF( fp );
- int386x( 0x31, &Regs, &Regs, &SegRegs );
-
- IRQ_CallBackSegment = Regs.w.cx;
- IRQ_CallBackOffset = Regs.w.dx;
-
- if ( Regs.x.cflag != 0 )
- {- return( IRQ_Error );
- }
-
- if ( IRQ_RealModeCode == NULL )
- {- // Allocate 6 bytes of low memory for real mode interrupt handler
- IRQ_RealModeCode = D32DosMemAlloc( 6 );
- if ( IRQ_RealModeCode == NULL )
- {- // Free callback
- Regs.w.ax = 0x304;
- Regs.w.cx = IRQ_CallBackSegment;
- Regs.w.dx = IRQ_CallBackOffset;
- int386x( 0x31, &Regs, &Regs, &SegRegs );
-
- return( IRQ_Error );
- }
- }
-
- // Poke code (to call callback) into real mode handler
-
- // CALL FAR PTR (callback)
- IRQ_RealModeCode[ 0 ] = '\x9A';
- *( ( unsigned short * )&IRQ_RealModeCode[ 1 ] ) = IRQ_CallBackOffset;
- *( ( unsigned short * )&IRQ_RealModeCode[ 3 ] ) = IRQ_CallBackSegment;
-
- // IRET
- IRQ_RealModeCode[ 5 ] = '\xCF';
-
- // Install protected mode handler
- // DPMI set protected mode vector
- Regs.w.ax = 0x0205;
- Regs.w.bx = vector;
- fp = function;
-
- Regs.w.cx = FP_SEG( fp );
- Regs.x.edx = FP_OFF( fp );
- int386( 0x31, &Regs, &Regs );
-
- // Install callback address as real mode handler
- // DPMI set real mode vector
- Regs.w.ax = 0x0201;
- Regs.w.bx = vector;
- Regs.w.cx = D32RealSeg( IRQ_RealModeCode );
- Regs.w.dx = D32RealOff( IRQ_RealModeCode );
- int386( 0x31, &Regs, &Regs );
-
- return( IRQ_Ok );
- }
-
-int IRQ_RestoreVector
- (
- int vector
- )
-
- {- // Restore original interrupt handlers
- // DPMI set real mode vector
- Regs.w.ax = 0x0201;
- Regs.w.bx = vector;
- Regs.w.cx = IRQ_RealModeSegment;
- Regs.w.dx = IRQ_RealModeOffset;
- int386( 0x31, &Regs, &Regs );
-
- Regs.w.ax = 0x0205;
- Regs.w.bx = vector;
- Regs.w.cx = IRQ_ProtectedModeSelector;
- Regs.x.edx = IRQ_ProtectedModeOffset;
- int386( 0x31, &Regs, &Regs );
-
- // Free callback
- Regs.w.ax = 0x304;
- Regs.w.cx = IRQ_CallBackSegment;
- Regs.w.dx = IRQ_CallBackOffset;
- int386x( 0x31, &Regs, &Regs, &SegRegs );
-
- if ( Regs.x.cflag )
- {- return( IRQ_Error );
- }
-
- return( IRQ_Ok );
- }
--- a/src/audiolib/irq.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: IRQ.H
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: August 8, 1994
-
- Public header for IRQ.C
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __IRQ_H
-#define __IRQ_H
-
-enum IRQ_ERRORS
- {- IRQ_Warning = -2,
- IRQ_Error = -1,
- IRQ_Ok = 0,
- };
-
-#define VALID_IRQ( irq ) ( ( ( irq ) >= 0 ) && ( ( irq ) <= 15 ) )
-
-int IRQ_SetVector
- (
- int vector,
- void ( __interrupt *function )( void )
- );
-int IRQ_RestoreVector
- (
- int vector
- );
-
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/leetimbr.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,288 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-typedef struct
- {- unsigned char SAVEK[ 2 ];
- unsigned char Level[ 2 ];
- unsigned char Env1[ 2 ];
- unsigned char Env2[ 2 ];
- unsigned char Wave[ 2 ];
- unsigned char Feedback;
- signed char Transpose;
- signed char Velocity;
- } TIMBRE;
-
-TIMBRE ADLIB_TimbreBank[ 256 ] =
- {- { { 33, 49 }, { 79, 0 }, { 242, 210 }, { 82, 115 }, { 0, 0 }, 6, 0 },- { { 19, 17 }, { 198, 10 }, { 242, 241 }, { 245, 245 }, { 1, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 3, 18 }, { 48, 16 }, { 246, 242 }, { 25, 244 }, { 0, 0 }, 15, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 24, 129 }, { 98, 0 }, { 243, 242 }, { 230, 246 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 23, 2 }, { 79, 16 }, { 242, 242 }, { 96, 114 }, { 0, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 178, 176 }, { 192, 134 }, { 159, 148 }, { 6, 15 }, { 1, 1 }, 9, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 178, 176 }, { 192, 128 }, { 159, 148 }, { 6, 15 }, { 1, 1 }, 9, 0 },- { { 130, 128 }, { 192, 134 }, { 145, 145 }, { 246, 246 }, { 1, 1 }, 9, 0 },- { { 36, 49 }, { 79, 27 }, { 242, 82 }, { 11, 11 }, { 0, 0 }, 14, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 35, 33 }, { 72, 0 }, { 149, 132 }, { 25, 25 }, { 1, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 19, 49 }, { 150, 128 }, { 254, 242 }, { 33, 148 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 1, 17 }, { 77, 0 }, { 242, 245 }, { 83, 116 }, { 1, 1 }, 8, 0 },- { { 33, 40 }, { 1, 9 }, { 148, 148 }, { 25, 9 }, { 0, 0 }, 6, 0 },- { { 33, 40 }, { 1, 19 }, { 148, 148 }, { 25, 9 }, { 0, 0 }, 6, 0 },- { { 36, 194 }, { 138, 3 }, { 250, 145 }, { 111, 248 }, { 0, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 33 }, { 26, 0 }, { 241, 246 }, { 207, 72 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 1, 34 }, { 29, 0 }, { 183, 196 }, { 34, 55 }, { 0, 0 }, 14, 0 },- { { 49, 34 }, { 30, 0 }, { 242, 241 }, { 239, 104 }, { 0, 0 }, 14, 0 },- { { 49, 34 }, { 30, 0 }, { 242, 245 }, { 239, 120 }, { 0, 0 }, 14, 0 },- { { 49, 34 }, { 30, 0 }, { 242, 245 }, { 239, 120 }, { 0, 0 }, 14, 0 },- { { 17, 49 }, { 5, 9 }, { 249, 241 }, { 37, 52 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 17, 49 }, { 5, 0 }, { 249, 241 }, { 37, 52 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 49, 114 }, { 138, 0 }, { 213, 97 }, { 25, 27 }, { 0, 0 }, 12, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 17, 17 }, { 150, 128 }, { 165, 245 }, { 85, 179 }, { 2, 1 }, 12, 0 },- { { 1, 17 }, { 156, 128 }, { 128, 240 }, { 5, 6 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 17, 17 }, { 150, 128 }, { 165, 245 }, { 85, 179 }, { 2, 1 }, 12, 0 },- { { 2, 1 }, { 153, 128 }, { 245, 246 }, { 85, 83 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 192, 0 }, { 13, 0 }, { 165, 212 }, { 67, 35 }, { 2, 1 }, 0, 0 },- { { 33, 32 }, { 88, 0 }, { 194, 97 }, { 227, 22 }, { 1, 3 }, 0, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 34 }, { 22, 0 }, { 176, 179 }, { 129, 44 }, { 0, 1 }, 12, 0 },- { { 49, 114 }, { 91, 131 }, { 244, 138 }, { 21, 5 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 33 }, { 29, 0 }, { 113, 129 }, { 174, 158 }, { 0, 0 }, 14, 0 },- { { 49, 97 }, { 28, 128 }, { 65, 146 }, { 11, 59 }, { 0, 0 }, 14, 0 },- { { 49, 241 }, { 28, 0 }, { 65, 146 }, { 11, 27 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 33 }, { 155, 0 }, { 97, 127 }, { 106, 10 }, { 0, 0 }, 2, 0 },- { { 225, 226 }, { 21, 3 }, { 113, 129 }, { 174, 158 }, { 0, 0 }, 14, 0 },- { { 33, 33 }, { 29, 0 }, { 113, 129 }, { 174, 158 }, { 0, 0 }, 14, 0 },- { { 33, 33 }, { 77, 0 }, { 84, 166 }, { 60, 28 }, { 0, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 50 }, { 79, 0 }, { 113, 82 }, { 83, 76 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 33, 50 }, { 79, 0 }, { 113, 82 }, { 83, 76 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 32, 49 }, { 78, 0 }, { 113, 82 }, { 104, 94 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 33, 33 }, { 75, 0 }, { 170, 143 }, { 22, 10 }, { 1, 0 }, 8, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 50, 97 }, { 154, 130 }, { 81, 162 }, { 27, 59 }, { 0, 0 }, 12, 0 },- { { 50, 33 }, { 192, 0 }, { 155, 114 }, { 33, 7 }, { 0, 0 }, 4, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 162 }, { 131, 141 }, { 116, 101 }, { 23, 23 }, { 0, 0 }, 7, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 225, 98 }, { 236, 0 }, { 110, 101 }, { 143, 42 }, { 0, 0 }, 14, 0 },- { { 50, 33 }, { 144, 0 }, { 155, 114 }, { 33, 23 }, { 0, 0 }, 4, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 245, 242 }, { 154, 128 }, { 12, 96 }, { 199, 165 }, { 0, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 98, 161 }, { 147, 0 }, { 119, 118 }, { 7, 7 }, { 0, 0 }, 11, 0 },- { { 34, 33 }, { 89, 8 }, { 255, 255 }, { 3, 15 }, { 2, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 33, 33 }, { 29, 0 }, { 113, 129 }, { 14, 14 }, { 0, 0 }, 14, 0 },- { { 34, 33 }, { 70, 128 }, { 134, 100 }, { 85, 24 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 113, 114 }, { 93, 0 }, { 84, 106 }, { 1, 3 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 0, 17 }, { 13, 128 }, { 241, 80 }, { 255, 255 }, { 0, 0 }, 6, 0 },- { { 33, 97 }, { 137, 3 }, { 17, 66 }, { 51, 37 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 0, 49 }, { 16, 128 }, { 17, 176 }, { 239, 15 }, { 0, 0 }, 10, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 164, 97 }, { 76, 16 }, { 243, 129 }, { 115, 35 }, { 1, 0 }, 4, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 1, 1 }, { 0, 0 }, { 255, 255 }, { 7, 7 }, { 0, 0 }, 7, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 1, 221 }, { 0, 0 }, { 246, 31 }, { 0, 6 }, { 2, 3 }, 12, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 36 },- { { 16, 17 }, { 68, 0 }, { 248, 243 }, { 119, 6 }, { 2, 0 }, 8, 36 },- { { 3, 15 }, { 0, 0 }, { 251, 245 }, { 43, 11 }, { 2, 0 }, 15, 36 },- { { 33, 0 }, { 128, 0 }, { 255, 249 }, { 7, 7 }, { 0, 1 }, 14, 36 },- { { 240, 229 }, { 192, 0 }, { 255, 251 }, { 255, 240 }, { 3, 0 }, 14, 48 },- { { 33, 0 }, { 128, 0 }, { 255, 248 }, { 10, 25 }, { 0, 1 }, 14, 36 },- { { 1, 0 }, { 0, 0 }, { 250, 242 }, { 124, 4 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 48 },- { { 12, 18 }, { 0, 0 }, { 246, 251 }, { 8, 71 }, { 0, 2 }, 10, 69 },- { { 1, 0 }, { 0, 0 }, { 250, 242 }, { 124, 4 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 52 },- { { 14, 0 }, { 64, 8 }, { 118, 119 }, { 79, 24 }, { 0, 2 }, 14, 48 },- { { 1, 0 }, { 0, 0 }, { 250, 242 }, { 124, 4 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 55 },- { { 2, 5 }, { 3, 10 }, { 180, 151 }, { 4, 247 }, { 0, 0 }, 14, 57 },- { { 1, 0 }, { 0, 0 }, { 250, 242 }, { 124, 4 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 58 },- { { 1, 0 }, { 0, 0 }, { 250, 242 }, { 124, 4 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 60 },- { { 1, 221 }, { 12, 0 }, { 246, 159 }, { 0, 2 }, { 0, 3 }, 12, 62 },- { { 1, 0 }, { 0, 0 }, { 250, 242 }, { 124, 4 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 63 },- { { 12, 18 }, { 0, 0 }, { 246, 203 }, { 2, 67 }, { 0, 2 }, 10, 70 },- { { 12, 18 }, { 0, 0 }, { 246, 203 }, { 2, 19 }, { 0, 2 }, 10, 70 },- { { 14, 7 }, { 6, 68 }, { 248, 244 }, { 66, 228 }, { 3, 3 }, 14, 53 },- { { 14, 0 }, { 64, 8 }, { 150, 183 }, { 79, 24 }, { 0, 2 }, 14, 48 },- { { 1, 221 }, { 0, 0 }, { 246, 159 }, { 0, 2 }, { 2, 3 }, 12, 84 },- { { 2, 9 }, { 27, 0 }, { 245, 246 }, { 118, 214 }, { 2, 0 }, 4, 43 },- { { 0, 223 }, { 9, 0 }, { 246, 147 }, { 0, 67 }, { 0, 2 }, 14, 56 },- { { 128, 144 }, { 13, 0 }, { 248, 159 }, { 0, 4 }, { 2, 3 }, 14, 24 },- { { 12, 18 }, { 0, 0 }, { 246, 203 }, { 2, 67 }, { 0, 2 }, 10, 65 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 1, 2 }, { 84, 0 }, { 250, 248 }, { 141, 184 }, { 0, 0 }, 6, 48 },- { { 1, 2 }, { 84, 0 }, { 250, 248 }, { 141, 184 }, { 0, 0 }, 6, 51 },- { { 1, 2 }, { 84, 0 }, { 250, 248 }, { 141, 184 }, { 0, 0 }, 6, 54 },- { { 2, 4 }, { 0, 0 }, { 250, 200 }, { 191, 151 }, { 0, 0 }, 11, 42 },- { { 2, 4 }, { 0, 0 }, { 250, 200 }, { 191, 151 }, { 0, 0 }, 11, 39 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 14, 0 }, { 64, 8 }, { 118, 119 }, { 79, 24 }, { 0, 2 }, 14, 64 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 128, 17 }, { 0, 0 }, { 255, 111 }, { 6, 22 }, { 3, 0 }, 14, 52 },- { { 128, 17 }, { 0, 0 }, { 255, 79 }, { 6, 22 }, { 3, 0 }, 14, 52 },- { { 6, 21 }, { 63, 0 }, { 0, 247 }, { 244, 245 }, { 0, 0 }, 1, 60 },- { { 6, 21 }, { 63, 0 }, { 0, 247 }, { 244, 245 }, { 0, 0 }, 1, 66 },- { { 6, 21 }, { 63, 0 }, { 0, 247 }, { 244, 245 }, { 0, 0 }, 1, 59 },- { { 65, 66 }, { 69, 0 }, { 252, 105 }, { 69, 5 }, { 0, 0 }, 0, 91 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 23, 2 }, { 79, 16 }, { 242, 242 }, { 96, 114 }, { 0, 0 }, 8, 109 },- { { 14, 0 }, { 64, 8 }, { 118, 119 }, { 79, 24 }, { 0, 2 }, 14, 64 },- { { 133, 132 }, { 5, 64 }, { 249, 214 }, { 50, 165 }, { 3, 0 }, 14, 79 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 },- { { 33, 17 }, { 17, 0 }, { 163, 196 }, { 67, 34 }, { 2, 0 }, 13, 0 }- };
--- a/src/audiolib/midi.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2263 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: MIDI.C
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: May 25, 1994
-
- Midi song file playback routines.
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include <dos.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "sndcards.h"
-#include "interrup.h"
-#include "dpmi.h"
-#include "standard.h"
-#include "task_man.h"
-#include "ll_man.h"
-#include "usrhooks.h"
-#include "music.h"
-#include "_midi.h"
-#include "midi.h"
-#include "debugio.h"
-
-extern int MUSIC_SoundDevice;
-
-static const int _MIDI_CommandLengths[ NUM_MIDI_CHANNELS ] =
- {- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 1, 2, 0
- };
-
-static int cdecl ( *_MIDI_RerouteFunctions[ NUM_MIDI_CHANNELS ] )
- (
- int event,
- int c1,
- int c2
- ) = { NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL };
-
-static track *_MIDI_TrackPtr = NULL;
-static int _MIDI_TrackMemSize;
-static int _MIDI_NumTracks;
-
-static int _MIDI_SongActive = FALSE;
-static int _MIDI_SongLoaded = FALSE;
-static int _MIDI_Loop = FALSE;
-
-static task *_MIDI_PlayRoutine = NULL;
-
-static int _MIDI_Division;
-static int _MIDI_Tick = 0;
-static int _MIDI_Beat = 1;
-static int _MIDI_Measure = 1;
-static unsigned _MIDI_Time;
-static int _MIDI_BeatsPerMeasure;
-static int _MIDI_TicksPerBeat;
-static int _MIDI_TimeBase;
-static long _MIDI_FPSecondsPerTick;
-static unsigned _MIDI_TotalTime;
-static int _MIDI_TotalTicks;
-static int _MIDI_TotalBeats;
-static int _MIDI_TotalMeasures;
-
-static unsigned long _MIDI_PositionInTicks;
-
-static int _MIDI_Context;
-
-static int _MIDI_ActiveTracks;
-static int _MIDI_TotalVolume = MIDI_MaxVolume;
-
-static int _MIDI_ChannelVolume[ NUM_MIDI_CHANNELS ];
-static int _MIDI_UserChannelVolume[ NUM_MIDI_CHANNELS ] =
- {- 256, 256, 256, 256, 256, 256, 256, 256,
- 256, 256, 256, 256, 256, 256, 256, 256
- };
-
-static midifuncs *_MIDI_Funcs = NULL;
-
-static int Reset = FALSE;
-
-int MIDI_Tempo = 120;
-
-char MIDI_PatchMap[ 128 ];
-
-
-/**********************************************************************
-
- Memory locked functions:
-
-**********************************************************************/
-
-
-#define MIDI_LockStart _MIDI_ReadNumber
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: _MIDI_ReadNumber
-
- Reads a variable length number from a MIDI track.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static long _MIDI_ReadNumber
- (
- void *from,
- size_t size
- )
-
- {- unsigned char *FromPtr;
- long value;
-
- if ( size > 4 )
- {- size = 4;
- }
-
- FromPtr = ( unsigned char * )from;
-
- value = 0;
- while( size-- )
- {- value <<= 8;
- value += *FromPtr++;
- }
-
- return( value );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: _MIDI_ReadDelta
-
- Reads a variable length encoded delta delay time from the MIDI data.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static long _MIDI_ReadDelta
- (
- track *ptr
- )
-
- {- long value;
- unsigned char c;
-
- GET_NEXT_EVENT( ptr, value );
-
- if ( value & 0x80 )
- {- value &= 0x7f;
- do
- {- GET_NEXT_EVENT( ptr, c );
- value = ( value << 7 ) + ( c & 0x7f );
- }
- while ( c & 0x80 );
- }
-
- return( value );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: _MIDI_ResetTracks
-
- Sets the track pointers to the beginning of the song.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void _MIDI_ResetTracks
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int i;
- track *ptr;
-
- _MIDI_Tick = 0;
- _MIDI_Beat = 1;
- _MIDI_Measure = 1;
- _MIDI_Time = 0;
- _MIDI_BeatsPerMeasure = 4;
- _MIDI_TicksPerBeat = _MIDI_Division;
- _MIDI_TimeBase = 4;
-
- _MIDI_PositionInTicks = 0;
- _MIDI_ActiveTracks = 0;
- _MIDI_Context = 0;
-
- ptr = _MIDI_TrackPtr;
- for( i = 0; i < _MIDI_NumTracks; i++ )
- {- ptr->pos = ptr->start;
- ptr->delay = _MIDI_ReadDelta( ptr );
- ptr->active = ptr->EMIDI_IncludeTrack;
- ptr->RunningStatus = 0;
- ptr->currentcontext = 0;
- ptr->context[ 0 ].loopstart = ptr->start;
- ptr->context[ 0 ].loopcount = 0;
-
- if ( ptr->active )
- {- _MIDI_ActiveTracks++;
- }
-
- ptr++;
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: _MIDI_AdvanceTick
-
- Increment tick counters.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void _MIDI_AdvanceTick
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- _MIDI_PositionInTicks++;
- _MIDI_Time += _MIDI_FPSecondsPerTick;
-
- _MIDI_Tick++;
- while( _MIDI_Tick > _MIDI_TicksPerBeat )
- {- _MIDI_Tick -= _MIDI_TicksPerBeat;
- _MIDI_Beat++;
- }
- while( _MIDI_Beat > _MIDI_BeatsPerMeasure )
- {- _MIDI_Beat -= _MIDI_BeatsPerMeasure;
- _MIDI_Measure++;
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: _MIDI_SysEx
-
- Interpret SysEx Event.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void _MIDI_SysEx
- (
- track *Track
- )
-
- {- int length;
-
- length = _MIDI_ReadDelta( Track );
- Track->pos += length;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: _MIDI_MetaEvent
-
- Interpret Meta Event.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void _MIDI_MetaEvent
- (
- track *Track
- )
-
- {- int command;
- int length;
- int denominator;
- long tempo;
-
- GET_NEXT_EVENT( Track, command );
- GET_NEXT_EVENT( Track, length );
-
- switch( command )
- {- case MIDI_END_OF_TRACK :
- Track->active = FALSE;
-
- _MIDI_ActiveTracks--;
- break;
-
- case MIDI_TEMPO_CHANGE :
- tempo = 60000000L / _MIDI_ReadNumber( Track->pos, 3 );
- MIDI_SetTempo( tempo );
- break;
-
- case MIDI_TIME_SIGNATURE :
- if ( ( _MIDI_Tick > 0 ) || ( _MIDI_Beat > 1 ) )
- {- _MIDI_Measure++;
- }
-
- _MIDI_Tick = 0;
- _MIDI_Beat = 1;
-
- _MIDI_BeatsPerMeasure = (int)*Track->pos;
- denominator = (int)*( Track->pos + 1 );
- _MIDI_TimeBase = 1;
- while( denominator > 0 )
- {- _MIDI_TimeBase += _MIDI_TimeBase;
- denominator--;
- }
- _MIDI_TicksPerBeat = ( _MIDI_Division * 4 ) / _MIDI_TimeBase;
- break;
- }
-
- Track->pos += length;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: _MIDI_InterpretControllerInfo
-
- Interprets the MIDI controller info.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static int _MIDI_InterpretControllerInfo
- (
- track *Track,
- int TimeSet,
- int channel,
- int c1,
- int c2
- )
-
- {- track *trackptr;
- int tracknum;
- int loopcount;
-
- switch( c1 )
- {- case MIDI_MONO_MODE_ON :
- Track->pos++;
- break;
-
- case MIDI_VOLUME :
- if ( !Track->EMIDI_VolumeChange )
- {- _MIDI_SetChannelVolume( channel, c2 );
- }
- break;
-
- case EMIDI_INCLUDE_TRACK :
- case EMIDI_EXCLUDE_TRACK :
- break;
-
- case EMIDI_PROGRAM_CHANGE :
- if ( Track->EMIDI_ProgramChange )
- {- _MIDI_Funcs->ProgramChange( channel, MIDI_PatchMap[ c2 & 0x7f ] );
- }
- break;
-
- case EMIDI_VOLUME_CHANGE :
- if ( Track->EMIDI_VolumeChange )
- {- _MIDI_SetChannelVolume( channel, c2 );
- }
- break;
-
- case EMIDI_CONTEXT_START :
- break;
-
- case EMIDI_CONTEXT_END :
- if ( ( Track->currentcontext == _MIDI_Context ) ||
- ( _MIDI_Context < 0 ) ||
- ( Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].pos == NULL ) )
- {- break;
- }
-
- Track->currentcontext = _MIDI_Context;
- Track->context[ 0 ].loopstart = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].loopstart;
- Track->context[ 0 ].loopcount = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].loopcount;
- Track->pos = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].pos;
- Track->RunningStatus = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].RunningStatus;
-
- if ( TimeSet )
- {- break;
- }
-
- _MIDI_Time = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].time;
- _MIDI_FPSecondsPerTick = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].FPSecondsPerTick;
- _MIDI_Tick = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].tick;
- _MIDI_Beat = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].beat;
- _MIDI_Measure = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].measure;
- _MIDI_BeatsPerMeasure = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].BeatsPerMeasure;
- _MIDI_TicksPerBeat = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].TicksPerBeat;
- _MIDI_TimeBase = Track->context[ _MIDI_Context ].TimeBase;
- TimeSet = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case EMIDI_LOOP_START :
- case EMIDI_SONG_LOOP_START :
- if ( c2 == 0 )
- {- loopcount = EMIDI_INFINITE;
- }
- else
- {- loopcount = c2;
- }
-
- if ( c1 == EMIDI_SONG_LOOP_START )
- {- trackptr = _MIDI_TrackPtr;
- tracknum = _MIDI_NumTracks;
- }
- else
- {- trackptr = Track;
- tracknum = 1;
- }
-
- while( tracknum > 0 )
- {- trackptr->context[ 0 ].loopcount = loopcount;
- trackptr->context[ 0 ].pos = trackptr->pos;
- trackptr->context[ 0 ].loopstart = trackptr->pos;
- trackptr->context[ 0 ].RunningStatus = trackptr->RunningStatus;
- trackptr->context[ 0 ].active = trackptr->active;
- trackptr->context[ 0 ].delay = trackptr->delay;
- trackptr->context[ 0 ].time = _MIDI_Time;
- trackptr->context[ 0 ].FPSecondsPerTick = _MIDI_FPSecondsPerTick;
- trackptr->context[ 0 ].tick = _MIDI_Tick;
- trackptr->context[ 0 ].beat = _MIDI_Beat;
- trackptr->context[ 0 ].measure = _MIDI_Measure;
- trackptr->context[ 0 ].BeatsPerMeasure = _MIDI_BeatsPerMeasure;
- trackptr->context[ 0 ].TicksPerBeat = _MIDI_TicksPerBeat;
- trackptr->context[ 0 ].TimeBase = _MIDI_TimeBase;
- trackptr++;
- tracknum--;
- }
- break;
-
- case EMIDI_LOOP_END :
- case EMIDI_SONG_LOOP_END :
- if ( ( c2 != EMIDI_END_LOOP_VALUE ) ||
- ( Track->context[ 0 ].loopstart == NULL ) ||
- ( Track->context[ 0 ].loopcount == 0 ) )
- {- break;
- }
-
- if ( c1 == EMIDI_SONG_LOOP_END )
- {- trackptr = _MIDI_TrackPtr;
- tracknum = _MIDI_NumTracks;
- _MIDI_ActiveTracks = 0;
- }
- else
- {- trackptr = Track;
- tracknum = 1;
- _MIDI_ActiveTracks--;
- }
-
- while( tracknum > 0 )
- {- if ( trackptr->context[ 0 ].loopcount != EMIDI_INFINITE )
- {- trackptr->context[ 0 ].loopcount--;
- }
-
- trackptr->pos = trackptr->context[ 0 ].loopstart;
- trackptr->RunningStatus = trackptr->context[ 0 ].RunningStatus;
- trackptr->delay = trackptr->context[ 0 ].delay;
- trackptr->active = trackptr->context[ 0 ].active;
- if ( trackptr->active )
- {- _MIDI_ActiveTracks++;
- }
-
- if ( !TimeSet )
- {- _MIDI_Time = trackptr->context[ 0 ].time;
- _MIDI_FPSecondsPerTick = trackptr->context[ 0 ].FPSecondsPerTick;
- _MIDI_Tick = trackptr->context[ 0 ].tick;
- _MIDI_Beat = trackptr->context[ 0 ].beat;
- _MIDI_Measure = trackptr->context[ 0 ].measure;
- _MIDI_BeatsPerMeasure = trackptr->context[ 0 ].BeatsPerMeasure;
- _MIDI_TicksPerBeat = trackptr->context[ 0 ].TicksPerBeat;
- _MIDI_TimeBase = trackptr->context[ 0 ].TimeBase;
- TimeSet = TRUE;
- }
-
- trackptr++;
- tracknum--;
- }
- break;
-
- default :
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs->ControlChange )
- {- _MIDI_Funcs->ControlChange( channel, c1, c2 );
- }
- }
-
- return TimeSet;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: _MIDI_ServiceRoutine
-
- Task that interperates the MIDI data.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-// NOTE: We have to use a stack frame here because of a strange bug
-// that occurs with Watcom. This means that we cannot access Task!
-//Turned off to test if it works with Watcom 10a
-//#pragma aux _MIDI_ServiceRoutine frame;
-/*
-static void test
- (
- task *Task
- )
- {- _MIDI_ServiceRoutine( Task );
- _MIDI_ServiceRoutine( Task );
- _MIDI_ServiceRoutine( Task );
- _MIDI_ServiceRoutine( Task );
- }
-*/
-static void _MIDI_ServiceRoutine
- (
- task *Task
- )
-
- {- int event;
- int channel;
- int command;
- track *Track;
- int tracknum;
- int status;
- int c1;
- int c2;
- int TimeSet = FALSE;
-
- if ( !_MIDI_SongActive )
- {- return;
- }
-
- Track = _MIDI_TrackPtr;
- tracknum = 0;
- while( tracknum < _MIDI_NumTracks )
- {- while ( ( Track->active ) && ( Track->delay == 0 ) )
- {- GET_NEXT_EVENT( Track, event );
-
- if ( GET_MIDI_COMMAND( event ) == MIDI_SPECIAL )
- {- switch( event )
- {- case MIDI_SYSEX :
- case MIDI_SYSEX_CONTINUE :
- _MIDI_SysEx( Track );
- break;
-
- case MIDI_META_EVENT :
- _MIDI_MetaEvent( Track );
- break;
- }
-
- if ( Track->active )
- {- Track->delay = _MIDI_ReadDelta( Track );
- }
-
- continue;
- }
-
- if ( event & MIDI_RUNNING_STATUS )
- {- Track->RunningStatus = event;
- }
- else
- {- event = Track->RunningStatus;
- Track->pos--;
- }
-
- channel = GET_MIDI_CHANNEL( event );
- command = GET_MIDI_COMMAND( event );
-
- if ( _MIDI_CommandLengths[ command ] > 0 )
- {- GET_NEXT_EVENT( Track, c1 );
- if ( _MIDI_CommandLengths[ command ] > 1 )
- {- GET_NEXT_EVENT( Track, c2 );
- }
- }
-
- if ( _MIDI_RerouteFunctions[ channel ] != NULL )
- {- status = _MIDI_RerouteFunctions[ channel ]( event, c1, c2 );
-
- if ( status == MIDI_DONT_PLAY )
- {- Track->delay = _MIDI_ReadDelta( Track );
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- switch ( command )
- {- case MIDI_NOTE_OFF :
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs->NoteOff )
- {- _MIDI_Funcs->NoteOff( channel, c1, c2 );
- }
- break;
-
- case MIDI_NOTE_ON :
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs->NoteOn )
- {- _MIDI_Funcs->NoteOn( channel, c1, c2 );
- }
- break;
-
- case MIDI_POLY_AFTER_TCH :
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs->PolyAftertouch )
- {- _MIDI_Funcs->PolyAftertouch( channel, c1, c2 );
- }
- break;
-
- case MIDI_CONTROL_CHANGE :
- TimeSet = _MIDI_InterpretControllerInfo( Track, TimeSet,
- channel, c1, c2 );
- break;
-
- case MIDI_PROGRAM_CHANGE :
- if ( ( _MIDI_Funcs->ProgramChange ) &&
- ( !Track->EMIDI_ProgramChange ) )
- {- _MIDI_Funcs->ProgramChange( channel, MIDI_PatchMap[ c1 & 0x7f ] );
- }
- break;
-
- case MIDI_AFTER_TOUCH :
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs->ChannelAftertouch )
- {- _MIDI_Funcs->ChannelAftertouch( channel, c1 );
- }
- break;
-
- case MIDI_PITCH_BEND :
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs->PitchBend )
- {- _MIDI_Funcs->PitchBend( channel, c1, c2 );
- }
- break;
-
- default :
- break;
- }
-
- Track->delay = _MIDI_ReadDelta( Track );
- }
-
- Track->delay--;
- Track++;
- tracknum++;
-
- if ( _MIDI_ActiveTracks == 0 )
- {- _MIDI_ResetTracks();
- if ( _MIDI_Loop )
- {- tracknum = 0;
- Track = _MIDI_TrackPtr;
- }
- else
- {- _MIDI_SongActive = FALSE;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- _MIDI_AdvanceTick();
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: _MIDI_SendControlChange
-
- Sends a control change to the proper device
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static int _MIDI_SendControlChange
- (
- int channel,
- int c1,
- int c2
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- if ( _MIDI_RerouteFunctions[ channel ] != NULL )
- {- status = _MIDI_RerouteFunctions[ channel ]( 0xB0 + channel,
- c1, c2 );
- if ( status == MIDI_DONT_PLAY )
- {- return( MIDI_Ok );
- }
- }
-
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs == NULL )
- {- return( MIDI_Error );
- }
-
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs->ControlChange == NULL )
- {- return( MIDI_Error );
- }
-
- _MIDI_Funcs->ControlChange( channel, c1, c2 );
-
- return( MIDI_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_RerouteMidiChannel
-
- Sets callback function to reroute MIDI commands from specified
- function.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MIDI_RerouteMidiChannel
- (
- int channel,
- int cdecl ( *function )( int event, int c1, int c2 )
- )
-
- {- if ( ( channel >= 1 ) && ( channel <= 16 ) )
- {- _MIDI_RerouteFunctions[ channel - 1 ] = function;
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_AllNotesOff
-
- Sends all notes off commands on all midi channels.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MIDI_AllNotesOff
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int channel;
-
- for( channel = 0; channel < NUM_MIDI_CHANNELS; channel++ )
- {- _MIDI_SendControlChange( channel, 0x40, 0 );
- _MIDI_SendControlChange( channel, MIDI_ALL_NOTES_OFF, 0 );
- _MIDI_SendControlChange( channel, 0x78, 0 );
- }
-
- return( MIDI_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: _MIDI_SetChannelVolume
-
- Sets the volume of the specified midi channel.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void _MIDI_SetChannelVolume
- (
- int channel,
- int volume
- )
-
- {- int status;
- int remotevolume;
-
- _MIDI_ChannelVolume[ channel ] = volume;
-
- if ( _MIDI_RerouteFunctions[ channel ] != NULL )
- {- remotevolume = volume * _MIDI_TotalVolume;
- remotevolume *= _MIDI_UserChannelVolume[ channel ];
- remotevolume /= MIDI_MaxVolume;
- remotevolume >>= 8;
-
- status = _MIDI_RerouteFunctions[ channel ]( 0xB0 + channel,
- MIDI_VOLUME, remotevolume );
- if ( status == MIDI_DONT_PLAY )
- {- return;
- }
- }
-
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs == NULL )
- {- return;
- }
-
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs->ControlChange == NULL )
- {- return;
- }
-
- // For user volume
- volume *= _MIDI_UserChannelVolume[ channel ];
-
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs->SetVolume == NULL )
- {- volume *= _MIDI_TotalVolume;
- volume /= MIDI_MaxVolume;
- }
-
- // For user volume
- volume >>= 8;
-
- _MIDI_Funcs->ControlChange( channel, MIDI_VOLUME, volume );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_SetUserChannelVolume
-
- Sets the volume of the specified midi channel.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MIDI_SetUserChannelVolume
- (
- int channel,
- int volume
- )
-
- {- // Convert channel from 1-16 to 0-15
- channel--;
-
- volume = max( 0, volume );
- volume = min( volume, 256 );
-
- if ( ( channel >= 0 ) && ( channel < NUM_MIDI_CHANNELS ) )
- {- _MIDI_UserChannelVolume[ channel ] = volume;
- _MIDI_SetChannelVolume( channel, _MIDI_ChannelVolume[ channel ] );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_ResetUserChannelVolume
-
- Sets the volume of the specified midi channel.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MIDI_ResetUserChannelVolume
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int channel;
-
- for( channel = 0; channel < NUM_MIDI_CHANNELS; channel++ )
- {- _MIDI_UserChannelVolume[ channel ] = 256;
- }
-
- _MIDI_SendChannelVolumes();
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: _MIDI_SendChannelVolumes
-
- Sets the volume on all the midi channels.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void _MIDI_SendChannelVolumes
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int channel;
-
- for( channel = 0; channel < NUM_MIDI_CHANNELS; channel++ )
- {- _MIDI_SetChannelVolume( channel, _MIDI_ChannelVolume[ channel ] );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_Reset
-
- Resets the MIDI device to General Midi defaults.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MIDI_Reset
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int channel;
- long time;
- unsigned flags;
-
- MIDI_AllNotesOff();
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
- _enable();
- time = clock() + CLOCKS_PER_SEC/24;
- while(clock() < time)
- ;
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
-
- for( channel = 0; channel < NUM_MIDI_CHANNELS; channel++ )
- {- _MIDI_SendControlChange( channel, MIDI_RESET_ALL_CONTROLLERS, 0 );
- _MIDI_SendControlChange( channel, MIDI_RPN_MSB, MIDI_PITCHBEND_MSB );
- _MIDI_SendControlChange( channel, MIDI_RPN_LSB, MIDI_PITCHBEND_LSB );
- _MIDI_SendControlChange( channel, MIDI_DATAENTRY_MSB, 2 ); /* Pitch Bend Sensitivity MSB */
- _MIDI_SendControlChange( channel, MIDI_DATAENTRY_LSB, 0 ); /* Pitch Bend Sensitivity LSB */
- _MIDI_ChannelVolume[ channel ] = GENMIDI_DefaultVolume;
- }
-
- _MIDI_SendChannelVolumes();
-
- Reset = TRUE;
-
- return( MIDI_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_SetVolume
-
- Sets the total volume of the music.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MIDI_SetVolume
- (
- int volume
- )
-
- {- int i;
-
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs == NULL )
- {- return( MIDI_NullMidiModule );
- }
-
- volume = min( MIDI_MaxVolume, volume );
- volume = max( 0, volume );
-
- _MIDI_TotalVolume = volume;
-
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs->SetVolume )
- {- _MIDI_Funcs->SetVolume( volume );
-
- for( i = 0; i < NUM_MIDI_CHANNELS; i++ )
- {- if ( _MIDI_RerouteFunctions[ i ] != NULL )
- {- _MIDI_SetChannelVolume( i, _MIDI_ChannelVolume[ i ] );
- }
- }
- }
- else
- {- _MIDI_SendChannelVolumes();
- }
-
- return( MIDI_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_GetVolume
-
- Returns the total volume of the music.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MIDI_GetVolume
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int volume;
-
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs == NULL )
- {- return( MIDI_NullMidiModule );
- }
-
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs->GetVolume )
- {- volume = _MIDI_Funcs->GetVolume();
- }
- else
- {- volume = _MIDI_TotalVolume;
- }
-
- return( volume );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_SetContext
-
- Sets the song context.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MIDI_SetContext
- (
- int context
- )
-
- {- if ( ( context > 0 ) && ( context < EMIDI_NUM_CONTEXTS ) )
- {- _MIDI_Context = context;
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_GetContext
-
- Returns the current song context.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MIDI_GetContext
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- return _MIDI_Context;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_SetLoopFlag
-
- Sets whether the song should loop when finished or not.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MIDI_SetLoopFlag
- (
- int loopflag
- )
-
- {- _MIDI_Loop = loopflag;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_ContinueSong
-
- Continues playback of a paused song.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MIDI_ContinueSong
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- if ( _MIDI_SongLoaded )
- {- _MIDI_SongActive = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_PauseSong
-
- Pauses playback of the current song.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MIDI_PauseSong
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- if ( _MIDI_SongLoaded )
- {- _MIDI_SongActive = FALSE;
- MIDI_AllNotesOff();
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_SongPlaying
-
- Returns whether a song is playing or not.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MIDI_SongPlaying
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- return( _MIDI_SongActive );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_SetMidiFuncs
-
- Selects the routines that send the MIDI data to the music device.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MIDI_SetMidiFuncs
- (
- midifuncs *funcs
- )
-
- {- _MIDI_Funcs = funcs;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_StopSong
-
- Stops playback of the currently playing song.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MIDI_StopSong
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- if ( _MIDI_SongLoaded )
- {- TS_Terminate( _MIDI_PlayRoutine );
-
- _MIDI_PlayRoutine = NULL;
- _MIDI_SongActive = FALSE;
- _MIDI_SongLoaded = FALSE;
-
- MIDI_Reset();
- _MIDI_ResetTracks();
-
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs->ReleasePatches )
- {- _MIDI_Funcs->ReleasePatches();
- }
-
- DPMI_UnlockMemory( _MIDI_TrackPtr, _MIDI_TrackMemSize );
- USRHOOKS_FreeMem( _MIDI_TrackPtr );
-
- _MIDI_TrackPtr = NULL;
- _MIDI_NumTracks = 0;
- _MIDI_TrackMemSize = 0;
-
- _MIDI_TotalTime = 0;
- _MIDI_TotalTicks = 0;
- _MIDI_TotalBeats = 0;
- _MIDI_TotalMeasures = 0;
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_PlaySong
-
- Begins playback of a MIDI song.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MIDI_PlaySong
- (
- unsigned char *song,
- int loopflag
- )
-
- {- int numtracks;
- int format;
- long headersize;
- long tracklength;
- track *CurrentTrack;
- unsigned char *ptr;
- int status;
-
- if ( _MIDI_SongLoaded )
- {- MIDI_StopSong();
- }
-
- _MIDI_Loop = loopflag;
-
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs == NULL )
- {- return( MIDI_NullMidiModule );
- }
-
- if ( *( unsigned long * )song != MIDI_HEADER_SIGNATURE )
- {- return( MIDI_InvalidMidiFile );
- }
-
- song += 4;
-
- headersize = _MIDI_ReadNumber( song, 4 );
- song += 4;
- format = _MIDI_ReadNumber( song, 2 );
- _MIDI_NumTracks = _MIDI_ReadNumber( song + 2, 2 );
- _MIDI_Division = _MIDI_ReadNumber( song + 4, 2 );
- if ( _MIDI_Division < 0 )
- {- // If a SMPTE time division is given, just set to 96 so no errors occur
- _MIDI_Division = 96;
- }
-
- if ( format > MAX_FORMAT )
- {- return( MIDI_UnknownMidiFormat );
- }
-
- ptr = song + headersize;
-
- if ( _MIDI_NumTracks == 0 )
- {- return( MIDI_NoTracks );
- }
-
- _MIDI_TrackMemSize = _MIDI_NumTracks * sizeof( track );
- status = USRHOOKS_GetMem( &_MIDI_TrackPtr, _MIDI_TrackMemSize );
- if ( status != USRHOOKS_Ok )
- {- return( MIDI_NoMemory );
- }
-
- status = DPMI_LockMemory( _MIDI_TrackPtr, _MIDI_TrackMemSize );
- if ( status != DPMI_Ok )
- {- USRHOOKS_FreeMem( _MIDI_TrackPtr );
-
- _MIDI_TrackPtr = NULL;
- _MIDI_TrackMemSize = 0;
- _MIDI_NumTracks = 0;
-// MIDI_SetErrorCode( MIDI_DPMI_Error );
- return( MIDI_Error );
- }
-
- CurrentTrack = _MIDI_TrackPtr;
- numtracks = _MIDI_NumTracks;
- while( numtracks-- )
- {- if ( *( unsigned long * )ptr != MIDI_TRACK_SIGNATURE )
- {- DPMI_UnlockMemory( _MIDI_TrackPtr, _MIDI_TrackMemSize );
-
- USRHOOKS_FreeMem( _MIDI_TrackPtr );
-
- _MIDI_TrackPtr = NULL;
- _MIDI_TrackMemSize = 0;
-
- return( MIDI_InvalidTrack );
- }
-
- tracklength = _MIDI_ReadNumber( ptr + 4, 4 );
- ptr += 8;
- CurrentTrack->start = ptr;
- ptr += tracklength;
- CurrentTrack++;
- }
-
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs->GetVolume != NULL )
- {- _MIDI_TotalVolume = _MIDI_Funcs->GetVolume();
- }
-
- _MIDI_InitEMIDI();
-
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs->LoadPatch )
- {- MIDI_LoadTimbres();
- }
-
- _MIDI_ResetTracks();
-
- if ( !Reset )
- {- MIDI_Reset();
- }
-
- Reset = FALSE;
-
- _MIDI_PlayRoutine = TS_ScheduleTask( _MIDI_ServiceRoutine, 100, 1, NULL );
-// _MIDI_PlayRoutine = TS_ScheduleTask( test, 100, 1, NULL );
- MIDI_SetTempo( 120 );
- TS_Dispatch();
-
- _MIDI_SongLoaded = TRUE;
- _MIDI_SongActive = TRUE;
-
- return( MIDI_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_SetTempo
-
- Sets the song tempo.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MIDI_SetTempo
- (
- int tempo
- )
-
- {- long tickspersecond;
-
- MIDI_Tempo = tempo;
- tickspersecond = ( tempo * _MIDI_Division ) / 60;
- if ( _MIDI_PlayRoutine != NULL )
- {- TS_SetTaskRate( _MIDI_PlayRoutine, tickspersecond );
-// TS_SetTaskRate( _MIDI_PlayRoutine, tickspersecond / 4 );
- }
- _MIDI_FPSecondsPerTick = ( 1 << TIME_PRECISION ) / tickspersecond;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_GetTempo
-
- Returns the song tempo.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MIDI_GetTempo
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- return( MIDI_Tempo );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: _MIDI_ProcessNextTick
-
- Sets the position of the song pointer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static int _MIDI_ProcessNextTick
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int event;
- int channel;
- int command;
- track *Track;
- int tracknum;
- int status;
- int c1;
- int c2;
- int TimeSet = FALSE;
-
- Track = _MIDI_TrackPtr;
- tracknum = 0;
- while( ( tracknum < _MIDI_NumTracks ) && ( Track != NULL ) )
- {- while ( ( Track->active ) && ( Track->delay == 0 ) )
- {- GET_NEXT_EVENT( Track, event );
-
- if ( GET_MIDI_COMMAND( event ) == MIDI_SPECIAL )
- {- switch( event )
- {- case MIDI_SYSEX :
- case MIDI_SYSEX_CONTINUE :
- _MIDI_SysEx( Track );
- break;
-
- case MIDI_META_EVENT :
- _MIDI_MetaEvent( Track );
- break;
- }
-
- if ( Track->active )
- {- Track->delay = _MIDI_ReadDelta( Track );
- }
-
- continue;
- }
-
- if ( event & MIDI_RUNNING_STATUS )
- {- Track->RunningStatus = event;
- }
- else
- {- event = Track->RunningStatus;
- Track->pos--;
- }
-
- channel = GET_MIDI_CHANNEL( event );
- command = GET_MIDI_COMMAND( event );
-
- if ( _MIDI_CommandLengths[ command ] > 0 )
- {- GET_NEXT_EVENT( Track, c1 );
- if ( _MIDI_CommandLengths[ command ] > 1 )
- {- GET_NEXT_EVENT( Track, c2 );
- }
- }
-
- if ( _MIDI_RerouteFunctions[ channel ] != NULL )
- {- status = _MIDI_RerouteFunctions[ channel ]( event, c1, c2 );
-
- if ( status == MIDI_DONT_PLAY )
- {- Track->delay = _MIDI_ReadDelta( Track );
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- switch ( command )
- {- case MIDI_NOTE_OFF :
- break;
-
- case MIDI_NOTE_ON :
- break;
-
- case MIDI_POLY_AFTER_TCH :
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs->PolyAftertouch )
- {- _MIDI_Funcs->PolyAftertouch( channel, c1, c2 );
- }
- break;
-
- case MIDI_CONTROL_CHANGE :
- TimeSet = _MIDI_InterpretControllerInfo( Track, TimeSet,
- channel, c1, c2 );
- break;
-
- case MIDI_PROGRAM_CHANGE :
- if ( ( _MIDI_Funcs->ProgramChange ) &&
- ( !Track->EMIDI_ProgramChange ) )
- {- _MIDI_Funcs->ProgramChange( channel, c1 );
- }
- break;
-
- case MIDI_AFTER_TOUCH :
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs->ChannelAftertouch )
- {- _MIDI_Funcs->ChannelAftertouch( channel, c1 );
- }
- break;
-
- case MIDI_PITCH_BEND :
- if ( _MIDI_Funcs->PitchBend )
- {- _MIDI_Funcs->PitchBend( channel, c1, c2 );
- }
- break;
-
- default :
- break;
- }
-
- Track->delay = _MIDI_ReadDelta( Track );
- }
-
- Track->delay--;
- Track++;
- tracknum++;
-
- if ( _MIDI_ActiveTracks == 0 )
- {- break;
- }
- }
-
- _MIDI_AdvanceTick();
-
- return( TimeSet );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_SetSongTick
-
- Sets the position of the song pointer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MIDI_SetSongTick
- (
- unsigned long PositionInTicks
- )
-
- {- if ( !_MIDI_SongLoaded )
- {- return;
- }
-
- MIDI_PauseSong();
-
- if ( PositionInTicks < _MIDI_PositionInTicks )
- {- _MIDI_ResetTracks();
- MIDI_Reset();
- }
-
- while( _MIDI_PositionInTicks < PositionInTicks )
- {- if ( _MIDI_ProcessNextTick() )
- {- break;
- }
- if ( _MIDI_ActiveTracks == 0 )
- {- _MIDI_ResetTracks();
- if ( !_MIDI_Loop )
- {- return;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
-
- MIDI_SetVolume( _MIDI_TotalVolume );
- MIDI_ContinueSong();
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_SetSongTime
-
- Sets the position of the song pointer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MIDI_SetSongTime
- (
- unsigned long milliseconds
- )
-
- {- unsigned long mil;
- unsigned long sec;
- unsigned long newtime;
-
- if ( !_MIDI_SongLoaded )
- {- return;
- }
-
- MIDI_PauseSong();
-
- mil = ( ( milliseconds % 1000 ) << TIME_PRECISION ) / 1000;
- sec = ( milliseconds / 1000 ) << TIME_PRECISION;
- newtime = sec + mil;
-
- if ( newtime < _MIDI_Time )
- {- _MIDI_ResetTracks();
- MIDI_Reset();
- }
-
- while( _MIDI_Time < newtime )
- {- if ( _MIDI_ProcessNextTick() )
- {- break;
- }
- if ( _MIDI_ActiveTracks == 0 )
- {- _MIDI_ResetTracks();
- if ( !_MIDI_Loop )
- {- return;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
-
- MIDI_SetVolume( _MIDI_TotalVolume );
- MIDI_ContinueSong();
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_SetSongPosition
-
- Sets the position of the song pointer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MIDI_SetSongPosition
- (
- int measure,
- int beat,
- int tick
- )
-
- {- unsigned long pos;
-
- if ( !_MIDI_SongLoaded )
- {- return;
- }
-
- MIDI_PauseSong();
-
- pos = RELATIVE_BEAT( measure, beat, tick );
-
- if ( pos < RELATIVE_BEAT( _MIDI_Measure, _MIDI_Beat, _MIDI_Tick ) )
- {- _MIDI_ResetTracks();
- MIDI_Reset();
- }
-
- while( RELATIVE_BEAT( _MIDI_Measure, _MIDI_Beat, _MIDI_Tick ) < pos )
- {- if ( _MIDI_ProcessNextTick() )
- {- break;
- }
- if ( _MIDI_ActiveTracks == 0 )
- {- _MIDI_ResetTracks();
- if ( !_MIDI_Loop )
- {- return;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
-
- MIDI_SetVolume( _MIDI_TotalVolume );
- MIDI_ContinueSong();
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_GetSongPosition
-
- Returns the position of the song pointer in Measures, beats, ticks.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MIDI_GetSongPosition
- (
- songposition *pos
- )
-
- {- unsigned long mil;
- unsigned long sec;
-
- mil = ( _MIDI_Time & ( ( 1 << TIME_PRECISION ) - 1 ) ) * 1000;
- sec = _MIDI_Time >> TIME_PRECISION;
- pos->milliseconds = ( mil >> TIME_PRECISION ) + ( sec * 1000 );
- pos->tickposition = _MIDI_PositionInTicks;
- pos->measure = _MIDI_Measure;
- pos->beat = _MIDI_Beat;
- pos->tick = _MIDI_Tick;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_GetSongLength
-
- Returns the length of the song.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MIDI_GetSongLength
- (
- songposition *pos
- )
-
- {- unsigned long mil;
- unsigned long sec;
-
- mil = ( _MIDI_TotalTime & ( ( 1 << TIME_PRECISION ) - 1 ) ) * 1000;
- sec = _MIDI_TotalTime >> TIME_PRECISION;
-
- pos->milliseconds = ( mil >> TIME_PRECISION ) + ( sec * 1000 );
- pos->measure = _MIDI_TotalMeasures;
- pos->beat = _MIDI_TotalBeats;
- pos->tick = _MIDI_TotalTicks;
- pos->tickposition = 0;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_InitEMIDI
-
- Sets up the EMIDI
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void _MIDI_InitEMIDI
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int event;
- int command;
- int channel;
- int length;
- int IncludeFound;
- track *Track;
- int tracknum;
- int type;
- int c1;
- int c2;
-
- type = EMIDI_GeneralMIDI;
- switch( MUSIC_SoundDevice )
- {- case SoundBlaster :
- type = EMIDI_SoundBlaster;
- break;
-
- case ProAudioSpectrum :
- type = EMIDI_ProAudio;
- break;
-
- case SoundMan16 :
- type = EMIDI_SoundMan16;
- break;
-
- case Adlib :
- type = EMIDI_Adlib;
- break;
-
- case GenMidi :
- type = EMIDI_GeneralMIDI;
- break;
-
- case SoundCanvas :
- type = EMIDI_SoundCanvas;
- break;
-
- case Awe32 :
- type = EMIDI_AWE32;
- break;
-
- case WaveBlaster :
- type = EMIDI_WaveBlaster;
- break;
-
- case SoundScape :
- type = EMIDI_Soundscape;
- break;
-
- case UltraSound :
- type = EMIDI_Ultrasound;
- break;
- }
-
- _MIDI_ResetTracks();
-
- _MIDI_TotalTime = 0;
- _MIDI_TotalTicks = 0;
- _MIDI_TotalBeats = 0;
- _MIDI_TotalMeasures = 0;
-
- Track = _MIDI_TrackPtr;
- tracknum = 0;
- while( ( tracknum < _MIDI_NumTracks ) && ( Track != NULL ) )
- {- _MIDI_Tick = 0;
- _MIDI_Beat = 1;
- _MIDI_Measure = 1;
- _MIDI_Time = 0;
- _MIDI_BeatsPerMeasure = 4;
- _MIDI_TicksPerBeat = _MIDI_Division;
- _MIDI_TimeBase = 4;
-
- _MIDI_PositionInTicks = 0;
- _MIDI_ActiveTracks = 0;
- _MIDI_Context = -1;
-
- Track->RunningStatus = 0;
- Track->active = TRUE;
-
- Track->EMIDI_ProgramChange = FALSE;
- Track->EMIDI_VolumeChange = FALSE;
- Track->EMIDI_IncludeTrack = TRUE;
-
- memset( Track->context, 0, sizeof( Track->context ) );
-
- while( Track->delay > 0 )
- {- _MIDI_AdvanceTick();
- Track->delay--;
- }
-
- IncludeFound = FALSE;
- while ( Track->active )
- {- GET_NEXT_EVENT( Track, event );
-
- if ( GET_MIDI_COMMAND( event ) == MIDI_SPECIAL )
- {- switch( event )
- {- case MIDI_SYSEX :
- case MIDI_SYSEX_CONTINUE :
- _MIDI_SysEx( Track );
- break;
-
- case MIDI_META_EVENT :
- _MIDI_MetaEvent( Track );
- break;
- }
-
- if ( Track->active )
- {- Track->delay = _MIDI_ReadDelta( Track );
- while( Track->delay > 0 )
- {- _MIDI_AdvanceTick();
- Track->delay--;
- }
- }
-
- continue;
- }
-
- if ( event & MIDI_RUNNING_STATUS )
- {- Track->RunningStatus = event;
- }
- else
- {- event = Track->RunningStatus;
- Track->pos--;
- }
-
- channel = GET_MIDI_CHANNEL( event );
- command = GET_MIDI_COMMAND( event );
- length = _MIDI_CommandLengths[ command ];
-
- if ( command == MIDI_CONTROL_CHANGE )
- {- if ( *Track->pos == MIDI_MONO_MODE_ON )
- {- length++;
- }
- GET_NEXT_EVENT( Track, c1 );
- GET_NEXT_EVENT( Track, c2 );
- length -= 2;
-
- switch( c1 )
- {- case EMIDI_LOOP_START :
- case EMIDI_SONG_LOOP_START :
- if ( c2 == 0 )
- {- Track->context[ 0 ].loopcount = EMIDI_INFINITE;
- }
- else
- {- Track->context[ 0 ].loopcount = c2;
- }
-
- Track->context[ 0 ].pos = Track->pos;
- Track->context[ 0 ].loopstart = Track->pos;
- Track->context[ 0 ].RunningStatus = Track->RunningStatus;
- Track->context[ 0 ].time = _MIDI_Time;
- Track->context[ 0 ].FPSecondsPerTick = _MIDI_FPSecondsPerTick;
- Track->context[ 0 ].tick = _MIDI_Tick;
- Track->context[ 0 ].beat = _MIDI_Beat;
- Track->context[ 0 ].measure = _MIDI_Measure;
- Track->context[ 0 ].BeatsPerMeasure = _MIDI_BeatsPerMeasure;
- Track->context[ 0 ].TicksPerBeat = _MIDI_TicksPerBeat;
- Track->context[ 0 ].TimeBase = _MIDI_TimeBase;
- break;
-
- case EMIDI_LOOP_END :
- case EMIDI_SONG_LOOP_END :
- if ( c2 == EMIDI_END_LOOP_VALUE )
- {- Track->context[ 0 ].loopstart = NULL;
- Track->context[ 0 ].loopcount = 0;
- }
- break;
-
- case EMIDI_INCLUDE_TRACK :
- if ( EMIDI_AffectsCurrentCard( c2, type ) )
- {- //printf( "Include track %d on card %d\n", tracknum, c2 );
- IncludeFound = TRUE;
- Track->EMIDI_IncludeTrack = TRUE;
- }
- else if ( !IncludeFound )
- {- //printf( "Track excluded %d on card %d\n", tracknum, c2 );
- IncludeFound = TRUE;
- Track->EMIDI_IncludeTrack = FALSE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EMIDI_EXCLUDE_TRACK :
- if ( EMIDI_AffectsCurrentCard( c2, type ) )
- {- //printf( "Exclude track %d on card %d\n", tracknum, c2 );
- Track->EMIDI_IncludeTrack = FALSE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EMIDI_PROGRAM_CHANGE :
- if ( !Track->EMIDI_ProgramChange )
- //printf( "Program change on track %d\n", tracknum );
- Track->EMIDI_ProgramChange = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case EMIDI_VOLUME_CHANGE :
- if ( !Track->EMIDI_VolumeChange )
- //printf( "Volume change on track %d\n", tracknum );
- Track->EMIDI_VolumeChange = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case EMIDI_CONTEXT_START :
- if ( ( c2 > 0 ) && ( c2 < EMIDI_NUM_CONTEXTS ) )
- {- Track->context[ c2 ].pos = Track->pos;
- Track->context[ c2 ].loopstart = Track->context[ 0 ].loopstart;
- Track->context[ c2 ].loopcount = Track->context[ 0 ].loopcount;
- Track->context[ c2 ].RunningStatus = Track->RunningStatus;
- Track->context[ c2 ].time = _MIDI_Time;
- Track->context[ c2 ].FPSecondsPerTick = _MIDI_FPSecondsPerTick;
- Track->context[ c2 ].tick = _MIDI_Tick;
- Track->context[ c2 ].beat = _MIDI_Beat;
- Track->context[ c2 ].measure = _MIDI_Measure;
- Track->context[ c2 ].BeatsPerMeasure = _MIDI_BeatsPerMeasure;
- Track->context[ c2 ].TicksPerBeat = _MIDI_TicksPerBeat;
- Track->context[ c2 ].TimeBase = _MIDI_TimeBase;
- }
- break;
-
- case EMIDI_CONTEXT_END :
- break;
- }
- }
-
- Track->pos += length;
- Track->delay = _MIDI_ReadDelta( Track );
-
- while( Track->delay > 0 )
- {- _MIDI_AdvanceTick();
- Track->delay--;
- }
- }
-
- _MIDI_TotalTime = max( _MIDI_TotalTime, _MIDI_Time );
- if ( RELATIVE_BEAT( _MIDI_Measure, _MIDI_Beat, _MIDI_Tick ) >
- RELATIVE_BEAT( _MIDI_TotalMeasures, _MIDI_TotalBeats,
- _MIDI_TotalTicks ) )
- {- _MIDI_TotalTicks = _MIDI_Tick;
- _MIDI_TotalBeats = _MIDI_Beat;
- _MIDI_TotalMeasures = _MIDI_Measure;
- }
-
- Track++;
- tracknum++;
- }
-
- _MIDI_ResetTracks();
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_LoadTimbres
-
- Preloads the timbres on cards that use patch-caching.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MIDI_LoadTimbres
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int event;
- int command;
- int channel;
- int length;
- int Finished;
- track *Track;
- int tracknum;
-
- Track = _MIDI_TrackPtr;
- tracknum = 0;
- while( ( tracknum < _MIDI_NumTracks ) && ( Track != NULL ) )
- {- Finished = FALSE;
- while ( !Finished )
- {- GET_NEXT_EVENT( Track, event );
-
- if ( GET_MIDI_COMMAND( event ) == MIDI_SPECIAL )
- {- switch( event )
- {- case MIDI_SYSEX :
- case MIDI_SYSEX_CONTINUE :
- length = _MIDI_ReadDelta( Track );
- Track->pos += length;
- break;
-
- case MIDI_META_EVENT :
- GET_NEXT_EVENT( Track, command );
- GET_NEXT_EVENT( Track, length );
-
- if ( command == MIDI_END_OF_TRACK )
- {- Finished = TRUE;
- }
-
- Track->pos += length;
- break;
- }
-
- if ( !Finished )
- {- _MIDI_ReadDelta( Track );
- }
-
- continue;
- }
-
- if ( event & MIDI_RUNNING_STATUS )
- {- Track->RunningStatus = event;
- }
- else
- {- event = Track->RunningStatus;
- Track->pos--;
- }
-
- channel = GET_MIDI_CHANNEL( event );
- command = GET_MIDI_COMMAND( event );
- length = _MIDI_CommandLengths[ command ];
-
- if ( command == MIDI_CONTROL_CHANGE )
- {- if ( *Track->pos == MIDI_MONO_MODE_ON )
- {- length++;
- }
-
- if ( *Track->pos == EMIDI_PROGRAM_CHANGE )
- {- _MIDI_Funcs->LoadPatch( *( Track->pos + 1 ) );
- }
- }
-
- if ( channel == MIDI_RHYTHM_CHANNEL )
- {- if ( command == MIDI_NOTE_ON )
- {- _MIDI_Funcs->LoadPatch( 128 + *Track->pos );
- }
- }
- else
- {- if ( command == MIDI_PROGRAM_CHANGE )
- {- _MIDI_Funcs->LoadPatch( *Track->pos );
- }
- }
- Track->pos += length;
- _MIDI_ReadDelta( Track );
- }
- Track++;
- tracknum++;
- }
-
- _MIDI_ResetTracks();
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_LockEnd
-
- Used for determining the length of the functions to lock in memory.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void MIDI_LockEnd
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_UnlockMemory
-
- Unlocks all neccessary data.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MIDI_UnlockMemory
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- DPMI_UnlockMemoryRegion( MIDI_LockStart, MIDI_LockEnd );
- DPMI_UnlockMemory( ( void * )&_MIDI_CommandLengths[ 0 ],
- sizeof( _MIDI_CommandLengths ) );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_TrackPtr );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_NumTracks );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_SongActive );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_SongLoaded );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_Loop );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_PlayRoutine );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_Division );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_ActiveTracks );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_TotalVolume );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_ChannelVolume );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_Funcs );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_PositionInTicks );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_Division );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_Tick );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_Beat );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_Measure );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_Time );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_BeatsPerMeasure );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_TicksPerBeat );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_TimeBase );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_FPSecondsPerTick );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_Context );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_TotalTime );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_TotalTicks );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_TotalBeats );
- DPMI_Unlock( _MIDI_TotalMeasures );
- DPMI_Unlock( MIDI_Tempo );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MIDI_LockMemory
-
- Locks all neccessary data.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MIDI_LockMemory
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- status = DPMI_LockMemoryRegion( MIDI_LockStart, MIDI_LockEnd );
- status |= DPMI_LockMemory( ( void * )&_MIDI_CommandLengths[ 0 ],
- sizeof( _MIDI_CommandLengths ) );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_TrackPtr );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_NumTracks );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_SongActive );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_SongLoaded );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_Loop );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_PlayRoutine );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_Division );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_ActiveTracks );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_TotalVolume );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_ChannelVolume );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_Funcs );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_PositionInTicks );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_Division );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_Tick );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_Beat );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_Measure );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_Time );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_BeatsPerMeasure );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_TicksPerBeat );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_TimeBase );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_FPSecondsPerTick );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_Context );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_TotalTime );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_TotalTicks );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_TotalBeats );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( _MIDI_TotalMeasures );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( MIDI_Tempo );
-
- if ( status != DPMI_Ok )
- {- MIDI_UnlockMemory();
-// MIDI_SetErrorCode( MIDI_DPMI_Error );
- return( MIDI_Error );
- }
-
- return( MIDI_Ok );
- }
--- a/src/audiolib/midi.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: MIDI.H
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: May 25, 1994
-
- Public header for MIDI.C. Midi song file playback routines.
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __MIDI_H
-#define __MIDI_H
-
-enum MIDI_Errors
- {- MIDI_Warning = -2,
- MIDI_Error = -1,
- MIDI_Ok = 0,
- MIDI_NullMidiModule,
- MIDI_InvalidMidiFile,
- MIDI_UnknownMidiFormat,
- MIDI_NoTracks,
- MIDI_InvalidTrack,
- MIDI_NoMemory,
- MIDI_DPMI_Error
- };
-
-
-#define MIDI_PASS_THROUGH 1
-#define MIDI_DONT_PLAY 0
-
-#define MIDI_MaxVolume 255
-
-extern char MIDI_PatchMap[ 128 ];
-
-typedef struct
- {- void ( *NoteOff )( int channel, int key, int velocity );
- void ( *NoteOn )( int channel, int key, int velocity );
- void ( *PolyAftertouch )( int channel, int key, int pressure );
- void ( *ControlChange )( int channel, int number, int value );
- void ( *ProgramChange )( int channel, int program );
- void ( *ChannelAftertouch )( int channel, int pressure );
- void ( *PitchBend )( int channel, int lsb, int msb );
- void ( *ReleasePatches )( void );
- void ( *LoadPatch )( int number );
- void ( *SetVolume )( int volume );
- int ( *GetVolume )( void );
- } midifuncs;
-
-void MIDI_RerouteMidiChannel( int channel, int cdecl ( *function )( int event, int c1, int c2 ) );
-int MIDI_AllNotesOff( void );
-void MIDI_SetUserChannelVolume( int channel, int volume );
-void MIDI_ResetUserChannelVolume( void );
-int MIDI_Reset( void );
-int MIDI_SetVolume( int volume );
-int MIDI_GetVolume( void );
-void MIDI_SetMidiFuncs( midifuncs *funcs );
-void MIDI_SetContext( int context );
-int MIDI_GetContext( void );
-void MIDI_SetLoopFlag( int loopflag );
-void MIDI_ContinueSong( void );
-void MIDI_PauseSong( void );
-int MIDI_SongPlaying( void );
-void MIDI_StopSong( void );
-int MIDI_PlaySong( unsigned char *song, int loopflag );
-void MIDI_SetTempo( int tempo );
-int MIDI_GetTempo( void );
-void MIDI_SetSongTick( unsigned long PositionInTicks );
-void MIDI_SetSongTime( unsigned long milliseconds );
-void MIDI_SetSongPosition( int measure, int beat, int tick );
-void MIDI_GetSongPosition( songposition *pos );
-void MIDI_GetSongLength( songposition *pos );
-void MIDI_LoadTimbres( void );
-void MIDI_UnlockMemory( void );
-int MIDI_LockMemory( void );
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/mpu401.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,449 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: MPU401.C
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: January 1, 1994
-
- Low level routines to support sending of MIDI data to MPU401
- compatible MIDI interfaces.
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include <conio.h>
-#include <dos.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "dpmi.h"
-#include "user.h"
-#include "mpu401.h"
-
-#define MIDI_NOTE_OFF 0x80
-#define MIDI_NOTE_ON 0x90
-#define MIDI_POLY_AFTER_TCH 0xA0
-#define MIDI_CONTROL_CHANGE 0xB0
-#define MIDI_PROGRAM_CHANGE 0xC0
-#define MIDI_AFTER_TOUCH 0xD0
-#define MIDI_PITCH_BEND 0xE0
-#define MIDI_META_EVENT 0xFF
-#define MIDI_END_OF_TRACK 0x2F
-#define MIDI_TEMPO_CHANGE 0x51
-#define MIDI_MONO_MODE_ON 0x7E
-#define MIDI_ALL_NOTES_OFF 0x7B
-
-int MPU_BaseAddr = MPU_DefaultAddress;
-
-//unsigned MPU_Delay = 500;
-//unsigned MPU_Delay = 5000;
-unsigned MPU_Delay = 0x5000;
-
-
-/**********************************************************************
-
- Memory locked functions:
-
-**********************************************************************/
-
-
-#define MPU_LockStart MPU_SendMidi
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MPU_SendMidi
-
- Sends a byte of MIDI data to the music device.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MPU_SendMidi
- (
- int data
- )
-
- {- int port = MPU_BaseAddr + 1;
- unsigned count;
-
- count = MPU_Delay;
- while( count > 0 )
- {- // check if status port says we're ready for write
- if ( !( inp( port ) & MPU_ReadyToWrite ) )
- {- break;
- }
-
- count--;
- }
-
- port--;
-
- // Send the midi data
- outp( port, data );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MPU_NoteOff
-
- Sends a full MIDI note off event out to the music device.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MPU_NoteOff
- (
- int channel,
- int key,
- int velocity
- )
-
- {- MPU_SendMidi( MIDI_NOTE_OFF | channel );
- MPU_SendMidi( key );
- MPU_SendMidi( velocity );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MPU_NoteOn
-
- Sends a full MIDI note on event out to the music device.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MPU_NoteOn
- (
- int channel,
- int key,
- int velocity
- )
-
- {- MPU_SendMidi( MIDI_NOTE_ON | channel );
- MPU_SendMidi( key );
- MPU_SendMidi( velocity );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MPU_PolyAftertouch
-
- Sends a full MIDI polyphonic aftertouch event out to the music device.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MPU_PolyAftertouch
- (
- int channel,
- int key,
- int pressure
- )
-
- {- MPU_SendMidi( MIDI_POLY_AFTER_TCH | channel );
- MPU_SendMidi( key );
- MPU_SendMidi( pressure );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MPU_ControlChange
-
- Sends a full MIDI control change event out to the music device.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MPU_ControlChange
- (
- int channel,
- int number,
- int value
- )
-
- {- MPU_SendMidi( MIDI_CONTROL_CHANGE | channel );
- MPU_SendMidi( number );
- MPU_SendMidi( value );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MPU_ProgramChange
-
- Sends a full MIDI program change event out to the music device.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MPU_ProgramChange
- (
- int channel,
- int program
- )
-
- {- MPU_SendMidi( MIDI_PROGRAM_CHANGE | channel );
- MPU_SendMidi( program );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MPU_ChannelAftertouch
-
- Sends a full MIDI channel aftertouch event out to the music device.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MPU_ChannelAftertouch
- (
- int channel,
- int pressure
- )
-
- {- MPU_SendMidi( MIDI_AFTER_TOUCH | channel );
- MPU_SendMidi( pressure );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MPU_PitchBend
-
- Sends a full MIDI pitch bend event out to the music device.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MPU_PitchBend
- (
- int channel,
- int lsb,
- int msb
- )
-
- {- MPU_SendMidi( MIDI_PITCH_BEND | channel );
- MPU_SendMidi( lsb );
- MPU_SendMidi( msb );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MPU_SendCommand
-
- Sends a command to the MPU401 card.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MPU_SendCommand
- (
- int data
- )
-
- {- int port = MPU_BaseAddr + 1;
- unsigned count;
-
- count = 0xffff;
- while( count > 0 )
- {- // check if status port says we're ready for write
- if ( !( inp( port ) & MPU_ReadyToWrite ) )
- {- break;
- }
- count--;
- }
-
- outp( port, data );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MPU_Reset
-
- Resets the MPU401 card.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MPU_Reset
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int port = MPU_BaseAddr + 1;
- unsigned count;
-
- // Output "Reset" command via Command port
- MPU_SendCommand( MPU_CmdReset );
-
- // Wait for status port to be ready for read
- count = 0xffff;
- while( count > 0 )
- {- if ( !( inp( port ) & MPU_ReadyToRead ) )
- {- port--;
-
- // Check for a successful reset
- if ( inp( port ) == MPU_CmdAcknowledge )
- {- return( MPU_Ok );
- }
-
- port++;
- }
- count--;
- }
-
- // Failed to reset : MPU-401 not detected
- return( MPU_NotFound );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MPU_EnterUART
-
- Sets the MPU401 card to operate in UART mode.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MPU_EnterUART
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int port = MPU_BaseAddr + 1;
- unsigned count;
-
- // Output "Enter UART" command via Command port
- MPU_SendCommand( MPU_CmdEnterUART );
-
- // Wait for status port to be ready for read
- count = 0xffff;
- while( count > 0 )
- {- if ( !( inp( port ) & MPU_ReadyToRead ) )
- {- port--;
-
- // Check for a successful reset
- if ( inp( port ) == MPU_CmdAcknowledge )
- {- return( MPU_Ok );
- }
-
- port++;
- }
- count--;
- }
-
- // Failed to reset : MPU-401 not detected
- return( MPU_UARTFailed );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MPU_Init
-
- Detects and initializes the MPU401 card.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MPU_Init
- (
- int addr
- )
-
- {- int status;
- int count;
- char *ptr;
-
- ptr = USER_GetText( "MPUDELAY" );
- if ( ptr != NULL )
- {- MPU_Delay = ( unsigned )atol( ptr );
- }
-
- MPU_BaseAddr = addr;
-
- count = 4;
- while( count > 0 )
- {- status = MPU_Reset();
- if ( status == MPU_Ok )
- {- return( MPU_EnterUART() );
- }
- count--;
- }
-
- return( status );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MPU_LockEnd
-
- Used for determining the length of the functions to lock in memory.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void MPU_LockEnd
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MPU_UnlockMemory
-
- Locks all neccessary data.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MPU_UnlockMemory
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- DPMI_UnlockMemoryRegion( MPU_LockStart, MPU_LockEnd );
- DPMI_Unlock( MPU_BaseAddr );
- DPMI_Unlock( MPU_Delay );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MPU_LockMemory
-
- Locks all neccessary data.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MPU_LockMemory
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- status = DPMI_LockMemoryRegion( MPU_LockStart, MPU_LockEnd );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( MPU_BaseAddr );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( MPU_Delay );
-
- if ( status != DPMI_Ok )
- {- MPU_UnlockMemory();
- return( MPU_Error );
- }
-
- return( MPU_Ok );
- }
--- a/src/audiolib/mpu401.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-#ifndef __MPU401_H
-#define __MPU401_H
-
-#define MPU_DefaultAddress 0x330
-
-enum MPU_ERRORS
- {- MPU_Warning = -2,
- MPU_Error = -1,
- MPU_Ok = 0,
- MPU_DPMI_Error
- };
-
-#define MPU_NotFound -1
-#define MPU_UARTFailed -2
-
-#define MPU_ReadyToWrite 0x40
-#define MPU_ReadyToRead 0x80
-#define MPU_CmdEnterUART 0x3f
-#define MPU_CmdReset 0xff
-#define MPU_CmdAcknowledge 0xfe
-
-extern int MPU_BaseAddr;
-extern unsigned MPU_Delay;
-
-void MPU_SendCommand( int data );
-void MPU_SendMidi( int data );
-int MPU_Reset( void );
-int MPU_EnterUART( void );
-int MPU_Init( int addr );
-void MPU_ResetMidi( void );
-void MPU_NoteOff( int channel, int key, int velocity );
-void MPU_NoteOn( int channel, int key, int velocity );
-void MPU_PolyAftertouch( int channel, int key, int pressure );
-void MPU_ControlChange( int channel, int number, int value );
-void MPU_ProgramChange( int channel, int program );
-void MPU_ChannelAftertouch( int channel, int pressure );
-void MPU_PitchBend( int channel, int lsb, int msb );
-void MPU_UnlockMemory( void );
-int MPU_LockMemory( void );
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/music.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1033 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: MUSIC.C
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: March 25, 1994
-
- Device independant music playback routines.
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "task_man.h"
-#include "sndcards.h"
-#include "music.h"
-#include "midi.h"
-#include "al_midi.h"
-#include "pas16.h"
-#include "blaster.h"
-#include "gusmidi.h"
-#include "mpu401.h"
-#include "awe32.h"
-#include "sndscape.h"
-#include "ll_man.h"
-#include "user.h"
-
-#define TRUE ( 1 == 1 )
-#define FALSE ( !TRUE )
-
-void TextMode( void );
-#pragma aux TextMode = \
- "mov ax, 0003h", \
- "int 10h" \
- modify [ ax ];
-
-int MUSIC_SoundDevice = -1;
-int MUSIC_ErrorCode = MUSIC_Ok;
-
-static midifuncs MUSIC_MidiFunctions;
-
-static int MUSIC_FadeLength;
-static int MUSIC_FadeRate;
-static unsigned MUSIC_CurrentFadeVolume;
-static unsigned MUSIC_LastFadeVolume;
-static int MUSIC_EndingFadeVolume;
-static task *MUSIC_FadeTask = NULL;
-
-int MUSIC_InitAWE32( midifuncs *Funcs );
-int MUSIC_InitFM( int card, midifuncs *Funcs );
-int MUSIC_InitMidi( int card, midifuncs *Funcs, int Address );
-int MUSIC_InitGUS( midifuncs *Funcs );
-
-#define MUSIC_SetErrorCode( status ) \
- MUSIC_ErrorCode = ( status );
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_ErrorString
-
- Returns a pointer to the error message associated with an error
- number. A -1 returns a pointer the current error.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-char *MUSIC_ErrorString
- (
- int ErrorNumber
- )
-
- {- char *ErrorString;
-
- switch( ErrorNumber )
- {- case MUSIC_Warning :
- case MUSIC_Error :
- ErrorString = MUSIC_ErrorString( MUSIC_ErrorCode );
- break;
-
- case MUSIC_Ok :
- ErrorString = "Music ok.";
- break;
-
- case MUSIC_ASSVersion :
- ErrorString = "Apogee Sound System Version " ASS_VERSION_STRING " "
- "Programmed by Jim Dose\n"
- "(c) Copyright 1996 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.\n";
- break;
-
- case MUSIC_SoundCardError :
- switch( MUSIC_SoundDevice )
- {- case SoundBlaster :
- case WaveBlaster :
- ErrorString = BLASTER_ErrorString( BLASTER_Error );
- break;
-
- case ProAudioSpectrum :
- case SoundMan16 :
- ErrorString = PAS_ErrorString( PAS_Error );
- break;
-
- case Adlib :
- ErrorString = "Adlib error.";
- break;
-
- case GenMidi :
- case SoundCanvas :
- ErrorString = "Could not detect MPU-401.";
- break;
-
- case SoundScape :
- ErrorString = SOUNDSCAPE_ErrorString( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- break;
-
- case Awe32 :
- ErrorString = AWE32_ErrorString( AWE32_Error );
- break;
-
- case UltraSound :
- ErrorString = GUS_ErrorString( GUS_Error );
- break;
-
- default :
- ErrorString = MUSIC_ErrorString( MUSIC_InvalidCard );
- break;
- }
- break;
-
- case MUSIC_MPU401Error :
- ErrorString = "Could not detect MPU-401.";
- break;
-
- case MUSIC_InvalidCard :
- ErrorString = "Invalid Music device.";
- break;
-
- case MUSIC_MidiError :
- ErrorString = "Error playing MIDI file.";
- break;
-
- case MUSIC_TaskManError :
- ErrorString = "TaskMan error.";
- break;
-
- case MUSIC_FMNotDetected :
- ErrorString = "Could not detect FM chip.";
- break;
-
- case MUSIC_DPMI_Error :
- ErrorString = "DPMI Error in MUSIC.";
- break;
-
- default :
- ErrorString = "Unknown Music error code.";
- break;
- }
-
- return( ErrorString );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_Init
-
- Selects which sound device to use.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MUSIC_Init
- (
- int SoundCard,
- int Address
- )
-
- {- int i;
- int status;
-
- if ( USER_CheckParameter( "ASSVER" ) )
- {- MUSIC_SetErrorCode( MUSIC_ASSVersion );
- return( MUSIC_Error );
- }
-
- status = LL_LockMemory();
- if ( status != LL_Ok )
- {- MUSIC_SetErrorCode( MUSIC_DPMI_Error );
- return( MUSIC_Error );
- }
-
- for( i = 0; i < 128; i++ )
- {- MIDI_PatchMap[ i ] = i;
- }
-
- status = MUSIC_Ok;
- MUSIC_SoundDevice = SoundCard;
-
- switch( SoundCard )
- {- case SoundBlaster :
- case Adlib :
- case ProAudioSpectrum :
- case SoundMan16 :
- status = MUSIC_InitFM( SoundCard, &MUSIC_MidiFunctions );
- break;
-
- case GenMidi :
- case SoundCanvas :
- case WaveBlaster :
- case SoundScape :
- status = MUSIC_InitMidi( SoundCard, &MUSIC_MidiFunctions, Address );
- break;
-
- case Awe32 :
- status = MUSIC_InitAWE32( &MUSIC_MidiFunctions );
- break;
-
- case UltraSound :
- status = MUSIC_InitGUS( &MUSIC_MidiFunctions );
- break;
-
- case SoundSource :
- case PC :
- default :
- MUSIC_SetErrorCode( MUSIC_InvalidCard );
- status = MUSIC_Error;
- }
-
- if ( status != MUSIC_Ok )
- {- LL_UnlockMemory();
- }
-
- return( status );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_Shutdown
-
- Terminates use of sound device.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MUSIC_Shutdown
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- status = MUSIC_Ok;
-
- MIDI_StopSong();
-
- if ( MUSIC_FadeTask != NULL )
- {- MUSIC_StopFade();
- }
-
- switch ( MUSIC_SoundDevice )
- {- case Adlib :
- AL_Shutdown();
- break;
-
- case SoundBlaster :
- AL_Shutdown();
- BLASTER_RestoreMidiVolume();
- break;
-
- case GenMidi :
- case SoundCanvas :
- case SoundScape :
- MPU_Reset();
- break;
-
- case WaveBlaster :
- BLASTER_ShutdownWaveBlaster();
- MPU_Reset();
- BLASTER_RestoreMidiVolume();
- break;
-
- case Awe32 :
- AWE32_Shutdown();
- BLASTER_RestoreMidiVolume();
- break;
-
- case ProAudioSpectrum :
- case SoundMan16 :
- AL_Shutdown();
- PAS_RestoreMusicVolume();
- break;
-
- case UltraSound :
- GUSMIDI_Shutdown();
- break;
- }
-
- LL_UnlockMemory();
-
- return( status );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_SetMaxFMMidiChannel
-
- Sets the maximum MIDI channel that FM cards respond to.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MUSIC_SetMaxFMMidiChannel
- (
- int channel
- )
-
- {- AL_SetMaxMidiChannel( channel );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_SetVolume
-
- Sets the volume of music playback.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MUSIC_SetVolume
- (
- int volume
- )
-
- {- volume = max( 0, volume );
- volume = min( volume, 255 );
-
- if ( MUSIC_SoundDevice != -1 )
- {- MIDI_SetVolume( volume );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_SetMidiChannelVolume
-
- Sets the volume of music playback on the specified MIDI channel.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MUSIC_SetMidiChannelVolume
- (
- int channel,
- int volume
- )
-
- {- MIDI_SetUserChannelVolume( channel, volume );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_ResetMidiChannelVolumes
-
- Sets the volume of music playback on all MIDI channels to full volume.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MUSIC_ResetMidiChannelVolumes
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- MIDI_ResetUserChannelVolume();
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_GetVolume
-
- Returns the volume of music playback.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MUSIC_GetVolume
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- if ( MUSIC_SoundDevice == -1 )
- {- return( 0 );
- }
- return( MIDI_GetVolume() );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_SetLoopFlag
-
- Set whether the music will loop or end when it reaches the end of
- the song.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MUSIC_SetLoopFlag
- (
- int loopflag
- )
-
- {- MIDI_SetLoopFlag( loopflag );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_SongPlaying
-
- Returns whether there is a song playing.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MUSIC_SongPlaying
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- return( MIDI_SongPlaying() );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_Continue
-
- Continues playback of a paused song.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MUSIC_Continue
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- MIDI_ContinueSong();
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_Pause
-
- Pauses playback of a song.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MUSIC_Pause
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- MIDI_PauseSong();
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_StopSong
-
- Stops playback of current song.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MUSIC_StopSong
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- MUSIC_StopFade();
- MIDI_StopSong();
- MUSIC_SetErrorCode( MUSIC_Ok );
- return( MUSIC_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_PlaySong
-
- Begins playback of MIDI song.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MUSIC_PlaySong
- (
- unsigned char *song,
- int loopflag
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- switch( MUSIC_SoundDevice )
- {- case SoundBlaster :
- case Adlib :
- case ProAudioSpectrum :
- case SoundMan16 :
- case GenMidi :
- case SoundCanvas :
- case WaveBlaster :
- case SoundScape :
- case Awe32 :
- case UltraSound :
- MIDI_StopSong();
- status = MIDI_PlaySong( song, loopflag );
- if ( status != MIDI_Ok )
- {- MUSIC_SetErrorCode( MUSIC_MidiError );
- return( MUSIC_Warning );
- }
- break;
-
- case SoundSource :
- case PC :
- default :
- MUSIC_SetErrorCode( MUSIC_InvalidCard );
- return( MUSIC_Warning );
- break;
- }
-
- return( MUSIC_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_SetContext
-
- Sets the song context.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MUSIC_SetContext
- (
- int context
- )
-
- {- MIDI_SetContext( context );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_GetContext
-
- Returns the current song context.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MUSIC_GetContext
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- return MIDI_GetContext();
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_SetSongTick
-
- Sets the position of the song pointer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MUSIC_SetSongTick
- (
- unsigned long PositionInTicks
- )
-
- {- MIDI_SetSongTick( PositionInTicks );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_SetSongTime
-
- Sets the position of the song pointer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MUSIC_SetSongTime
- (
- unsigned long milliseconds
- )
-
- {- MIDI_SetSongTime( milliseconds );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_SetSongPosition
-
- Sets the position of the song pointer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MUSIC_SetSongPosition
- (
- int measure,
- int beat,
- int tick
- )
-
- {- MIDI_SetSongPosition( measure, beat, tick );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_GetSongPosition
-
- Returns the position of the song pointer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MUSIC_GetSongPosition
- (
- songposition *pos
- )
-
- {- MIDI_GetSongPosition( pos );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_GetSongLength
-
- Returns the length of the song.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MUSIC_GetSongLength
- (
- songposition *pos
- )
-
- {- MIDI_GetSongLength( pos );
- }
-
-
-int MUSIC_InitAWE32
- (
- midifuncs *Funcs
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- status = AWE32_Init();
- if ( status != AWE32_Ok )
- {- MUSIC_SetErrorCode( MUSIC_SoundCardError );
- return( MUSIC_Error );
- }
-
- Funcs->NoteOff = AWE32_NoteOff;
- Funcs->NoteOn = AWE32_NoteOn;
- Funcs->PolyAftertouch = AWE32_PolyAftertouch;
- Funcs->ControlChange = AWE32_ControlChange;
- Funcs->ProgramChange = AWE32_ProgramChange;
- Funcs->ChannelAftertouch = AWE32_ChannelAftertouch;
- Funcs->PitchBend = AWE32_PitchBend;
- Funcs->ReleasePatches = NULL;
- Funcs->LoadPatch = NULL;
- Funcs->SetVolume = NULL;
- Funcs->GetVolume = NULL;
-
- if ( BLASTER_CardHasMixer() )
- {- BLASTER_SaveMidiVolume();
- Funcs->SetVolume = BLASTER_SetMidiVolume;
- Funcs->GetVolume = BLASTER_GetMidiVolume;
- }
-
- status = MUSIC_Ok;
- MIDI_SetMidiFuncs( Funcs );
-
- return( status );
- }
-
-
-int MUSIC_InitFM
- (
- int card,
- midifuncs *Funcs
- )
-
- {- int status;
- int passtatus;
-
- status = MIDI_Ok;
-
- if ( !AL_DetectFM() )
- {- MUSIC_SetErrorCode( MUSIC_FMNotDetected );
- return( MUSIC_Error );
- }
-
- // Init the fm routines
- AL_Init( card );
-
- Funcs->NoteOff = AL_NoteOff;
- Funcs->NoteOn = AL_NoteOn;
- Funcs->PolyAftertouch = NULL;
- Funcs->ControlChange = AL_ControlChange;
- Funcs->ProgramChange = AL_ProgramChange;
- Funcs->ChannelAftertouch = NULL;
- Funcs->PitchBend = AL_SetPitchBend;
- Funcs->ReleasePatches = NULL;
- Funcs->LoadPatch = NULL;
- Funcs->SetVolume = NULL;
- Funcs->GetVolume = NULL;
-
- switch( card )
- {- case SoundBlaster :
- if ( BLASTER_CardHasMixer() )
- {- BLASTER_SaveMidiVolume();
- Funcs->SetVolume = BLASTER_SetMidiVolume;
- Funcs->GetVolume = BLASTER_GetMidiVolume;
- }
- else
- {- Funcs->SetVolume = NULL;
- Funcs->GetVolume = NULL;
- }
- break;
-
- case Adlib :
- Funcs->SetVolume = NULL;
- Funcs->GetVolume = NULL;
- break;
-
- case ProAudioSpectrum :
- case SoundMan16 :
- Funcs->SetVolume = NULL;
- Funcs->GetVolume = NULL;
-
- passtatus = PAS_SaveMusicVolume();
- if ( passtatus == PAS_Ok )
- {- Funcs->SetVolume = PAS_SetFMVolume;
- Funcs->GetVolume = PAS_GetFMVolume;
- }
- break;
- }
-
- MIDI_SetMidiFuncs( Funcs );
-
- return( status );
- }
-
-int MUSIC_InitMidi
- (
- int card,
- midifuncs *Funcs,
- int Address
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- status = MUSIC_Ok;
-
- if ( ( card == WaveBlaster ) || ( card == SoundCanvas ) ||
- ( card == GenMidi ) )
- {- // Setup WaveBlaster Daughterboard clone
- // (ie. SoundCanvas DB, TurtleBeach Rio)
- BLASTER_SetupWaveBlaster();
- }
-
- if ( card == SoundScape )
- {- Address = SOUNDSCAPE_GetMIDIPort();
- if ( Address < SOUNDSCAPE_Ok )
- {- MUSIC_SetErrorCode( MUSIC_SoundCardError );
- return( MUSIC_Error );
- }
- }
-
- if ( MPU_Init( Address ) != MPU_Ok )
- {- MUSIC_SetErrorCode( MUSIC_MPU401Error );
- return( MUSIC_Error );
- }
-
- Funcs->NoteOff = MPU_NoteOff;
- Funcs->NoteOn = MPU_NoteOn;
- Funcs->PolyAftertouch = MPU_PolyAftertouch;
- Funcs->ControlChange = MPU_ControlChange;
- Funcs->ProgramChange = MPU_ProgramChange;
- Funcs->ChannelAftertouch = MPU_ChannelAftertouch;
- Funcs->PitchBend = MPU_PitchBend;
- Funcs->ReleasePatches = NULL;
- Funcs->LoadPatch = NULL;
- Funcs->SetVolume = NULL;
- Funcs->GetVolume = NULL;
-
- if ( card == WaveBlaster )
- {- if ( BLASTER_CardHasMixer() )
- {- BLASTER_SaveMidiVolume();
- Funcs->SetVolume = BLASTER_SetMidiVolume;
- Funcs->GetVolume = BLASTER_GetMidiVolume;
- }
- }
-
- MIDI_SetMidiFuncs( Funcs );
-
- return( status );
- }
-
-int MUSIC_InitGUS
- (
- midifuncs *Funcs
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- status = MUSIC_Ok;
-
- if ( GUSMIDI_Init() != GUS_Ok )
- {- MUSIC_SetErrorCode( MUSIC_SoundCardError );
- return( MUSIC_Error );
- }
-
- Funcs->NoteOff = GUSMIDI_NoteOff;
- Funcs->NoteOn = GUSMIDI_NoteOn;
- Funcs->PolyAftertouch = NULL;
- Funcs->ControlChange = GUSMIDI_ControlChange;
- Funcs->ProgramChange = GUSMIDI_ProgramChange;
- Funcs->ChannelAftertouch = NULL;
- Funcs->PitchBend = GUSMIDI_PitchBend;
- Funcs->ReleasePatches = NULL;//GUSMIDI_ReleasePatches;
- Funcs->LoadPatch = NULL;//GUSMIDI_LoadPatch;
- Funcs->SetVolume = GUSMIDI_SetVolume;
- Funcs->GetVolume = GUSMIDI_GetVolume;
-
- MIDI_SetMidiFuncs( Funcs );
-
- return( status );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_FadeRoutine
-
- Fades music volume from current level to another over a specified
- period of time.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void MUSIC_FadeRoutine
- (
- task *Task
- )
-
- {- int volume;
-
- MUSIC_CurrentFadeVolume += MUSIC_FadeRate;
- if ( MUSIC_FadeLength == 0 )
- {- MIDI_SetVolume( MUSIC_EndingFadeVolume );
- TS_Terminate( Task );
- MUSIC_FadeTask = NULL;
- }
- else
- {- MUSIC_FadeLength--;
-// if ( ( MUSIC_SoundDevice == GenMidi ) &&
-// ( ( MUSIC_FadeLength % 12 ) != 0 ) )
-// {-// return;
-// }
-
- volume = MUSIC_CurrentFadeVolume >> 7;
- if ( MUSIC_LastFadeVolume != volume )
- {- MUSIC_LastFadeVolume = volume;
- MIDI_SetVolume( volume );
- }
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_FadeVolume
-
- Fades music volume from current level to another over a specified
- period of time.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MUSIC_FadeVolume
- (
- int tovolume,
- int milliseconds
- )
-
- {- int fromvolume;
-
- if ( ( MUSIC_SoundDevice == ProAudioSpectrum ) ||
- ( MUSIC_SoundDevice == SoundMan16 ) ||
- ( MUSIC_SoundDevice == GenMidi ) ||
- ( MUSIC_SoundDevice == SoundScape ) ||
- ( MUSIC_SoundDevice == SoundCanvas ) )
- {- MIDI_SetVolume( tovolume );
- return( MUSIC_Ok );
- }
-
- if ( MUSIC_FadeTask != NULL )
- {- MUSIC_StopFade();
- }
-
- tovolume = max( 0, tovolume );
- tovolume = min( 255, tovolume );
- fromvolume = MUSIC_GetVolume();
-
- MUSIC_FadeLength = milliseconds / 25;
- MUSIC_FadeRate = ( ( tovolume - fromvolume ) << 7 ) / MUSIC_FadeLength;
- MUSIC_LastFadeVolume = fromvolume;
- MUSIC_CurrentFadeVolume = fromvolume << 7;
- MUSIC_EndingFadeVolume = tovolume;
-
- MUSIC_FadeTask = TS_ScheduleTask( MUSIC_FadeRoutine, 40, 1, NULL );
- if ( MUSIC_FadeTask == NULL )
- {- MUSIC_SetErrorCode( MUSIC_TaskManError );
- return( MUSIC_Warning );
- }
-
- TS_Dispatch();
- return( MUSIC_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_FadeActive
-
- Returns whether the fade routine is active.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int MUSIC_FadeActive
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- return( MUSIC_FadeTask != NULL );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_StopFade
-
- Stops fading the music.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MUSIC_StopFade
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- if ( MUSIC_FadeTask != NULL )
- {- TS_Terminate( MUSIC_FadeTask );
- MUSIC_FadeTask = NULL;
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_RerouteMidiChannel
-
- Sets callback function to reroute MIDI commands from specified
- function.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MUSIC_RerouteMidiChannel
- (
- int channel,
- int cdecl ( *function )( int event, int c1, int c2 )
- )
-
- {- MIDI_RerouteMidiChannel( channel, function );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: MUSIC_RegisterTimbreBank
-
- Halts playback of all sounds.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void MUSIC_RegisterTimbreBank
- (
- unsigned char *timbres
- )
-
- {- AL_RegisterTimbreBank( timbres );
- }
--- a/src/audiolib/music.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: MUSIC.H
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: March 25, 1994
-
- Public header for MUSIC.C
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __MUSIC_H
-#define __MUSIC_H
-
-#include "sndcards.h"
-
-#define cdecl
-
-extern int MUSIC_ErrorCode;
-
-enum MUSIC_ERRORS
- {- MUSIC_Warning = -2,
- MUSIC_Error = -1,
- MUSIC_Ok = 0,
- MUSIC_ASSVersion,
- MUSIC_SoundCardError,
- MUSIC_MPU401Error,
- MUSIC_InvalidCard,
- MUSIC_MidiError,
- MUSIC_TaskManError,
- MUSIC_FMNotDetected,
- MUSIC_DPMI_Error
- };
-
-typedef struct
- {- unsigned long tickposition;
- unsigned long milliseconds;
- unsigned int measure;
- unsigned int beat;
- unsigned int tick;
- } songposition;
-
-#define MUSIC_LoopSong ( 1 == 1 )
-#define MUSIC_PlayOnce ( !MUSIC_LoopSong )
-
-char *MUSIC_ErrorString( int ErrorNumber );
-int MUSIC_Init( int SoundCard, int Address );
-int MUSIC_Shutdown( void );
-void MUSIC_SetMaxFMMidiChannel( int channel );
-void MUSIC_SetVolume( int volume );
-void MUSIC_SetMidiChannelVolume( int channel, int volume );
-void MUSIC_ResetMidiChannelVolumes( void );
-int MUSIC_GetVolume( void );
-void MUSIC_SetLoopFlag( int loopflag );
-int MUSIC_SongPlaying( void );
-void MUSIC_Continue( void );
-void MUSIC_Pause( void );
-int MUSIC_StopSong( void );
-int MUSIC_PlaySong( unsigned char *song, int loopflag );
-void MUSIC_SetContext( int context );
-int MUSIC_GetContext( void );
-void MUSIC_SetSongTick( unsigned long PositionInTicks );
-void MUSIC_SetSongTime( unsigned long milliseconds );
-void MUSIC_SetSongPosition( int measure, int beat, int tick );
-void MUSIC_GetSongPosition( songposition *pos );
-void MUSIC_GetSongLength( songposition *pos );
-int MUSIC_FadeVolume( int tovolume, int milliseconds );
-int MUSIC_FadeActive( void );
-void MUSIC_StopFade( void );
-void MUSIC_RerouteMidiChannel( int channel, int cdecl ( *function )( int event, int c1, int c2 ) );
-void MUSIC_RegisterTimbreBank( unsigned char *timbres );
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/mv_mix.asm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,505 +1,0 @@
- IDEAL
-
- p386
- MODEL flat
-
- dataseg
- CODESEG
-
- MASM
- ALIGN 4
-
-EXTRN _MV_HarshClipTable:DWORD
-EXTRN _MV_MixDestination:DWORD
-EXTRN _MV_MixPosition:DWORD
-EXTRN _MV_LeftVolume:DWORD
-EXTRN _MV_RightVolume:DWORD
-EXTRN _MV_SampleSize:DWORD
-EXTRN _MV_RightChannelOffset:DWORD
-
-;================
-;
-; MV_Mix8BitMono
-;
-;================
-
-; eax - position
-; edx - rate
-; ebx - start
-; ecx - number of samples to mix
-
-PROC MV_Mix8BitMono_
-PUBLIC MV_Mix8BitMono_
-; Two at once
- pushad
-
- mov ebp, eax
-
- mov esi, ebx ; Source pointer
-
- ; Sample size
- mov ebx, _MV_SampleSize
- mov eax,OFFSET apatch7+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],bl
- mov eax,OFFSET apatch8+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],bl
- mov eax,OFFSET apatch9+3 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],bl
-
- ; Volume table ptr
- mov ebx, _MV_LeftVolume ; Since we're mono, use left volume
- mov eax,OFFSET apatch1+4 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
- mov eax,OFFSET apatch2+4 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
-
- ; Harsh Clip table ptr
- mov ebx, _MV_HarshClipTable
- add ebx, 128
- mov eax,OFFSET apatch3+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
- mov eax,OFFSET apatch4+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
-
- ; Rate scale ptr
- mov eax,OFFSET apatch5+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],edx
- mov eax,OFFSET apatch6+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],edx
-
- mov edi, _MV_MixDestination ; Get the position to write to
-
- ; Number of samples to mix
- shr ecx, 1 ; double sample count
- cmp ecx, 0
- je short exit8m
-
-; eax - scratch
-; ebx - scratch
-; edx - scratch
-; ecx - count
-; edi - destination
-; esi - source
-; ebp - frac pointer
-; apatch1 - volume table
-; apatch2 - volume table
-; apatch3 - harsh clip table
-; apatch4 - harsh clip table
-; apatch5 - sample rate
-; apatch6 - sample rate
-
- mov eax,ebp ; begin calculating first sample
- add ebp,edx ; advance frac pointer
- shr eax,16 ; finish calculation for first sample
-
- mov ebx,ebp ; begin calculating second sample
- add ebp,edx ; advance frac pointer
- shr ebx,16 ; finish calculation for second sample
-
- movzx eax, byte ptr [esi+eax] ; get first sample
- movzx ebx, byte ptr [esi+ebx] ; get second sample
-
- ALIGN 4
-mix8Mloop:
- movzx edx, byte ptr [edi] ; get current sample from destination
-apatch1:
- movsx eax, byte ptr [2*eax+12345678h] ; volume translate first sample
-apatch2:
- movsx ebx, byte ptr [2*ebx+12345678h] ; volume translate second sample
- add eax, edx ; mix first sample
-apatch9:
- movzx edx, byte ptr [edi + 1] ; get current sample from destination
-apatch3:
- mov eax, [eax + 12345678h] ; harsh clip new sample
- add ebx, edx ; mix second sample
- mov [edi], al ; write new sample to destination
- mov edx, ebp ; begin calculating third sample
-apatch4:
- mov ebx, [ebx + 12345678h] ; harsh clip new sample
-apatch5:
- add ebp,12345678h ; advance frac pointer
- shr edx, 16 ; finish calculation for third sample
- mov eax, ebp ; begin calculating fourth sample
-apatch7:
- add edi, 1 ; move destination to second sample
- shr eax, 16 ; finish calculation for fourth sample
- mov [edi], bl ; write new sample to destination
-apatch6:
- add ebp,12345678h ; advance frac pointer
- movzx ebx, byte ptr [esi+eax] ; get fourth sample
- movzx eax, byte ptr [esi+edx] ; get third sample
-apatch8:
- add edi, 2 ; move destination to third sample
- dec ecx ; decrement count
- jnz mix8Mloop ; loop
-
- mov _MV_MixDestination, edi ; Store the current write position
- mov _MV_MixPosition, ebp ; return position
-exit8m:
- popad
- ret
-ENDP MV_Mix8BitMono_
-
-;================
-;
-; MV_Mix8BitStereo
-;
-;================
-
-; eax - position
-; edx - rate
-; ebx - start
-; ecx - number of samples to mix
-
-PROC MV_Mix8BitStereo_
-PUBLIC MV_Mix8BitStereo_
-
- pushad
- mov ebp, eax
-
- mov esi, ebx ; Source pointer
-
- ; Sample size
- mov ebx, _MV_SampleSize
- mov eax,OFFSET bpatch8+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],bl
-
- ; Right channel offset
- mov ebx, _MV_RightChannelOffset
- mov eax,OFFSET bpatch6+3 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
- mov eax,OFFSET bpatch7+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
-
- ; Volume table ptr
- mov ebx, _MV_LeftVolume
- mov eax,OFFSET bpatch1+4 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
-
- mov ebx, _MV_RightVolume
- mov eax,OFFSET bpatch2+4 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
-
- ; Rate scale ptr
- mov eax,OFFSET bpatch3+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],edx
-
- ; Harsh Clip table ptr
- mov ebx, _MV_HarshClipTable
- add ebx,128
- mov eax,OFFSET bpatch4+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
- mov eax,OFFSET bpatch5+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
-
- mov edi, _MV_MixDestination ; Get the position to write to
-
- ; Number of samples to mix
- cmp ecx, 0
- je short exit8S
-
-; eax - scratch
-; ebx - scratch
-; edx - scratch
-; ecx - count
-; edi - destination
-; esi - source
-; ebp - frac pointer
-; bpatch1 - left volume table
-; bpatch2 - right volume table
-; bpatch3 - sample rate
-; bpatch4 - harsh clip table
-; bpatch5 - harsh clip table
-
- mov eax,ebp ; begin calculating first sample
- shr eax,16 ; finish calculation for first sample
-
- movzx ebx, byte ptr [esi+eax] ; get first sample
-
- ALIGN 4
-mix8Sloop:
-bpatch1:
- movsx eax, byte ptr [2*ebx+12345678h] ; volume translate left sample
- movzx edx, byte ptr [edi] ; get current sample from destination
-bpatch2:
- movsx ebx, byte ptr [2*ebx+12345678h] ; volume translate right sample
- add eax, edx ; mix left sample
-bpatch3:
- add ebp,12345678h ; advance frac pointer
-bpatch6:
- movzx edx, byte ptr [edi+12345678h] ; get current sample from destination
-bpatch4:
- mov eax, [eax + 12345678h] ; harsh clip left sample
- add ebx, edx ; mix right sample
- mov [edi], al ; write left sample to destination
-bpatch5:
- mov ebx, [ebx + 12345678h] ; harsh clip right sample
- mov edx, ebp ; begin calculating second sample
-bpatch7:
- mov [edi+12345678h], bl ; write right sample to destination
- shr edx, 16 ; finish calculation for second sample
-bpatch8:
- add edi, 2 ; move destination to second sample
- movzx ebx, byte ptr [esi+edx] ; get second sample
- dec ecx ; decrement count
- jnz mix8Sloop ; loop
-
- mov _MV_MixDestination, edi ; Store the current write position
- mov _MV_MixPosition, ebp ; return position
-
-EXIT8S:
- popad
- ret
-ENDP MV_Mix8BitStereo_
-
-;================
-;
-; MV_Mix16BitMono
-;
-;================
-
-; eax - position
-; edx - rate
-; ebx - start
-; ecx - number of samples to mix
-
-PROC MV_Mix16BitMono_
-PUBLIC MV_Mix16BitMono_
-; Two at once
- pushad
-
- mov ebp, eax
-
- mov esi, ebx ; Source pointer
-
- ; Sample size
- mov ebx, _MV_SampleSize
- mov eax,OFFSET cpatch5+3 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],bl
- mov eax,OFFSET cpatch6+3 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],bl
- mov eax,OFFSET cpatch7+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- add bl,bl
- mov [eax],bl
-
- ; Volume table ptr
- mov ebx, _MV_LeftVolume
- mov eax,OFFSET cpatch1+4 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
- mov eax,OFFSET cpatch2+4 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
-
- ; Rate scale ptr
- mov eax,OFFSET cpatch3+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],edx
- mov eax,OFFSET cpatch4+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],edx
-
- mov edi, _MV_MixDestination ; Get the position to write to
-
- ; Number of samples to mix
- shr ecx, 1 ; double sample count
- cmp ecx, 0
- je exit16M
-
-; eax - scratch
-; ebx - scratch
-; edx - scratch
-; ecx - count
-; edi - destination
-; esi - source
-; ebp - frac pointer
-; cpatch1 - volume table
-; cpatch2 - volume table
-; cpatch3 - sample rate
-; cpatch4 - sample rate
-
- mov eax,ebp ; begin calculating first sample
- add ebp,edx ; advance frac pointer
- shr eax,16 ; finish calculation for first sample
-
- mov ebx,ebp ; begin calculating second sample
- add ebp,edx ; advance frac pointer
- shr ebx,16 ; finish calculation for second sample
-
- movzx eax, byte ptr [esi+eax] ; get first sample
- movzx ebx, byte ptr [esi+ebx] ; get second sample
-
- ALIGN 4
-mix16Mloop:
- movsx edx, word ptr [edi] ; get current sample from destination
-cpatch1:
- movsx eax, word ptr [2*eax+12345678h] ; volume translate first sample
-cpatch2:
- movsx ebx, word ptr [2*ebx+12345678h] ; volume translate second sample
- add eax, edx ; mix first sample
-cpatch5:
- movsx edx, word ptr [edi + 2] ; get current sample from destination
-
- cmp eax, -32768 ; Harsh clip sample
- jge short m16skip1
- mov eax, -32768
- jmp short m16skip2
-m16skip1:
- cmp eax, 32767
- jle short m16skip2
- mov eax, 32767
-m16skip2:
- add ebx, edx ; mix second sample
- mov [edi], ax ; write new sample to destination
- mov edx, ebp ; begin calculating third sample
-
- cmp ebx, -32768 ; Harsh clip sample
- jge short m16skip3
- mov ebx, -32768
- jmp short m16skip4
-m16skip3:
- cmp ebx, 32767
- jle short m16skip4
- mov ebx, 32767
-m16skip4:
-cpatch3:
- add ebp,12345678h ; advance frac pointer
- shr edx, 16 ; finish calculation for third sample
- mov eax, ebp ; begin calculating fourth sample
-cpatch6:
- mov [edi + 2], bx ; write new sample to destination
- shr eax, 16 ; finish calculation for fourth sample
-
-cpatch4:
- add ebp,12345678h ; advance frac pointer
- movzx ebx, byte ptr [esi+eax] ; get fourth sample
-cpatch7:
- add edi, 4 ; move destination to third sample
- movzx eax, byte ptr [esi+edx] ; get third sample
- dec ecx ; decrement count
- jnz mix16Mloop ; loop
-
- mov _MV_MixDestination, edi ; Store the current write position
- mov _MV_MixPosition, ebp ; return position
-EXIT16M:
- popad
- ret
-ENDP MV_Mix16BitMono_
-
-;================
-;
-; MV_Mix16BitStereo
-;
-;================
-
-; eax - position
-; edx - rate
-; ebx - start
-; ecx - number of samples to mix
-
-PROC MV_Mix16BitStereo_
-PUBLIC MV_Mix16BitStereo_
-
- pushad
- mov ebp, eax
-
- mov esi, ebx ; Source pointer
-
- ; Sample size
- mov ebx, _MV_SampleSize
- mov eax,OFFSET dpatch6+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],bl
-
- ; Right channel offset
- mov ebx, _MV_RightChannelOffset
- mov eax,OFFSET dpatch4+3 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
- mov eax,OFFSET dpatch5+3 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
-
- ; Volume table ptr
- mov ebx, _MV_LeftVolume
- mov eax,OFFSET dpatch1+4 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
-
- mov ebx, _MV_RightVolume
- mov eax,OFFSET dpatch2+4 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
-
- ; Rate scale ptr
- mov eax,OFFSET dpatch3+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],edx
-
- mov edi, _MV_MixDestination ; Get the position to write to
-
- ; Number of samples to mix
- cmp ecx, 0
- je exit16S
-
-; eax - scratch
-; ebx - scratch
-; edx - scratch
-; ecx - count
-; edi - destination
-; esi - source
-; ebp - frac pointer
-; dpatch1 - left volume table
-; dpatch2 - right volume table
-; dpatch3 - sample rate
-
- mov eax,ebp ; begin calculating first sample
- shr eax,16 ; finish calculation for first sample
-
- movzx ebx, byte ptr [esi+eax] ; get first sample
-
- ALIGN 4
-mix16Sloop:
-dpatch1:
- movsx eax, word ptr [2*ebx+12345678h] ; volume translate left sample
- movsx edx, word ptr [edi] ; get current sample from destination
-dpatch2:
- movsx ebx, word ptr [2*ebx+12345678h] ; volume translate right sample
- add eax, edx ; mix left sample
-dpatch3:
- add ebp,12345678h ; advance frac pointer
-dpatch4:
- movsx edx, word ptr [edi+12345678h] ; get current sample from destination
-
- cmp eax, -32768 ; Harsh clip sample
- jge short s16skip1
- mov eax, -32768
- jmp short s16skip2
-s16skip1:
- cmp eax, 32767
- jle short s16skip2
- mov eax, 32767
-s16skip2:
- add ebx, edx ; mix right sample
- mov [edi], ax ; write left sample to destination
-
- cmp ebx, -32768 ; Harsh clip sample
- jge short s16skip3
- mov ebx, -32768
- jmp short s16skip4
-s16skip3:
- cmp ebx, 32767
- jle short s16skip4
- mov ebx, 32767
-s16skip4:
-
- mov edx, ebp ; begin calculating second sample
-dpatch5:
- mov [edi+12345678h], bx ; write right sample to destination
- shr edx, 16 ; finish calculation for second sample
-dpatch6:
- add edi, 4 ; move destination to second sample
- movzx ebx, byte ptr [esi+edx] ; get second sample
- dec ecx ; decrement count
- jnz mix16Sloop ; loop
-
- mov _MV_MixDestination, edi ; Store the current write position
- mov _MV_MixPosition, ebp ; return position
-exit16S:
- popad
- ret
-ENDP MV_Mix16BitStereo_
-
- ENDS
-
- END
--- a/src/audiolib/mv_mix16.asm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,524 +1,0 @@
- IDEAL
-
- p386
- MODEL flat
-
- dataseg
- CODESEG
-
- MASM
- ALIGN 4
-
-EXTRN _MV_HarshClipTable:DWORD
-EXTRN _MV_MixDestination:DWORD
-EXTRN _MV_MixPosition:DWORD
-EXTRN _MV_LeftVolume:DWORD
-EXTRN _MV_RightVolume:DWORD
-EXTRN _MV_SampleSize:DWORD
-EXTRN _MV_RightChannelOffset:DWORD
-
-;================
-;
-; MV_Mix8BitMono16
-;
-;================
-
-; eax - position
-; edx - rate
-; ebx - start
-; ecx - number of samples to mix
-
-PROC MV_Mix8BitMono16_
-PUBLIC MV_Mix8BitMono16_
-; Two at once
- pushad
- mov ebp, eax
-
- mov esi, ebx ; Source pointer
- inc esi
-
- ; Sample size
- mov ebx, _MV_SampleSize
- mov eax,OFFSET apatch7+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],bl
- mov eax,OFFSET apatch8+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],bl
- mov eax,OFFSET apatch9+3 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],bl
-
- ; Volume table ptr
- mov ebx, _MV_LeftVolume ; Since we're mono, use left volume
- mov eax,OFFSET apatch1+4 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
- mov eax,OFFSET apatch2+4 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
-
- ; Harsh Clip table ptr
- mov ebx, _MV_HarshClipTable
- add ebx, 128
- mov eax,OFFSET apatch3+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
- mov eax,OFFSET apatch4+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
-
- ; Rate scale ptr
- mov eax,OFFSET apatch5+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],edx
- mov eax,OFFSET apatch6+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],edx
-
- mov edi, _MV_MixDestination ; Get the position to write to
-
- ; Number of samples to mix
- shr ecx, 1 ; double sample count
- cmp ecx, 0
- je exit8m
-
-; eax - scratch
-; ebx - scratch
-; edx - scratch
-; ecx - count
-; edi - destination
-; esi - source
-; ebp - frac pointer
-; apatch1 - volume table
-; apatch2 - volume table
-; apatch3 - harsh clip table
-; apatch4 - harsh clip table
-; apatch5 - sample rate
-; apatch6 - sample rate
-
- mov eax,ebp ; begin calculating first sample
- add ebp,edx ; advance frac pointer
- shr eax,16 ; finish calculation for first sample
-
- mov ebx,ebp ; begin calculating second sample
- add ebp,edx ; advance frac pointer
- shr ebx,16 ; finish calculation for second sample
-
- movsx eax, byte ptr [esi+2*eax] ; get first sample
- movsx ebx, byte ptr [esi+2*ebx] ; get second sample
- add eax, 80h
- add ebx, 80h
-
- ALIGN 4
-mix8Mloop:
- movzx edx, byte ptr [edi] ; get current sample from destination
-apatch1:
- movsx eax, byte ptr [2*eax+12345678h] ; volume translate first sample
-apatch2:
- movsx ebx, byte ptr [2*ebx+12345678h] ; volume translate second sample
- add eax, edx ; mix first sample
-apatch9:
- movzx edx, byte ptr [edi + 1] ; get current sample from destination
-apatch3:
- mov eax, [eax + 12345678h] ; harsh clip new sample
- add ebx, edx ; mix second sample
- mov [edi], al ; write new sample to destination
- mov edx, ebp ; begin calculating third sample
-apatch4:
- mov ebx, [ebx + 12345678h] ; harsh clip new sample
-apatch5:
- add ebp,12345678h ; advance frac pointer
- shr edx, 16 ; finish calculation for third sample
- mov eax, ebp ; begin calculating fourth sample
-apatch7:
- add edi, 2 ; move destination to second sample
- shr eax, 16 ; finish calculation for fourth sample
- mov [edi], bl ; write new sample to destination
-apatch6:
- add ebp,12345678h ; advance frac pointer
- movsx ebx, byte ptr [esi+2*eax] ; get fourth sample
- movsx eax, byte ptr [esi+2*edx] ; get third sample
- add ebx, 80h
- add eax, 80h
-apatch8:
- add edi, 2 ; move destination to third sample
- dec ecx ; decrement count
- jnz mix8Mloop ; loop
-
- mov _MV_MixDestination, edi ; Store the current write position
- mov _MV_MixPosition, ebp ; return position
-exit8m:
- popad
- ret
-ENDP MV_Mix8BitMono16_
-
-;================
-;
-; MV_Mix8BitStereo16
-;
-;================
-
-; eax - position
-; edx - rate
-; ebx - start
-; ecx - number of samples to mix
-
-PROC MV_Mix8BitStereo16_
-PUBLIC MV_Mix8BitStereo16_
-
- pushad
- mov ebp, eax
-
- mov esi, ebx ; Source pointer
- inc esi
-
- ; Sample size
- mov ebx, _MV_SampleSize
- mov eax,OFFSET bpatch8+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],bl
- ; mov eax,OFFSET bpatch9+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- ; mov [eax],bl
-
- ; Right channel offset
- mov ebx, _MV_RightChannelOffset
- mov eax,OFFSET bpatch6+3 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
- mov eax,OFFSET bpatch7+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
-
- ; Volume table ptr
- mov ebx, _MV_LeftVolume
- mov eax,OFFSET bpatch1+4 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
-
- mov ebx, _MV_RightVolume
- mov eax,OFFSET bpatch2+4 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
-
- ; Rate scale ptr
- mov eax,OFFSET bpatch3+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],edx
-
- ; Harsh Clip table ptr
- mov ebx, _MV_HarshClipTable
- add ebx,128
- mov eax,OFFSET bpatch4+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
- mov eax,OFFSET bpatch5+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
-
- mov edi, _MV_MixDestination ; Get the position to write to
-
- ; Number of samples to mix
- cmp ecx, 0
- je short exit8S
-
-; eax - scratch
-; ebx - scratch
-; edx - scratch
-; ecx - count
-; edi - destination
-; esi - source
-; ebp - frac pointer
-; bpatch1 - left volume table
-; bpatch2 - right volume table
-; bpatch3 - sample rate
-; bpatch4 - harsh clip table
-; bpatch5 - harsh clip table
-
- mov eax,ebp ; begin calculating first sample
- shr eax,16 ; finish calculation for first sample
-
- movsx ebx, byte ptr [esi+2*eax] ; get first sample
- add ebx, 80h
-
- ALIGN 4
-mix8Sloop:
-bpatch1:
- movsx eax, byte ptr [2*ebx+12345678h] ; volume translate left sample
- movzx edx, byte ptr [edi] ; get current sample from destination
-bpatch2:
- movsx ebx, byte ptr [2*ebx+12345678h] ; volume translate right sample
- add eax, edx ; mix left sample
-bpatch3:
- add ebp,12345678h ; advance frac pointer
-bpatch6:
- movzx edx, byte ptr [edi+12345678h] ; get current sample from destination
-bpatch4:
- mov eax, [eax + 12345678h] ; harsh clip left sample
- add ebx, edx ; mix right sample
- mov [edi], al ; write left sample to destination
-bpatch5:
- mov ebx, [ebx + 12345678h] ; harsh clip right sample
- mov edx, ebp ; begin calculating second sample
-bpatch7:
- mov [edi+12345678h], bl ; write right sample to destination
- shr edx, 16 ; finish calculation for second sample
-bpatch8:
- add edi, 1 ; move destination to second sample
- movsx ebx, byte ptr [esi+2*edx] ; get second sample
- add ebx, 80h
- dec ecx ; decrement count
- jnz mix8Sloop ; loop
-
- mov _MV_MixDestination, edi ; Store the current write position
- mov _MV_MixPosition, ebp ; return position
-
-EXIT8S:
- popad
- ret
-ENDP MV_Mix8BitStereo16_
-
-;================
-;
-; MV_Mix16BitMono16
-;
-;================
-
-; eax - position
-; edx - rate
-; ebx - start
-; ecx - number of samples to mix
-
-PROC MV_Mix16BitMono16_
-PUBLIC MV_Mix16BitMono16_
-
- pushad
- mov ebp, eax
-
- mov esi, ebx ; Source pointer
-
- ; Sample size
- mov ebx, _MV_SampleSize
- mov eax,OFFSET cpatch4+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],bl
- mov eax,OFFSET cpatch5+3 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],bl
-
- ; Volume table ptr
- mov ebx, _MV_LeftVolume
- mov eax,OFFSET cpatch2+4 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
- mov eax,OFFSET cpatch1+4 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- inc ebx
- mov [eax],ebx
-
- ; Rate scale ptr
- mov eax,OFFSET cpatch3+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],edx
-
- mov edi, _MV_MixDestination ; Get the position to write to
-
- ; Number of samples to mix
- cmp ecx, 0
- je exit16M
-
-; eax - scratch
-; ebx - scratch
-; edx - scratch
-; ecx - count
-; edi - destination
-; esi - source
-; ebp - frac pointer
-; cpatch1 - volume table
-; cpatch2 - volume table
-; cpatch3 - sample rate
-; cpatch4 - sample rate
-
- mov ebx,ebp ; begin calculating first sample
- add ebp,edx ; advance frac pointer
- shr ebx,16 ; finish calculation for first sample
- movzx eax, word ptr [esi+2*ebx] ; get low byte of sample
- xor eax, 8000h
- movzx ebx, ah
- sub ah, ah
-
- movsx edx, word ptr [edi] ; get current sample from destination
-
- ALIGN 4
-mix16Mloop:
-cpatch1:
- movsx eax, byte ptr [2*eax+12345678h] ; volume translate low byte of sample
-cpatch2:
- movsx ebx, word ptr [2*ebx+12345678h] ; volume translate high byte of sample
- lea eax, [ eax + ebx + 80h ] ; mix high byte of sample
- add eax, edx ; mix low byte of sample
-cpatch5:
- movsx edx, word ptr [edi + 2] ; get current sample from destination
-
- cmp eax, -32768 ; Harsh clip sample
- jge short m16skip1
- mov eax, -32768
- jmp short m16skip2
-m16skip1:
- cmp eax, 32767
- jle short m16skip2
- mov eax, 32767
-m16skip2:
- mov ebx, ebp ; begin calculating second sample
- mov [edi], ax ; write new sample to destination
-
- shr ebx, 16 ; finish calculation for second sample
-cpatch3:
- add ebp, 12345678h ; advance frac pointer
-
- movzx eax, word ptr [esi+2*ebx] ; get second sample
-cpatch4:
- add edi, 2 ; move destination to second sample
- xor eax, 8000h
- movzx ebx, ah
- sub ah, ah
-
- dec ecx ; decrement count
- jnz mix16Mloop ; loop
-
- mov _MV_MixDestination, edi ; Store the current write position
- mov _MV_MixPosition, ebp ; return position
-EXIT16M:
- popad
- ret
-ENDP MV_Mix16BitMono16_
-
-;================
-;
-; MV_Mix16BitStereo16
-;
-;================
-
-; eax - position
-; edx - rate
-; ebx - start
-; ecx - number of samples to mix
-
-PROC MV_Mix16BitStereo16_
-PUBLIC MV_Mix16BitStereo16_
-
- pushad
- mov ebp, eax
-
- mov esi, ebx ; Source pointer
-
- ; Sample size
- mov ebx, _MV_SampleSize
- mov eax,OFFSET dpatch9+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],bl
-
- ; Right channel offset
- mov ebx, _MV_RightChannelOffset
- mov eax,OFFSET dpatch7+3 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
- mov eax,OFFSET dpatch8+3 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
-
- ; Volume table ptr
- mov ebx, _MV_LeftVolume
- mov eax,OFFSET dpatch1+4 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
- mov eax,OFFSET dpatch2+4 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- inc ebx
- mov [eax],ebx
-
- mov ebx, _MV_RightVolume
- mov eax,OFFSET dpatch3+4 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],ebx
- mov eax,OFFSET dpatch4+4 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- inc ebx
- mov [eax],ebx
-
- ; Rate scale ptr
- mov eax,OFFSET dpatch5+2 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],edx
-
- ; Source ptr
- mov eax,OFFSET dpatch6+4 ; convice tasm to modify code...
- mov [eax],esi
-
- mov edi, _MV_MixDestination ; Get the position to write to
-
- ; Number of samples to mix
- cmp ecx, 0
- je exit16S
-
-; eax - scratch
-; ebx - scratch
-; edx - scratch
-; esi - scratch
-; ecx - count
-; edi - destination
-; ebp - frac pointer
-; dpatch1 - left volume table
-; dpatch2 - right volume table
-; dpatch3 - sample rate
-
- mov ebx,ebp ; begin calculating first sample
- shr ebx,16 ; finish calculation for first sample
-
- movzx edx, word ptr [esi+2*ebx] ; get first sample
- xor edx, 8000h ; Change from signed to unsigned
- movzx esi, dh ; put high byte in esi
- sub dh, dh ; lo byte in edx
-
- ALIGN 4
-mix16Sloop:
- ; Left channel
-dpatch1:
- movsx eax, word ptr [2*esi+12345678h] ; volume translate high byte of sample
-dpatch2:
- movsx ebx, byte ptr [2*edx+12345678h] ; volume translate low byte of sample
- lea eax, [ eax + ebx + 80h ] ; mix high byte of sample
-
- ; Right channel
-dpatch3:
- movsx esi, word ptr [2*esi+12345678h] ; volume translate high byte of sample
-dpatch4:
- movsx ebx, byte ptr [2*edx+12345678h] ; volume translate low byte of sample
- lea ebx, [ esi + ebx + 80h ] ; mix high byte of sample
-
-dpatch7:
- movsx edx, word ptr [edi+12345678h] ; get current sample from destination
-dpatch5:
- add ebp,12345678h ; advance frac pointer
-
- add eax, edx ; mix left sample
-
- cmp eax, -32768 ; Harsh clip sample
- jge short s16skip1
- mov eax, -32768
- jmp short s16skip2
-s16skip1:
- cmp eax, 32767
- jle short s16skip2
- mov eax, 32767
-s16skip2:
- movsx edx, word ptr [edi+2] ; get current sample from destination
- mov [edi], ax ; write left sample to destination
- add ebx, edx ; mix right sample
-
- cmp ebx, -32768 ; Harsh clip sample
- jge short s16skip3
- mov ebx, -32768
- jmp short s16skip4
-s16skip3:
- cmp ebx, 32767
- jle short s16skip4
- mov ebx, 32767
-s16skip4:
-
- mov edx, ebp ; begin calculating second sample
-dpatch8:
- mov [edi+12345678h], bx ; write right sample to destination
- shr edx, 16 ; finish calculation for second sample
-dpatch9:
- add edi, 4 ; move destination to second sample
-
-dpatch6:
- movzx edx, word ptr [2*edx+12345678h] ; get second sample
- xor edx, 8000h ; Change from signed to unsigned
- movzx esi, dh ; put high byte in esi
- sub dh, dh ; lo byte in edx
-
- dec ecx ; decrement count
- jnz mix16Sloop ; loop
-
- mov _MV_MixDestination, edi ; Store the current write position
- mov _MV_MixPosition, ebp ; return position
-exit16S:
- popad
- ret
-ENDP MV_Mix16BitStereo16_
-
- ENDS
-
- END
--- a/src/audiolib/mvreverb.asm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,181 +1,0 @@
- IDEAL
-
- p386
- MODEL flat
-
- dataseg
- CODESEG
-
- MASM
- ALIGN 4
-
-;================
-;
-; MV_16BitReverb
-;
-;================
-
-; eax - source position
-; edx - destination position
-; ebx - Volume table
-; ecx - number of samples
-
-PROC MV_16BitReverb_
-PUBLIC MV_16BitReverb_
-
- mov esi, eax
- lea edi, [edx - 2]
-
- ALIGN 4
-rev16loop:
- movzx eax, word ptr [esi] ; get sample
- add edi, 2
-
- movzx edx, ah
- sub ah, ah
-
- movsx eax, byte ptr [2*eax+ebx+1] ; volume translate low byte of sample
- xor edx, 80h
-
- movsx edx, word ptr [2*edx+ebx] ; volume translate high byte of sample
- add esi, 2
-
- lea eax, [ eax + edx + 80h ] ; mix high byte of sample
- dec ecx ; decrement count
-
- mov [edi], ax ; write new sample to destination
- jnz rev16loop ; loop
-
- ret
-ENDP MV_16BitReverb_
-
-;================
-;
-; MV_8BitReverb
-;
-;================
-
-; eax - source position
-; edx - destination position
-; ebx - Volume table
-; ecx - number of samples
-
-PROC MV_8BitReverb_
-PUBLIC MV_8BitReverb_
-
- mov esi, eax
- lea edi, [edx - 1]
-
- xor eax, eax
-
- ALIGN 4
-rev8loop:
-; movzx eax, byte ptr [esi] ; get sample
- mov al, byte ptr [esi] ; get sample
- inc edi
-
-; movsx eax, byte ptr [2*eax+ebx] ; volume translate sample
- mov al, byte ptr [2*eax+ebx] ; volume translate sample
- inc esi
-
-; add eax, 80h
- add al, 80h
- dec ecx ; decrement count
-
- mov [edi], al ; write new sample to destination
- jnz rev8loop ; loop
-
- ret
-ENDP MV_8BitReverb_
-
-;================
-;
-; MV_16BitReverbFast
-;
-;================
-
-; eax - source position
-; edx - destination position
-; ebx - number of samples
-; ecx - shift
-
-PROC MV_16BitReverbFast_
-PUBLIC MV_16BitReverbFast_
-
- mov esi, eax
- mov eax,OFFSET rpatch16+3
-
- mov [eax],cl
- lea edi, [edx - 2]
-
- ALIGN 4
-frev16loop:
- mov ax, word ptr [esi] ; get sample
- add edi, 2
-
-rpatch16:
- sar ax, 5 ;;;;Add 1 before shift
- add esi, 2
-
- mov [edi], ax ; write new sample to destination
- dec ebx ; decrement count
-
- jnz frev16loop ; loop
-
- ret
-ENDP MV_16BITREVERBFAST_
-
-;================
-;
-; MV_8BitReverbFast
-;
-;================
-
-; eax - source position
-; edx - destination position
-; ebx - number of samples
-; ecx - shift
-
-PROC MV_8BitReverbFast_
-PUBLIC MV_8BitReverbFast_
- mov esi, eax
- mov eax,OFFSET rpatch8+2
-
- mov edi, edx
- mov edx, 80h
-
- mov [eax],cl
- mov eax, 80h
-
- shr eax, cl
-
- dec edi
- sub edx, eax
-
- ALIGN 4
-frev8loop:
- mov al, byte ptr [esi] ; get sample
- inc esi
-
- mov ecx, eax
- inc edi
-
-rpatch8:
- shr eax, 3
- xor ecx, 80h ; flip the sign bit
-
- shr ecx, 7 ; shift the sign down to 1
- add eax, edx
-
- add eax, ecx ; add sign bit to round to 0
- dec ebx ; decrement count
-
- mov [edi], al ; write new sample to destination
- jnz frev8loop ; loop
-
- ret
-ENDP MV_8BITREVERBFAST_
-
- ENDS
-
- END
--- a/src/audiolib/myprint.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,308 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "myprint.h"
-
-static unsigned short disp_offset = 160 * 24;
-
-void DrawText
- (
- int x,
- int y,
- int ch,
- int foreground,
- int background
- )
-
- {- char *vid;
-
- vid = ( char * )( 0xb0000 );
- vid += y * 160;
- vid += x * 2;
-
- if ( ch != NONE )
- {- *vid = ch;
- }
- vid++;
- *vid = ( ( background & 0x0f ) << 4 ) | ( foreground & 0x0f );
- }
-
-void TextBox
- (
- int x1,
- int y1,
- int x2,
- int y2,
- int ch,
- int foreground,
- int background
- )
-
- {- int x;
- int y;
-
- for( x = x1; x <= x2; x++ )
- {- for( y = y1; y <= y2; y++ )
- {- DrawText( x, y, ch, foreground, background );
- }
- }
- }
-
-void TextFrame
- (
- int x1,
- int y1,
- int x2,
- int y2,
- int type,
- int foreground,
- int background
- )
-
- {- int x;
- int y;
-
- if ( type == 0 )
- {- for( x = x1 + 1; x < x2; x++ )
- {- DrawText( x, y1, type, foreground, background );
- DrawText( x, y2, type, foreground, background );
- }
- for( y = y1 + 1; y < y2; y++ )
- {- DrawText( x1, y, type, foreground, background );
- DrawText( x2, y, type, foreground, background );
- }
- }
- if ( type == SINGLE_FRAME )
- {- DrawText( x1, y1, '�', foreground, background );
- DrawText( x2, y1, '�', foreground, background );
- DrawText( x1, y2, '�', foreground, background );
- DrawText( x2, y2, '�', foreground, background );
- for( x = x1 + 1; x < x2; x++ )
- {- DrawText( x, y1, '�', foreground, background );
- DrawText( x, y2, '�', foreground, background );
- }
- for( y = y1 + 1; y < y2; y++ )
- {- DrawText( x1, y, '�', foreground, background );
- DrawText( x2, y, '�', foreground, background );
- }
- }
- if ( type == DOUBLE_FRAME )
- {- DrawText( x1, y1, '�', foreground, background );
- DrawText( x2, y1, '�', foreground, background );
- DrawText( x1, y2, '�', foreground, background );
- DrawText( x2, y2, '�', foreground, background );
- for( x = x1 + 1; x < x2; x++ )
- {- DrawText( x, y1, '�', foreground, background );
- DrawText( x, y2, '�', foreground, background );
- }
- for( y = y1 + 1; y < y2; y++ )
- {- DrawText( x1, y, '�', foreground, background );
- DrawText( x2, y, '�', foreground, background );
- }
- }
- }
-
-void mysetxy
- (
- int x,
- int y
- )
-
- {- disp_offset = ( x * 2 ) + ( y * 160 );
- }
-
-void myputch
- (
- char ch
- )
-
- {- int j;
- char *disp_start = (char *)( 0xb0000 );
-
- if ( disp_offset >= 160 * 24 )
- {- for ( j = 160; j < 160 * 24; j += 2 )
- {- *( disp_start + j - 160 ) = *( disp_start + j );
- }
-
- disp_offset = 160 * 23;
-
- for ( j = disp_offset; j < ( 160 * 24 ); j += 2 )
- {- *( disp_start + j ) = ' ';
- }
- }
-
- if ( ch >= 32 )
- {- *( disp_start + disp_offset ) = ch;
- disp_offset = disp_offset + 2;
- }
-
- if ( ch == '\r' )
- {- disp_offset = disp_offset / 160;
- disp_offset = disp_offset * 160;
- }
-
- if ( ch == '\n' )
- {- disp_offset = disp_offset + 160;
- if ( disp_offset < 160 * 24 )
- {- for ( j = disp_offset; j < ( ( ( disp_offset / 160 ) + 1 ) *
- 160 ); j += 2 )
- {- *( disp_start + j ) = ' ';
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
-int printstring
- (
- char *string
- )
-
- {- int count;
- char *ptr;
-
- ptr = string;
- count = 0;
-
- while ( *ptr )
- {- myputch( *ptr );
- count++;
- ptr++;
- }
-
- return( count );
- }
-
-
-int printnum
- (
- int number
- )
-
- {- char string[ 100 ];
- int count;
-
- itoa( number, string, 10 );
- count = printstring( string );
-
- return( count );
- }
-
-int printunsigned
- (
- unsigned long number,
- int radix
- )
-
- {- char string[ 100 ];
- int count;
-
- ultoa( number, string, radix );
- count = printstring( string );
-
- return( count );
- }
-
-int myprintf
- (
- char *fmt,
- ...
- )
-
- {- va_list argptr;
- int count;
- char *ptr;
-
- return( 0 );
-
- // DEBUG
- mysetxy( 0, 0 );
-
- va_start( argptr, fmt );
- ptr = fmt;
- count = 0;
-
- while( *ptr != 0 )
- {- if ( *ptr == '%' )
- {- ptr++;
- switch( *ptr )
- {- case 0 :
- return( EOF );
- break;
- case 'd' :
- count += printnum( va_arg( argptr, int ) );
- break;
- case 's' :
- count += printstring( va_arg( argptr, char * ) );
- break;
- case 'u' :
- count += printunsigned( va_arg( argptr, int ), 10 );
- break;
- case 'x' :
- case 'X' :
- count += printunsigned( va_arg( argptr, int ), 16 );
- break;
- }
- ptr++;
- }
- else
- {- myputch( *ptr );
- count++;
- ptr++;
- }
- }
-
- va_end( argptr );
-
- return( count );
- }
--- a/src/audiolib/myprint.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-#ifndef __MYPRINT_H
-#define __MYPRINT_H
-
-enum COLORS
- {- BLACK, BLUE, GREEN, CYAN, RED, MAGENTA, BROWN, LIGHTGRAY, DARKGRAY,
- LIGHTBLUE, LIGHTGREEN, LIGHTCYAN, LIGHTRED, LIGHTMAGENTA, YELLOW, WHITE
- };
-
-#define NONE -1
-#define SINGLE_FRAME -1
-#define DOUBLE_FRAME -2
-
-void DrawText( int x, int y, int ch, int foreground, int background );
-void TextBox( int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int ch, int foreground, int background );
-void TextFrame( int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int type, int foreground, int background );
-void mysetxy( int x, int y );
-void myputch( char ch );
-int printstring( char *string );
-int printnum( int number );
-int printunsigned( unsigned long number, int radix );
-int myprintf( char *fmt, ... );
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/newgf1.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,429 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/***************************************************************************
-* NAME: GF1.H
-** COPYRIGHT:
-** "Copyright (c) 1991,1992, by FORTE
-**
-** "This software is furnished under a license and may be used,
-** copied, or disclosed only in accordance with the terms of such
-** license and with the inclusion of the above copyright notice.
-** This software or any other copies thereof may not be provided or
-** otherwise made available to any other person. No title to and
-** ownership of the software is hereby transfered."
-****************************************************************************
-* CREATION DATE: 07/01/92
-*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*
-* VERSION DATE NAME DESCRIPTION
-*> 1.0 07/01/92 Original
-***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef _GF1_H /* allow header to be processed only once */
-#define _GF1_H
-
-/* error codes */
-#define OK 0
-#define NO_MORE_VOICES -1
-#define BASE_NOT_FOUND 1
-#define BAD_IRQ 2
-#define BAD_DMA 3
-#define OS_LOADED 4
-#define NOT_LOADED 5
-#define NO_MEMORY 6
-#define DMA_BUSY 7
-#define NO_MORE_HANDLERS 8
-#define DMA_HUNG 9
-#define CARD_NOT_FOUND 10
-#define CARD_BEING_USED 11
-#define NO_MORE_INTERRUPTS 12
-#define BAD_TIMER 13
-#define BAD_PATCH 14
-#define OLD_PATCH 15
-#define DOS_ERROR 16
-#define FILE_NOT_FOUND 17
-
-/* bits */
-#define BIT0 0x01
-#define BIT1 0x02
-#define BIT2 0x04
-#define BIT3 0x08
-#define BIT4 0x10
-#define BIT5 0x20
-#define BIT6 0x40
-#define BIT7 0x80
-
-/* bounds for volume enveloping functions */
-#define MIN_OFFSET 5U
-#define MAX_OFFSET 251U
-
-/* bounds for voice allocation */
-#define MIN_VOICES 14
-#define MAX_VOICES 32
-
-/* DMA control bits */
-#define DMA_ENABLE BIT0
-#define DMA_READ BIT1
-#define DMA_WIDTH_16 BIT2 /* width of DMA channel */
-#define DMA_RATE_DIV_1 BIT3
-#define DMA_RATE_DIV_2 BIT4
-#define DMA_IRQ_ENABLE BIT5
-#define DMA_IRQ_PRESENT BIT6
-#define DMA_DATA_16 BIT6 /* width of data */
-#define DMA_INVERT_MSB BIT7
-
-/* SAMPLE control bits */
-#define DMA_STEREO 2
-
-/* DMA flags */
-#define GF1_RECORD 0 /* use dma control or sample control */
-#define GF1_DMA 1
-
-/* MIDI control register */
-#define MIDI_RESET (BIT0|BIT1)
-#define MIDI_TD_INT BIT5
-#define MIDI_RD_INT BIT7
-
-/* MIDI_STATUS_REGISTER */
-#define MIDI_RD BIT0
-#define MIDI_TD BIT1
-#define MIDI_ERR_FRAMING BIT4
-#define MIDI_ERR_OVERRUN BIT5
-
-/* digital playback flags */
-#define TYPE_8BIT BIT0 /* 1 use 8 bit data */
- /* 0 use 16 bit data */
-#define TYPE_PRELOAD BIT1 /* preload data */
-#define TYPE_INVERT_MSB BIT2 /* invert most significant bit during dma */
-#define TYPE_STEREO BIT3 /* 1 for stereo data */
-
-/* sound effects and digital music types */
-#define SND_LOOP_MASK (BIT0|BIT1)
-#define SND_LOOP_NONE 0
-#define SND_LOOP 1
-#define SND_LOOP_BIDIR 2
-#define SND_8BIT (BIT2)
-#define SND_BACKWARD (BIT3)
-
-#define SOUND_PLAYING 2
-#define SOUND_ACTIVE 1
-
-/* patch macros */
-#define HEADER_SIZE 12
-#define ID_SIZE 10
-#define DESC_SIZE 60
-#define RESERVED_SIZE 40
-#define PATCH_HEADER_RESERVED_SIZE 36
-#define LAYER_RESERVED_SIZE 40
-#define PATCH_DATA_RESERVED_SIZE 36
-#define GF1_HEADER_TEXT "GF1PATCH110"
-#define INST_NAME_SIZE 16
-#define ENVELOPES 6
-#define MAX_LAYERS 4
-
-/* patch modes */
-#define PATCH_16 BIT0
-#define PATCH_UNSIGNED BIT1
-#define PATCH_LOOPEN BIT2
-#define PATCH_BIDIR BIT3
-#define PATCH_BACKWARD BIT4
-#define PATCH_SUSTAIN BIT5
-#define PATCH_NO_SRELEASE BIT6
-#define PATCH_FAST_REL BIT7
-
-/* flags for patch loading */
-#define PATCH_LOAD_8_BIT BIT0
-
-/* digital playback callback reasons & return values */
-#define DIG_DONE 0
-#define DIG_MORE_DATA 1
-#define DIG_BUFFER_DONE 2
-#define DIG_PAUSE 3
-
-/* log table used for vibrato and pitch bend. log table made public for
-** developers use */
-#define LOG_TAB_SIZE 12
-extern long gf1_log_table[LOG_TAB_SIZE];
-
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__)
-#undef RFAR
-#define RFAR far
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER <= 600)
-#define RFAR far
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER > 600)
-#define RFAR __far
-#else
-#undef RFAR
-#define RFAR
-#endif
-
-/* structure definitions */
-struct load_os
-{- unsigned short voices;
- unsigned short forced_base_port;
- unsigned char forced_gf1_irq;
- unsigned char forced_midi_irq;
- unsigned char forced_channel_in;
- unsigned char forced_channel_out;
-};
-
-struct patchheader
-{- char header[ HEADER_SIZE ];
- char gravis_id[ ID_SIZE ]; /* Id = "ID#000002" */
- char description[ DESC_SIZE ];
- unsigned char instruments;
- char voices;
- char channels;
- unsigned short wave_forms;
- unsigned short master_volume;
- unsigned long data_size;
- char reserved[ PATCH_HEADER_RESERVED_SIZE ];
-};
-
-struct instrumentdata
-{- unsigned short instrument;
- char instrument_name[ INST_NAME_SIZE ];
- long instrument_size;
- char layers;
- char reserved[ RESERVED_SIZE ];
-};
-
-struct layerdata
-{- char layer_duplicate;
- char layer;
- long layer_size;
- char samples;
- char reserved[ LAYER_RESERVED_SIZE ];
-};
-
-struct patchdata
-{- char wave_name[7];
- unsigned char fractions;
- long wave_size;
- long start_loop;
- long end_loop;
- unsigned short sample_rate;
- long low_frequency;
- long high_frequency;
- long root_frequency;
- short tune;
- unsigned char balance;
- unsigned char envelope_rate[ ENVELOPES ];
- unsigned char envelope_offset[ ENVELOPES ];
- unsigned char tremolo_sweep;
- unsigned char tremolo_rate;
- unsigned char tremolo_depth;
- unsigned char vibrato_sweep;
- unsigned char vibrato_rate;
- unsigned char vibrato_depth;
- char modes;
- short scale_frequency;
- unsigned short scale_factor; /* from 0 to 2048 or 0 to 2 */
- char reserved[ PATCH_DATA_RESERVED_SIZE ];
-};
-
-struct wave_struct
-{- unsigned long start_loop;
- unsigned long end_loop;
- long low_frequency;
- long high_frequency;
- long root_frequency;
- unsigned long mem;
- unsigned short scale_frequency;
- unsigned short sample_rate;
- unsigned short scale_factor;
- unsigned short start_acc_low;
- unsigned short start_acc_high;
- unsigned short start_low;
- unsigned short start_high;
- unsigned short end_low;
- unsigned short end_high;
- unsigned short end_acc_low;
- unsigned short end_acc_high;
- unsigned short sample_ratio;
- unsigned long wave_size;
- unsigned char fractions;
- unsigned char balance;
- unsigned char envelope_rate[ ENVELOPES ];
- unsigned char envelope_offset[ ENVELOPES ];
- unsigned char tremolo_sweep;
- unsigned char tremolo_rate;
- unsigned char tremolo_depth;
- unsigned char vibrato_sweep;
- unsigned char vibrato_rate;
- unsigned char vibrato_depth;
- unsigned char modes;
-};
-
-struct patchinfo {- struct patchheader header;
- struct instrumentdata idata;
-};
-
-struct patch {- short nlayers;
- struct wave_struct RFAR *layer_waves[MAX_LAYERS];
- short layer_nwaves[MAX_LAYERS];
- unsigned short detune;
-};
-
-struct gf1_dma_buff {- unsigned char RFAR *vptr;
- unsigned long paddr;
-};
-
-struct gf1_sound {- unsigned long mem_pos;
- unsigned long start_loop;
- unsigned long end_loop;
- unsigned char type;
-};
-
-/* GLOBAL VARIABLES (flags) */
-extern char gf1_linear_volumes;
-extern char gf1_dig_use_extra_voice;
-
-/* FUNCTION PROTOTYPES */
-/* Initializeation routines */
-int gf1_init_ports(int);
-int gf1_load_os(struct load_os RFAR *os);
-int gf1_unload_os(void);
-void gf1_set_appname(char RFAR *);
-void reset_ultra(int);
-int gf1_asm_init(void);
-unsigned char gf1_peek(unsigned long address);
-void gf1_poke(unsigned long address, unsigned char data);
-void gf1_poke_block(unsigned char RFAR *data, unsigned long address, unsigned long len, unsigned char dma_control);
-char gf1_good_dram(unsigned long address);
-int GetUltraCfg(struct load_os RFAR *os);
-unsigned long gf1_malloc(unsigned long);
-void gf1_free(unsigned long);
-unsigned long gf1_mem_avail(void);
-unsigned long gf1_mem_largest_avail(void);
-void gf1_delay(void);
-int gf1_allocate_voice(int priority, void (RFAR *steal_notify)(int));
-void gf1_free_voice(unsigned int i);
-void gf1_adjust_priority(int voice, int priority);
-int gf1_dram_xfer(struct gf1_dma_buff RFAR *dptr, unsigned long size, unsigned long dram_address, unsigned char dma_control, unsigned short flags);
-void gf1_stop_dma(void);
-long convert_to_16bit(long address);
-int gf1_wait_dma(void);
-int gf1_dma_ready(void);
-unsigned long gf1_amount_xferred(void);
-int gf1_detect_card(unsigned short port);
-char *gf1_error_str(int);
-int gf1_play_digital(unsigned short priority, unsigned char RFAR *buffer,
- unsigned long size, unsigned long gf1_addr, unsigned short volume,
- unsigned short pan, unsigned short frequency, unsigned char type,
- struct gf1_dma_buff RFAR *dptr,
- int (RFAR *callback)(int, int, unsigned char RFAR * RFAR *, unsigned long RFAR *));
-void gf1_restart_digital(int voice);
-void gf1_start_digital(int voice);
-void gf1_pause_digital(int voice);
-void RFAR gf1_stop_digital(int voice);
-void gf1_dig_set_dma_rate(unsigned short rate);
-unsigned long gf1_digital_position(int voice);
-int gf1_myatoi(void);
-int gf1_update_waveform(struct wave_struct RFAR *wave_info);
-int gf1_get_patch_info(char RFAR *patch_file, struct patchinfo RFAR *patch);
-int gf1_load_patch(char RFAR *patch_file, struct patchinfo RFAR *patchinfo,
- struct patch RFAR *patch,
- struct gf1_dma_buff RFAR *dptr, unsigned short size,
- unsigned char RFAR *wavemem, int flags);
-void gf1_unload_patch(struct patch RFAR *patch);
-void gf1_detune_patch(struct patch RFAR *patch, unsigned short detune);
-unsigned short gf1_calc_fc(unsigned int sample_ratio,long root,long frequency);
-void gf1_midi_stop_voice(int voice);
-void gf1_midi_wait_voice(int voice);
-unsigned short gf1_midi_status_note(int voice);
-unsigned short gf1_midi_status_voice(int voice);
-void RFAR gf1_midi_stop_note(int note_voice);
-void gf1_midi_note_on(struct patch RFAR *patch, int priority, int note, int velocity, int channel);
-void gf1_midi_note_off(int note, int channel);
-void gf1_midi_silence_patch_notes(struct patch RFAR *patch);
-void gf1_midi_patch_removed(struct patch RFAR *patch);
-int gf1_enable_timer1(int (RFAR *callback)(void), int resolution);
-int gf1_enable_timer2(int (RFAR *callback)(void), int resolution);
-void gf1_disable_timer1(void);
-void gf1_disable_timer2(void);
-void gf1_channel_pitch_bend(int channel, unsigned int bend);
-void gf1_midi_synth_volume(unsigned short synth, int master_volume);
-void gf1_midi_change_program(struct patch RFAR *patch, int channel);
-void gf1_midi_set_vibrato(int channel, int value);
-void gf1_midi_change_volume(int channel, unsigned int volume);
-void gf1_midi_set_balance(int balance, int channel);
-void gf1_midi_channel_sustain(int channel, int sustain);
-void gf1_midi_all_notes_off(int channel);
-void gf1_midi_pitch_bend(int channel, int lsb, int msb);
-void gf1_midi_parameter(int channel, int control, int value);
-int gf1_midi_get_channel_notes(int channel, int notes[]);
-int gf1_midi_get_channel_volume(int channel);
-int gf1_midi_get_master_volume(void);
-int gf1_midi_get_volume(int voice);
-unsigned short gf1_read(int handle, void RFAR *io_buffer, unsigned short size);
-unsigned short gf1_close_file(int handle);
-unsigned int gf1_seek(int handle, unsigned long offset, int method);
-int gf1_open(char RFAR *name);
-#ifdef __FLAT__
-int gf1_atoi(char RFAR **str, int base);
-#else
-int gf1_atoi(void);
-#endif
-void gf1_leave(void);
-short gf1_enter(void);
-void gf1_enter1(void);
-int gf1_play_next_buffer(int voice, unsigned char RFAR *buff, unsigned long size);
-void gf1_dig_set_vol(unsigned short voice, unsigned short vol);
-void gf1_dig_set_pan(unsigned short voice, unsigned short pan);
-int gf1_set_external_semaphore(void RFAR *addr);
-int gf1_clear_external_semaphore(void RFAR *addr);
-void gf1_midi_reset(int c);
-int gf1_add_midi_recv_handler(int (RFAR *handler)());
-int gf1_add_dma_handler(int (*handler)());
-int gf1_add_voice_handler(int (*handler)(int));
-int gf1_add_volume_handler(int (*handler)(int));
-int gf1_add_timer_handler(int timer, int (RFAR *handler)(void));
-void gf1_set_record_rate(unsigned long rate);
-void gf1_create_patch(struct patch RFAR *patch);
-int gf1_add_layer(struct patch RFAR *patch, int layer, char RFAR *wavemem);
-void gf1_get_waveform_info(struct patch RFAR *patch, int layer, int waven,
- struct wave_struct RFAR *wave);
-void gf1_set_waveform_info(struct patch RFAR *patch, int layer, int waven,
- struct wave_struct RFAR *wave);
-void gf1_enable_line_in(void);
-void gf1_disable_line_in(void);
-void gf1_enable_mic_in(void);
-void gf1_disable_mic_in(void);
-void gf1_enable_output(void);
-void gf1_disable_output(void);
-void gf1_sound_volume(unsigned short voice, int volume,
- unsigned long period /* us*10 */);
-void gf1_sound_pan(unsigned short voice, unsigned short pan);
-void gf1_sound_frequency(unsigned short voice, unsigned long freq);
-void RFAR gf1_sound_stop(int voice);
-void gf1_sound_mode(int voice, struct gf1_sound RFAR *sound,
- unsigned char type);
-int gf1_sound_start(unsigned short priority, struct gf1_sound RFAR *sound,
- short volume, unsigned long period, short pan, unsigned long freq);
-int gf1_sound_playing(int voice);
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/nomusic.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +1,0 @@
-#include "music.h"
-
-char *MUSIC_ErrorString(int ErrorNumber)
-{- return "";
-}
-
-int MUSIC_Init(int SoundCard, int Address)
-{- return 0;
-}
-
-int MUSIC_Shutdown(void)
-{- return 0;
-}
-
-void MUSIC_SetMaxFMMidiChannel(int channel)
-{-}
-
-void MUSIC_SetVolume(int volume)
-{-}
-
-void MUSIC_SetMidiChannelVolume(int channel, int volume)
-{-}
-
-void MUSIC_ResetMidiChannelVolumes(void)
-{-}
-
-int MUSIC_GetVolume(void)
-{- return 0;
-}
-
-void MUSIC_SetLoopFlag(int loopflag)
-{-}
-
-int MUSIC_SongPlaying(void)
-{- return 0;
-}
-
-void MUSIC_Continue(void)
-{-}
-
-void MUSIC_Pause(void)
-{-}
-
-int MUSIC_StopSong(void)
-{- return 0;
-}
-
-int MUSIC_PlaySong(unsigned char *song, int loopflag)
-{- return 0;
-}
-
-void MUSIC_SetContext(int context)
-{-}
-
-int MUSIC_GetContext(void)
-{- return 0;
-}
-
-void MUSIC_SetSongTick(unsigned long PositionInTicks)
-{-}
-
-void MUSIC_SetSongTime(unsigned long milliseconds)
-{-}
-
-void MUSIC_SetSongPosition(int measure, int beat, int tick)
-{-}
-
-void MUSIC_GetSongPosition(songposition *pos)
-{-}
-
-void MUSIC_GetSongLength(songposition *pos)
-{-}
-
-int MUSIC_FadeVolume(int tovolume, int milliseconds)
-{- return 0;
-}
-
-int MUSIC_FadeActive(void)
-{- return 0;
-}
-
-void MUSIC_StopFade(void)
-{-}
-
-void MUSIC_RerouteMidiChannel(int channel, int cdecl function( int event, int c1, int c2 ))
-{-}
-
-void MUSIC_RegisterTimbreBank(unsigned char *timbres)
-{-}
--- a/src/audiolib/pas16.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1922 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: PAS16.C
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: March 27, 1994
-
- Low level routines to support Pro AudioSpectrum and compatible
- sound cards.
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include <dos.h>
-#include <conio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "dpmi.h"
-#include "dma.h"
-#include "interrup.h"
-#include "irq.h"
-#include "pas16.h"
-#include "_pas16.h"
-
-#define USESTACK
-
-static const int PAS_Interrupts[ PAS_MaxIrq + 1 ] =
- {- INVALID, INVALID, 0xa, 0xb,
- INVALID, 0xd, INVALID, 0xf,
- INVALID, INVALID, 0x72, 0x73,
- 0x74, INVALID, INVALID, 0x77
- };
-
-static void ( interrupt far *PAS_OldInt )( void );
-
-static int PAS_IntController1Mask;
-static int PAS_IntController2Mask;
-
-static int PAS_Installed = FALSE;
-static int PAS_TranslateCode = DEFAULT_BASE;
-
-static int PAS_OriginalPCMLeftVolume = 75;
-static int PAS_OriginalPCMRightVolume = 75;
-
-static int PAS_OriginalFMLeftVolume = 75;
-static int PAS_OriginalFMRightVolume = 75;
-
-unsigned int PAS_DMAChannel;
-static int PAS_Irq;
-
-static MVState *PAS_State = NULL;
-static MVFunc *PAS_Func = NULL;
-
-static MVState PAS_OriginalState;
-static int PAS_SampleSizeConfig;
-
-static char *PAS_DMABuffer;
-static char *PAS_DMABufferEnd;
-static char *PAS_CurrentDMABuffer;
-static int PAS_TotalDMABufferSize;
-
-static int PAS_TransferLength = 0;
-static int PAS_MixMode = PAS_DefaultMixMode;
-static unsigned PAS_SampleRate = PAS_DefaultSampleRate;
-static int PAS_TimeInterval = 0;
-
-volatile int PAS_SoundPlaying;
-
-void ( *PAS_CallBack )( void );
-
-// adequate stack size
-#define kStackSize 2048
-
-static unsigned short StackSelector = NULL;
-static unsigned long StackPointer;
-
-static unsigned short oldStackSelector;
-static unsigned long oldStackPointer;
-
-// This is defined because we can't create local variables in a
-// function that switches stacks.
-static int irqstatus;
-
-// These declarations are necessary to use the inline assembly pragmas.
-
-extern void GetStack(unsigned short *selptr,unsigned long *stackptr);
-extern void SetStack(unsigned short selector,unsigned long stackptr);
-
-// This function will get the current stack selector and pointer and save
-// them off.
-#pragma aux GetStack = \
- "mov [edi],esp" \
- "mov ax,ss" \
- "mov [esi],ax" \
- parm [esi] [edi] \
- modify [eax esi edi];
-
-// This function will set the stack selector and pointer to the specified
-// values.
-#pragma aux SetStack = \
- "mov ss,ax" \
- "mov esp,edx" \
- parm [ax] [edx] \
- modify [eax edx];
-
-int PAS_ErrorCode = PAS_Ok;
-
-#define PAS_SetErrorCode( status ) \
- PAS_ErrorCode = ( status );
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_ErrorString
-
- Returns a pointer to the error message associated with an error
- number. A -1 returns a pointer the current error.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-char *PAS_ErrorString
- (
- int ErrorNumber
- )
-
- {- char *ErrorString;
-
- switch( ErrorNumber )
- {- case PAS_Warning :
- case PAS_Error :
- ErrorString = PAS_ErrorString( PAS_ErrorCode );
- break;
-
- case PAS_Ok :
- ErrorString = "Pro AudioSpectrum ok.";
- break;
-
- case PAS_DriverNotFound :
- ErrorString = "MVSOUND.SYS not loaded.";
- break;
-
- case PAS_DmaError :
- ErrorString = DMA_ErrorString( DMA_Error );
- break;
-
- case PAS_InvalidIrq :
- ErrorString = "Invalid Pro AudioSpectrum Irq.";
- break;
-
- case PAS_UnableToSetIrq :
- ErrorString = "Unable to set Pro AudioSpectrum IRQ. Try selecting an IRQ of 7 or below.";
- break;
-
- case PAS_Dos4gwIrqError :
- ErrorString = "Unsupported Pro AudioSpectrum Irq.";
- break;
-
- case PAS_NoSoundPlaying :
- ErrorString = "No sound playing on Pro AudioSpectrum.";
- break;
-
- case PAS_CardNotFound :
- ErrorString = "Could not find Pro AudioSpectrum.";
- break;
-
- case PAS_DPMI_Error :
- ErrorString = "DPMI Error in PAS16.";
- break;
-
- case PAS_OutOfMemory :
- ErrorString = "Out of conventional memory in PAS16.";
- break;
-
- default :
- ErrorString = "Unknown Pro AudioSpectrum error code.";
- break;
- }
-
- return( ErrorString );
- }
-
-
-/**********************************************************************
-
- Memory locked functions:
-
-**********************************************************************/
-
-
-#define PAS_LockStart PAS_CheckForDriver
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_CheckForDriver
-
- Checks to see if MVSOUND.SYS is installed.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int PAS_CheckForDriver
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- union REGS regs;
- unsigned result;
-
- regs.w.ax = MV_CheckForDriver;
- regs.w.bx = 0x3f3f;
-
- #ifdef __386__
- int386( MV_SoundInt, ®s, ®s );
- #else
- int86( MV_SoundInt, ®s, ®s );
- #endif
-
- if ( regs.w.ax != MV_CheckForDriver )
- {- PAS_SetErrorCode( PAS_DriverNotFound );
- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- result = regs.w.bx ^ regs.w.cx ^ regs.w.dx;
- if ( result != MV_Signature )
- {- PAS_SetErrorCode( PAS_DriverNotFound );
- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- return( PAS_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_GetStateTable
-
- Returns a pointer to the state table containing hardware state
- information. The state table is necessary because the Pro Audio-
- Spectrum contains only write-only registers.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-MVState *PAS_GetStateTable
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- union REGS regs;
- MVState *ptr;
-
- regs.w.ax = MV_GetPointerToStateTable;
-
- #ifdef __386__
- int386( MV_SoundInt, ®s, ®s );
- #else
- int86( MV_SoundInt, ®s, ®s );
- #endif
-
- if ( regs.w.ax != MV_Signature )
- {- PAS_SetErrorCode( PAS_DriverNotFound );
- return( NULL );
- }
-
- #if defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__FLAT__)
- ptr = ( MVState * )( ( ( ( unsigned )regs.w.dx ) << 4 ) +
- ( ( unsigned )regs.w.bx ) );
- #else
- ptr = MK_FP( regs.w.dx, regs.w.bx );
- #endif
-
- return( ptr );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_GetFunctionTable
-
- Returns a pointer to the function table containing addresses of
- driver functions.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-MVFunc *PAS_GetFunctionTable
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- union REGS regs;
- MVFunc *ptr;
-
- regs.w.ax = MV_GetPointerToFunctionTable;
-
- #ifdef __386__
- int386( MV_SoundInt, ®s, ®s );
- #else
- int86( MV_SoundInt, ®s, ®s );
- #endif
-
- if ( regs.w.ax != MV_Signature )
- {- PAS_SetErrorCode( PAS_DriverNotFound );
- return( NULL );
- }
-
- #if defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__FLAT__)
- ptr = ( MVFunc * )( ( ( ( unsigned )regs.w.dx ) << 4 ) +
- ( ( unsigned )regs.w.bx ) );
- #else
- ptr = MK_FP( regs.w.dx, regs.w.bx );
- #endif
-
- return( ptr );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_GetCardSettings
-
- Returns the DMA and the IRQ channels of the sound card.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int PAS_GetCardSettings
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- union REGS regs;
- int status;
-
- regs.w.ax = MV_GetDmaIrqInt;
-
- #ifdef __386__
- int386( MV_SoundInt, ®s, ®s );
- #else
- int86( MV_SoundInt, ®s, ®s );
- #endif
-
- if ( regs.w.ax != MV_Signature )
- {- PAS_SetErrorCode( PAS_DriverNotFound );
- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- PAS_DMAChannel = regs.w.bx;
- PAS_Irq = regs.w.cx;
-
- if ( PAS_Irq > PAS_MaxIrq )
- {- PAS_SetErrorCode( PAS_Dos4gwIrqError );
- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- if ( !VALID_IRQ( PAS_Irq ) )
- {- PAS_SetErrorCode( PAS_InvalidIrq );
- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- if ( PAS_Interrupts[ PAS_Irq ] == INVALID )
- {- PAS_SetErrorCode( PAS_InvalidIrq );
- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- status = DMA_VerifyChannel( PAS_DMAChannel );
- if ( status == DMA_Error )
- {- PAS_SetErrorCode( PAS_DmaError );
- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- return( PAS_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_EnableInterrupt
-
- Enables the triggering of the sound card interrupt.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void PAS_EnableInterrupt
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int mask;
- int data;
- unsigned flags;
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- if ( PAS_Irq < 8 )
- {- mask = inp( 0x21 ) & ~( 1 << PAS_Irq );
- outp( 0x21, mask );
- }
- else
- {- mask = inp( 0xA1 ) & ~( 1 << ( PAS_Irq - 8 ) );
- outp( 0xA1, mask );
-
- mask = inp( 0x21 ) & ~( 1 << 2 );
- outp( 0x21, mask );
- }
-
- // Flush any pending interrupts
- PAS_Write( InterruptStatus, PAS_Read( InterruptStatus ) & 0x40 );
-
- // Enable the interrupt on the PAS
- data = PAS_State->intrctlr;
- data |= SampleBufferInterruptFlag;
- PAS_Write( InterruptControl, data );
- PAS_State->intrctlr = data;
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_DisableInterrupt
-
- Disables the triggering of the sound card interrupt.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void PAS_DisableInterrupt
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int mask;
- int data;
- unsigned flags;
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- // Disable the interrupt on the PAS
- data = PAS_State->intrctlr;
- data &= ~( SampleRateInterruptFlag | SampleBufferInterruptFlag );
- PAS_Write( InterruptControl, data );
- PAS_State->intrctlr = data;
-
- // Restore interrupt mask
- if ( PAS_Irq < 8 )
- {- mask = inp( 0x21 ) & ~( 1 << PAS_Irq );
- mask |= PAS_IntController1Mask & ( 1 << PAS_Irq );
- outp( 0x21, mask );
- }
- else
- {- mask = inp( 0x21 ) & ~( 1 << 2 );
- mask |= PAS_IntController1Mask & ( 1 << 2 );
- outp( 0x21, mask );
-
- mask = inp( 0xA1 ) & ~( 1 << ( PAS_Irq - 8 ) );
- mask |= PAS_IntController2Mask & ( 1 << ( PAS_Irq - 8 ) );
- outp( 0xA1, mask );
- }
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_ServiceInterrupt
-
- Handles interrupt generated by sound card at the end of a voice
- transfer. Calls the user supplied callback function.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void interrupt far PAS_ServiceInterrupt
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- #ifdef USESTACK
- // save stack
- GetStack( &oldStackSelector, &oldStackPointer );
-
- // set our stack
- SetStack( StackSelector, StackPointer );
- #endif
-
- irqstatus = PAS_Read( InterruptStatus );
- if ( ( irqstatus & SampleBufferInterruptFlag ) == 0 )
- {- #ifdef USESTACK
- // restore stack
- SetStack( oldStackSelector, oldStackPointer );
- #endif
-
- _chain_intr( PAS_OldInt );
- }
-
- // Clear the interrupt
- irqstatus &= ~SampleBufferInterruptFlag;
- PAS_Write( InterruptStatus, irqstatus );
-
- // send EOI to Interrupt Controller
- if ( PAS_Irq > 7 )
- {- outp( 0xA0, 0x20 );
- }
- outp( 0x20, 0x20 );
-
-
- // Keep track of current buffer
- PAS_CurrentDMABuffer += PAS_TransferLength;
- if ( PAS_CurrentDMABuffer >= PAS_DMABufferEnd )
- {- PAS_CurrentDMABuffer = PAS_DMABuffer;
- }
-
- // Call the caller's callback function
- if ( PAS_CallBack != NULL )
- {- PAS_CallBack();
- }
-
- #ifdef USESTACK
- // restore stack
- SetStack( oldStackSelector, oldStackPointer );
- #endif
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_Write
-
- Writes a byte of data to the sound card.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void PAS_Write
- (
- int Register,
- int Data
- )
-
- {- int port;
-
- port = Register ^ PAS_TranslateCode;
- outp( port, Data );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_Read
-
- Reads a byte of data from the sound card.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int PAS_Read
- (
- int Register
- )
-
- {- int port;
- int data;
-
- port = Register ^ PAS_TranslateCode;
- data = inp( port );
- return( data );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_SetSampleRateTimer
-
- Programs the Sample Rate Timer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void PAS_SetSampleRateTimer
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int LoByte;
- int HiByte;
- int data;
- unsigned flags;
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- // Disable the Sample Rate Timer
- data = PAS_State->audiofilt;
- data &= ~SampleRateTimerGateFlag;
- PAS_Write( AudioFilterControl, data );
- PAS_State->audiofilt = data;
-
- // Select the Sample Rate Timer
- data = SelectSampleRateTimer;
- PAS_Write( LocalTimerControl, data );
- PAS_State->tmrctlr = data;
-
- LoByte = lobyte( PAS_TimeInterval );
- HiByte = hibyte( PAS_TimeInterval );
-
- // Program the Sample Rate Timer
- PAS_Write( SampleRateTimer, LoByte );
- PAS_Write( SampleRateTimer, HiByte );
- PAS_State->samplerate = PAS_TimeInterval;
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_SetSampleBufferCount
-
- Programs the Sample Buffer Count.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void PAS_SetSampleBufferCount
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int LoByte;
- int HiByte;
- int count;
- int data;
- unsigned flags;
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- // Disable the Sample Buffer Count
- data = PAS_State->audiofilt;
- data &= ~SampleBufferCountGateFlag;
- PAS_Write( AudioFilterControl, data );
- PAS_State->audiofilt = data;
-
- // Select the Sample Buffer Count
- data = SelectSampleBufferCount;
- PAS_Write( LocalTimerControl, data );
- PAS_State->tmrctlr = data;
-
- count = PAS_TransferLength;
-
- // Check if we're using a 16-bit DMA channel
- if ( PAS_DMAChannel > 3 )
- {- count >>= 1;
- }
-
- LoByte = lobyte( count );
- HiByte = hibyte( count );
-
- // Program the Sample Buffer Count
- PAS_Write( SampleBufferCount, LoByte );
- PAS_Write( SampleBufferCount, HiByte );
- PAS_State->samplecnt = count;
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_SetPlaybackRate
-
- Sets the rate at which the digitized sound will be played in
- hertz.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void PAS_SetPlaybackRate
- (
- unsigned rate
- )
-
- {- if ( rate < PAS_MinSamplingRate )
- {- rate = PAS_MinSamplingRate;
- }
-
- if ( rate > PAS_MaxSamplingRate )
- {- rate = PAS_MaxSamplingRate;
- }
-
- PAS_TimeInterval = ( unsigned )CalcTimeInterval( rate );
- if ( PAS_MixMode & STEREO )
- {- PAS_TimeInterval /= 2;
- }
-
- // Keep track of what the actual rate is
- PAS_SampleRate = CalcSamplingRate( PAS_TimeInterval );
- if ( PAS_MixMode & STEREO )
- {- PAS_SampleRate /= 2;
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_GetPlaybackRate
-
- Returns the rate at which the digitized sound will be played in
- hertz.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-unsigned PAS_GetPlaybackRate
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- return( PAS_SampleRate );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_SetMixMode
-
- Sets the sound card to play samples in mono or stereo.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int PAS_SetMixMode
- (
- int mode
- )
-
- {- mode &= PAS_MaxMixMode;
-
- // Check board revision. Revision # 0 can't play 16-bit data.
- if ( ( PAS_State->intrctlr & 0xe0 ) == 0 )
- {- // Force the mode to 8-bit data.
- mode &= ~SIXTEEN_BIT;
- }
-
- PAS_MixMode = mode;
-
- PAS_SetPlaybackRate( PAS_SampleRate );
-
- return( mode );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_StopPlayback
-
- Ends the DMA transfer of digitized sound to the sound card.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void PAS_StopPlayback
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int data;
-
- // Don't allow anymore interrupts
- PAS_DisableInterrupt();
-
- // Stop the transfer of digital data
- data = PAS_State->crosschannel;
- data &= PAS_PCMStopMask;
- PAS_Write( CrossChannelControl, data );
- PAS_State->crosschannel = data;
-
- // Turn off 16-bit unsigned data
- data = PAS_Read( SampleSizeConfiguration );
- data &= PAS_SampleSizeMask;
- PAS_Write( SampleSizeConfiguration, data );
-
- // Disable the DMA channel
- DMA_EndTransfer( PAS_DMAChannel );
-
- PAS_SoundPlaying = FALSE;
-
- PAS_DMABuffer = NULL;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_SetupDMABuffer
-
- Programs the DMAC for sound transfer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int PAS_SetupDMABuffer
- (
- char *BufferPtr,
- int BufferSize,
- int mode
- )
-
- {- int DmaStatus;
- int data;
-
- // Enable PAS Dma
- data = PAS_State->crosschannel;
- data |= PAS_DMAEnable;
- PAS_Write( CrossChannelControl, data );
- PAS_State->crosschannel = data;
-
- DmaStatus = DMA_SetupTransfer( PAS_DMAChannel, BufferPtr, BufferSize, mode );
- if ( DmaStatus == DMA_Error )
- {- PAS_SetErrorCode( PAS_DmaError );
- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- PAS_DMABuffer = BufferPtr;
- PAS_CurrentDMABuffer = BufferPtr;
- PAS_TotalDMABufferSize = BufferSize;
- PAS_DMABufferEnd = BufferPtr + BufferSize;
-
- return( PAS_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_GetCurrentPos
-
- Returns the offset within the current sound being played.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int PAS_GetCurrentPos
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- char *CurrentAddr;
- int offset;
-
- if ( !PAS_SoundPlaying )
- {- PAS_SetErrorCode( PAS_NoSoundPlaying );
- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- CurrentAddr = DMA_GetCurrentPos( PAS_DMAChannel );
- if ( CurrentAddr == NULL )
- {- PAS_SetErrorCode( PAS_DmaError );
- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- offset = ( int )( ( ( unsigned long )CurrentAddr ) -
- ( ( unsigned long )PAS_CurrentDMABuffer ) );
-
- if ( PAS_MixMode & SIXTEEN_BIT )
- {- offset >>= 1;
- }
-
- if ( PAS_MixMode & STEREO )
- {- offset >>= 1;
- }
-
- return( offset );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_GetFilterSetting
-
- Returns the bit settings for the appropriate filter level.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int PAS_GetFilterSetting
- (
- int rate
- )
-
- {- /* CD Quality 17897hz */
- if ( ( unsigned long )rate > ( unsigned long )17897L * 2 )
- {- /* 00001b 20hz to 17.8khz */
- return( 0x01 );
- }
-
- /* Cassette Quality 15090hz */
- if ( ( unsigned long )rate > ( unsigned long )15909L * 2 )
- {- /* 00010b 20hz to 15.9khz */
- return( 0x02 );
- }
-
- /* FM Radio Quality 11931hz */
- if ( ( unsigned long )rate > ( unsigned long )11931L * 2 )
- {- /* 01001b 20hz to 11.9khz */
- return( 0x09 );
- }
-
- /* AM Radio Quality 8948hz */
- if ( ( unsigned long )rate > ( unsigned long )8948L * 2 )
- {- /* 10001b 20hz to 8.9khz */
- return( 0x11 );
- }
-
- /* Telphone Quality 5965hz */
- if ( ( unsigned long )rate > ( unsigned long )5965L * 2 )
- {- /* 00100b 20hz to 5.9khz */
- return( 0x19 );
- }
-
- /* Male voice quality 2982hz */
- /* 111001b 20hz to 2.9khz */
- return( 0x04 );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_BeginTransfer
-
- Starts playback of digitized sound on the sound card.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void PAS_BeginTransfer
- (
- int mode
- )
-
- {- int data;
-
- PAS_SetSampleRateTimer();
-
- PAS_SetSampleBufferCount();
-
- PAS_EnableInterrupt();
-
- // Get sample size configuration
- data = PAS_Read( SampleSizeConfiguration );
-
- // Check board revision. Revision # 0 can't play 16-bit data.
- if ( PAS_State->intrctlr & 0xe0 )
- {- data &= PAS_SampleSizeMask;
-
- // set sample size bit
- if ( PAS_MixMode & SIXTEEN_BIT )
- {- data |= PAS_16BitSampleFlag;
- }
- }
-
- // set oversampling rate
- data &= PAS_OverSamplingMask;
- data |= PAS_4xOverSampling;
-
- // Set sample size configuration
- PAS_Write( SampleSizeConfiguration, data );
-
- // Get Cross channel setting
- data = PAS_State->crosschannel;
- data &= PAS_ChannelConnectMask;
- if ( mode == RECORD )
- {- data |= PAS_PCMStartADC;
- }
- else
- {- data |= PAS_PCMStartDAC;
- }
-
- // set stereo mode bit
- if ( !( PAS_MixMode & STEREO ) )
- {- data |= PAS_StereoFlag;
- }
-
- PAS_Write( CrossChannelControl, data );
- PAS_State->crosschannel = data;
-
- // Get the filter appropriate filter setting
- data = PAS_GetFilterSetting( PAS_SampleRate );
-
- // Enable the Sample Rate Timer and Sample Buffer Count
- data |= SampleRateTimerGateFlag | SampleBufferCountGateFlag;
-
- if ( mode != RECORD )
- {- // Enable audio (not Audio Mute)
- data |= PAS_AudioMuteFlag;
- }
-
- PAS_Write( AudioFilterControl, data );
- PAS_State->audiofilt = data;
-
- PAS_SoundPlaying = TRUE;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_BeginBufferedPlayback
-
- Begins multibuffered playback of digitized sound on the sound card.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int PAS_BeginBufferedPlayback
- (
- char *BufferStart,
- int BufferSize,
- int NumDivisions,
- unsigned SampleRate,
- int MixMode,
- void ( *CallBackFunc )( void )
- )
-
- {- int DmaStatus;
-
- PAS_StopPlayback();
-
- PAS_SetMixMode( MixMode );
- PAS_SetPlaybackRate( SampleRate );
-
- PAS_TransferLength = BufferSize / NumDivisions;
- PAS_SetCallBack( CallBackFunc );
-
- DmaStatus = PAS_SetupDMABuffer( BufferStart, BufferSize, DMA_AutoInitRead );
- if ( DmaStatus == PAS_Error )
- {- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- PAS_BeginTransfer( PLAYBACK );
-
- return( PAS_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_BeginBufferedRecord
-
- Begins multibuffered recording of digitized sound on the sound card.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int PAS_BeginBufferedRecord
- (
- char *BufferStart,
- int BufferSize,
- int NumDivisions,
- unsigned SampleRate,
- int MixMode,
- void ( *CallBackFunc )( void )
- )
-
- {- int DmaStatus;
-
- PAS_StopPlayback();
-
- PAS_SetMixMode( MixMode );
- PAS_SetPlaybackRate( SampleRate );
-
- PAS_TransferLength = BufferSize / NumDivisions;
- PAS_SetCallBack( CallBackFunc );
-
- DmaStatus = PAS_SetupDMABuffer( BufferStart, BufferSize, DMA_AutoInitWrite );
- if ( DmaStatus == PAS_Error )
- {- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- PAS_BeginTransfer( RECORD );
-
- return( PAS_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_CallInt
-
- Calls interrupt 2fh.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int PAS_CallInt( int ebx, int ecx, int edx );
-#pragma aux PAS_CallInt = \
- "int 2fh", \
- parm [ ebx ] [ ecx ] [ edx ] modify exact [ eax ebx ecx edx esi edi ] value [ ebx ];
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_CallMVFunction
-
- Performs a call to a real mode function.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int PAS_CallMVFunction
- (
- unsigned long function,
- int ebx,
- int ecx,
- int edx
- )
-
- {- dpmi_regs callregs;
- int status;
-
- callregs.EBX = ebx;
- callregs.ECX = ecx;
- callregs.EDX = edx;
-
- callregs.SS = 0;
- callregs.SP = 0;
-
- callregs.DS = 0;
- callregs.ES = 0;
- callregs.FS = 0;
- callregs.GS = 0;
-
- callregs.IP = function;
- callregs.CS = function >> 16;
-
- status = DPMI_CallRealModeFunction( &callregs );
- if ( status != DPMI_Ok )
- {- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- return( callregs.EBX & 0xff );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_SetPCMVolume
-
- Sets the volume of digitized sound playback.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int PAS_SetPCMVolume
- (
- int volume
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- volume = max( 0, volume );
- volume = min( volume, 255 );
-
- volume *= 100;
- volume /= 255;
-
- status = PAS_CallMVFunction( PAS_Func->SetMixer, volume,
- OUTPUTMIXER, L_PCM );
- if ( status == PAS_Error )
- {- return( status );
- }
-
- status = PAS_CallMVFunction( PAS_Func->SetMixer, volume,
- OUTPUTMIXER, R_PCM );
- if ( status == PAS_Error )
- {- return( status );
- }
-
- return( PAS_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_GetPCMVolume
-
- Returns the current volume of digitized sound playback.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int PAS_GetPCMVolume
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int leftvolume;
- int rightvolume;
- int totalvolume;
-
- if ( PAS_Func == NULL )
- {- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- leftvolume = PAS_CallMVFunction( PAS_Func->GetMixer, 0,
- OUTPUTMIXER, L_PCM );
- rightvolume = PAS_CallMVFunction( PAS_Func->GetMixer, 0,
- OUTPUTMIXER, R_PCM );
-
- if ( ( leftvolume == PAS_Error ) || ( rightvolume == PAS_Error ) )
- {- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- leftvolume &= 0xff;
- rightvolume &= 0xff;
-
- totalvolume = ( rightvolume + leftvolume ) / 2;
- totalvolume *= 255;
- totalvolume /= 100;
- return( totalvolume );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_SetFMVolume
-
- Sets the volume of FM sound playback.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void PAS_SetFMVolume
- (
- int volume
- )
-
- {- volume = max( 0, volume );
- volume = min( volume, 255 );
-
- volume *= 100;
- volume /= 255;
- if ( PAS_Func )
- {- PAS_CallMVFunction( PAS_Func->SetMixer, volume, OUTPUTMIXER, L_FM );
- PAS_CallMVFunction( PAS_Func->SetMixer, volume, OUTPUTMIXER, R_FM );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_GetFMVolume
-
- Returns the current volume of FM sound playback.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int PAS_GetFMVolume
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int leftvolume;
- int rightvolume;
- int totalvolume;
-
- if ( PAS_Func == NULL )
- {- return( 255 );
- }
-
- leftvolume = PAS_CallMVFunction( PAS_Func->GetMixer, 0,
- OUTPUTMIXER, L_FM ) & 0xff;
- rightvolume = PAS_CallMVFunction( PAS_Func->GetMixer, 0,
- OUTPUTMIXER, R_FM ) & 0xff;
-
- totalvolume = ( rightvolume + leftvolume ) / 2;
- totalvolume *= 255;
- totalvolume /= 100;
- totalvolume = min( 255, totalvolume );
-
- return( totalvolume );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_GetCardInfo
-
- Returns the maximum number of bits that can represent a sample
- (8 or 16) and the number of channels (1 for mono, 2 for stereo).
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int PAS_GetCardInfo
- (
- int *MaxSampleBits,
- int *MaxChannels
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- if ( PAS_State == NULL )
- {- status = PAS_CheckForDriver();
- if ( status != PAS_Ok )
- {- return( status );
- }
-
- PAS_State = PAS_GetStateTable();
- if ( PAS_State == NULL )
- {- return( PAS_Error );
- }
- }
-
- *MaxChannels = 2;
-
- // Check board revision. Revision # 0 can't play 16-bit data.
- if ( ( PAS_State->intrctlr & 0xe0 ) == 0 )
- {- *MaxSampleBits = 8;
- }
- else
- {- *MaxSampleBits = 16;
- }
-
- return( PAS_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_SetCallBack
-
- Specifies the user function to call at the end of a sound transfer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void PAS_SetCallBack
- (
- void ( *func )( void )
- )
-
- {- PAS_CallBack = func;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_FindCard
-
- Auto-detects the port the Pro AudioSpectrum is set for.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int PAS_FindCard
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- status = PAS_TestAddress( DEFAULT_BASE );
- if ( status == 0 )
- {- PAS_TranslateCode = DEFAULT_BASE;
- return( PAS_Ok );
- }
-
- status = PAS_TestAddress( ALT_BASE_1 );
- if ( status == 0 )
- {- PAS_TranslateCode = ALT_BASE_1;
- return( PAS_Ok );
- }
-
- status = PAS_TestAddress( ALT_BASE_2 );
- if ( status == 0 )
- {- PAS_TranslateCode = ALT_BASE_2;
- return( PAS_Ok );
- }
-
- status = PAS_TestAddress( ALT_BASE_3 );
- if ( status == 0 )
- {- PAS_TranslateCode = ALT_BASE_3;
- return( PAS_Ok );
- }
-
- PAS_SetErrorCode( PAS_CardNotFound );
- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_SaveMusicVolume
-
- Saves the user's FM mixer settings.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int PAS_SaveMusicVolume
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int status;
- int data;
-
- if ( !PAS_Installed )
- {- status = PAS_CheckForDriver();
- if ( status != PAS_Ok )
- {- return( status );
- }
-
- PAS_State = PAS_GetStateTable();
- if ( PAS_State == NULL )
- {- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- PAS_Func = PAS_GetFunctionTable();
- if ( PAS_Func == NULL )
- {- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- status = PAS_GetCardSettings();
- if ( status != PAS_Ok )
- {- return( status );
- }
-
- status = PAS_FindCard();
- if ( status != PAS_Ok )
- {- return( status );
- }
-
- // Enable PAS Sound
- data = PAS_State->audiofilt;
- data |= PAS_AudioMuteFlag;
-
- PAS_Write( AudioFilterControl, data );
- PAS_State->audiofilt = data;
- }
-
- status = PAS_CallMVFunction( PAS_Func->GetMixer, 0, OUTPUTMIXER, L_FM );
- if ( status != PAS_Error )
- {- PAS_OriginalFMLeftVolume = PAS_CallMVFunction( PAS_Func->GetMixer,
- 0, OUTPUTMIXER, L_FM ) & 0xff;
-
- PAS_OriginalFMRightVolume = PAS_CallMVFunction( PAS_Func->GetMixer,
- 0, OUTPUTMIXER, R_FM ) & 0xff;
-
- return( PAS_Ok );
- }
-
- return( PAS_Warning );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_RestoreMusicVolume
-
- Restores the user's FM mixer settings.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void PAS_RestoreMusicVolume
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- if ( PAS_Func )
- {- PAS_CallMVFunction( PAS_Func->SetMixer, PAS_OriginalFMLeftVolume,
- OUTPUTMIXER, L_FM );
- PAS_CallMVFunction( PAS_Func->SetMixer, PAS_OriginalFMRightVolume,
- OUTPUTMIXER, R_FM );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_SaveState
-
- Saves the original state of the PAS prior to use.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void PAS_SaveState
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- PAS_OriginalState.intrctlr = PAS_State->intrctlr;
- PAS_OriginalState.audiofilt = PAS_State->audiofilt;
- PAS_OriginalState.tmrctlr = PAS_State->tmrctlr;
- PAS_OriginalState.samplerate = PAS_State->samplerate;
- PAS_OriginalState.samplecnt = PAS_State->samplecnt;
- PAS_OriginalState.crosschannel = PAS_State->crosschannel;
- PAS_SampleSizeConfig = PAS_Read( SampleSizeConfiguration );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_RestoreState
-
- Restores the original state of the PAS after use.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void PAS_RestoreState
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int LoByte;
- int HiByte;
-
- // Select the Sample Rate Timer
- PAS_Write( LocalTimerControl, SelectSampleRateTimer );
- PAS_State->tmrctlr = SelectSampleRateTimer;
-
- PAS_Write( SampleRateTimer, PAS_OriginalState.samplerate );
- PAS_State->samplerate = PAS_OriginalState.samplerate;
-
- // Select the Sample Buffer Count
- PAS_Write( LocalTimerControl, SelectSampleBufferCount );
- PAS_State->tmrctlr = SelectSampleBufferCount;
-
- LoByte = lobyte( PAS_OriginalState.samplecnt );
- HiByte = hibyte( PAS_OriginalState.samplecnt );
- PAS_Write( SampleRateTimer, LoByte );
- PAS_Write( SampleRateTimer, HiByte );
- PAS_State->samplecnt = PAS_OriginalState.samplecnt;
-
- PAS_Write( CrossChannelControl, PAS_OriginalState.crosschannel );
- PAS_State->crosschannel = PAS_OriginalState.crosschannel;
-
- PAS_Write( SampleSizeConfiguration, PAS_SampleSizeConfig );
-
- PAS_Write( InterruptControl, PAS_OriginalState.intrctlr );
- PAS_State->intrctlr = PAS_OriginalState.intrctlr;
-
- PAS_Write( AudioFilterControl, PAS_OriginalState.audiofilt );
- PAS_State->audiofilt = PAS_OriginalState.audiofilt;
-
- PAS_Write( LocalTimerControl, PAS_OriginalState.tmrctlr );
- PAS_State->tmrctlr = PAS_OriginalState.tmrctlr;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_LockEnd
-
- Used for determining the length of the functions to lock in memory.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void PAS_LockEnd
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: allocateTimerStack
-
- Allocate a block of memory from conventional (low) memory and return
- the selector (which can go directly into a segment register) of the
- memory block or 0 if an error occured.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static unsigned short allocateTimerStack
- (
- unsigned short size
- )
-
- {- union REGS regs;
-
- // clear all registers
- memset( ®s, 0, sizeof( regs ) );
-
- // DPMI allocate conventional memory
- regs.w.ax = 0x100;
-
- // size in paragraphs
- regs.w.bx = ( size + 15 ) / 16;
-
- int386( 0x31, ®s, ®s );
- if (!regs.w.cflag)
- {- // DPMI call returns selector in dx
- // (ax contains real mode segment
- // which is ignored here)
-
- return( regs.w.dx );
- }
-
- // Couldn't allocate memory.
- return( NULL );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: deallocateTimerStack
-
- Deallocate a block of conventional (low) memory given a selector to
- it. Assumes the block was allocated with DPMI function 0x100.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void deallocateTimerStack
- (
- unsigned short selector
- )
-
- {- union REGS regs;
-
- if ( selector != NULL )
- {- // clear all registers
- memset( ®s, 0, sizeof( regs ) );
-
- regs.w.ax = 0x101;
- regs.w.dx = selector;
- int386( 0x31, ®s, ®s );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_Init
-
- Initializes the sound card and prepares the module to play
- digitized sounds.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int PAS_Init
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int Interrupt;
- int status;
- int data;
-
- if ( PAS_Installed )
- {- return( PAS_Ok );
- }
-
- PAS_IntController1Mask = inp( 0x21 );
- PAS_IntController2Mask = inp( 0xA1 );
-
- status = PAS_CheckForDriver();
- if ( status != PAS_Ok )
- {- return( status );
- }
-
- PAS_State = PAS_GetStateTable();
- if ( PAS_State == NULL )
- {- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- PAS_Func = PAS_GetFunctionTable();
- if ( PAS_Func == NULL )
- {- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- status = PAS_GetCardSettings();
- if ( status != PAS_Ok )
- {- return( status );
- }
-
- status = PAS_FindCard();
- if ( status != PAS_Ok )
- {- return( status );
- }
-
- PAS_SaveState();
-
- PAS_OriginalPCMLeftVolume = PAS_CallMVFunction( PAS_Func->GetMixer, 0,
- OUTPUTMIXER, L_PCM ) & 0xff;
- PAS_OriginalPCMRightVolume = PAS_CallMVFunction( PAS_Func->GetMixer, 0,
- OUTPUTMIXER, R_PCM ) & 0xff;
-
- PAS_SoundPlaying = FALSE;
-
- PAS_SetCallBack( NULL );
-
- PAS_DMABuffer = NULL;
-
- status = PAS_LockMemory();
- if ( status != PAS_Ok )
- {- PAS_UnlockMemory();
- return( status );
- }
-
- StackSelector = allocateTimerStack( kStackSize );
- if ( StackSelector == NULL )
- {- PAS_UnlockMemory();
- PAS_SetErrorCode( PAS_OutOfMemory );
- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- // Leave a little room at top of stack just for the hell of it...
- StackPointer = kStackSize - sizeof( long );
-
- // Install our interrupt handler
- Interrupt = PAS_Interrupts[ PAS_Irq ];
- PAS_OldInt = _dos_getvect( Interrupt );
- if ( PAS_Irq < 8 )
- {- _dos_setvect( Interrupt, PAS_ServiceInterrupt );
- }
- else
- {- status = IRQ_SetVector( Interrupt, PAS_ServiceInterrupt );
- if ( status != IRQ_Ok )
- {- PAS_UnlockMemory();
- deallocateTimerStack( StackSelector );
- StackSelector = NULL;
- PAS_SetErrorCode( PAS_UnableToSetIrq );
- return( PAS_Error );
- }
- }
-
- // Enable PAS Sound
- data = PAS_State->audiofilt;
- data |= PAS_AudioMuteFlag;
-
- PAS_Write( AudioFilterControl, data );
- PAS_State->audiofilt = data;
-
- PAS_SetPlaybackRate( PAS_DefaultSampleRate );
- PAS_SetMixMode( PAS_DefaultMixMode );
-
- PAS_Installed = TRUE;
-
- PAS_SetErrorCode( PAS_Ok );
- return( PAS_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_Shutdown
-
- Ends transfer of sound data to the sound card and restores the
- system resources used by the card.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void PAS_Shutdown
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int Interrupt;
-
- if ( PAS_Installed )
- {- // Halt the DMA transfer
- PAS_StopPlayback();
-
- // Restore the original interrupt
- Interrupt = PAS_Interrupts[ PAS_Irq ];
- if ( PAS_Irq >= 8 )
- {- IRQ_RestoreVector( Interrupt );
- }
- _dos_setvect( Interrupt, PAS_OldInt );
-
- PAS_SoundPlaying = FALSE;
-
- PAS_DMABuffer = NULL;
-
- PAS_SetCallBack( NULL );
-
- PAS_CallMVFunction( PAS_Func->SetMixer, PAS_OriginalPCMLeftVolume,
- OUTPUTMIXER, L_PCM );
- PAS_CallMVFunction( PAS_Func->SetMixer, PAS_OriginalPCMRightVolume,
- OUTPUTMIXER, R_PCM );
-
-// DEBUG
-// PAS_RestoreState();
-
- PAS_UnlockMemory();
-
- deallocateTimerStack( StackSelector );
- StackSelector = NULL;
-
- PAS_Installed = FALSE;
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_UnlockMemory
-
- Unlocks all neccessary data.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void PAS_UnlockMemory
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- DPMI_UnlockMemoryRegion( PAS_LockStart, PAS_LockEnd );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_Interrupts );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_OldInt );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_IntController1Mask );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_IntController2Mask );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_Installed );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_TranslateCode );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_OriginalPCMLeftVolume );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_OriginalPCMRightVolume );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_OriginalFMLeftVolume );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_OriginalFMRightVolume );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_DMAChannel );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_Irq );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_State );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_Func );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_OriginalState );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_SampleSizeConfig );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_DMABuffer );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_DMABufferEnd );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_CurrentDMABuffer );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_TotalDMABufferSize );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_TransferLength );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_MixMode );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_SampleRate );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_TimeInterval );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_SoundPlaying );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_CallBack );
- DPMI_Unlock( PAS_ErrorCode );
- DPMI_Unlock( irqstatus );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: PAS_LockMemory
-
- Locks all neccessary data.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int PAS_LockMemory
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- status = DPMI_LockMemoryRegion( PAS_LockStart, PAS_LockEnd );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_Interrupts );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_OldInt );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_IntController1Mask );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_IntController2Mask );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_Installed );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_TranslateCode );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_OriginalPCMLeftVolume );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_OriginalPCMRightVolume );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_OriginalFMLeftVolume );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_OriginalFMRightVolume );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_DMAChannel );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_Irq );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_State );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_Func );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_OriginalState );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_SampleSizeConfig );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_DMABuffer );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_DMABufferEnd );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_CurrentDMABuffer );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_TotalDMABufferSize );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_TransferLength );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_MixMode );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_SampleRate );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_TimeInterval );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_SoundPlaying );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_CallBack );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( PAS_ErrorCode );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( irqstatus );
-
- if ( status != DPMI_Ok )
- {- PAS_UnlockMemory();
- PAS_SetErrorCode( PAS_DPMI_Error );
- return( PAS_Error );
- }
-
- return( PAS_Ok );
- }
--- a/src/audiolib/pas16.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: PAS16.H
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: March 27, 1994
-
- Public header for for PAS16.C
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __PAS16_H
-#define __PAS16_H
-
-enum PAS_ERRORS
- {- PAS_Warning = -2,
- PAS_Error = -1,
- PAS_Ok = 0,
- PAS_DriverNotFound,
- PAS_DmaError,
- PAS_InvalidIrq,
- PAS_UnableToSetIrq,
- PAS_Dos4gwIrqError,
- PAS_NoSoundPlaying,
- PAS_CardNotFound,
- PAS_DPMI_Error,
- PAS_OutOfMemory
- };
-
-#define PAS_MaxMixMode STEREO_16BIT
-#define PAS_DefaultSampleRate 11000
-#define PAS_DefaultMixMode MONO_8BIT
-#define PAS_MaxIrq 15
-
-#define PAS_MinSamplingRate 4000
-#define PAS_MaxSamplingRate 44000
-
-extern unsigned int PAS_DMAChannel;
-
-char *PAS_ErrorString( int ErrorNumber );
-void PAS_SetPlaybackRate( unsigned rate );
-unsigned PAS_GetPlaybackRate( void );
-int PAS_SetMixMode( int mode );
-void PAS_StopPlayback( void );
-int PAS_GetCurrentPos( void );
-int PAS_BeginBufferedPlayback( char *BufferStart, int BufferSize, int NumDivisions, unsigned SampleRate, int MixMode, void ( *CallBackFunc )( void ) );
-int PAS_BeginBufferedRecord( char *BufferStart, int BufferSize, int NumDivisions, unsigned SampleRate, int MixMode, void ( *CallBackFunc )( void ) );
-int PAS_SetPCMVolume( int volume );
-int PAS_GetPCMVolume( void );
-void PAS_SetFMVolume( int volume );
-int PAS_GetFMVolume( void );
-int PAS_GetCardInfo( int *MaxSampleBits, int *MaxChannels );
-void PAS_SetCallBack( void ( *func )( void ) );
-int PAS_SaveMusicVolume( void );
-void PAS_RestoreMusicVolume( void );
-int PAS_Init( void );
-void PAS_Shutdown( void );
-void PAS_UnlockMemory( void );
-int PAS_LockMemory( void );
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/sndscape.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1659 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: SNDSCAPE.C
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: October 25, 1994
-
- Low level routines to support the Ensoniq Soundscape.
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include <dos.h>
-#include <conio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include "interrup.h"
-#include "dpmi.h"
-#include "dma.h"
-#include "irq.h"
-#include "sndscape.h"
-#include "_sndscap.h"
-
-const int SOUNDSCAPE_Interrupts[ SOUNDSCAPE_MaxIrq + 1 ] =
- {- INVALID, INVALID, 0xa, INVALID,
- INVALID, 0xd, INVALID, 0xf,
- INVALID, INVALID, 0x72, INVALID,
- INVALID, INVALID, INVALID, INVALID
- };
-
-const int SOUNDSCAPE_SampleSize[ SOUNDSCAPE_MaxMixMode + 1 ] =
- {- MONO_8BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE, STEREO_8BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE,
- MONO_16BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE, STEREO_16BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE
- };
-
-static void ( __interrupt __far *SOUNDSCAPE_OldInt )( void );
-
-static int SOUNDSCAPE_Installed = FALSE;
-static int SOUNDSCAPE_FoundCard = FALSE;
-
-static char *SOUNDSCAPE_DMABuffer;
-static char *SOUNDSCAPE_DMABufferEnd;
-static char *SOUNDSCAPE_CurrentDMABuffer;
-static int SOUNDSCAPE_TotalDMABufferSize;
-
-static int SOUNDSCAPE_TransferLength = 0;
-static int SOUNDSCAPE_MixMode = SOUNDSCAPE_DefaultMixMode;
-static int SOUNDSCAPE_SamplePacketSize = MONO_16BIT_SAMPLE_SIZE;
-static unsigned SOUNDSCAPE_SampleRate = SOUNDSCAPE_DefaultSampleRate;
-
-volatile int SOUNDSCAPE_SoundPlaying;
-
-void ( *SOUNDSCAPE_CallBack )( void );
-
-static int SOUNDSCAPE_IntController1Mask;
-static int SOUNDSCAPE_IntController2Mask;
-
-// some globals for chip type, ports, DMA, IRQs ... and stuff
-static struct
- {- int BasePort; // base address of the Ensoniq gate-array chip
- int WavePort; // the AD-1848 base address
- int DMAChan; // the DMA channel used for PCM
- int WaveIRQ; // the PCM IRQ
- int MIDIIRQ; // the MPU-401 IRQ
- int ChipID; // the Ensoniq chip type
- int SBEmul; // SoundBlaster emulation flag
- int CDROM; // CD-ROM flag
- int IRQIndx; // the Wave IRQ index - for hardware regs
- int OldIRQs; // Old IRQs flag to support older HW
- } SOUNDSCAPE_Config;
-
-// adequate stack size
-#define kStackSize 2048
-
-static unsigned short StackSelector = NULL;
-static unsigned long StackPointer;
-
-static unsigned short oldStackSelector;
-static unsigned long oldStackPointer;
-
-// These declarations are necessary to use the inline assembly pragmas.
-
-extern void GetStack(unsigned short *selptr,unsigned long *stackptr);
-extern void SetStack(unsigned short selector,unsigned long stackptr);
-
-// This function will get the current stack selector and pointer and save
-// them off.
-#pragma aux GetStack = \
- "mov [edi],esp" \
- "mov ax,ss" \
- "mov [esi],ax" \
- parm [esi] [edi] \
- modify [eax esi edi];
-
-// This function will set the stack selector and pointer to the specified
-// values.
-#pragma aux SetStack = \
- "mov ss,ax" \
- "mov esp,edx" \
- parm [ax] [edx] \
- modify [eax edx];
-
-int SOUNDSCAPE_DMAChannel = -1;
-
-int SOUNDSCAPE_ErrorCode = SOUNDSCAPE_Ok;
-
-#define SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( status ) \
- SOUNDSCAPE_ErrorCode = ( status );
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_ErrorString
-
- Returns a pointer to the error message associated with an error
- number. A -1 returns a pointer the current error.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-char *SOUNDSCAPE_ErrorString
- (
- int ErrorNumber
- )
-
- {- char *ErrorString;
-
- switch( ErrorNumber )
- {- case SOUNDSCAPE_Warning :
- case SOUNDSCAPE_Error :
- ErrorString = SOUNDSCAPE_ErrorString( SOUNDSCAPE_ErrorCode );
- break;
-
- case SOUNDSCAPE_Ok :
- ErrorString = "SoundScape ok.";
- break;
-
- case SOUNDSCAPE_EnvNotFound :
- ErrorString = "SNDSCAPE environment variable not set. This is used to locate \n"
- "SNDSCAPE.INI which is used to describe your sound card setup.";
- break;
-
- case SOUNDSCAPE_InitFileNotFound :
- ErrorString = "Missing SNDSCAPE.INI file for SoundScape. This file should be \n"
- "located in the directory indicated by the SNDSCAPE environment \n"
- "variable or in 'C:\SNDSCAPE' if SNDSCAPE is not set.";
- break;
-
- case SOUNDSCAPE_MissingProductInfo :
- ErrorString = "Missing 'Product' field in SNDSCAPE.INI file for SoundScape.";
- break;
-
- case SOUNDSCAPE_MissingPortInfo :
- ErrorString = "Missing 'Port' field in SNDSCAPE.INI file for SoundScape.";
- break;
-
- case SOUNDSCAPE_MissingDMAInfo :
- ErrorString = "Missing 'DMA' field in SNDSCAPE.INI file for SoundScape.";
- break;
-
- case SOUNDSCAPE_MissingIRQInfo :
- ErrorString = "Missing 'IRQ' field in SNDSCAPE.INI file for SoundScape.";
- break;
-
- case SOUNDSCAPE_MissingSBIRQInfo :
- ErrorString = "Missing 'SBIRQ' field in SNDSCAPE.INI file for SoundScape.";
- break;
-
- case SOUNDSCAPE_MissingSBENABLEInfo :
- ErrorString = "Missing 'SBEnable' field in SNDSCAPE.INI file for SoundScape.";
- break;
-
- case SOUNDSCAPE_MissingWavePortInfo :
- ErrorString = "Missing 'WavePort' field in SNDSCAPE.INI file for SoundScape.";
- break;
-
- case SOUNDSCAPE_HardwareError :
- ErrorString = "Could not detect SoundScape. Make sure your SNDSCAPE.INI file \n"
- "contains correct information about your hardware setup.";
- break;
-
- case SOUNDSCAPE_NoSoundPlaying :
- ErrorString = "No sound playing on SoundScape.";
- break;
-
- case SOUNDSCAPE_InvalidSBIrq :
- ErrorString = "Invalid SoundScape Irq in SBIRQ field of SNDSCAPE.INI.";
- break;
-
- case SOUNDSCAPE_UnableToSetIrq :
- ErrorString = "Unable to set SoundScape IRQ. Try selecting an IRQ of 7 or below.";
- break;
-
- case SOUNDSCAPE_DmaError :
- ErrorString = DMA_ErrorString( DMA_Error );
- break;
-
- case SOUNDSCAPE_DPMI_Error :
- ErrorString = "DPMI Error in SoundScape.";
- break;
-
- case SOUNDSCAPE_OutOfMemory :
- ErrorString = "Out of conventional memory in SoundScape.";
- break;
-
- default :
- ErrorString = "Unknown SoundScape error code.";
- break;
- }
-
- return( ErrorString );
- }
-
-
-/**********************************************************************
-
- Memory locked functions:
-
-**********************************************************************/
-
-
-#define SOUNDSCAPE_LockStart SOUNDSCAPE_EnableInterrupt
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_EnableInterrupt
-
- Enables the triggering of the sound card interrupt.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void SOUNDSCAPE_EnableInterrupt
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int mask;
-
- // Unmask system interrupt
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WaveIRQ < 8 )
- {- mask = inp( 0x21 ) & ~( 1 << SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WaveIRQ );
- outp( 0x21, mask );
- }
- else
- {- mask = inp( 0xA1 ) & ~( 1 << ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WaveIRQ - 8 ) );
- outp( 0xA1, mask );
-
- mask = inp( 0x21 ) & ~( 1 << 2 );
- outp( 0x21, mask );
- }
-
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_DisableInterrupt
-
- Disables the triggering of the sound card interrupt.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void SOUNDSCAPE_DisableInterrupt
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int mask;
-
- // Restore interrupt mask
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WaveIRQ < 8 )
- {- mask = inp( 0x21 ) & ~( 1 << SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WaveIRQ );
- mask |= SOUNDSCAPE_IntController1Mask & ( 1 << SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WaveIRQ );
- outp( 0x21, mask );
- }
- else
- {- mask = inp( 0x21 ) & ~( 1 << 2 );
- mask |= SOUNDSCAPE_IntController1Mask & ( 1 << 2 );
- outp( 0x21, mask );
-
- mask = inp( 0xA1 ) & ~( 1 << ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WaveIRQ - 8 ) );
- mask |= SOUNDSCAPE_IntController2Mask & ( 1 << ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WaveIRQ - 8 ) );
- outp( 0xA1, mask );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_ServiceInterrupt
-
- Handles interrupt generated by sound card at the end of a voice
- transfer. Calls the user supplied callback function.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void __interrupt __far SOUNDSCAPE_ServiceInterrupt
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- // save stack
- GetStack( &oldStackSelector, &oldStackPointer );
-
- // set our stack
- SetStack( StackSelector, StackPointer );
-
- if ( !( inp( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WavePort + AD_STATUS ) & 0x01 ) )
- {- // restore stack
- SetStack( oldStackSelector, oldStackPointer );
-
- // Wasn't our interrupt. Call the old one.
- _chain_intr( SOUNDSCAPE_OldInt );
- }
-
- // clear the AD-1848 interrupt
- outp( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WavePort + AD_STATUS, 0x00 );
-
- // Keep track of current buffer
- SOUNDSCAPE_CurrentDMABuffer += SOUNDSCAPE_TransferLength;
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_CurrentDMABuffer >= SOUNDSCAPE_DMABufferEnd )
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_CurrentDMABuffer = SOUNDSCAPE_DMABuffer;
- }
-
- // Call the caller's callback function
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_CallBack != NULL )
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_CallBack();
- }
-
- // restore stack
- SetStack( oldStackSelector, oldStackPointer );
-
- // send EOI to Interrupt Controller
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WaveIRQ > 7 )
- {- outp( 0xA0, 0x20 );
- }
- outp( 0x20, 0x20 );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: ga_read
-
- Reads Ensoniq indirect registers.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static int ga_read
- (
- int rnum
- )
-
- {- int data;
-
- outp( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.BasePort + GA_REGADDR, rnum );
- data = inp( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.BasePort + GA_REGDATA );
- return( data );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: ga_write
-
- Writes to Ensoniq indirect registers.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void ga_write
- (
- int rnum,
- int value
- )
-
- {- outp( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.BasePort + GA_REGADDR, rnum );
- outp( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.BasePort + GA_REGDATA, value );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: ad_read
-
- Reads the AD-1848 indirect registers. This function should not be
- used while the AD-1848 mode change is enabled
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static int ad_read
- (
- int rnum
- )
-
- {- int data;
-
- outp( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WavePort + AD_REGADDR, rnum );
- data = inp( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WavePort + AD_REGDATA );
- return( data );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: ad_write
-
- Writes to the AD-1848 indirect registers. This function should
- not be used while the AD-1848 mode change is enabled.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void ad_write
- (
- int rnum,
- int value
- )
-
- {- outp( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WavePort + AD_REGADDR, rnum );
- outp( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WavePort + AD_REGDATA, value );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: tdelay
-
- Delay function - 250ms - for AD-1848 re-synch and autocalibration.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void tdelay
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- long time;
- unsigned flags;
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
- _enable();
- time = clock() + CLOCKS_PER_SEC/4;
- while(clock() < time)
- ;
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: pcm_format
-
- Sets the PCM data format.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void pcm_format
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int format;
-
- // build the register value based on format
- format = 0;
-
- switch( SOUNDSCAPE_SampleRate )
- {- case 11025:
- format = 0x03;
- break;
-
- case 22050:
- format = 0x07;
- break;
-
- case 44100:
- format = 0x0b;
- break;
-
- default:
- // Set it to 11025 hz
- format = 0x03;
- break;
- }
-
- // set other format bits and format globals
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_MixMode & SIXTEEN_BIT )
- {- format |= 0x40;
- }
-
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_MixMode & STEREO )
- {- format |= 0x10;
- }
-
- // enable mode change, point to format reg
- outp( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WavePort + AD_REGADDR, 0x40 | AD_FORMAT );
-
- // write the format
- outp( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WavePort + AD_REGDATA, format );
-
- // delay for internal re-synch
- tdelay();
-
- // exit mode change state
- outp( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WavePort + AD_REGADDR, 0x00 );
-
- // delay for autocalibration
- tdelay();
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_SetPlaybackRate
-
- Sets the rate at which the digitized sound will be played in
- hertz.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void SOUNDSCAPE_SetPlaybackRate
- (
- unsigned rate
- )
-
- {- if ( rate < 20000 )
- {- rate = 11025;
- }
- else if ( rate < 30000 )
- {- rate = 22050;
- }
- else
- {- rate = 44100;
- }
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_SampleRate = rate;
-
- // Set the rate
- pcm_format();
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_GetPlaybackRate
-
- Returns the rate at which the digitized sound will be played in
- hertz.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-unsigned SOUNDSCAPE_GetPlaybackRate
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- return( SOUNDSCAPE_SampleRate );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_SetMixMode
-
- Sets the sound card to play samples in mono or stereo.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int SOUNDSCAPE_SetMixMode
- (
- int mode
- )
-
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_MixMode = mode & SOUNDSCAPE_MaxMixMode;
- SOUNDSCAPE_SamplePacketSize = SOUNDSCAPE_SampleSize[ SOUNDSCAPE_MixMode ];
-
- // Set the mixmode
- pcm_format();
-
- return( mode );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_StopPlayback
-
- Ends the DMA transfer of digitized sound to the sound card.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void SOUNDSCAPE_StopPlayback
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- // Don't allow anymore interrupts
- SOUNDSCAPE_DisableInterrupt();
-
- /* stop the AD-1848 */
- ad_write( AD_CONFIG, 0x00 );
-
- /* let it finish it's cycles */
- tdelay();
-
- // Disable the DMA channel
- DMA_EndTransfer( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.DMAChan );
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_SoundPlaying = FALSE;
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_DMABuffer = NULL;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_SetupDMABuffer
-
- Programs the DMAC for sound transfer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static int SOUNDSCAPE_SetupDMABuffer
- (
- char *BufferPtr,
- int BufferSize,
- int mode
- )
-
- {- int DmaStatus;
-
- DmaStatus = DMA_SetupTransfer( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.DMAChan, BufferPtr, BufferSize, mode );
- if ( DmaStatus == DMA_Error )
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_DmaError );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- }
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_DMAChannel = SOUNDSCAPE_Config.DMAChan;
- SOUNDSCAPE_DMABuffer = BufferPtr;
- SOUNDSCAPE_CurrentDMABuffer = BufferPtr;
- SOUNDSCAPE_TotalDMABufferSize = BufferSize;
- SOUNDSCAPE_DMABufferEnd = BufferPtr + BufferSize;
-
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_GetCurrentPos
-
- Returns the offset within the current sound being played.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int SOUNDSCAPE_GetCurrentPos
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- char *CurrentAddr;
- int offset;
-
- if ( !SOUNDSCAPE_SoundPlaying )
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_NoSoundPlaying );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- }
-
- CurrentAddr = DMA_GetCurrentPos( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.DMAChan );
-
- offset = ( int )( ( ( unsigned long )CurrentAddr ) -
- ( ( unsigned long )SOUNDSCAPE_CurrentDMABuffer ) );
-
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_MixMode & SIXTEEN_BIT )
- {- offset >>= 1;
- }
-
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_MixMode & STEREO )
- {- offset >>= 1;
- }
-
- return( offset );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_BeginPlayback
-
- Starts playback of digitized sound.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static int SOUNDSCAPE_BeginPlayback
- (
- int length
- )
-
- {- int SampleLength;
- int LoByte;
- int HiByte;
-
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_MixMode & SIXTEEN_BIT )
- {- SampleLength = length / 2;
- }
- else
- {- SampleLength = length;
- }
-
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_MixMode & STEREO )
- {- SampleLength >>= 1;
- }
-
- SampleLength--;
-
- // setup the AD-1848 interrupt count
- // set the interrupt count value based on the format.
- // count will decrement every sample period and generate
- // an interrupt when in rolls over. we want this always
- // to be at every 1/2 buffer, regardless of the data format,
- // so the count must be adjusted accordingly.
- HiByte = hibyte( SampleLength );
- LoByte = lobyte( SampleLength );
- ad_write( AD_LCOUNT, LoByte );
- ad_write( AD_UCOUNT, HiByte );
-
- /* unmask the host DMA controller */
- SOUNDSCAPE_EnableInterrupt();
-
- /* start the AD-1848 */
- ad_write(AD_CONFIG, 0x01);
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_SoundPlaying = TRUE;
-
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_BeginBufferedPlayback
-
- Begins multibuffered playback of digitized sound on the sound card.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int SOUNDSCAPE_BeginBufferedPlayback
- (
- char *BufferStart,
- int BufferSize,
- int NumDivisions,
- unsigned SampleRate,
- int MixMode,
- void ( *CallBackFunc )( void )
- )
-
- {- int DmaStatus;
- int TransferLength;
-
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_SoundPlaying )
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_StopPlayback();
- }
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetMixMode( MixMode );
-
- DmaStatus = SOUNDSCAPE_SetupDMABuffer( BufferStart, BufferSize,
- DMA_AutoInitRead );
- if ( DmaStatus == SOUNDSCAPE_Error )
- {- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- }
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetPlaybackRate( SampleRate );
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetCallBack( CallBackFunc );
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_EnableInterrupt();
-
- TransferLength = BufferSize / NumDivisions;
- SOUNDSCAPE_TransferLength = TransferLength;
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_BeginPlayback( TransferLength );
-
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_GetCardInfo
-
- Returns the maximum number of bits that can represent a sample
- (8 or 16) and the number of channels (1 for mono, 2 for stereo).
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int SOUNDSCAPE_GetCardInfo
- (
- int *MaxSampleBits,
- int *MaxChannels
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- status = SOUNDSCAPE_FindCard();
- if ( status == SOUNDSCAPE_Ok )
- {- *MaxChannels = 2;
- *MaxSampleBits = 16;
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Ok );
- }
-
- return( status );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_SetCallBack
-
- Specifies the user function to call at the end of a sound transfer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void SOUNDSCAPE_SetCallBack
- (
- void ( *func )( void )
- )
-
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_CallBack = func;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_LockEnd
-
- Used for determining the length of the functions to lock in memory.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void SOUNDSCAPE_LockEnd
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_UnlockMemory
-
- Unlocks all neccessary data.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void SOUNDSCAPE_UnlockMemory
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- DPMI_UnlockMemoryRegion( SOUNDSCAPE_LockStart, SOUNDSCAPE_LockEnd );
- DPMI_Unlock( SOUNDSCAPE_Config );
- DPMI_Unlock( SOUNDSCAPE_OldInt );
- DPMI_Unlock( SOUNDSCAPE_Installed );
- DPMI_Unlock( SOUNDSCAPE_DMABuffer );
- DPMI_Unlock( SOUNDSCAPE_DMABufferEnd );
- DPMI_Unlock( SOUNDSCAPE_CurrentDMABuffer );
- DPMI_Unlock( SOUNDSCAPE_TotalDMABufferSize );
- DPMI_Unlock( SOUNDSCAPE_TransferLength );
- DPMI_Unlock( SOUNDSCAPE_MixMode );
- DPMI_Unlock( SOUNDSCAPE_SamplePacketSize );
- DPMI_Unlock( SOUNDSCAPE_SampleRate );
- DPMI_Unlock( SOUNDSCAPE_SoundPlaying );
- DPMI_Unlock( SOUNDSCAPE_CallBack );
- DPMI_Unlock( SOUNDSCAPE_IntController1Mask );
- DPMI_Unlock( SOUNDSCAPE_IntController2Mask );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_LockMemory
-
- Locks all neccessary data.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static int SOUNDSCAPE_LockMemory
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- status = DPMI_LockMemoryRegion( SOUNDSCAPE_LockStart, SOUNDSCAPE_LockEnd );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SOUNDSCAPE_Config );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SOUNDSCAPE_OldInt );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SOUNDSCAPE_Installed );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SOUNDSCAPE_DMABuffer );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SOUNDSCAPE_DMABufferEnd );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SOUNDSCAPE_CurrentDMABuffer );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SOUNDSCAPE_TotalDMABufferSize );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SOUNDSCAPE_TransferLength );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SOUNDSCAPE_MixMode );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SOUNDSCAPE_SamplePacketSize );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SOUNDSCAPE_SampleRate );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SOUNDSCAPE_SoundPlaying );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SOUNDSCAPE_CallBack );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SOUNDSCAPE_IntController1Mask );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SOUNDSCAPE_IntController2Mask );
-
- if ( status != DPMI_Ok )
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_UnlockMemory();
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_DPMI_Error );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- }
-
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: allocateTimerStack
-
- Allocate a block of memory from conventional (low) memory and return
- the selector (which can go directly into a segment register) of the
- memory block or 0 if an error occured.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static unsigned short allocateTimerStack
- (
- unsigned short size
- )
-
- {- union REGS regs;
-
- // clear all registers
- memset( ®s, 0, sizeof( regs ) );
-
- // DPMI allocate conventional memory
- regs.w.ax = 0x100;
-
- // size in paragraphs
- regs.w.bx = ( size + 15 ) / 16;
-
- int386( 0x31, ®s, ®s );
- if (!regs.w.cflag)
- {- // DPMI call returns selector in dx
- // (ax contains real mode segment
- // which is ignored here)
-
- return( regs.w.dx );
- }
-
- // Couldn't allocate memory.
- return( NULL );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: deallocateTimerStack
-
- Deallocate a block of conventional (low) memory given a selector to
- it. Assumes the block was allocated with DPMI function 0x100.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void deallocateTimerStack
- (
- unsigned short selector
- )
-
- {- union REGS regs;
-
- if ( selector != NULL )
- {- // clear all registers
- memset( ®s, 0, sizeof( regs ) );
-
- regs.w.ax = 0x101;
- regs.w.dx = selector;
- int386( 0x31, ®s, ®s );
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: parse
-
- Parses for the right hand string of an .INI file equate.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static int parse
- (
- char *val,
- char *str,
- FILE *p1
- )
-
- {- int i;
- int j;
- char tmpstr[ 81 ];
-
- rewind( p1 );
-
- while( !feof( p1 ) )
- {- // get a new string
- fgets( tmpstr, 81, p1 );
- if( ( tmpstr[ 0 ] == '[' ) || ( tmpstr[ 0 ] == ';' ) ||
- ( tmpstr[ 0 ] == '\n' ) )
- {- continue;
- }
-
- // parse up to the '='
- i = 0;
- while( ( tmpstr[ i ] != '=' ) && ( tmpstr[ i ] != '\n' ) )
- {- i++;
- }
-
- if( tmpstr[ i ] != '=' )
- {- continue;
- }
-
- tmpstr[ i ] = '\0';
-
- // see if it's the one we want
- if ( strcmp( tmpstr, str ) )
- {- continue;
- }
-
- // copy the right hand value to the destination string
- i++;
- for( j = 0; j < 32; j++ )
- {- if ( ( tmpstr[ i ] == ' ' ) || ( tmpstr[ i ] == '\t' ) ||
- ( tmpstr[ i ] == ',' ) || ( tmpstr[ i ] == '\n' ) )
- {- break;
- }
-
- val[ j ] = tmpstr[ i ];
- i++;
- }
- val[j] = '\0';
-
- return( TRUE );
- }
-
- return( FALSE );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_FindCard
-
- Determines if a SoundScape is present and where it is located.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static int SOUNDSCAPE_FindCard
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int found;
- int status;
- int tmp;
- char *cp;
- char str[ 33 ];
- FILE *fp;
-
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_FoundCard )
- {- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Ok );
- }
-
- cp = getenv( "SNDSCAPE" );
- if ( cp == NULL )
- {- strcpy( str, "C:\\SNDSCAPE" );
- }
- else
- {- strcpy( str, cp );
- }
-
- strcat(str, "\\SNDSCAPE.INI");
-
- fp = fopen( str, "r" );
- if ( fp == NULL )
- {- if ( cp == NULL )
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_EnvNotFound );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- }
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_InitFileNotFound );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- }
-
- found = parse( str, "Product", fp );
- if ( !found )
- {- fclose( fp );
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_MissingProductInfo );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- }
-
- if( strstr( str, "SoundFX" ) == NULL )
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.OldIRQs = FALSE;
- }
- else
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.OldIRQs = TRUE;
- }
-
- found = parse( str, "Port", fp );
- if ( !found )
- {- fclose( fp );
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_MissingPortInfo );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- }
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.BasePort = strtol( str, ( char ** )0, 16);
-
- found = parse( str, "DMA", fp );
- if ( !found )
- {- fclose( fp );
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_MissingDMAInfo );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- }
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.DMAChan = ( int )strtol( str, ( char ** )0, 10 );
- status = DMA_VerifyChannel( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.DMAChan );
- if ( status == DMA_Error )
- {- fclose( fp );
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_DmaError );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- }
-
- found = parse( str, "IRQ", fp );
- if ( !found )
- {- fclose( fp );
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_MissingIRQInfo );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- }
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.MIDIIRQ = ( int )strtol( str, ( char ** )0, 10 );
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.MIDIIRQ == 2 )
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.MIDIIRQ = 9;
- }
-
- found = parse( str, "SBIRQ", fp );
- if ( !found )
- {- fclose( fp );
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_MissingSBIRQInfo );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- }
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WaveIRQ = ( int )strtol( str, ( char ** )0, 10 );
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WaveIRQ == 2 )
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WaveIRQ = 9;
- }
-
- if ( !VALID_IRQ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WaveIRQ ) )
- {- fclose( fp );
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_InvalidSBIrq );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- }
-
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_Interrupts[ SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WaveIRQ ] == INVALID )
- {- fclose( fp );
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_InvalidSBIrq );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- }
-
- found = parse( str, "SBEnable", fp );
- if ( !found )
- {- fclose( fp );
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_MissingSBENABLEInfo );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- }
-
- if( !strcmp( str, "false" ) )
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.SBEmul = FALSE;
- }
- else
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.SBEmul = TRUE;
- }
-
- // do a hardware test
- outp( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.BasePort + GA_REGADDR, 0x00f5 );
- tmp = inp( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.BasePort + GA_REGADDR );
- if ( ( tmp & 0x000f ) != 0x0005 )
- {- fclose( fp );
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_HardwareError );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- }
-
- if( ( tmp & 0x00f0 ) == 0x00f0 )
- {- fclose( fp );
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_HardwareError );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- }
-
- // formulate the chip ID
- tmp >>= 4;
- if( tmp == 0 )
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.ChipID = ODIE;
- }
- else if ( !( tmp & 0x0008 ) )
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.ChipID = OPUS;
- }
- else
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.ChipID = MMIC;
- }
-
- // parse for the AD-1848 address if necessary
- if( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.ChipID == ODIE )
- {- found = parse( str, "WavePort", fp );
- if ( !found )
- {- fclose( fp );
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_MissingWavePortInfo );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- }
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WavePort = strtol( str, ( char ** )0, 16 );
- }
- else
- {- // otherwise, the base address is fixed
- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WavePort = SOUNDSCAPE_Config.BasePort + AD_OFFSET;
- }
-
- // we're done with the file
- fclose( fp );
-
- // if it's an ODIE board, note CD-ROM decode enable
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.ChipID == ODIE )
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.CDROM = ga_read( GA_CDCFG ) & 0x80;
- }
-
- // build the Wave IRQ index value
- if( !SOUNDSCAPE_Config.OldIRQs )
- {- switch( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WaveIRQ )
- {- case 9 :
- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.IRQIndx = 0;
- break;
-
- case 5 :
- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.IRQIndx = 1;
- break;
-
- case 7 :
- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.IRQIndx = 2;
- break;
-
- default :
- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.IRQIndx = 3;
- break;
- }
- }
- else
- {- switch( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WaveIRQ )
- {- case 9 :
- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.IRQIndx = 0;
- break;
-
- case 5 :
- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.IRQIndx = 2;
- break;
-
- case 7 :
- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.IRQIndx = 1;
- break;
-
- default :
- SOUNDSCAPE_Config.IRQIndx = 3;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_FoundCard = TRUE;
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_Ok );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_Setup
-
- Setup the Soundscape card for native mode PCM.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static int SOUNDSCAPE_Setup
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int tmp;
- int Interrupt;
- int status;
-
- // if necessary, clear any pending SB ints
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.SBEmul )
- {- inp( SB_IACK );
- }
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_DisableInterrupt();
-
- // make sure the AD-1848 is not running
- if ( ad_read( AD_CONFIG ) & 0x01 )
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_StopPlayback();
- }
-
- // if necessary, do some signal re-routing
- if( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.ChipID != MMIC )
- {- // get the gate-array off of the DMA channel
- ga_write( GA_DMACHB, 0x20 );
-
- if ( !SOUNDSCAPE_Config.OldIRQs )
- {- switch( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.MIDIIRQ )
- {- case 5 :
- tmp = 1;
- break;
-
- case 7 :
- tmp = 2;
- break;
-
- case 9 :
- tmp = 0;
- break;
-
- default :
- tmp = 3;
- break;
- }
- }
- else
- {- switch( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.MIDIIRQ )
- {- case 5 :
- tmp = 2;
- break;
-
- case 7 :
- tmp = 1;
- break;
-
- case 9 :
- tmp = 0;
- break;
-
- default :
- tmp = 3;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- // set HostIRQ to MIDIIRQ for now
- ga_write( GA_INTCFG, 0xf0 | ( tmp << 2 ) | tmp );
-
- // now, route the AD-1848 stuff ...
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.ChipID == OPUS )
- {- // set the AD-1848 chip decode
- ga_write( GA_HMCTL, ( ga_read( GA_HMCTL ) & 0xcf ) | 0x10 );
- }
- // setup the DMA polarity
- ga_write( GA_DMACFG, 0x50 );
-
- // init the CD-ROM (AD-1848) config register
- ga_write( GA_CDCFG, 0x89 | ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.DMAChan << 4 ) | ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.IRQIndx << 1 ) );
-
- // enable mode change, point to config reg
- outp( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WavePort + AD_REGADDR, 0x40 | AD_CONFIG );
-
- // set interf cnfg reg for DMA mode, single chan, autocal on
- outp( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WavePort + AD_REGDATA, 0x0c );
-
- // exit mode change state
- outp( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WavePort + AD_REGADDR, 0x00 );
-
- // delay for autocalibration
- tdelay();
- }
-
- // Install our interrupt handler
- Interrupt = SOUNDSCAPE_Interrupts[ SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WaveIRQ ];
- SOUNDSCAPE_OldInt = _dos_getvect( Interrupt );
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WaveIRQ < 8 )
- {- _dos_setvect( Interrupt, SOUNDSCAPE_ServiceInterrupt );
- }
- else
- {- status = IRQ_SetVector( Interrupt, SOUNDSCAPE_ServiceInterrupt );
- if ( status != IRQ_Ok )
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_UnableToSetIrq );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- }
- }
-
- // max left and right volumes
- ad_write( AD_LEFTOUT, 0 );
- ad_write( AD_RIGHTOUT, 0 );
-
- // clear any pending interrupt condition
- outp( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WavePort + AD_STATUS, 0x00 );
-
- // enable the interrupt pin
- ad_write( AD_PINCTRL, ad_read( AD_PINCTRL ) | 0x02 );
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_EnableInterrupt();
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_Ok );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_GetMIDIPort
-
- Gets the address of the SoundScape MIDI port.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int SOUNDSCAPE_GetMIDIPort
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- status = SOUNDSCAPE_FindCard();
- if ( status != SOUNDSCAPE_Ok )
- {- return( status );
- }
-
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.BasePort );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_Init
-
- Initializes the sound card and prepares the module to play
- digitized sounds.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int SOUNDSCAPE_Init
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_Installed )
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_Shutdown();
- }
-
- // Save the interrupt masks
- SOUNDSCAPE_IntController1Mask = inp( 0x21 );
- SOUNDSCAPE_IntController2Mask = inp( 0xA1 );
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_SoundPlaying = FALSE;
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetCallBack( NULL );
- SOUNDSCAPE_DMABuffer = NULL;
-
- status = SOUNDSCAPE_FindCard();
- if ( status != SOUNDSCAPE_Ok )
- {- return( status );
- }
-
- status = SOUNDSCAPE_LockMemory();
- if ( status != SOUNDSCAPE_Ok )
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_UnlockMemory();
- return( status );
- }
-
- StackSelector = allocateTimerStack( kStackSize );
- if ( StackSelector == NULL )
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_UnlockMemory();
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_OutOfMemory );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
- }
-
- // Leave a little room at top of stack just for the hell of it...
- StackPointer = kStackSize - sizeof( long );
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_Installed = TRUE;
-
- status = SOUNDSCAPE_Setup();
- if ( status != SOUNDSCAPE_Ok )
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_Shutdown();
- return( status );
- }
-
-// printf("Testing DMA and IRQ ...\n");-// if( test_dma_irq() )
-// {-// printf("\t\007Hardware Not Responding\n\n");-// close_soundscape();
-// return( SOUNDSCAPE_Error );
-// }
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetPlaybackRate( SOUNDSCAPE_DefaultSampleRate );
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetMixMode( SOUNDSCAPE_DefaultMixMode );
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetErrorCode( SOUNDSCAPE_Ok );
- return( SOUNDSCAPE_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SOUNDSCAPE_Shutdown
-
- Ends transfer of sound data to the sound card and restores the
- system resources used by the card.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void SOUNDSCAPE_Shutdown
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int Interrupt;
-
- // Halt the DMA transfer
- SOUNDSCAPE_StopPlayback();
-
- // disable the AD-1848 interrupt pin
- ad_write( AD_PINCTRL, ad_read( AD_PINCTRL ) & 0xfd );
-
- // if necessary, do some signal re-routing
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.ChipID != MMIC )
- {- // re-init the CD-ROM (AD-1848) config register as needed.
- // this will disable the AD-1848 interface.
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.ChipID == ODIE )
- {- ga_write( GA_CDCFG, SOUNDSCAPE_Config.CDROM );
- }
- else
- {- ga_write( GA_CDCFG, ga_read( GA_CDCFG ) & 0x7f);
- }
-
- // if necessary, reset the SoundBlaster IRQ
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.SBEmul )
- {- ga_write( GA_INTCFG, ( ga_read( GA_INTCFG ) & 0xf3 ) |
- ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.IRQIndx << 2 ) );
- }
-
- // re-assign the gate-array DMA channel
- ga_write( GA_DMACHB, 0x80 | ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.DMAChan << 4 ) );
- }
-
- // Restore the original interrupt
- Interrupt = SOUNDSCAPE_Interrupts[ SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WaveIRQ ];
- if ( SOUNDSCAPE_Config.WaveIRQ >= 8 )
- {- IRQ_RestoreVector( Interrupt );
- }
- _dos_setvect( Interrupt, SOUNDSCAPE_OldInt );
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_SoundPlaying = FALSE;
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_DMABuffer = NULL;
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_SetCallBack( NULL );
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_UnlockMemory();
-
- if ( StackSelector != NULL )
- {- deallocateTimerStack( StackSelector );
- StackSelector = NULL;
- }
-
- SOUNDSCAPE_Installed = FALSE;
- }
--- a/src/audiolib/sndscape.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: SNDSCAPE.H
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: October 26, 1994
-
- Public header for SNDSCAPE.C
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __SNDSCAPE_H
-#define __SNDSCAPE_H
-
-extern int SOUNDSCAPE_DMAChannel;
-extern int SOUNDSCAPE_ErrorCode;
-
-enum SOUNDSCAPE_ERRORS
- {- SOUNDSCAPE_Warning = -2,
- SOUNDSCAPE_Error = -1,
- SOUNDSCAPE_Ok = 0,
- SOUNDSCAPE_EnvNotFound,
- SOUNDSCAPE_InitFileNotFound,
- SOUNDSCAPE_MissingProductInfo,
- SOUNDSCAPE_MissingPortInfo,
- SOUNDSCAPE_MissingDMAInfo,
- SOUNDSCAPE_MissingIRQInfo,
- SOUNDSCAPE_MissingSBIRQInfo,
- SOUNDSCAPE_MissingSBENABLEInfo,
- SOUNDSCAPE_MissingWavePortInfo,
- SOUNDSCAPE_HardwareError,
- SOUNDSCAPE_NoSoundPlaying,
- SOUNDSCAPE_InvalidSBIrq,
- SOUNDSCAPE_UnableToSetIrq,
- SOUNDSCAPE_DmaError,
- SOUNDSCAPE_DPMI_Error,
- SOUNDSCAPE_OutOfMemory
- };
-
-char *SOUNDSCAPE_ErrorString( int ErrorNumber );
-void SOUNDSCAPE_SetPlaybackRate( unsigned rate );
-unsigned SOUNDSCAPE_GetPlaybackRate( void );
-int SOUNDSCAPE_SetMixMode( int mode );
-void SOUNDSCAPE_StopPlayback( void );
-int SOUNDSCAPE_GetCurrentPos( void );
-int SOUNDSCAPE_BeginBufferedPlayback( char *BufferStart, int BufferSize, int NumDivisions, unsigned SampleRate, int MixMode, void ( *CallBackFunc )( void ) );
-int SOUNDSCAPE_GetCardInfo( int *MaxSampleBits, int *MaxChannels );
-void SOUNDSCAPE_SetCallBack( void ( *func )( void ) );
-int SOUNDSCAPE_GetMIDIPort( void );
-int SOUNDSCAPE_Init( void );
-void SOUNDSCAPE_Shutdown( void );
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/sndsrc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,656 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: SNDSRC.C
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: March 26, 1994
-
- Low level routines to support the Disney Sound Source.
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#define STEREO 1
-#define SIXTEEN_BIT 2
-
-#define MONO_8BIT 0
-#define STEREO_8BIT ( STEREO )
-#define MONO_16BIT ( SIXTEEN_BIT )
-#define STEREO_16BIT ( STEREO | SIXTEEN_BIT )
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <dos.h>
-#include <conio.h>
-#include "dpmi.h"
-#include "task_man.h"
-#include "sndcards.h"
-#include "user.h"
-#include "sndsrc.h"
-
-#define TRUE ( 1 == 1 )
-#define FALSE ( !TRUE )
-
-static int SS_Installed = FALSE;
-
-static int SS_Port = SS_DefaultPort;
-static int SS_OffCommand = 0xc;
-
-static char *SS_BufferStart;
-static char *SS_BufferEnd;
-static char *SS_CurrentBuffer;
-static int SS_BufferNum = 0;
-static int SS_NumBuffers = 0;
-static int SS_TotalBufferSize = 0;
-static int SS_TransferLength = 0;
-static int SS_CurrentLength = 0;
-
-static char *SS_SoundPtr;
-volatile int SS_SoundPlaying;
-
-static task *SS_Timer;
-
-void ( *SS_CallBack )( void );
-
-int SS_ErrorCode = SS_Ok;
-
-#define SS_SetErrorCode( status ) \
- SS_ErrorCode = ( status );
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SS_ErrorString
-
- Returns a pointer to the error message associated with an error
- number. A -1 returns a pointer the current error.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-char *SS_ErrorString
- (
- int ErrorNumber
- )
-
- {- char *ErrorString;
-
- switch( ErrorNumber )
- {- case SS_Error :
- ErrorString = SS_ErrorString( SS_ErrorCode );
- break;
-
- case SS_Ok :
- ErrorString = "Sound Source ok.";
- break;
-
- case SS_NotFound :
- ErrorString = "Could not detect Sound Source.";
- break;
-
- case SS_NoSoundPlaying :
- ErrorString = "No sound playing in SndSrc.";
- break;
-
- case SS_DPMI_Error :
- ErrorString = "DPMI Error in SndSrc.";
- break;
-
- default :
- ErrorString = "Unknown Sound Source error code.";
- break;
- }
-
- return( ErrorString );
- }
-
-
-/**********************************************************************
-
- Memory locked functions:
-
-**********************************************************************/
-
-
-#define SS_LockStart SS_ServiceInterrupt
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SS_ServiceInterrupt
-
- Handles interrupt generated by sound card at the end of a voice
- transfer. Calls the user supplied callback function.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void SS_ServiceInterrupt
- (
- task *Task
- )
-
- {- int port = SS_Port;
- int count;
-
- count = 0;
- while( ( inp( port + 1 ) & 0x40 ) == 0 )
- {- outp( port, *SS_SoundPtr++ );
- outp( port + 2, SS_OffCommand );
- outp( port + 2, 4 );
-
- SS_CurrentLength--;
- if ( SS_CurrentLength == 0 )
- {- // Keep track of current buffer
- SS_CurrentBuffer += SS_TransferLength;
- SS_BufferNum++;
- if ( SS_BufferNum >= SS_NumBuffers )
- {- SS_BufferNum = 0;
- SS_CurrentBuffer = SS_BufferStart;
- }
-
- SS_CurrentLength = SS_TransferLength;
- SS_SoundPtr = SS_CurrentBuffer;
-
- // Call the caller's callback function
- if ( SS_CallBack != NULL )
- {- SS_CallBack();
- }
- }
-
- count++;
- // Only do at most 14 samples per tick
- if ( count > 13 )
- {- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SS_StopPlayback
-
- Ends the transfer of digitized sound to the Sound Source.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void SS_StopPlayback
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- if ( SS_SoundPlaying )
- {- TS_Terminate( SS_Timer );
-
- outp( SS_Port, 0x80 );
- outp( SS_Port + 2, SS_OffCommand );
- outp( SS_Port + 2, 4 );
-
- SS_SoundPlaying = FALSE;
-
- SS_BufferStart = NULL;
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SS_GetCurrentPos
-
- Returns the offset within the current sound being played.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int SS_GetCurrentPos
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int offset;
-
- if ( !SS_SoundPlaying )
- {- SS_SetErrorCode( SS_NoSoundPlaying );
- return( SS_Warning );
- }
-
- offset = ( int )( ( ( unsigned long )SS_SoundPtr ) -
- ( ( unsigned long )SS_CurrentBuffer ) );
-
- return( offset );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SS_LockEnd
-
- Used for determining the length of the functions to lock in memory.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void SS_LockEnd
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SS_BeginBufferedPlayback
-
- Begins multibuffered playback of digitized sound on the Sound Source.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int SS_BeginBufferedPlayback
- (
- char *BufferStart,
- int BufferSize,
- int NumDivisions,
- void ( *CallBackFunc )( void )
- )
-
- {- if ( SS_SoundPlaying )
- {- SS_StopPlayback();
- }
-
- SS_SetCallBack( CallBackFunc );
-
- SS_BufferStart = BufferStart;
- SS_CurrentBuffer = BufferStart;
- SS_SoundPtr = BufferStart;
- SS_TotalBufferSize = BufferSize;
- SS_BufferEnd = BufferStart + BufferSize;
- SS_TransferLength = BufferSize / NumDivisions;
- SS_CurrentLength = SS_TransferLength;
- SS_BufferNum = 0;
- SS_NumBuffers = NumDivisions;
-
- SS_SoundPlaying = TRUE;
-
-// SS_Timer = TS_ScheduleTask( SS_ServiceInterrupt, 438, 1, NULL );
- SS_Timer = TS_ScheduleTask( SS_ServiceInterrupt, 510, 1, NULL );
- TS_Dispatch();
-
- return( SS_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SS_GetPlaybackRate
-
- Returns the rate at which the digitized sound will be played in
- hertz.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int SS_GetPlaybackRate
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- return( SS_SampleRate );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SS_SetMixMode
-
- Sets the sound card to play samples in mono or stereo.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int SS_SetMixMode
- (
- int mode
- )
-
- {- mode = MONO_8BIT;
- return( mode );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SS_SetPort
-
- Selects which port to use to write to the Sound Source.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int SS_SetPort
- (
- int port
- )
-
- {- if ( SS_Installed )
- {- SS_Shutdown();
- }
-
- SS_Port = port;
-
- return( SS_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SS_SetCallBack
-
- Specifies the user function to call at the end of a sound transfer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void SS_SetCallBack
- (
- void ( *func )( void )
- )
-
- {- SS_CallBack = func;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SS_TestTimer
-
- Used as a delay in SS_TestSoundSource.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void SS_TestTimer
- (
- task *Task
- )
-
- {- ( *( int * )( Task->data ) )++;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SS_TestSoundSource
-
- Detect if the Sound Source is located at the specified port.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int SS_TestSoundSource
- (
- int port
- )
-
- {- int present;
- task *timer;
- volatile int ticks;
- int i;
-
- present = FALSE;
-
- timer = TS_ScheduleTask( SS_TestTimer, 140, 1, &ticks );
- TS_Dispatch();
-
- outp( port + 2, 4 );
-
- ticks = 0;
-
- while( ticks < 4 )
- {- // Do nothing for a while
- }
-
- TS_Terminate( timer );
-
- if ( ( inp( port + 1 ) & 0x40 ) == 0 )
- {- for( i = 32; i > 0; i-- )
- {- outp( port, 0x80 );
- outp( port + 2, SS_OffCommand );
- outp( port + 2, 4 );
- }
-
- if ( inp( port + 1 ) & 0x40 )
- {- present = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- outp( port + 2, SS_OffCommand );
-
- return( present );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SS_DetectSoundSource
-
- Detects which port the Sound Source is located.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int SS_DetectSoundSource
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- if ( USER_CheckParameter( SELECT_SOUNDSOURCE_PORT1 ) )
- {- SS_Port = SS_Port1;
- return( TRUE );
- }
-
- if ( USER_CheckParameter( SELECT_SOUNDSOURCE_PORT2 ) )
- {- SS_Port = SS_Port2;
- return( TRUE );
- }
-
- if ( USER_CheckParameter( SELECT_SOUNDSOURCE_PORT3 ) )
- {- SS_Port = SS_Port3;
- return( TRUE );
- }
-
- if ( SS_TestSoundSource( SS_Port1 ) )
- {- SS_Port = SS_Port1;
- return( TRUE );
- }
-
- if ( SS_TestSoundSource( SS_Port2 ) )
- {- SS_Port = SS_Port2;
- return( TRUE );
- }
-
- if ( SS_TestSoundSource( SS_Port3 ) )
- {- SS_Port = SS_Port3;
- return( TRUE );
- }
-
- return( FALSE );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SS_Init
-
- Initializes the Sound Source prepares the module to play digitized
- sounds.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int SS_Init
- (
- int soundcard
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- if ( SS_Installed )
- {- SS_Shutdown();
- }
-
- if ( ( soundcard == TandySoundSource ) ||
- ( USER_CheckParameter( SELECT_TANDY_SOUNDSOURCE ) ) )
- {- // Tandy
- SS_OffCommand = 0x0e;
- }
- else
- {- // Disney
- SS_OffCommand = 0x0c;
- }
-
- status = SS_DetectSoundSource();
- if ( !status )
- {- SS_SetErrorCode( SS_NotFound );
- return( SS_Warning );
- }
-
- status = SS_LockMemory();
- if ( status != SS_Ok )
- {- SS_UnlockMemory();
- return( status );
- }
-
- status = SS_Ok;
-
- outp( SS_Port + 2, 4 );
-
- SS_SoundPlaying = FALSE;
-
- SS_SetCallBack( NULL );
-
- SS_BufferStart = NULL;
-
- SS_Installed = TRUE;
-
- SS_SetErrorCode( status );
- return( status );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SS_Shutdown
-
- Ends transfer of sound data to the Sound Source.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void SS_Shutdown
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- // Halt the transfer
- SS_StopPlayback();
-
- outp( SS_Port + 2, SS_OffCommand );
-
- SS_SoundPlaying = FALSE;
-
- SS_BufferStart = NULL;
-
- SS_SetCallBack( NULL );
-
- SS_UnlockMemory();
-
- SS_Installed = FALSE;
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SS_UnlockMemory
-
- Unlocks all neccessary data.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void SS_UnlockMemory
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- DPMI_UnlockMemoryRegion( SS_LockStart, SS_LockEnd );
- DPMI_Unlock( SS_Installed );
- DPMI_Unlock( SS_Port );
- DPMI_Unlock( SS_OffCommand );
- DPMI_Unlock( SS_BufferStart );
- DPMI_Unlock( SS_BufferEnd );
- DPMI_Unlock( SS_CurrentBuffer );
- DPMI_Unlock( SS_BufferNum );
- DPMI_Unlock( SS_NumBuffers );
- DPMI_Unlock( SS_TotalBufferSize );
- DPMI_Unlock( SS_TransferLength );
- DPMI_Unlock( SS_CurrentLength );
- DPMI_Unlock( SS_SoundPtr );
- DPMI_Unlock( SS_SoundPlaying );
- DPMI_Unlock( SS_Timer );
- DPMI_Unlock( SS_CallBack );
- DPMI_Unlock( SS_ErrorCode );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: SS_LockMemory
-
- Locks all neccessary data.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int SS_LockMemory
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- status = DPMI_LockMemoryRegion( SS_LockStart, SS_LockEnd );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SS_Installed );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SS_Port );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SS_OffCommand );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SS_BufferStart );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SS_BufferEnd );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SS_CurrentBuffer );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SS_BufferNum );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SS_NumBuffers );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SS_TotalBufferSize );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SS_TransferLength );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SS_CurrentLength );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SS_SoundPtr );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SS_SoundPlaying );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SS_Timer );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SS_CallBack );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( SS_ErrorCode );
-
- if ( status != DPMI_Ok )
- {- SS_UnlockMemory();
- SS_SetErrorCode( SS_DPMI_Error );
- return( SS_Error );
- }
-
- return( SS_Ok );
- }
--- a/src/audiolib/sndsrc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: SNDSRC.H
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: March 26, 1994
-
- Public header for for SNDSRC.C
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __SNDSRC_H
-#define __SNDSRC_H
-
-enum SS_ERRORS
- {- SS_Warning = -2,
- SS_Error = -1,
- SS_Ok = 0,
- SS_NotFound,
- SS_NoSoundPlaying,
- SS_DPMI_Error
- };
-
-#define SELECT_SOUNDSOURCE_PORT1 "ss1"
-#define SELECT_SOUNDSOURCE_PORT2 "ss2"
-#define SELECT_SOUNDSOURCE_PORT3 "ss3"
-#define SELECT_TANDY_SOUNDSOURCE "sst"
-
-#define SS_Port1 0x3bc
-#define SS_Port2 0x378
-#define SS_Port3 0x278
-
-#define SS_DefaultPort 0x378
-#define SS_SampleRate 7000
-#define SS_DMAChannel -1
-
-char *SS_ErrorString( int ErrorNumber );
-void SS_StopPlayback( void );
-int SS_GetCurrentPos( void );
-int SS_BeginBufferedPlayback( char *BufferStart, int BufferSize, int NumDivisions, void ( *CallBackFunc )( void ) );
-int SS_GetPlaybackRate( void );
-int SS_SetMixMode( int mode );
-int SS_SetPort( int port );
-void SS_SetCallBack( void ( *func )( void ) );
-int SS_Init( int soundcard );
-void SS_Shutdown( void );
-void SS_UnlockMemory( void );
-int SS_LockMemory( void );
-
-#endif
--- a/src/audiolib/task_man.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,974 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: TASK_MAN.C
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: July 25, 1994
-
- Low level timer task scheduler.
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#define TRUE ( 1 == 1 )
-#define FALSE ( !TRUE )
-
-//#define USESTACK
-#define LOCKMEMORY
-#define NOINTS
-#define USE_USRHOOKS
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <dos.h>
-#include <conio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "interrup.h"
-#include "linklist.h"
-#include "task_man.h"
-
-#ifdef USESTACK
-#include "dpmi.h"
-#endif
-#ifdef LOCKMEMORY
-#include "dpmi.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef USE_USRHOOKS
-#include "usrhooks.h"
-#define FreeMem( ptr ) USRHOOKS_FreeMem( ( ptr ) )
-#else
-#define FreeMem( ptr ) free( ( ptr ) )
-#endif
-
-typedef struct
- {- task *start;
- task *end;
- } tasklist;
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Global variables
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#ifdef USESTACK
-
-// adequate stack size
-#define kStackSize 2048
-
-static unsigned short StackSelector = NULL;
-static unsigned long StackPointer;
-
-static unsigned short oldStackSelector;
-static unsigned long oldStackPointer;
-
-#endif
-
-static task HeadTask;
-static task *TaskList = &HeadTask;
-
-static void ( __interrupt __far *OldInt8 )( void );
-
-static volatile long TaskServiceRate = 0x10000L;
-static volatile long TaskServiceCount = 0;
-
-#ifndef NOINTS
-static volatile int TS_TimesInInterrupt;
-#endif
-
-static char TS_Installed = FALSE;
-
-volatile int TS_InInterrupt = FALSE;
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function prototypes
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void TS_FreeTaskList( void );
-static void TS_SetClockSpeed( long speed );
-static long TS_SetTimer( long TickBase );
-static void TS_SetTimerToMaxTaskRate( void );
-static void __interrupt __far TS_ServiceSchedule( void );
-static void __interrupt __far TS_ServiceScheduleIntEnabled( void );
-static void TS_AddTask( task *ptr );
-static int TS_Startup( void );
-static void RestoreRealTimeClock( void );
-
-// These declarations are necessary to use the inline assembly pragmas.
-
-extern void GetStack(unsigned short *selptr,unsigned long *stackptr);
-extern void SetStack(unsigned short selector,unsigned long stackptr);
-
-// This function will get the current stack selector and pointer and save
-// them off.
-#pragma aux GetStack = \
- "mov [edi],esp" \
- "mov ax,ss" \
- "mov [esi],ax" \
- parm [esi] [edi] \
- modify [eax esi edi];
-
-// This function will set the stack selector and pointer to the specified
-// values.
-#pragma aux SetStack = \
- "mov ss,ax" \
- "mov esp,edx" \
- parm [ax] [edx] \
- modify [eax edx];
-
-
-/**********************************************************************
-
- Memory locked functions:
-
-**********************************************************************/
-
-
-#define TS_LockStart TS_FreeTaskList
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: TS_FreeTaskList
-
- Terminates all tasks and releases any memory used for control
- structures.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void TS_FreeTaskList
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- task *node;
- task *next;
- unsigned flags;
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- node = TaskList->next;
- while( node != TaskList )
- {- next = node->next;
- FreeMem( node );
- node = next;
- }
-
- TaskList->next = TaskList;
- TaskList->prev = TaskList;
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: TS_SetClockSpeed
-
- Sets the rate of the 8253 timer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void TS_SetClockSpeed
- (
- long speed
- )
-
- {- unsigned flags;
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- if ( ( speed > 0 ) && ( speed < 0x10000L ) )
- {- TaskServiceRate = speed;
- }
- else
- {- TaskServiceRate = 0x10000L;
- }
-
- outp( 0x43, 0x36 );
- outp( 0x40, TaskServiceRate );
- outp( 0x40, TaskServiceRate >> 8 );
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: TS_SetTimer
-
- Calculates the rate at which a task will occur and sets the clock
- speed if necessary.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static long TS_SetTimer
- (
- long TickBase
- )
-
- {- long speed;
-
- speed = 1192030L / TickBase;
- if ( speed < TaskServiceRate )
- {- TS_SetClockSpeed( speed );
- }
-
- return( speed );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: TS_SetTimerToMaxTaskRate
-
- Finds the fastest running task and sets the clock to operate at
- that speed.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void TS_SetTimerToMaxTaskRate
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- task *ptr;
- long MaxServiceRate;
- unsigned flags;
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- MaxServiceRate = 0x10000L;
-
- ptr = TaskList->next;
- while( ptr != TaskList )
- {- if ( ptr->rate < MaxServiceRate )
- {- MaxServiceRate = ptr->rate;
- }
-
- ptr = ptr->next;
- }
-
- if ( TaskServiceRate != MaxServiceRate )
- {- TS_SetClockSpeed( MaxServiceRate );
- }
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
- }
-
-
-#ifdef NOINTS
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: TS_ServiceSchedule
-
- Interrupt service routine
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void __interrupt __far TS_ServiceSchedule
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- task *ptr;
- task *next;
-
-
- TS_InInterrupt = TRUE;
-
- #ifdef USESTACK
- // save stack
- GetStack( &oldStackSelector, &oldStackPointer );
-
- // set our stack
- SetStack( StackSelector, StackPointer );
- #endif
-
- ptr = TaskList->next;
- while( ptr != TaskList )
- {- next = ptr->next;
-
- if ( ptr->active )
- {- ptr->count += TaskServiceRate;
-//JIM
-// if ( ptr->count >= ptr->rate )
- while( ptr->count >= ptr->rate )
- {- ptr->count -= ptr->rate;
- ptr->TaskService( ptr );
- }
- }
- ptr = next;
- }
-
- #ifdef USESTACK
- // restore stack
- SetStack( oldStackSelector, oldStackPointer );
- #endif
-
- TaskServiceCount += TaskServiceRate;
- if ( TaskServiceCount > 0xffffL )
- {- TaskServiceCount &= 0xffff;
- _chain_intr( OldInt8 );
- }
-
- outp( 0x20,0x20 );
-
- TS_InInterrupt = FALSE;
- }
-
-#else
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: TS_ServiceScheduleIntEnabled
-
- Interrupt service routine with interrupts enabled.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void __interrupt __far TS_ServiceScheduleIntEnabled
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- task *ptr;
- task *next;
-
- TS_TimesInInterrupt++;
- TaskServiceCount += TaskServiceRate;
- if ( TaskServiceCount > 0xffffL )
- {- TaskServiceCount &= 0xffff;
- _chain_intr( OldInt8 );
- }
-
- outp( 0x20,0x20 );
-
- if ( TS_InInterrupt )
- {- return;
- }
-
- TS_InInterrupt = TRUE;
- _enable();
-
- #ifdef USESTACK
- // save stack
- GetStack( &oldStackSelector, &oldStackPointer );
-
- // set our stack
- SetStack( StackSelector, StackPointer );
- #endif
-
- while( TS_TimesInInterrupt )
- {- ptr = TaskList->next ;
- while( ptr != TaskList )
- {- next = ptr->next;
-
- if ( ptr->active )
- {- ptr->count += TaskServiceRate;
- if ( ptr->count >= ptr->rate )
- {- ptr->count -= ptr->rate;
- ptr->TaskService( ptr );
- }
- }
- ptr = next;
- }
- TS_TimesInInterrupt--;
- }
-
- _disable();
-
- #ifdef USESTACK
- // restore stack
- SetStack( oldStackSelector, oldStackPointer );
- #endif
-
- TS_InInterrupt = FALSE;
- }
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef USESTACK
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: allocateTimerStack
-
- Allocate a block of memory from conventional (low) memory and return
- the selector (which can go directly into a segment register) of the
- memory block or 0 if an error occured.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static unsigned short allocateTimerStack
- (
- unsigned short size
- )
-
- {- union REGS regs;
-
- // clear all registers
- memset( ®s, 0, sizeof( regs ) );
-
- // DPMI allocate conventional memory
- regs.w.ax = 0x100;
-
- // size in paragraphs
- regs.w.bx = ( size + 15 ) / 16;
-
- int386( 0x31, ®s, ®s );
- if (!regs.w.cflag)
- {- // DPMI call returns selector in dx
- // (ax contains real mode segment
- // which is ignored here)
-
- return( regs.w.dx );
- }
-
- // Couldn't allocate memory.
- return( NULL );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: deallocateTimerStack
-
- Deallocate a block of conventional (low) memory given a selector to
- it. Assumes the block was allocated with DPMI function 0x100.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void deallocateTimerStack
- (
- unsigned short selector
- )
-
- {- union REGS regs;
-
- if ( selector != NULL )
- {- // clear all registers
- memset( ®s, 0, sizeof( regs ) );
-
- regs.w.ax = 0x101;
- regs.w.dx = selector;
- int386( 0x31, ®s, ®s );
- }
- }
-
-#endif
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: TS_Startup
-
- Sets up the task service routine.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static int TS_Startup
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- if ( !TS_Installed )
- {-#ifdef LOCKMEMORY
-
- int status;
-
- status = TS_LockMemory();
- if ( status != TASK_Ok )
- {- TS_UnlockMemory();
- return( status );
- }
-
-#endif
-
-#ifdef USESTACK
-
- StackSelector = allocateTimerStack( kStackSize );
- if ( StackSelector == NULL )
- {-
-#ifdef LOCKMEMORY
-
- TS_UnlockMemory();
-
-#endif
- return( TASK_Error );
- }
-
- // Leave a little room at top of stack just for the hell of it...
- StackPointer = kStackSize - sizeof( long );
-
-#endif
-
-//static const task *TaskList = &HeadTask;
- TaskList->next = TaskList;
- TaskList->prev = TaskList;
-
- TaskServiceRate = 0x10000L;
- TaskServiceCount = 0;
-
-#ifndef NOINTS
- TS_TimesInInterrupt = 0;
-#endif
-
- OldInt8 = _dos_getvect( 0x08 );
- #ifdef NOINTS
- _dos_setvect( 0x08, TS_ServiceSchedule );
- #else
- _dos_setvect( 0x08, TS_ServiceScheduleIntEnabled );
- #endif
-
- TS_Installed = TRUE;
- }
-
- return( TASK_Ok );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: TS_Shutdown
-
- Ends processing of all tasks.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void TS_Shutdown
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- if ( TS_Installed )
- {- TS_FreeTaskList();
-
- TS_SetClockSpeed( 0 );
-
- _dos_setvect( 0x08, OldInt8 );
-
-#ifdef USESTACK
-
- deallocateTimerStack( StackSelector );
- StackSelector = NULL;
-
-#endif
-
- // Set Date and Time from CMOS
-// RestoreRealTimeClock();
-
-#ifdef LOCKMEMORY
-
- TS_UnlockMemory();
-
-#endif
- TS_Installed = FALSE;
- }
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: TS_ScheduleTask
-
- Schedules a new task for processing.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-task *TS_ScheduleTask
- (
- void ( *Function )( task * ),
- int rate,
- int priority,
- void *data
- )
-
- {- task *ptr;
-
-#ifdef USE_USRHOOKS
- int status;
-
- ptr = NULL;
-
- status = USRHOOKS_GetMem( &ptr, sizeof( task ) );
- if ( status == USRHOOKS_Ok )
-#else
- ptr = malloc( sizeof( task ) );
- if ( ptr != NULL )
-#endif
- {- if ( !TS_Installed )
- {- status = TS_Startup();
- if ( status != TASK_Ok )
- {- FreeMem( ptr );
- return( NULL );
- }
- }
-
- ptr->TaskService = Function;
- ptr->data = data;
- ptr->rate = TS_SetTimer( rate );
- ptr->count = 0;
- ptr->priority = priority;
- ptr->active = FALSE;
-
- TS_AddTask( ptr );
- }
-
- return( ptr );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: TS_AddTask
-
- Adds a new task to our list of tasks.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void TS_AddTask
- (
- task *node
- )
-
- {- LL_SortedInsertion( TaskList, node, next, prev, task, priority );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: TS_Terminate
-
- Ends processing of a specific task.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int TS_Terminate
- (
- task *NodeToRemove
- )
-
- {- task *ptr;
- task *next;
- unsigned flags;
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- ptr = TaskList->next;
- while( ptr != TaskList )
- {- next = ptr->next;
-
- if ( ptr == NodeToRemove )
- {- LL_RemoveNode( NodeToRemove, next, prev );
- NodeToRemove->next = NULL;
- NodeToRemove->prev = NULL;
- FreeMem( NodeToRemove );
-
- TS_SetTimerToMaxTaskRate();
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
-
- return( TASK_Ok );
- }
-
- ptr = next;
- }
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
-
- return( TASK_Warning );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: TS_Dispatch
-
- Begins processing of all inactive tasks.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void TS_Dispatch
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- task *ptr;
- unsigned flags;
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- ptr = TaskList->next;
- while( ptr != TaskList )
- {- ptr->active = TRUE;
- ptr = ptr->next;
- }
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: TS_SetTaskRate
-
- Sets the rate at which the specified task is serviced.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void TS_SetTaskRate
- (
- task *Task,
- int rate
- )
-
- {- unsigned flags;
-
- flags = DisableInterrupts();
-
- Task->rate = TS_SetTimer( rate );
- TS_SetTimerToMaxTaskRate();
-
- RestoreInterrupts( flags );
- }
-
-
-#ifdef LOCKMEMORY
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: TS_LockEnd
-
- Used for determining the length of the functions to lock in memory.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void TS_LockEnd
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: TS_UnlockMemory
-
- Unlocks all neccessary data.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void TS_UnlockMemory
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- DPMI_UnlockMemoryRegion( TS_LockStart, TS_LockEnd );
- DPMI_Unlock( TaskList );
- DPMI_Unlock( OldInt8 );
- DPMI_Unlock( TaskServiceRate );
- DPMI_Unlock( TaskServiceCount );
- DPMI_Unlock( TS_Installed );
-
-#ifndef NOINTS
- DPMI_Unlock( TS_TimesInInterrupt );
-#endif
-
-#ifdef USESTACK
- DPMI_Unlock( StackSelector );
- DPMI_Unlock( StackPointer );
- DPMI_Unlock( oldStackSelector );
- DPMI_Unlock( oldStackPointer );
-#endif
- }
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Function: TS_LockMemory
-
- Locks all neccessary data.
----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int TS_LockMemory
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int status;
-
- status = DPMI_LockMemoryRegion( TS_LockStart, TS_LockEnd );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( TaskList );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( OldInt8 );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( TaskServiceRate );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( TaskServiceCount );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( TS_Installed );
-
-#ifndef NOINTS
- status |= DPMI_Lock( TS_TimesInInterrupt );
-#endif
-
-#ifdef USESTACK
- status |= DPMI_Lock( StackSelector );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( StackPointer );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( oldStackSelector );
- status |= DPMI_Lock( oldStackPointer );
-#endif
-
- if ( status != DPMI_Ok )
- {- TS_UnlockMemory();
- return( TASK_Error );
- }
-
- return( TASK_Ok );
- }
-
-#endif
-
-/*
-// Converts a hex byte to an integer
-
-static int btoi
- (
- unsigned char bcd
- )
-
- {- unsigned b;
- unsigned c;
- unsigned d;
-
- b = bcd / 16;
- c = bcd - b * 16;
- d = b * 10 + c;
- return( d );
- }
-
-
-static void RestoreRealTimeClock
- (
- void
- )
-
- {- int read;
- int i;
- int hr;
- int min;
- int sec;
- int cent;
- int yr;
- int mo;
- int day;
- int year;
- union REGS inregs;
-
- // Read Real Time Clock Time.
- read = FALSE;
- inregs.h.ah = 0x02;
- for( i = 1; i <= 3; i++ )
- {- int386( 0x1A, &inregs, &inregs );
- if ( inregs.x.cflag == 0 )
- {- read = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- if ( read )
- {- //and convert BCD to integer format
- hr = btoi( inregs.h.ch );
- min = btoi( inregs.h.cl );
- sec = btoi( inregs.h.dh );
-
- // Read Real Time Clock Date.
- inregs.h.ah = 0x04;
- int386( 0x1A, &inregs, &inregs );
- if ( inregs.x.cflag == 0 )
- {- //and convert BCD to integer format
- cent = btoi( inregs.h.ch );
- yr = btoi( inregs.h.cl );
- mo = btoi( inregs.h.dh );
- day = btoi( inregs.h.dl );
- year = cent * 100 + yr;
-
- // Set System Time.
- inregs.h.ch = hr;
- inregs.h.cl = min;
- inregs.h.dh = sec;
- inregs.h.dl = 0;
- inregs.h.ah = 0x2D;
- int386( 0x21, &inregs, &inregs );
-
- // Set System Date.
- inregs.w.cx = year;
- inregs.h.dh = mo;
- inregs.h.dl = day;
- inregs.h.ah = 0x2B;
- int386( 0x21, &inregs, &inregs );
- }
- }
- }
-*/
-/*
- struct dostime_t time;
- struct dosdate_t date;
-
- outp(0x70,0);
- time.second=inp(0x71);
- outp(0x70,2);
- time.minute=inp(0x71);
- outp(0x70,4);
- time.hour=inp(0x71);
-
- outp(0x70,7);
- date.day=inp(0x71);
- outp(0x70,8);
- date.month=inp(0x71);
- outp(0x70,9);
- date.year=inp(0x71);
-
- time.second=(time.second&0x0f)+((time.second>>4)*10);
- time.minute=(time.minute&0x0f)+((time.minute>>4)*10);
- time.hour=(time.hour&0x0f)+((time.hour>>4)*10);
-
- date.day=(date.day&0x0f)+((date.day>>4)*10);
- date.month=(date.month&0x0f)+((date.month>>4)*10);
- date.year=(date.year&0x0f)+((date.year>>4)*10);
-
- _dos_settime(&time);
- _dos_setdate(&date);
-
-*/
--- a/src/audiolib/task_man.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/**********************************************************************
- module: TASK_MAN.C
-
- author: James R. Dose
- date: July 25, 1994
-
- Public header for TASK_MAN.C, a low level timer task scheduler.
-
- (c) Copyright 1994 James R. Dose. All Rights Reserved.
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __TASK_MAN_H
-#define __TASK_MAN_H
-
-enum TASK_ERRORS
- {- TASK_Warning = -2,
- TASK_Error = -1,
- TASK_Ok = 0
- };
-
-typedef struct task
-{- struct task *next;
- struct task *prev;
- void ( *TaskService )( struct task * );
- void *data;
- long rate;
- volatile long count;
- int priority;
- int active;
-} task;
-
-// TS_InInterrupt is TRUE during a taskman interrupt.
-// Use this if you have code that may be used both outside
-// and within interrupts.
-
-extern volatile int TS_InInterrupt;
-
-void TS_Shutdown( void );
-task *TS_ScheduleTask( void ( *Function )( task * ), int rate,
- int priority, void *data );
-int TS_Terminate( task *ptr );
-void TS_Dispatch( void );
-void TS_SetTaskRate( task *Task, int rate );
-void TS_UnlockMemory( void );
-int TS_LockMemory( void );
-
-#endif
--- a/src/cin_efct.c
+++ b/src/cin_efct.c
@@ -28,7 +28,6 @@
#include <string.h>
#include "modexlib.h"
-#include "fli_glob.h"
static int cin_sprtopoffset;
static int cin_invscale;
--- a/src/fli_def.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/* Flic.h - header file containing structure of a flic file.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1992 Jim Kent. This file may be freely used, modified,
- * copied and distributed. This file was first published as part of
- * an article for Dr. Dobb's Journal March 1993 issue.
- */
-
-#ifndef FLIC_H /* Keep this from being included twice */
-#define FLIC_H
-
-#pragma pack (1)
-/* Flic Header */
-
-#warning fli_def structures need to be packed
-
-typedef struct
-{- Long size; /* Size of flic including this header. */
- Ushort type; /* Either FLI_TYPE or FLC_TYPE below. */
- Ushort frames; /* Number of frames in flic. */
- Ushort width; /* Flic width in pixels. */
- Ushort height; /* Flic height in pixels. */
- Ushort depth; /* Bits per pixel. (Always 8 now.) */
- Ushort flags; /* FLI_FINISHED | FLI_LOOPED ideally. */
- Long speed; /* Delay between frames. */
- Short reserved1; /* Set to zero. */
- Ulong created; /* Date of flic creation. (FLC only.) */
- Ulong creator; /* Serial # of flic creator. (FLC only.) */
- Ulong updated; /* Date of flic update. (FLC only.) */
- Ulong updater; /* Serial # of flic updater. (FLC only.) */
- Ushort aspect_dx; /* Width of square rectangle. (FLC only.) */
- Ushort aspect_dy; /* Height of square rectangle. (FLC only.) */
- Char reserved2[38];/* Set to zero. */
- Long oframe1; /* Offset to frame 1. (FLC only.) */
- Long oframe2; /* Offset to frame 2. (FLC only.) */
- Char reserved3[40];/* Set to zero. */
-} FlicHead;
-/* Values for FlicHead.type */
-#define FLI_TYPE 0xAF11u /* 320x200 .FLI type ID */
-#define FLC_TYPE 0xAF12u /* Variable rez .FLC type ID */
-/* Values for FlicHead.flags */
-#define FLI_FINISHED 0x0001
-#define FLI_LOOPED 0x0002
-
-/* Optional Prefix Header */
-typedef struct
-{- Long size; /* Size of prefix including header. */
- Ushort type; /* Always PREFIX_TYPE. */
- Short chunks; /* Number of subchunks in prefix. */
- Char reserved[8];/* Always 0. */
-} PrefixHead;
-/* Value for PrefixHead.type */
-#define PREFIX_TYPE 0xF100u
-
-/* Frame Header */
-typedef struct
-{- Long size; /* Size of frame including header. */
- Ushort type; /* Always FRAME_TYPE */
- Short chunks; /* Number of chunks in frame. */
- Char reserved[8];/* Always 0. */
-} FrameHead;
-/* Value for FrameHead.type */
-#define FRAME_TYPE 0xF1FAu
-
-/* Chunk Header */
-typedef struct
-{- Long size; /* Size of chunk including header. */
- Ushort type; /* Value from ChunkTypes below. */
-} ChunkHead;
-enum ChunkTypes
-{- COLOR_256 = 4, /* 256 level color pallette info. (FLC only.) */
- DELTA_FLC = 7, /* Word-oriented delta compression. (FLC only.) */
- COLOR_64 = 11, /* 64 level color pallette info. */
- DELTA_FLI = 12, /* Byte-oriented delta compression. */
- BLACK = 13, /* whole frame is color 0 */
- BYTE_RUN = 15, /* Byte run-length compression. */
- LITERAL = 16, /* Uncompressed pixels. */
- PSTAMP = 18, /* "Postage stamp" chunk. (FLC only.) */
-};
-
-#endif /* FLIC_H */
--- a/src/fli_glob.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-void PlayFlic ( char * name, unsigned char * buffer, int usefile, int loop);
-
-
--- a/src/fli_main.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,599 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/* readflic.c - This module contains the routines to read and decompress
- * a flic. They assume Intel byte ordering, but otherwise should be
- * fairly portable. They call machine specific stuff in pcclone.c.
- * This file starts with the low level decompression routines - first
- * for colors and then for pixels. Then it goes to the higher level
- * exported flic_xxxx routines as prototyped in readflic.h.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1992 Jim Kent. This file may be freely used, modified,
- * copied and distributed. This file was first published as part of
- * an article for Dr. Dobb's Journal March 1993 issue.
- */
-
-#include "cin_glob.h"
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <io.h>
-#include "fli_type.h"
-#include "fli_util.h"
-#include "fli_def.h"
-#include "fli_main.h"
-
-
-
-typedef void ColorOut(Screen *s, int start, Color *colors, int count);
-/* This is the type of output parameter to our decode_color below.
- * Not coincedently screen_put_color is of this type. */
-
-static void decode_color(Uchar *data
- , Flic *flic, Screen *s, ColorOut *output)
-/* Decode color map. Put results into output. The two color
- * compressions are identical except for whether the RGB values
- * are 0-63 or 0-255. Passing in an output that does the appropriate
- * shifting on the way to the real pallete lets us use the same
- * code for both COLOR_64 and COLOR_256 compression.
- */
-{- int start = 0;
- Uchar *cbuf = (Uchar *)data;
- Short *wp = (Short *)cbuf;
- Short ops;
- int count;
-
- ops = *wp;
- cbuf += sizeof(*wp);
- while (--ops >= 0)
- {- start += *cbuf++;
- if ((count = *cbuf++) == 0)
- count = 256;
- (*output)(s, start, (Color *)cbuf, count);
- cbuf += 3*count;
- start += count;
- }
-}
-
-static void decode_color_256(Uchar *data, Flic *flic, Screen *s)
-/* Decode COLOR_256 chunk. */
-{- decode_color(data, flic, s, screen_put_colors);
-}
-
-static void decode_color_64(Uchar *data, Flic *flic, Screen *s)
-/* Decode COLOR_64 chunk. */
-{- decode_color(data, flic, s, screen_put_colors_64);
-}
-
-
-static void decode_byte_run(Uchar *data, Flic *flic, Screen *s)
-/* Byte-run-length decompression. */
-{- int x,y;
- int width = flic->head.width;
- int height = flic->head.height;
- Char psize;
- Char *cpt = data;
- int end;
-
- y = flic->yoff;
- end = flic->xoff + width;
- while (--height >= 0)
- {- x = flic->xoff;
- cpt += 1; /* skip over obsolete opcount byte */
- psize = 0;
- while ((x+=psize) < end)
- {- psize = *cpt++;
- if (psize >= 0)
- {- screen_repeat_one(s, x, y, *cpt++, psize);
- }
- else
- {- psize = -psize;
- screen_copy_seg(s, x, y, (Pixel *)cpt, psize);
- cpt += psize;
- }
- }
- y++;
- }
-}
-
-static void decode_delta_fli(Uchar *data, Flic *flic, Screen *s)
-/* Fli style delta decompression. */
-{- int xorg = flic->xoff;
- int yorg = flic->yoff;
- Short *wpt = (Short *)data;
- Uchar *cpt = (Uchar *)(wpt + 2);
- int x,y;
- Short lines;
- Uchar opcount;
- Char psize;
-
- y = yorg + *wpt++;
- lines = *wpt;
- while (--lines >= 0)
- {- x = xorg;
- opcount = *cpt++;
- while (opcount > 0)
- {- x += *cpt++;
- psize = *cpt++;
- if (psize < 0)
- {- psize = -psize;
- screen_repeat_one(s, x, y, *cpt++, psize);
- x += psize;
- opcount-=1;
- }
- else
- {- screen_copy_seg(s, x, y, (Pixel *)cpt, psize);
- cpt += psize;
- x += psize;
- opcount -= 1;
- }
- }
- y++;
- }
-}
-
-
-static void decode_delta_flc(Uchar *data, Flic *flic, Screen *s)
-/* Flc-style delta decompression. The data is word oriented though
-* a lot of the control info (how to skip, how many words to
- * copy) are byte oriented still to save space. */
-{- int xorg = flic->xoff;
- int yorg = flic->yoff;
- int width = flic->head.width;
- int x,y;
- Short lp_count;
- Short opcount;
- int psize;
- union {- Short *w;
- Uchar *ub;
- Char *b;
- Pixels2 *p2;
- } wpt;
- int lastx;
-
-
- lastx = xorg + width - 1;
- wpt.ub = data;
- lp_count = *wpt.w++;
- y = yorg;
- goto LPACK;
-
-SKIPLINES: /* Advance over some lines. */
- y -= opcount;
-
-LPACK: /* do next line */
- if ((opcount = *wpt.w++) >= 0)
- goto DO_SS2OPS;
- if( ((Ushort)opcount) & 0x4000) /* skip lines */
- goto SKIPLINES;
- screen_put_dot(s,(Uchar)opcount,lastx,y); /* put dot at eol with low byte */
- if((opcount = *wpt.w++) == 0)
- {- ++y;
- if (--lp_count > 0)
- goto LPACK;
- goto OUT;
- }
-DO_SS2OPS:
- x = xorg;
-
-PPACK: /* do next packet */
- x += *wpt.ub++;
- psize = *wpt.b++;
- if ((psize += psize) >= 0)
- {- screen_copy_seg(s, x, y, (Pixel *)wpt.ub, psize);
- x += psize;
- wpt.ub += psize;
- if (--opcount != 0)
- goto PPACK;
- ++y;
- if (--lp_count > 0)
- goto LPACK;
- }
- else
- {- psize = -psize;
- screen_repeat_two(s, x, y, *wpt.p2++, psize>>1);
- x += psize;
- if (--opcount != 0)
- goto PPACK;
- ++y;
- if (--lp_count > 0)
- goto LPACK;
- }
-OUT:
- return;
-}
-
-static void decode_black(Uchar *data, Flic *flic, Screen *s)
-/* Decode a BLACK chunk. Set frame to solid color 0 one
- * line at a time. */
-{- Pixels2 black;
- int i;
- int height = flic->head.height;
- int width = flic->head.width;
- int x = flic->xoff;
- int y = flic->yoff;
-
- black.pixels[0] = black.pixels[1] = 0;
- for (i=0; i<height; ++i)
- {- screen_repeat_two(s, x, y+i, black, width/2);
- if (width & 1) /* if odd set last pixel */
- screen_put_dot(s, x+width-1, y+i, 0);
- }
-}
-
-static void decode_literal(Uchar *data, Flic *flic, Screen *s)
-/* Decode a LITERAL chunk. Just copy data to screen one line at
- * a time. */
-{- int i;
- int height = flic->head.height;
- int width = flic->head.width;
- int x = flic->xoff;
- int y = flic->yoff;
-
- for (i=0; i<height; ++i)
- {- screen_copy_seg(s, x, y+i, (Pixel *)data, width);
- data += width;
- }
-}
-
-ErrCode SetupFlicAccess (Flic * flic)
-{- if (flic->usefile==TRUE)
- {- return file_open_to_read(&flic->handle, flic->name);
- }
- else
- {- flic->flicoffset=0;
- return Success;
- }
-}
-
-ErrCode CopyNextFlicBlock (Flic * flic, MemPtr buf, Ulong size)
-{- ErrCode err;
-
- if (flic->usefile==TRUE)
- {- err = file_read_big_block(flic->handle, buf, size);
- return err;
- }
- else
- {- memcpy(buf, flic->flicbuffer+flic->flicoffset, size);
- flic->flicoffset+=size;
- return Success;
- }
-}
-
-void SetFlicOffset (Flic * flic, Ulong offset )
-{- if (flic->usefile==TRUE)
- {- lseek(flic->handle,offset,SEEK_SET);
- }
- else
- {- flic->flicoffset = offset;
- }
-}
-
-
-ErrCode flic_open(Flic *flic, char *name, MemPtr buf, Boolean usefile)
-/* Open flic file. Read header and verify it's a flic.
- * Seek to first frame. */
-{- ErrCode err;
-
- ClearStruct(flic); /* Start at a known state. */
- flic->usefile=usefile; /* use file or buffer */
- flic->name = name; /* Save name for future use. */
- flic->flicbuffer=buf; /* save address of flicbuffer */
-
- if ((err = SetupFlicAccess (flic)) >= Success)
- {- if ((err = CopyNextFlicBlock (flic, (Uchar *)&flic->head, sizeof(flic->head)))
- >= Success)
- {- if (flic->head.type == FLC_TYPE)
- {- /* Seek frame 1. */
- SetFlicOffset (flic, flic->head.oframe1 );
- return Success;
- }
- if (flic->head.type == FLI_TYPE)
- {- /* Do some conversion work here. */
- flic->head.oframe1 = sizeof(flic->head);
- flic->head.speed = flic->head.speed * 1000L / 70L;
- return Success;
- }
- else
- {- err = ErrBadFlic;
- }
- }
- }
- flic_close(flic); /* Close down and scrub partially opened flic. */
- return err;
-}
-
-
-void flic_close(Flic *flic)
-/* Close flic file and scrub flic. */
-{- if (flic->usefile==TRUE)
- {- close(flic->handle);
- }
- ClearStruct(flic); /* Discourage use after close. */
-}
-
-static ErrCode decode_frame(Flic *flic
- , FrameHead *frame, Uchar *data, Screen *s)
-/* Decode a frame that is in memory already into screen.
- * Here we just loop through each chunk calling appropriate
- * chunk decoder.
- */
-{- int i;
- ChunkHead *chunk;
-
- for (i=0; i<frame->chunks; ++i)
- {- chunk = (ChunkHead *)data;
- data += chunk->size;
- switch (chunk->type)
- {- case COLOR_256:
- decode_color_256((Uchar *)(chunk+1), flic, s);
- break;
- case DELTA_FLC:
- decode_delta_flc((Uchar *)(chunk+1), flic, s);
- break;
- case COLOR_64:
- decode_color_64((Uchar *)(chunk+1), flic, s);
- break;
- case DELTA_FLI:
- decode_delta_fli((Uchar *)(chunk+1), flic, s);
- break;
- case BLACK:
- decode_black((Uchar *)(chunk+1), flic, s);
- break;
- case BYTE_RUN:
- decode_byte_run((Uchar *)(chunk+1), flic, s);
- break;
- case LITERAL:
- decode_literal((Uchar *)(chunk+1), flic, s);
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-ErrCode flic_next_frame(Flic *flic, Screen *screen)
-/* Advance to next frame of flic. */
-{- FrameHead head;
- ErrCode err;
- MemPtr bb;
- long size;
-
- if ((err = CopyNextFlicBlock (flic, (Uchar *)&head, sizeof(head))) >= Success)
- {- if (head.type == FRAME_TYPE)
- {- size = head.size - sizeof(head); /* Don't include head. */
- if (size > 0)
- {- if ((err = big_alloc(&bb, size)) >= Success)
- {- if ((err = CopyNextFlicBlock (flic, bb, size)) >= Success)
- {- err = decode_frame(flic, &head, bb, screen);
- }
- big_free(&bb);
- }
- }
- }
- else
- {- err = ErrBadFrame;
- }
- }
- return err;
-}
-
-
-static Ulong calc_end_time(Ulong millis)
-/* Little helper subroutine to find out when to start on next
- * frame. */
-{- return (GetCinematicTime() + ( (millis * CLOCKSPEED) / 4000l) );
-}
-
-static ErrCode wait_til(Ulong end_time, Machine *machine)
-/* This waits until key is hit or end_time arrives.
- * Return Success if timed out, ErrCancel if key hit.
- * Insures keyboard will be polled at least once.
- */
-{- do
- {- if (CinematicAbort()!=0)
- return ErrCancel;
- }
- while (GetCinematicTime() < end_time);
- return Success;
-}
-
-ErrCode flic_play_once(Flic *flic, Machine *machine)
-/* Play a flic through once. */
-{- ErrCode err;
- int i;
- Ulong end_time;
-
- for (i=0; i<flic->head.frames; ++i)
- {- end_time = calc_end_time(flic->head.speed);
- if ((err = flic_next_frame(flic, &machine->screen)) < Success)
- break;
- if ((err = wait_til(end_time, machine)) < Success)
- break;
- }
- return err;
-}
-
-static ErrCode fill_in_frame2(Flic *flic)
-/* This figures out where the second frame of the flic is
- * (useful for playing in a loop). */
-{- FrameHead head;
- ErrCode err;
-
- SetFlicOffset (flic, flic->head.oframe1 );
- if ((err = CopyNextFlicBlock (flic, (MemPtr)&head, sizeof(head))) < Success)
- return err;
- flic->head.oframe2 = flic->head.oframe1 + head.size;
- return Success;
-}
-
-ErrCode flic_play_loop(Flic *flic, Machine *machine)
-/* Play a flic until key is pressed. */
-{- int i;
- Ulong end_time;
- ErrCode err;
-
- if (flic->head.oframe2 == 0)
- {- fill_in_frame2(flic);
- }
- /* Seek to first frame. */
- SetFlicOffset (flic, flic->head.oframe1 );
- /* Save time to move on. */
- end_time = calc_end_time(flic->head.speed);
- /* Display first frame. */
- if ((err = flic_next_frame(flic, &machine->screen)) < Success)
- return err;
- for (;;)
- {- /* Seek to second frame */
- SetFlicOffset (flic, flic->head.oframe2 );
- /* Loop from 2nd frame thru ring frame*/
- for (i=0; i<flic->head.frames; ++i)
- {- if (wait_til(end_time, machine) < Success)
- return Success; /* Time out is a success here. */
- if ((err = flic_next_frame(flic, &machine->screen)) < Success)
- return err;
- end_time = calc_end_time(flic->head.speed);
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-static char *err_strings[] =
-{- "Unspecified error",
- "Not enough memory",
- "Not a flic file",
- "Bad frame in flic",
- NULL,
- NULL,
- "Couldn't open display",
- "Couldn't open keyboard",
- "User canceled action",
-};
-
-char *flic_err_string(ErrCode err)
-/* Return a string that describes an error. */
-{- if (err >= Success)
- return "Success"; /* Shouldn't happen really... */
- if (err == ErrOpen || err == ErrRead)
- return strerror(errno); /* Get Disk IO error from DOS. */
- err = -err;
- err -= 1;
- if (err > ArrayEls(err_strings))
- return "Unknown error";
- return err_strings[err];
-}
-
-
-static void center_flic(Flic *flic, Screen *s)
-/* Set flic.xoff and flic.yoff so flic plays centered rather
- * than in upper left corner of display. */
-{- flic->xoff = (screen_width(s) - (signed)flic->head.width)/2;
- flic->yoff = (screen_height(s) - (signed)flic->head.height)/2;
-}
-
-void PlayFlic ( char * name, unsigned char * buffer, int usefile, int loop)
-{- ErrCode err;
- Flic flic;
- Machine machine;
-
- if ((err = machine_open(&machine)) >= Success)
- {- if ((err = flic_open(&flic, name, buffer, usefile)) >= Success)
- {- center_flic(&flic, &machine.screen);
- if (loop==0)
- {- err = flic_play_once(&flic, &machine);
- }
- else
- {- err = flic_play_loop(&flic, &machine);
- }
- flic_close(&flic);
- }
- machine_close(&machine);
- }
- if (err < Success && err != ErrCancel)
- {- Error("Play Flic had troubles with %s.\n%s.\n",name, flic_err_string(err));- }
-}
-
--- a/src/fli_main.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/* Readflic.h - file containing prototypes and other
- * structural info for readflic program.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1992 Jim Kent. This file may be freely used, modified,
- * copied and distributed. This file was first published as part of
- * an article for Dr. Dobb's Journal March 1993 issue.
- */
-
-/* Some handy macros I use in lots of programs: */
-
-#define ArrayEls(a) (sizeof(a)/sizeof((a)[0]))
-/* Count up number of elements in an array */
-
-#define ClearMem(buf,size) memset(buf, 0, size)
-/* Clear a block of memory. */
-
-#define ClearStruct(pt) ClearMem(pt, sizeof(*(pt)))
-/* Clear a structure (pass in pointer) */
-
-
-/* Data structures peculiar to readflic program: */
-
-typedef struct
-{- FlicHead head; /* Flic file header. */
- int handle; /* File handle. */
- int frame; /* Current frame in flic. */
- char *name; /* Name from flic_open. Helps error reporting. */
- int xoff,yoff; /* Offset to display flic at. */
- MemPtr flicbuffer; // address of flicbuffer in memory
- int flicoffset;
- Boolean usefile;
-} Flic;
-
-
-/* Prototypes peculiar to readflic program: */
-
-ErrCode flic_open(Flic *flic, char *name, MemPtr buf, Boolean usefile);
-/* Open flic file. Read header and verify it's a flic. */
-
-void flic_close(Flic *flic);
-/* Close flic file and scrub flic. */
-
-ErrCode flic_play_once(Flic *flic, Machine *machine);
-/* Play a flic through once. */
-
-ErrCode flic_play_loop(Flic *flic, Machine *machine);
-/* Play a flic until key is pressed. */
-
-ErrCode flic_next_frame(Flic *flic, Screen *screen);
-/* Advance to next frame of flic. */
-
-ErrCode SetupFlicAccess (Flic * flic);
-
-ErrCode CopyNextFlicBlock (Flic * flic, MemPtr buf, Ulong size);
-
-void SetFlicOffset (Flic * flic, Ulong offset );
-
-
-char *flic_err_string(ErrCode err);
-
-/* Various error codes flic reader can get. */
-#define ErrNoMemory -2 /* Not enough memory. */
-#define ErrBadFlic -3 /* File isn't a flic. */
-#define ErrBadFrame -4 /* Bad frame in flic. */
-#define ErrOpen -5 /* Couldn't open file. Check errno. */
-#define ErrRead -6 /* Couldn't read file. Check errno. */
-#define ErrDisplay -7 /* Couldn't open display. */
-#define ErrClock -8 /* Couldn't open clock. */
-#define ErrKey -9 /* Couldn't open keyboard. */
-#define ErrCancel -10 /* User cancelled. */
-
-
--- a/src/fli_type.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/* Types.h - integer types defined for portability between compilers and
- * notational convenience.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1992 Jim Kent. This file may be freely used, modified,
- * copied and distributed. This file was first published as part of
- * an article for Dr. Dobb's Journal March 1993 issue.
- */
-
-#ifndef TYPES_H /* Prevent file from being included twice. */
-#define TYPES_H
-
-typedef signed char Char; /* Signed 8 bits. */
-typedef unsigned char Uchar; /* Unsigned 8 bits. */
-typedef short Short; /* Signed 16 bits please. */
-typedef unsigned short Ushort; /* Unsigned 16 bits please. */
-typedef int Long; /* Signed 32 bits. */
-typedef unsigned int Ulong; /* Unsigned 32 bits. */
-
-typedef int Boolean; /* TRUE or FALSE value. */
-typedef int ErrCode; /* ErrXXX or Success. */
-typedef int FileHandle; /* OS file handle. */
-
-/* Values for Boolean types */
-#define FALSE 0
-#define TRUE (!FALSE)
-
-/* Values for ErrCodes */
-#define Success 0 /* Things are fine. */
-#define AError -1 /* Unclassified error. */
-
-#define int86 int386
-#define inportb inp
-#define outportb outp
-#endif /* TYPES_H */
--- a/src/fli_util.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,313 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/* pcclone.c - This file contains all the machine specific bits of the
- * flic reader. It's job is to set up data structures and routines for
- * the Screen, Clock, and Key structures, and the Machine structure
- * that contains them all.
- *
- * For optimum performance a flic-reader should be coded in assembler.
- * However you can get significantly greater performance merely by
- * recoding in assembler the three routines: screen_copy_seg(),
- * screen_repeat_one() and screen_repeat_two().
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1992 Jim Kent. This file may be freely used, modified,
- * copied and distributed. This file was first published as part of
- * an article for Dr. Dobb's Journal March 1993 issue.
- */
-
-#include "cin_glob.h"
-#include <bios.h>
-#include <dos.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <mem.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <io.h>
-#include <conio.h>
-#include "fli_type.h"
-#include "fli_util.h"
-#include "fli_def.h"
-#include "fli_main.h"
-
-static Ushort screenlookup[200];
-
-/** Screen oriented stuff. **/
-
-static Boolean set_vmode(Uchar mode)
-/* Ask bios to set video mode. */
-{- union REGS regs;
-
- regs.h.ah = 0; /* Set Video Mode request. */
- regs.h.al = mode; /* For our specific mode. */
- int86(0x10, ®s, ®s);
- return TRUE;
-// return (regs.x.cflag == 0); /* Carry flag clear? */
-}
-
-static Uchar get_vmode()
-/* Ask bios for current video mode. */
-{- union REGS regs;
-
- regs.h.ah = 0xF; /* Get Video Mode request. */
- int86(0x10, ®s, ®s);
- return regs.h.al;
-}
-
-ErrCode screen_open(Screen *s)
-/* Put machine into graphics mode and fill out screen structure. */
-{- ClearStruct(s); /* Start in a known state... */
- s->old_mode = get_vmode();
- if (set_vmode(0x13))
- {- if (get_vmode() == 0x13)
- {- int i;
-
- s->is_open = TRUE; /* Now it's open. */
- s->width = 320;
- s->height = 200;
- for (i=0; i<200; i++)
- screenlookup[i]=320*i;
- s->pixels = (unsigned char *)0xA0000; /* Base video screen address. */
- return Success;
- }
- }
- /* If got to here have failed. Restore old video mode and return
- * failure code. */
- set_vmode(s->old_mode);
- return ErrDisplay;
-}
-
-void screen_close(Screen *s)
-/* Close screen. Restore original display mode. */
-{- if (s->is_open) /* Don't do this twice... */
- {-// set_vmode(s->old_mode);
- ClearStruct(s); /* Discourage use after it's closed... */
- }
-}
-
-int screen_width(Screen *s)
-/* Return width of screen. */
-{- return s->width;
-}
-
-int screen_height(Screen *s)
-/* Return height of screen. */
-{- return s->height;
-}
-
-void screen_put_dot(Screen *s, int x, int y, Pixel color)
-/* Set one dot. */
-{- /* First clip it. */
- if (x < 0 || y < 0 || x >= s->width || y >= s->height)
- return;
-
- /* Then set it. */
- s->pixels[screenlookup[y] + x] = color;
-}
-
-static Boolean line_clip(Screen *s, int *px, int *py, int *pwidth)
-/* Clip a horizontal line segment so that it fits on the screen.
- * Return FALSE if clipped out entirely. */
-{- int x = *px;
- int y = *py;
- int width = *pwidth;
- int xend = x + width;
-
- if (y < 0 || y >= s->height || xend < 0 || x >= s->width)
- return FALSE; /* Clipped off screen. */
- if (x < 0)
- {- *pwidth = width = width + x; /* and shortens width. */
- *px = 0;
- }
- if (xend > s->width)
- {- *pwidth = width = width - (xend - s->width);
- }
- if (width < 0)
- return FALSE;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-void screen_copy_seg(Screen *s, int x, int y, Pixel *pixels, int count)
-/* Copy pixels from memory into screen. */
-{- Pixel *pt;
- int unclipped_x = x;
-
- /* First let's do some clipping. */
- if (!line_clip(s, &x, &y, &count))
- return;
-
- pixels += (x - unclipped_x); /* Clipping change in start position. */
-
- /* Calculate start screen address. */
- pt = s->pixels + (unsigned)screenlookup[y] + (unsigned)x;
-
- /* Copy pixels to display. */
- memcpy (pt,pixels,count);
-}
-
-void screen_repeat_one(Screen *s, int x, int y, Pixel color, int count)
-/* Draw a horizontal line of a solid color */
-{- Pixel *pt;
-
- /* First let's do some clipping. */
- if (!line_clip(s, &x, &y, &count))
- return;
-
- /* Calculate start screen address. */
- pt = s->pixels + (unsigned)screenlookup[y] + (unsigned)x;
-
- /* Repeat pixel on display. */
- memset (pt,color,count);
-}
-
-void screen_repeat_two(Screen *s, int x, int y, Pixels2 pixels2, int count)
-/* Repeat 2 pixels count times on screen. */
-{- Pixels2 *pt;
- int is_odd;
-
- /* First let's do some clipping. */
- count <<= 1; /* Convert from word to pixel count. */
- if (!line_clip(s, &x, &y, &count))
- return;
- is_odd = (count&1); /* Did it turn odd after clipping? Ack! */
- count >>= 1; /* Convert back to word count. */
-
- /* Calculate start screen address. */
- pt = (Pixels2 *)(s->pixels + (unsigned)screenlookup[y] + (unsigned)x);
-
- while (--count >= 0) /* Go set screen 2 pixels at a time. */
- *pt++ = pixels2;
-
- if (is_odd) /* Deal with pixel at end of screen if needed. */
- {- Pixel *end = (Pixel *)pt;
- *end = pixels2.pixels[0];
- }
-}
-
-
-void screen_put_colors(Screen *s, int start, Color *colors, int count)
-/* Set count colors in color map starting at start. RGB values
- * go from 0 to 255. */
-{- int end = start + count;
- int ix;
-
- for (ix = start; ix < end; ++ix)
- {- outportb(0x3C8, ix);
- outportb(0x3C9, colors->r>>2);
- outportb(0x3C9, colors->g>>2);
- outportb(0x3C9, colors->b>>2);
- ++colors;
- }
-}
-
-void screen_put_colors_64(Screen *s, int start, Color *colors, int count)
-/* Set count colors in color map starting at start. RGB values
- * go from 0 to 64. */
-{- int end = start + count;
- int ix;
-
- for (ix = start; ix < end; ++ix)
- {- outportb(0x3C8, ix);
- outportb(0x3C9, colors->r);
- outportb(0x3C9, colors->g);
- outportb(0x3C9, colors->b);
- ++colors;
- }
-}
-
-/** MemPtr stuff - to allocate and free blocks of memory > 64K. */
-
-ErrCode big_alloc(MemPtr *bb, Ulong size)
-/* Allocate a big block. */
-{- (*bb) = SafeMalloc (size);
- return Success;
-}
-
-void big_free(MemPtr *bb)
-/* Free up a big block. */
-{- SafeFree(*bb);
-}
-
-/** Stuff for reading files - regular and over 64k blocks at a time. **/
-
-ErrCode file_open_to_read(FileHandle *phandle, char *name)
-/* Open a binary file to read. */
-{- *phandle = SafeOpenRead(name);
- return Success;
-}
-
-ErrCode file_read_big_block(FileHandle handle, MemPtr bb, Ulong size)
-/* Read in a big block. Could be bigger than 64K. */
-{- SafeRead (handle,bb,size);
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/** Machine oriented stuff - open and close the whole banana. **/
-
-ErrCode machine_open(Machine *machine)
-/* Open up machine: keyboard, clock, and screen. */
-{- ErrCode err;
-
- ClearStruct(machine); /* Start it in a known state. */
-//if ((err = key_open(&machine->key)) >= Success)
- {-// if ((err = clock_open(&machine->clock)) >= Success)
- {- if ((err = screen_open(&machine->screen)) >= Success)
- return Success;
-// clock_close(&machine->clock);
- }
-// key_close(&machine->key);
- }
- return err;
-}
-
-void machine_close(Machine *machine)
-/* Close down machine. */
-{- screen_close(&machine->screen);
-//clock_close(&machine->clock);
-//key_close(&machine->key);
-}
--- a/src/fli_util.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,162 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/* pcclone.h - machine specific parts of readflic. Structures and
- * prototypes for polling the keyboard, checking the time,
- * writing to the video screen, allocating large blocks of memory
- * and reading files.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1992 Jim Kent. This file may be freely used, modified,
- * copied and distributed. This file was first published as part of
- * an article for Dr. Dobb's Journal March 1993 issue.
- */
-
-#ifndef PCCLONE_H /* Prevent file from being included twice. */
-#define PCCLONE_H
-
-typedef Uchar Pixel; /* Pixel type. */
-
-typedef struct
-{- Uchar r,g,b;
-} Color; /* One color map entry r,g,b 0-255. */
-
-typedef struct
-{- Pixel pixels[2];
-} Pixels2; /* For word-oriented run length encoding */
-
-typedef struct
-{- Pixel *pixels; /* Set to AOOO:0000 for hardware. */
- int width, height; /* Dimensions of screen. (320x200) */
- int old_mode; /* Mode screen was in originally. */
- Boolean is_open; /* Is screen open? */
-} Screen; /* Device specific screen type. */
-
-
-/* Prototypes for routines that work on display screen. */
-
-ErrCode screen_open(Screen *s);
-/* Put machine into graphics mode and fill out screen structure. */
-
-void screen_close(Screen *s);
-/* Close screen. Restore original display mode. */
-
-int screen_width(Screen *s);
-/* Return width of screen. */
-
-int screen_height(Screen *s);
-/* Return height of screen. */
-
-void screen_put_dot(Screen *s, int x, int y, Pixel color);
-/* Set one dot. */
-
-void screen_copy_seg(Screen *s, int x, int y, Pixel *pixels, int count);
-/* Copy pixels from memory into screen. */
-
-void screen_repeat_one(Screen *s, int x, int y, Pixel color, int count);
-/* Draw a horizontal line of a solid color */
-
-void screen_repeat_two(Screen *s, int x,int y, Pixels2 pixels2, int count);
-/* Repeat 2 pixels count times on screen. */
-
-void screen_put_colors(Screen *s, int start, Color *colors, int count);
-/* Set count colors in color map starting at start. RGB values
- * go from 0 to 255. */
-
-void screen_put_colors_64(Screen *s, int start, Color *colors, int count);
-/* Set count colors in color map starting at start. RGB values
- * go from 0 to 64. */
-
-
-/* Clock structure and routines. */
-
-typedef struct
-{- Ulong speed; /* Number of clock ticks per second. */
-} Clock;
-
-ErrCode clock_open(Clock *clock);
-/* Set up millisecond clock. */
-
-void clock_close(Clock *clock);
-/* Return clock to normal. */
-
-Ulong clock_ticks(Clock *clock);
-/* Get time in terms of clock->speed. */
-
-/* Keyboard structure and routines. */
-
-typedef struct
-{- Uchar ascii;
- Ushort scancode;
-} Key;
-
-ErrCode key_open(Key *key);
-/* Set up keyboard. */
-
-void key_close(Key *key);
-/* Close keyboard. */
-
-Boolean key_ready(Key *key);
-/* See if a key is ready. */
-
-Uchar key_read(Key *key);
-/* Get next key. */
-
-
-/** MemPtr - handles allocating big blocks of memory (>64K) on the
- ** PC. On other machines may be much simpler. */
-
-typedef Uchar * MemPtr;
-
-ErrCode big_alloc(MemPtr *bb, Ulong size);
-/* Allocate a big block. */
-
-void big_free(MemPtr *bb);
-/* Free up a big block. */
-
-/** Stuff for reading files - regular and over 64k blocks at a time. **/
-
-ErrCode file_open_to_read(FileHandle *phandle, char *name);
-/* Open a binary file to read. */
-
-ErrCode file_read_block(FileHandle handle, void *block, unsigned size);
-/* Read in a block. If read less than size return error code. */
-
-ErrCode file_read_big_block(FileHandle handle, MemPtr bb, Ulong size);
-/* Read in a big block. Could be bigger than 64K. */
-
-
-
-/** Machine structure - contains all the machine dependent stuff. **/
-
-typedef struct
-{- Screen screen;
- Clock clock;
- Key key;
-} Machine;
-
-ErrCode machine_open(Machine *machine);
-/* Open up machine: keyboard, clock, screen. */
-
-void machine_close(Machine *machine);
-/* Close down machine. */
-#endif /* PCCLONE_H */
--- a/src/lookups.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,219 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-#include "rt_def.h"
-#include "rt_util.h"
-#include "rt_view.h"
-#include <math.h>
-#include <dos.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <conio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <io.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <sys\stat.h>
-
-
-#define PANGLES 512
-#define NUMSINANGLES FINEANGLES+FINEANGLEQUAD+1
-
-fixed pangle[PANGLES];
-long sintable[NUMSINANGLES];
-short tantable[FINEANGLES];
-byte gammatable[GAMMAENTRIES];
-
-extern int _argc;
-extern char ** _argv;
-
-/*
-=================
-=
-= Error
-=
-= For abnormal program terminations
-=
-=================
-*/
-
-void Error (char *error, ...)
-{- va_list argptr;
-
- va_start (argptr,error);
- vprintf (error,argptr);
- va_end (argptr);
- printf ("\n");- exit (1);
-}
-
-
-int SafeOpenWrite (char *_filename)
-{- int handle;
- char filename[MAX_PATH];
- strncpy(filename, _filename, sizeof (filename));
- filename[sizeof (filename) - 1] = '\0';
- FixFilePath(filename);
-
- handle = open(filename,O_RDWR | O_BINARY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC
- , S_IREAD | S_IWRITE);
-
- if (handle == -1)
- Error ("Error opening %s: %s",filename,strerror(errno));-
- return handle;
-}
-
-
-void SafeWrite (int handle, void *buffer, long count)
-{- unsigned iocount;
-
- while (count)
- {- iocount = count > 0x8000 ? 0x8000 : count;
- if (write (handle,buffer,iocount) != iocount)
- Error ("File write failure");- buffer = (void *)( (byte *)buffer + iocount );
- count -= iocount;
- }
-}
-
-
-
-
-void CalcPixelAngles ( void )
-{- int i;
- long intang;
- double angle;
- double tang;
-
- const double radtoint = (double)FINEANGLES/2/PI;
-
-
- for (i=0; i<PANGLES; i++)
- {- // start 1/2 pixel over, so viewangle bisects two middle pixels
- //tang = ((((double)i*160.0)+80.0)/(FPFOCALWIDTH*(double)PANGLES));
- tang = ((((double)i*160.0)+80.0)/(dGLOBAL_FPFOCALWIDTH*(double)PANGLES));
- angle = atan(tang);
- intang = ((long)(angle*radtoint));
- pangle[i] = intang;
- }
-}
-
-
-
-void BuildSinTable (void)
-{- int i;
- double angle,anglestep;
- double sinangle;
- fixed value;
-
- angle = 0;
- anglestep = (double)(PI/2/FINEANGLEQUAD);
- for (i=0; i<=FINEANGLEQUAD; i++)
- {- sinangle=sin(angle);
- value=(fixed)((double)GLOBAL1*sinangle);
- sintable[i] =
- sintable[i+FINEANGLES] =
- sintable[FINEANGLES/2-i] = value;
- sintable[FINEANGLES-i] = -value;
- sintable[FINEANGLES/2+i] = -value;
- angle += anglestep;
- }
-}
-
-void BuildTanTable (void)
-{- int i;
- double angle,anglestep;
- double tanangle;
- fixed value;
-
- angle = 0;
- anglestep = (double)(PI*2/FINEANGLES);
- for (i=0; i<FINEANGLES; i++)
- {- tanangle=tan(angle);
- value=(fixed)((double)GLOBAL1*tanangle);
- tantable[i] =(short) (value>>1);
- angle += anglestep;
- }
-}
-
-void BuildGammaTable (void)
-{- int l, i, inf;
- int j;
- int gGamma=0x100;
- j=0;
- for (l=0 ; l<NUMGAMMALEVELS ; l++,gGamma+=32)
- {- double nGamma = (double)256 / gGamma;
- double nScale = (double)63 / pow(63, nGamma);
-
- for ( i = 0; i < 64; i++ )
- {- inf = pow(i, nGamma) * nScale;
- if (inf < 0)
- inf = 0;
- if (inf > 63)
- inf = 63;
- gammatable[j++]=inf;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void main ()
-{- int handle;
- int size;
-
- if (_argc!=2)
- {- printf("LOOKUPS -- Apogee Software (c) 1994\n");- printf("\n USAGE: lookups <name.dat>\n");- exit(0);
- }
- handle=SafeOpenWrite (_argv[1]);
- CalcPixelAngles();
- BuildSinTable();
- BuildTanTable();
- BuildGammaTable();
- size=PANGLES;
- SafeWrite(handle,&size,sizeof(int));
- SafeWrite(handle,&pangle[0],sizeof(fixed)*size);
- size=NUMSINANGLES;
- SafeWrite(handle,&size,sizeof(int));
- SafeWrite(handle,&sintable[0],sizeof(fixed)*size);
- size=FINEANGLES;
- SafeWrite(handle,&size,sizeof(int));
- SafeWrite(handle,&tantable[0],sizeof(short)*size);
- size=GAMMAENTRIES;
- SafeWrite(handle,&size,sizeof(int));
- SafeWrite(handle,&gammatable[0],sizeof(byte)*size);
- close (handle);
-}
--- a/src/rt_error.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,408 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-#include <dos.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <io.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <conio.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <mem.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include "rt_def.h"
-#include "rt_str.h"
-#include "rt_error.h"
-#include "rt_menu.h"
-#include "isr.h"
-#include "w_wad.h"
-#include "z_zone.h"
-#include "rt_vid.h"
-#include "rt_util.h"
-#include "modexlib.h"
-
-
-//*****************************************************************************
-//
-// HARD ERROR ROUTINES
-//
-//****************************************************************************
-
-#define WINDOWUX 7
-#define WINDOWUY 76
-#define WINDOWLX 138
-#define WINDOWLY 158
-
-#define MESSAGEBOXCOLOR 166
-
-
-#define DISKERROR 0x4000 // bit 15 (of deverr)
-#define IGNOREAVAILABLE 0x1000 // bit 13 (bit 14 isn't used)
-#define RETRYAVAILABLE 0x800 // bit 12
-#define FAILAVAILABLE 0x400 // bit 11
-#define LOCATION 0x300 // bit 10 and 9
-#define READWRITEERROR 0x80 // bit 8
-#define DRIVEOFERROR 0x0F // low-order byte
-
-#define DIVISIONINT 0x00
-
-// Globals
-
-boolean DivisionError = false;
-
-// Statics
-
-
-static char ErrorCodes[13][25] =
-{- "Write-protected disk\0",
- "Unknown unit\0",
- "Drive not ready\0",
- "Unknown command\0",
- "CRC error in data\0",
- "Bad drive struct length\0",
- "Seek error\0",
- "Unknown media type\0",
- "Sector not found\0",
- "Printer out of paper\0",
- "Write fault\0",
- "Read fault\0",
- "General failure\0"
-};
-
-static char Drives[7][3] =
-{- "A\0",
- "B\0",
- "C\0",
- "D\0",
- "E\0",
- "F\0",
- "G\0"
-};
-
-static char Locations[4][11] =
-{- "MS-DOS\0",
- "FAT\0",
- "Directory\0",
- "Data area\0"
-};
-
-static char ReadWrite[2][6] =
-{- "Read\0",
- "Write\0"
-};
-
-static boolean ErrorHandlerStarted=false;
-void (__interrupt __far *olddivisr) () = NULL;
-
-//******************************************************************************
-//
-// UL_UserMessage ()
-//
-//******************************************************************************
-
-void UL_UserMessage (int x, int y, char *str, ...) __attribute__((format(printf,3,4)))
-{- va_list strptr;
- char buf[128];
- int width, height;
-
- memset (&buf[0], 0, sizeof (buf));
- va_start (strptr, str);
- vsprintf (&buf[0], str, strptr);
- va_end (strptr);
-
- if ( *(byte *)0x449 == 0x13)
- {- CurrentFont = tinyfont;
-
- WindowW=160;
- WindowH=100;
- WindowX=80;
- WindowY=50;
-
- US_MeasureStr (&width, &height, &buf[0]);
-
- width += (CurrentFont->width[1] << 1);
- height += (CurrentFont->height << 1);
-
- VL_Bar (x, y, WindowW-2, WindowH, MESSAGEBOXCOLOR);
-
- PrintX = x+CurrentFont->width[1];
- PrintY = y+CurrentFont->height;
-
- US_CPrint (&buf[0]);
-
- displayofs=bufferofs;
-
- OUTP(CRTC_INDEX, CRTC_STARTHIGH);
- OUTP(CRTC_DATA,((displayofs&0x0000ffff)>>8));
-
-
- bufferofs += screensize;
- if (bufferofs > page3start)
- bufferofs = page1start;
- }
- else
- printf("%s\n",&buf[0]);-}
-
-//****************************************************************************
-//
-// UL_GeneralError ()
-//
-//****************************************************************************
-
-int UL_GeneralError (int code)
-{- boolean done = false;
- int retval = 0;
-
- UL_UserMessage (80, 50, "Device Error!\n%s.\n \n(A)bort (R)etry\n",
- ErrorCodes[code]);
-
- if (KeyboardStarted==true)
- {- while (!done)
- {- if (Keyboard[sc_A])
- {- retval = 1;
- done = true;
-
- while (Keyboard[sc_A])
- ;
- }
- else if (Keyboard[sc_R])
- {- retval = 0;
- done = true;
-
- while (Keyboard[sc_R])
- ;
- }
- }
- }
- else
- {- while (!done)
- {- if (kbhit())
- {- char ch;
-
- ch=toupper(getch());
- if (ch=='A')
- {- retval = 1;
- done = true;
- }
- else if (ch=='R')
- {- retval = 0;
- done = true;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
-
- return (retval);
-}
-
-
-//****************************************************************************
-//
-// UL_DriveError ()
-//
-//****************************************************************************
-
-int UL_DriveError (int code, int location, int rwerror, int whichdrive)
-{- boolean done = false;
- int retval = 0;
-
- UL_UserMessage (80, 50,
- "Drive Error!\n%s.\nOn drive %s.\nLocation: %s.\n%s error.\n(A)bort (R)etry\n",
- ErrorCodes[code], Drives[whichdrive],
- Locations[location], ReadWrite[rwerror]);
-
- if (KeyboardStarted==true)
- {- while (!done)
- {- if (Keyboard[sc_A])
- {- retval = 1;
- done = true;
-
- while (Keyboard[sc_A])
- ;
- }
- else if (Keyboard[sc_R])
- {- retval = 0;
- done = true;
-
- while (Keyboard[sc_R])
- ;
- }
- }
- }
- else
- {- while (!done)
- {- if (kbhit())
- {- char ch;
-
- ch=toupper(getch());
- if (ch=='A')
- {- retval = 1;
- done = true;
- }
- else if (ch=='R')
- {- retval = 0;
- done = true;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- return (retval);
-}
-
-
-//****************************************************************************
-//
-// UL_harderr ()
-//
-//****************************************************************************
-
-int __far UL_harderr (unsigned deverr, unsigned errcode, unsigned far *devhdr)
-{- int DiskError = 0; // Indicates if it was a disk error
- int IgnoreAvail = 0; // if "ignore" response is available
- int RetryAvail = 0; // if "retry" response is available
- int FailAvail = 0; // if "fail" response is available
- byte ErrorLocation = 0; // Location of error
- byte RWerror = 0; // Read/Write error (0 == read, 1 == write)
- byte whichDrive = 0; // Drive the error is on (0 == A, 1 == B, ...)
- int action;
-
- unsigned temp;
- temp = *devhdr;
-
- // Check errors
- DiskError = (deverr & DISKERROR);
- IgnoreAvail = (deverr & IGNOREAVAILABLE);
- RetryAvail = (deverr & RETRYAVAILABLE);
- FailAvail = (deverr & FAILAVAILABLE);
- ErrorLocation = ((deverr & LOCATION) >> 8);
- RWerror = (deverr & READWRITEERROR);
-
- if (DiskError == 0)
- action = UL_GeneralError (errcode);
- else
- action = UL_DriveError (errcode, ErrorLocation, RWerror, whichDrive);
-
- if (action)
- Error ("USER BREAK : ROTT aborted.\n");- return (_HARDERR_RETRY);
-}
-
-
-//****************************************************************************
-//
-// UL_DivisionISR ()
-//
-//****************************************************************************
-
-extern byte * colormap;
-
-void __interrupt __far UL_DivisionISR ( void )
-{-// acknowledge the interrupt
-
- SetBorderColor (*(colormap+(((100-10)>>2)<<8)+160));
- DivisionError = true;
- OUTP (0x20, 0x20);
-}
-
-
-//****************************************************************************
-//
-// UL_ErrorStartup ()
-//
-//****************************************************************************
-
-void UL_ErrorStartup ( void )
-{- if (ErrorHandlerStarted==true)
- return;
- ErrorHandlerStarted=true;
- _harderr (UL_harderr); // Install hard error handler
- UL_StartupDivisionByZero();
-}
-
-//****************************************************************************
-//
-// UL_ErrorShutdown ()
-//
-//****************************************************************************
-
-void UL_ErrorShutdown ( void )
-{- if (ErrorHandlerStarted==false)
- return;
- ErrorHandlerStarted=false;
- UL_ShutdownDivisionByZero();
-}
-
-
-/*
-===============
-=
-= UL_StartupDivisionByZero
-=
-===============
-*/
-
-void UL_StartupDivisionByZero ( void )
-{- olddivisr = _dos_getvect(DIVISIONINT);
- _dos_setvect (DIVISIONINT, UL_DivisionISR);
-}
-
-/*
-===============
-=
-= UL_ShutdownDivisionByZero
-=
-===============
-*/
-
-void UL_ShutdownDivisionByZero ( void )
-{- _dos_setvect (DIVISIONINT, olddivisr);
-}
-
--- a/src/sbconfig.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,467 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-/* Copyright 1995 Spacetec IMC Corporation */
-
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__)
-# pragma inline
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <dos.h>
-
-typedef long fixed;
-
-#include "rt_def.h"
-
-#include "develop.h"
-#include "sbconfig.h"
-
-/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#define DEFAULT_CONFIG_FILENAME "sbconfig.dat"
-
-#define NUM_ELEMENTS(x) (sizeof(x)/sizeof(x[0]))
-#define SIGN(x) ((x<0)?-1:1)
-
-/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__)
-
-fixed FIXED_MUL(fixed a, fixed b)
-{-
- fixed ret_code;
-
- asm {-
- mov eax,a
- mov edx,b
- imul edx
- shrd eax,edx,16
- mov ret_code,eax
- }
-
- return ret_code;
-}
-
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
-
-/* Microsoft C7.0 can not be done with inline assembler because it
- can not handle 32-bit instructions
-*/
-fixed FIXED_MUL(fixed a,fixed b)
-{- fixed sgn,ah,al,bh,bl;
-
- sgn = (SIGN(a) ^ SIGN(b)) ? -1 : 1 ;
- ah = (a >> 16) & 0xffff ;
- al = (a & 0xffff);
- bh = (b >> 16) & 0xffff ;
- bl = (b & 0xffff);
-
- return sgn * ( ((al*bl)>>16) + (ah*bl) + (al*bh) + ((ah*bh)<<16) );
-}
-
-#endif /* definition of inline FIXED_MUL */
-
-
-static
-fixed StrToFx1616(char *string, char **ret_string)
-{- long whole;
- long fract;
- fixed result;
- int sign;
-
- /* Skip whitespace */
- while((*string==' ')||(*string=='\t')||(*string=='\n')) string++;
-
- /* Accept numbers in the form: [+-]?[0-9]+(.[0-9]*)
- */
-
- sign=1;
- if(*string=='-')
- {- string++;
- sign=-1;
- }
- else if(*string=='+')
- {- string++;
- sign=1;
- }
-
- /* Read in the whole part */
- whole=0;
- while((*string>='0')&&(*string<='9'))
- whole=whole*10+(*string++)-'0';
-
- /* Read the optional fraction part */
- fract=0;
- if(*string=='.')
- {- long place=1;
- string++;
- while((*string>='0')&&(*string<='9'))
- {- fract=fract*10+(*string++)-'0';
- place*=10;
- }
- /* Convert to fixed point */
- fract=(fract<<16)/place;
- }
-
- if(ret_string) *ret_string=string;
-
- if(sign==1)
- result= (whole<<16) + fract;
- else
- result=-(whole<<16) + fract;
-
- return result;
-}
-
-/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-static char *SbButtonNames[]= {- "BUTTON_A",
- "BUTTON_B",
- "BUTTON_C",
- "BUTTON_D",
- "BUTTON_E",
- "BUTTON_F"
-};
-
-static int cfgFileVersion=0;
-static char cfgButtons[NUM_ELEMENTS(SbButtonNames)][MAX_STRING_LENGTH];
-static WarpRecord *pCfgWarps;
-static int nCfgWarps=0;
-
-/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* Read a string in the form: "{#, #, #}"- * and return a pointer to the character AFTER the '}'
- * or NULL if error
- */
-static char *GetWarpLevels(char *string, WarpRange *pw)
-{- short value;
- fixed fxvalue;
-
- if((*string++)!='{')- return NULL;
-
- if(!*string)
- return NULL;
-
- /* Expecting the first number - low */
- value=(short)strtol(string, &string, 0);
- if(pw) pw->low=value;
-
- /* Skip any whitespace */
- while(isspace(*string)) string++;
-
- if(*string++!=',')
- return NULL;
-
- /* Expecting the second number - high */
- value=(short)strtol(string, &string, 0);
- if(pw) pw->high=value;
-
- /* Skip any whitespace */
- while(isspace(*string)) string++;
-
- if(*string++!=',')
- return NULL;
-
- /* Expecting the third number - multiplier */
- fxvalue=StrToFx1616(string, &string);
- if(pw) pw->mult=fxvalue;
-
- /* Skip any whitespace */
- while(isspace(*string)) string++;
-
- if(*string!='}')
- return NULL;
-
- return string+1;
-}
-
-
-
-static int GetWarp(char *string, WarpRecord *pRecord)
-{- int nWarp;
- WarpRange *pWarp;
-
- /* Only update the field if we successfully read the entire line */
- nWarp=0;
- pWarp=NULL;
-
- /* Skip whitespace */
- while(isspace(*string)) string++;
-
- if(*string++!='{') return 0;-
- while(string && *string)
- {- switch(*string)
- {- case ' ':
- case '\t':
- case '\n':
- string++;
- break;
-
- case ',':
- string++;
- break;
-
- case '{':- if(nWarp++==0)
- pWarp=malloc(sizeof(WarpRange));
- else
- pWarp=realloc(pWarp, nWarp*sizeof(WarpRange));
-
- string=GetWarpLevels(string, pWarp+nWarp-1);
- break;
-
- case '}':
- pRecord->nWarp=nWarp;
- pRecord->pWarp=pWarp;
- return 1;
- }
- }
-
- /* Early EOL (didn't get closing '}') */
- if(nWarp) free(pWarp);
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-int SbConfigParse(char *_filename)
-{- int i;
- FILE *file;
- char *pc;
- char buffer[128];
- char filename[MAX_PATH];
-
- if(!_filename) _filename=DEFAULT_CONFIG_FILENAME;
-
- strncpy(filename, _filename, sizeof (filename));
- filename[sizeof (filename) - 1] = '\0';
- FixFilePath(filename);
-
- if(!(file=fopen(filename, "r")))
- {- printf("Config file: %s, not found\n", filename);- return 0;
- }
-
- while(fgets(buffer, sizeof(buffer), file))
- {- int lineParsed=0;
-
- /* each line in config file starts with either a ;, VERSION or an
- ** element of GameButtonNames or WarpNames
- */
- pc=strtok(buffer, " \t\n,");
-
- if(*pc==';') /* commented out line? */
- continue;
-
- /* VERSION? The version will be used in the future to allow fx1616
- ** values in the config file
- */
- if(!stricmp(pc,"VERSION"))
- {- pc=strtok(NULL, " \t\n,");
- cfgFileVersion=atoi(pc);
- }
-
- /* Check if first token is an element of SbButtonNames */
- for(i=0; i<NUM_ELEMENTS(SbButtonNames); i++)
- if(!stricmp(pc, SbButtonNames[i]))
- {- lineParsed=1;
-
- /* Save the next token in the appropriate slot */
- pc=strtok(NULL," \t\n,");
-
- strncpy(cfgButtons[i], pc, MAX_STRING_LENGTH-1);
- cfgButtons[i][MAX_STRING_LENGTH-1]=0;
- }
-
- /* If the first token is not from GameButtonNames,
- ** it must be a WarpName
- */
- if(!lineParsed)
- {- char *name;
-
- name=pc;
- pc=pc+strlen(pc)+1; /* Skip this token */
- while(isspace(*pc)) pc++; /* Skip any whitespace */
-
- if(*pc=='{')- {- WarpRecord warpRec;
-
- strcpy(warpRec.name, name);
- warpRec.pWarp=NULL;
- warpRec.nWarp=0;
-
- if(GetWarp(pc, &warpRec))
- {- if(nCfgWarps++==0)
- pCfgWarps=(WarpRecord *)malloc(sizeof(WarpRecord));
- else
- pCfgWarps=(WarpRecord *)realloc(pCfgWarps, nCfgWarps*sizeof(WarpRecord));
- pCfgWarps[nCfgWarps-1]=warpRec;
- }
- }
- }
- } /* end of while getting lines from config file */
-
- fclose(file);
- return 1;
-}
-
-/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-char *SbConfigGetButton(char *btnName)
-{- int i;
- for(i=0; i<NUM_ELEMENTS(SbButtonNames); i++)
- {- if(!stricmp(btnName, SbButtonNames[i]))
- if(cfgButtons[i][0])
- return cfgButtons[i];
- else
- return NULL; /* Empty slot */
-
- if(!stricmp(btnName, cfgButtons[i]))
- return SbButtonNames[i];
- }
-
- /* Unknown button name */
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-
-int SbConfigGetButtonNumber(char *btnName)
-{- int i;
- for(i=0; i<NUM_ELEMENTS(SbButtonNames); i++)
- {- if(!stricmp(btnName, cfgButtons[i]))
- return i;
- }
-
- /* Unknown button name */
- return -1;
-}
-
-/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-WarpRecord *SbConfigGetWarpRange(char *rngName)
-{- int i;
- for(i=0; i<nCfgWarps; i++)
- if(!stricmp(rngName, pCfgWarps[i].name))
- return &pCfgWarps[i];
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-fixed SbFxConfigWarp(WarpRecord *warp, short value)
-{- int i;
- short absValue;
- fixed accum;
- int sign;
-
- if(!warp) return INT_TO_FIXED(value);
-
- absValue=value;
- sign=1;
- if(absValue<0)
- {- absValue= (short)-absValue;
- sign=-1;
- }
-
- accum=INT_TO_FIXED(0);
-
- for(i=0; i<warp->nWarp; i++)
- {- if(absValue<=warp->pWarp[i].low)
- ; /* Ignore it if below this range (if required, will have
- ** been caught by the previous warp)
- */
- else if((absValue>warp->pWarp[i].low) && (absValue<=warp->pWarp[i].high))
- {- fixed diff;
- fixed partial;
- diff=INT_TO_FIXED((long)absValue-(long)warp->pWarp[i].low);
- partial=FIXED_MUL(diff, warp->pWarp[i].mult);
- accum=FIXED_ADD(accum, partial);
- break; /* Exit the for loop */
- }
- else /* Accumulate if greater than this range */
- {- fixed partial;
- partial=FIXED_MUL(INT_TO_FIXED((long)warp->pWarp[i].high-(long)warp->pWarp[i].low),
- warp->pWarp[i].mult);
- accum=FIXED_ADD(accum, partial);
- }
- }
-
- if(sign==1)
- return accum;
- else
- return -accum;
-}
-
-
-/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-long SbConfigWarp(WarpRecord *warp, short value)
-{- /* An apparent bug in the msc70 compiler, trashes r
- if it is on the stack. Leave in unitialized global segment.
- */
- static fixed r;
-
- r = SbFxConfigWarp(warp,value);
-
- return r >> 16 ;
-}
-
-
-/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
--- a/src/sbconfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-#ifndef SBCONFIG_H
-#define SBCONFIG_H
-/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* See the bottom of this file for a syntax diagram for the config file */
-
-#define MAX_STRING_LENGTH 40
-
-/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-//typedef long fixed; /* 16.16 fixed pt number */
-
-#define INT_TO_FIXED(n) ((fixed)((long)(n)<<16))
-#define FIXED_TO_INT(n) ((long)((n)>>16))
-#define FLOAT_TO_FIXED(n) ((fixed)((n)*65536.0))
-
-#define FIXED_ADD(a, b) ((a)+(b))
-#define FIXED_SUB(a, b) ((a)-(b))
-
-/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-typedef struct {- short low; /* range of input values this warp covers */
- short high;
- fixed mult; /* multiplier to be applied to this range */
-} WarpRange;
-
-
-
-typedef struct {- char name[MAX_STRING_LENGTH];
- WarpRange *pWarp;
- int nWarp;
-} WarpRecord;
-
-/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* Parse the config file */
-int SbConfigParse(char *filename);
-
-/* Get the button config name for the button named <btnName> or return NULL
- * if none exists. <btnName> can be either the left or the right side name.
- * So, for the config line:
- *
- * BUTTON_A MY_BUTTON
- *
- * ConfigGetButton("BUTTON_A") will return "MY_BUTTON"- * ConfigGetButton("MY_BUTTON") will return "BUTTON_A"- *
- * Note that this makes it illegal to have game button names have the names
- * "BUTTON_A", "BUTTON_B", "BUTTON_C", etc...
- *
- * Also, the comparison is CASE INSENSITIVE.
- */
-char *SbConfigGetButton(char *btnName);
-int SbConfigGetButtonNumber(char *btnName);
-
-/*
- * Get the warp ranges for the config range named <rngName> or return NULL
- * if none exists.
- */
-WarpRecord *SbConfigGetWarpRange(char *rngName);
-
-/*
- * Warp a value based on the given warp range
- */
-fixed SbFxConfigWarp(WarpRecord *warp, short value); /* returns fixed pt */
-long SbConfigWarp(WarpRecord *warp, short value); /* returns integer */
-
-/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* Lexical Definitions:
-**
-** comment: ;[^\n]*\n
-** integer: [0-9]+
-** identifier: [A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*
-**
-*/
-/* Syntax Diagram: (Line by Line parsing)
-**
-**
-** ConfigFile:
-** | ConfigLine ConfigFile
-** ;
-**
-** ConfigLine:
-** | comment
-** | VersionLine comment
-** | ButtonLine comment
-** | RangeLine comment
-** ;
-**
-** VersionLine: 'VERSION' integer
-** ;
-**
-** ButtonLine: 'BUTTON_A' identifier
-** | 'BUTTON_B' identifier
-** | 'BUTTON_C' identifier
-** | 'BUTTON_D' identifier
-** | 'BUTTON_E' identifier
-** | 'BUTTON_F' identifier
-** ;
-**
-** RangeLine: identifier '{' RangeList '}'-** ;
-**
-** RangeList:
-** | '{' integer ',' integer ',' integer '}'-** | '{' integer ',' integer ',' integer '}' ',' RangeList-** ;
-**
-*/
-/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-#endif
-
--- a/src/splib.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,205 +1,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Apogee Software, Ltd.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2015 icculus.org, GNU/Linux port
-Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Steven LeVesque
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-#ifndef SPLIB_H
-#define SPLIB_H
-
-/* ======================================================================= *
- * Please Read "SpReadme.doc" for usage *
- * ======================================================================= */
-
-/* ======================================================================= *
- * Compiler & Memory Mode Wrappers. *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {-#endif
-
-#if defined(REALMODE)
-#define FAR __far
-#else
-#define FAR
-#endif
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Constants
-
-#define TSR_SERIAL_LENGTH 14
-#define TSR_MAX_LENGTH 80
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef struct {- char copyright[TSR_MAX_LENGTH]; // driver copyright
- short major; // driver version number
- short minor;
- short count; // # of available devices
-} SpwDrvOpenPacket;
-
-
-
-typedef struct {- char copyright[TSR_MAX_LENGTH]; // device copyright
- char serial[TSR_SERIAL_LENGTH]; // device serial number
-} SpwDevOpenPacket;
-
-
-
-typedef struct {- long timestamp; // time of event
- unsigned short period; // period since last MOVEMENT
- unsigned short button; // button pressed mask
- short tx; // Translation X
- short ty; // Y
- short tz; // Z
- short rx; // Rotation X
- short ry; // Y
- short rz; // Z
-} SpwForcePacket;
-
-
-
-typedef struct {- long timestamp; // time of event
- unsigned short period; // period since last BUTTON
- unsigned short button; // button pressed mask
-} SpwButtonPacket;
-
-
-
-typedef struct {- unsigned long data; // MUST be TSRCMD_DATA
-} SpwCommandPacket;
-
-#define TSRCMD_DATA 0xFF0000FF
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef union {- char padding[128]; /* Extra room for future expansion */
-
- SpwCommandPacket command;
-
- SpwDrvOpenPacket drvOpen;
- SpwDevOpenPacket devOpen;
-
- SpwForcePacket force;
- SpwButtonPacket button;
-} SpwPacket;
-
-
-
-// TSR Interrupt Functions
-#define TSR_DRIVER_CLOSE 0x0000
-#define TSR_DRIVER_OPEN 0x8001
-#define TSR_DEVICE_CLOSE 0x0002
-#define TSR_DEVICE_OPEN 0x8003
-
-#define TSR_DEVICE_DISABLE 0x0010
-#define TSR_DEVICE_ENABLE 0x0011
-
-#define TSR_DEVICE_GETFORCE 0x8020
-#define TSR_DEVICE_GETBUTTONS 0x8021
-
-/* ======================================================================= *
- * Function Prototypes *
- * ======================================================================= */
-
-short SpwOpenDriver(SpwPacket FAR *packet);
-short SpwCloseDriver(void);
-
-short SpwOpenDevice(short device, SpwPacket FAR *packet);
-short SpwCloseDevice(short device);
-
-short SpwEnableDevice(short device);
-short SpwDisableDevice(short device);
-
-short SpwGetForce(short device, SpwPacket FAR *packet);
-short SpwGetButton(short device, SpwPacket FAR *packet);
-
-/* ======================================================================= *
- * Convience functions *
- * ======================================================================= */
-
-/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- *
- * The SpwSimple... functions are just convienence wrappers for the above *
- * functions. *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#ifndef SPWSTRUCTS
-#define SPWSTRUCTS
-
-enum SpwDeviceType {- SPW_AVENGER=1,
-};
-
-
-
-enum SpwEventType {- SPW_NO_EVENT=0,
- SPW_BUTTON_HELD=1,
- SPW_BUTTON_DOWN=2,
- SPW_BUTTON_UP=4,
- SPW_MOTION=8
-};
-
-
-
-/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- *
- * Data struct for handling library calls *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-typedef struct {- short new;
- short cur;
- short old;
-} SpwButtonRec;
-
-
-
-typedef struct {- short tx; /* Current Translation vector */
- short ty;
- short tz;
- short rx; /* Current Rotation vector */
- short ry;
- short rz;
- SpwButtonRec buttons; /* Current Button Record */
- short newData; /* An SpEventType mask of newData, 0 if none */
-} SpwRawData;
-
-#endif
-
-
-
-short SpwSimpleGet(short devNum, SpwRawData FAR *splayer);
-short SpwSimpleOpen(short devNum);
-short SpwSimpleClose(short devNum);
-
-/* ======================================================================= *
- * Compiler & Memory Mode Wrappers. *
- * ======================================================================= *
- */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-};
-#endif
-
-/* ======================================================================= */
-#endif
-